Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Deutsche Boerse Group

Deutsche Boerse Group

db1gn · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker db1gn
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Deutsche Boerse Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
GRI Index and Global Compact principles

A detailed GRI Index and the ten principles of the UN Global Compact  
are available online at 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr_e

Global-Compact-

GRI Code 

Subject

Page/Data

Principle

1.1

1.2

2.1 – 2.10

3.1 – 3.4

3.5 – 3.13

4.1 – 4.7

4.8 – 4.13

4.14 – 4.17

EC 1

EC 2

EC 3

EC 4

EC 5

EC 6

EC 7
EC 8

EC 9

EN 1 – 2

EN 3 – 7

EN 8 

EN 11 – 13

EN 16 – 20

EN 21

EN 22 – 23

EN 26 – 27

EN 28

LA 1 – 2

LA 4 – 5

LA 6 – 9

Company 

Statement from the CEO

6 – 10

Description of key impacts, risks, and opportunities

110, 152, 188

Organisation, data and facts 

title, C2, C3, C4, 16, 106 – 109, 148, 155, 212 – 216  

Reporting­profile

Boundary of the report

Corporate governance

Engagement

Stakeholders

Economy/Management approach

Economic value generated and distributed

Consequences of climate change

Coverage­of­the­organisationʼs­defined­ 

benefit­plan­obligations

Financial assistance received from government

Local minimum wage

Local suppliers

Local hiring
Investments­for­public­benefit

Indirect economic impacts

Ecology/Management approach

Materials

Energy

Water

Natural biosphere

Emissions

Water discharge

Waste and pollutants

Products and services

Degree of regulation

Social/Management approach

Employees

Collective agreements

Occupational health and safety

2, 206, 323

2, 55 – 59, 151, 156, 206 – 211, 217 – 231, 323, C7, online version

55 – 59, 86, 88 – 89, 92 – 103, 109

75, 78 – 80, 86 – 103, 151, online version

10, 55 – 59

110, 152

140 – 141

online version

online version

none

150

online version

149
C3, C4

140 – 141

110, 152

156, online version

primary energy: 73,134 GJ, online version; 154 – 156

156, online version

online version

154 – 156, online version 

59,474 m³, online version

789 t, online version

online version

online version

110, 152

148 – 151, 193, online version

151, online version

online version

LA 10 – 11

Education and training

150 – 151, 194, online version

LA 12

LA 13

LA 14

LA 15

HR 1

HR 2

HR 3

HR 4

HR 5

HR 6 – 7

HR 10

HR 11

SO 1

SO 2 – 4

SO 5 – 6

SO 7 – 10

Performance reviews

Composition of governance bodies

Equal remuneration

Parental leave

Human Rights/Management approach

Investment agreements

Suppliers and contractors

Employee training

Discrimination

Freedom of association and collective bargaining

Child labor/forced and compulsory labor

Human rights reviews

Addressed and resolved human rights grievances

Society /Management approach

Local community

Compliance 

Public policy

Degree of regulation

95.3 %

online version

149

149

110 – 152

90.51 %

90.51 %

151

none

80, 155

80, 155

online version

online version

110, 152

61 – 63

online version

181 – 185, online version

299 – 301, online version

Product Responsibility /Management approach

110, 152

PR 1, 3, 4

Information regarding products and services

PR 5

PR 6 – 7

PR 8

PR 9

Customer satisfaction

Marketing

Customer privacy

Fines

online version

online version

online version

none

299 – 301

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

7, 8

6

7 – 9

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7 – 9

1 – 6

1, 6

1, 3, 6

1, 6

1, 6

6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1, 2, 6

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 4, 5

1 – 6

1 – 6

10

10

10

1 – 10

1 – 10

GJ = Gigajoule

 Financial calendar

29 April 2013
Q1/2013 results

15 May 2013
Annual General Meeting

18 June 2013
Investor Day

25 July 2013
Half-yearly­financial­report

29 October 2013
Q3/2013 results

Deutsche Börse AG
60485 Frankfurt/Main
www.deutsche-boerse.com

www.deutsche-boerse.com

 Corporate report 
2012

Deutsche Börse Group acts as an intermediary 
 between regulators, banks and companies.  
Its core competency is organising regulated 
­markets.­By­developing­solutions­for­efficient­ 
risk and collateral management, it assumes 
 responsibility: for its customers, owners,   
employees – and society in general.

2
1
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
r

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Deutsche­Börse­Group:­key­figures

Consolidated income statement

Net revenue

Net interest income from banking business

Operating costs

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

Net income

Earnings per share (basic)

Consolidated cash flow statement

Cash­flow­from­operating­activities

Consolidated balance sheet

Non-current assets

Equity

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities

Performance indicators

Dividend per share

Dividend payout ratio

Employees (average annual FTEs)

Net revenue per employee, based on average FTEs

€ thous.

EBIT margin, based on net revenue

Tax rate

Gross debt / EBITDA

Interest coverage ratio

The shares

Opening price

High

Low

Closing price

Market indicators

Xetra and Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading 9)

Trading volume 10)

Eurex

Number of contracts

Clearstream

Value of securities deposited (annual average)

Number of transactions

Global Securities Financing (average outstanding volume for the period)

Transparency and safety key figures 

Proportion of companies listed in the Prime Standard (for shares)  
as a percentage of all listed companies

Number of calculated indices

System availability of trading systems (Xetra ®/Eurex ®)

Deutsche Börse Group at a glance

2012

2011

Change  
in %

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

1,932.3

2,121.4

52.0

75.1

– 958.6

– 962.2 1)

969.4

645.0

3.44

1,162.8 1)

855.2 1)

4.60 1)

€ m

707.7

785.6

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

%

5,113.9

5,020.3 1)

3,169.6

3,132.6 1)

1,737.4 2)

1,458.3

2.10 3)

58 4)6)

2.30

52 5)

3,416

3,278

566

50

26.0 6)

1.6 8)

15.2 8)

40.51

52.10

36.25

46.21

647

55

26.0 7)

1.18)

19.0 8)

51.80

62.48

35.46

40.51

%

%

%

€

€

€

€

m

2,292.0

2,821.5

€ bn

m

€ bn

%

%

11,111

11,106

113.9

570.3

126.3

592.2

83

77

appr. 12,000 appr. 8,600

99.999

99.975

– 9

– 31

0

–17

–25

–25

–10

2

1

19

– 9

12

4

–13

– 9

0

45

–20

–22

–17

2

14

–19

0

–10

– 4

8

40

0

–19

€ bn

1,111.3

1,459.8

–24

Market risk cleared via Eurex Clearing (gross monthly average)

€ bn

7,507

9,230

1)­Amount­restated­to­reflect­the­transition­of­the­accounting­policies­for­defined­benefit­obligations­to­the­revised­IAS­19­­­2)­€1,160.0­million­thereof­are­reported­

under­“Interest-bearing­liabilities”,­and­the­bonds­that­will­mature­in­financial­year­2013­in­the­amount­of­€577.4­million­are­reported­under­“Other­current­liabilities”.­­­

3) Proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   4) Figure based on the proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   5) Adjusted for the costs of mergers and 
acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­and­for­income­arising­from­the­remeasurement­of­the­equity­component­of­the­purchase­price­for­the­acquisition­of­the­

shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG   6) Adjusted for expenses related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for the 

acquisition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG; a one-off income from the reversal of deferred tax liabilities for STOXX Ltd. based on a decision 

by the Swiss Financial Supervisory Authority; a one-off income from the recognition of deferred tax assets resulting from the future possible offsetting of losses carried 

forward by Eurex Global Derivatives AG   7) Adjusted for the non-taxable income related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for 

the­acquisition­of­the­shares­in­Eurex­Zürich­AG­held­by­SIX­Group­­­8)­Adjusted­for­the­cost­of­mergers­and­acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­­­9)­Xetra­

Frankfurt­Specialist­Trading­(prior­to­23­May­2011:­floor­trading)­­­10)­Excluding­certificates­and­warrants­­­11)­Market­capitalisation­of­companies­listed­in­the­
Prime Standard (shares) in relation to the market capitalisation of all companies listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (FWB ®, Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse)

C7

C2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GRI- und Global-Compact-Index

A detailed GRI Index and the ten principles of the UN Global Compact  
is available online at 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr_e.

Global-Compact-

GRI Code 

Subject

Prinziple

Unternehmen 

Statement from the CEO

Page

6 – 10

1.1

1.2

2.1 – 2.10

3.1 – 3.4

3.5 – 3.13

4.1 – 4.7

4.8 – 4.13

4.14 – 4.17

EC 1

EC 2

EC 3

EC 4

EC 5

EC 6

EC 7
EC 8

EC 9

EN 1 – 2

EN 3 – 7

EN 8 – 10

EN 11 – 13

EN 16 – 20

EN 21

EN 22 – 23

EN 26 – 27

EN 28

LA 1 – 2

LA 4 – 5

LA 6 – 9

Description of key impacts, risks, and opportunities

110, 152, 188 – 189

Organisation, data and facts 

Title, C2, C3, C4, 18, 106 – 109, 148, 155, 214 – 218  

Reporting­profile

Boundary of the report

Corporate Governance

Engagement

Stakeholder

Economy/Management Approach

Economic value generated and distributed

Consequences of climate change

Coverage­of­the­organisation(cid:10)s­defined­ 

benefit­plan­obligations

Financial assistance received from government

Local minimum wage

Local suppliers

Local hiring
Investments­for­public­benefit

Indirect economic impacts

Ecology/Management Approach

Materials

Energy

Water

Natural biosphere

Emissions

Water discharge

Waste and pollutants

Products and services

Degree of regulation

Social/Management Approach

Employees

Collective Agreements

Occupational Health and Safety

2, 208, 325

2, 55 – 59, 151, 156, 208 – 213, 219 – 233, 325, 329, Online version

55 – 59, 86, 88 – 89, 92 – 100, 109

75, 79 – 81, 86 – 91, 92 – 98, 101, 151, Online version

10, 55 – 59

110, 152

140

Online version

Online version

Keine

150

Online version

149
C3, C4

140

110, 152

156, Online version

Primärenergie: 73.134 GJ, Online version; 154 – 156

156, Online version

Online version

154 – 156, Online version 

59,474 m³, Online version

789 t, Online version

Online version

Online version

110, 152

148 – 151, 193, Online version

151, Online version

Online version

LA 10 – 11

Education and Training

150, 151, 194, Online version

LA 12

LA 13

LA 14

LA 15

HR 1

HR 2

HR 3

HR 4

HR 5

HR 6 – 7

HR 10

HR 11

SO 1

SO 2 – 4

SO 5 – 6

SO 7 – 10

Performance reviews

Composition of governance bodies

Equal remuneration

Parental leave

Human Rights/Management Approach

Investment agreements

Suppliers and contractors

Employee training

Discrimination

Freedom of association and collective bargaining

Child labor/ forced and compulsory labor

Human rights reviews

Addressed and resolved human rights grievances

Society/Management Approach

Local community

Compliance 

Public policy

Degree of regulation

95,3 %

Online version

149

149

151 – 152

90,51 %

90,51 %

151

Keine

80, 155

80, 155

Online version

Online version

110, 152

61 – 63

Online version

181 – 185, Online version

300 – 303, Online version

Product Responsibility/Management Approach

110, 152

PR 1, 3, 4

Information regarding products and services

PR 5

PR 6 – 7

PR 8

PR 9

Customer satisfaction

Marketing

Customer privacy

Significant­fines

Online version

Online version

Online version

Keine

300 – 303

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

7, 8

6

7 – 9

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7 – 9

1 – 6

1, 6

1, 3, 6

1, 6

1, 6

6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1, 2, 6

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 4, 5

1 – 6

1 – 6

10

10

10

1 – 10

1 – 10

GJ = Gigajoule

 Financial calendar

29 April 2013
Q1/2013 results

15 May 2013
Annual General Meeting

18 June 2013
Investor Day

25 July 2013
Half-yearly­financial­report

29 October 2013
Q3/2013 results

Deutsche Börse AG
60485 Frankfurt/Main
www.deutsche-boerse.com

www.deutsche-boerse.com

 Corporate report 
2012

Deutsche Börse Group acts as an intermediary 
 between regulators, banks and companies.  
Its core competency is organising regulated 
­markets.­By­developing­solutions­for­efficient­ 
risk and collateral management, it assumes 
 responsibility: for its customers, owners,   
employees – and society in general.

2
1
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
r

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Deutsche­Börse­Group:­key­figures

Consolidated income statement

Net revenue

Net interest income from banking business

Operating costs

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

Net income

Earnings per share (basic)

Consolidated cash flow statement

Cash­flow­from­operating­activities

Consolidated balance sheet

Non-current assets

Equity

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities

Performance indicators

Dividend per share

Dividend payout ratio

Employees (average annual FTEs)

Deutsche Börse Group at a glance

2012

2011

Change  
in %

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

1,932.3

2,121.4

52.0

75.1

– 958.6

– 962.2 1)

969.4

645.0

3.44

1,162.8 1)

855.2 1)

4.60 1)

€ m

707.7

785.6

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

%

5,113.9

5,020.3 1)

3,169.6

3,132.6 1)

1,737.4 2)

1,458.3

2.10 3)

58 4)6)

2.30

52 5)

3,416

3,278

566

50

26.0 6)

1.6 8)

15.2 8)

40.51

52.10

36.25

46.21

647

55

26.0 7)

1.18)

19.0 8)

51.80

62.48

35.46

40.51

%

%

%

€

€

€

€

m

2,292.0

2,821.5

€ bn

m

€ bn

%

%

11,111

11,106

113.9

570.3

126.3

592.2

83

77

appr. 12,000 appr. 8,600

99.999

99.975

– 9

– 31

0

–17

–25

–25

–10

2

1

19

– 9

12

4

–13

– 9

0

45

–20

–22

–17

2

14

–19

0

–10

– 4

8

40

0

–19

€ bn

1,111.3

1,459.8

–24

Net revenue per employee, based on average FTEs

€ thous.

EBIT margin, based on net revenue

Tax rate

Gross debt / EBITDA

Interest coverage ratio

The shares

Opening price

High

Low

Closing price

Market indicators

Xetra and Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading 9)

Trading volume 10)

Eurex

Number of contracts

Clearstream

Value of securities deposited (annual average)

Number of transactions

Global Securities Financing (average outstanding volume for the period)

Transparency and safety key figures 

Proportion of companies listed in the Prime Standard (for shares)  
as a percentage of all listed companies

Number of calculated indices

System availability of trading systems (Xetra ®/Eurex ®)

Market risk cleared via Eurex Clearing (gross monthly average)

€ bn

7,507

9,230

C7

C2

1)­Amount­restated­to­reflect­the­transition­of­the­accounting­policies­for­defined­benefit­obligations­to­the­revised­IAS­19­­­2)­€1,160.0­million­thereof­are­reported­

under­“Interest-bearing­liabilities”,­and­the­bonds­that­will­mature­in­financial­year­2013­in­the­amount­of­€577.4­million­are­reported­under­“Other­current­liabilities”.­­­

3) Proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   4) Figure based on the proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   5) Adjusted for the costs of mergers and 
acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­and­for­income­arising­from­the­remeasurement­of­the­equity­component­of­the­purchase­price­for­the­acquisition­of­the­

shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG   6) Adjusted for expenses related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for the 

acquisition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG; a one-off income from the reversal of deferred tax liabilities for STOXX Ltd. based on a decision 

by the Swiss Financial Supervisory Authority; a one-off income from the recognition of deferred tax assets resulting from the future possible offsetting of losses carried 

forward by Eurex Global Derivatives AG   7) Adjusted for the non-taxable income related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for 

the­acquisition­of­the­shares­in­Eurex­Zürich­AG­held­by­SIX­Group­­­8)­Adjusted­for­the­cost­of­mergers­and­acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­­­9)­Xetra­

Frankfurt­Specialist­Trading­(prior­to­23­May­2011:­floor­trading)­­­10)­Excluding­certificates­and­warrants­­­11)­Market­capitalisation­of­companies­listed­in­the­
Prime Standard (shares) in relation to the market capitalisation of all companies listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (FWB ®, Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Deutsche Börse Group at a glance
Our six services

Our four aspects of sustainability 

Listing p. 20

Trading p. 24

Clearing p. 30

Post-trade p. 34

IT services p. 40

Market data p. 44

Economy p. 152

Environment p. 152

Index of charts and tables
Charts 

Tables

Cover 
Financial­reporting­segments:­breakdown­of­net­revenue­­­C3 (cid:18)C4

Cover 
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­financial­highlights­­­C2

Stock exchanges bring companies 
from the real economy together with 
investors on the capital market. 
Both large, international enterprises 
and medium-sized companies raise 
equity or debt  capital via Deutsche 
Börse. They can choose from differ-
ent transparency segments. 

Benefits: Investors can share in the 
growth of the real economy – and 
promote it with their investments.

Exchange trading is as close as 
you­can­get­to­a­“perfect­market”:­
Deutsche Börse operates regulated 
markets for equities, derivatives and 
other instruments, based on its 
Xetra® and Eurex® electronic trad - 
ing systems.

Benefits: Prices are determined on 
exchanges on the basis of free buy 
and sell decisions, which then 
serve as guidelines for companies’ 
future prospects.

Clearing is used to net out claims 
and liabilities relating to financial 
instruments against each other. 
Eurex Clearing AG, Deutsche Börse 
Group’s clearing house, acts as a 
buyer for every seller and a seller for 
every buyer. Market participants 
provide collateral to manage the risk 
that arises in trading. 

After trading and clearing, Clear-
stream – Deutsche Börse Group’s 
post-trade services provider –  sup - 
ports market participants in settling 
their delivery obligations and in 
holding the securities pur chased in 
safe keeping. These securities can 
then be used as collateral.

Benefits: Clearing is comparable 
to insurance against counterparty 
default for market participants. 

Benefits: Post-trade services en-
able market participants to satisfy 
legislators’ regulatory requirements 
reliably­and­efficiently.

Our brands
  Deutsche Börse

  Xetra ®

Our brand
  Eurex Clearing

Our brands
  Clearstream

  Lux CSD

  REGIS-TR

Our brands
  Xetra ®

  Scoach ®

  Tradegate ®

  Eurex ®

  Eurex Bonds ®

  Eurex Repo ®

  International Securities Exchange

  European Energy Exchange

IT is the foundation for all exchange 
services. Deutsche Börse operates 
data centres for trading and settle- 
ment and programs the related soft - 
ware. It also builds and supervises 
the network linking participants.

Institutional and private investors 
base their decisions on market data – 
which in turn create new informa-
tion. Deutsche Börse produces and 
distributes price data from its Eurex 
and Xetra trading sys tems and indi-
ces on global market trends.

Benefits: Reliable trading and set tle - 
ment systems – and hence market 
security – are the top  priority for IT 
at Deutsche Börse.

Benefits: Thanks to their indepen-
dence, exchanges can deliver objec - 
tive measurements of market trends.

Our brand
  Deutsche Börse

Our brands
  DAX ®

  STOXX ®

Deutsche Börse Group’s core busi-
ness­includes­efficiently­organising,­
and providing stable systems for, 
capital markets. Standardisation, 
maximum transparency and a broad 
range of risk management services 
are the tools that it uses to reach 
these goals. The Group also focuses 
on making high-quality sustainabil-
ity information available to ensure 
that investors can make rounded 
investment decisions. 

As­a­financial­services­provider,­too, 
Deutsche Börse Group is respon si ble 
for ensuring an intact environ ment. 
The core objective of its eco logical 
commitment is to measure and moni - 
tor the effects its operating activi-
ties have on the environment and 
to minimise negative effects. Both 
employees and service providers are 
included in this.

  Market News International (MNI)

Employees p. 50

Corporate citizenship p. 60

  Need To Know News

Committed, competent staff are vital 
to Deutsche Börse Group’s busi ness 
success. This is why, in addi tion to 
offering attractive remuneration and 
above-average­­social­benefits,­its­
human resources policy concentrates 
on measures pro moting personal 
development and a better work-life 
balance. 

As a “good corporate citizen”, 
Deutsche Börse Group becomes in - 
volved in socially relevant topics. It 
is active primarily at a regional level 
and is guided by local needs at its 
various corporate locations. The 
Group-wide sponsorship guide lines 
focus on innovative, sustainable 
projects in the areas of education 
and science, culture and social 
involve ment.

Responsibilities of Executive Board members

CEO, CFO, Special Projects

Xetra, Eurex

Our­four­financial­reporting­segments:­ 
Breakdown of net revenue 1)

Xetra

10 %

Eurex

45 %

35 %

  Share of Deutsche Börse Group’s net revenue attributable to the segment concerned

1)  The external net revenue from the Information Technology (IT) segment and the costs for 

corporate services are allocated to the four segments. 

Clearstream

IT, Market Data & Analytics

Clearstream

Market Data & Analytics

10 %

Cover photograph: taken at the Frankfurter 
Wertpapierbörse (FWB®, the Frankfurter Stock Exchange)

Governance 
Executive­Board­remuneration­system­­­92
2012­expense­for­share-based­payments­­­93
2012­total­expense­­­94
(cid:57)aluation­parameters­­­95
(cid:49)umber­of­2012­phantom­shares­­­96
Total Executive Board remuneration for 2012, 
without­retirement­benefits­­­97
Retirement­benefits­­­99
Supervisory Board remuneration   103

Combined management report
Development­of­trading­activity­on­selected­European­cash­markets­­­117­
Development of contracts traded on selected derivatives markets   118 
Deutsche­Börse­Group­key­performance­figures­­­120
Overview of operating costs   121
(cid:46)ey­figures­by­quarter­­­122
EBIT­and­net­profitability­by­segment­­­123
Cash­market:­trading­volume­(single-counted)­­­125
Xetra­segment:­key­figures­­­125
Eurex­segment:­key­figures­­­126
Contract­volumes­in­the­derivatives­market­­­127
Clearstream­segment:­key­indicators­­­131
Clearstream­segment:­key­figures­­­131
Market­Data­(cid:9)­Analytics­segment:­key­figures­­­134
Deutsche Börse’s cost of capital   134
Consolidated­cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­136
Interest­coverage­ratio­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­137
Relevant­key­performance­indicators­­­137
Ratings of Deutsche Börse AG   138
Ratings of Clearstream Banking S.A.   138
Debt instruments of Deutsche Börse AG   138
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­ten-year­review­­­142 (cid:18)143
Exchange data of Deutsche Börse shares   144
Deutsche­Börse­AG­share:­key­figures­­­145
Employees by segment   148
Employees­per­countries(cid:18)regions­­­148
(cid:46)ey­figures­on­Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­workforce­as­at­­31­December­2012­­­151
Corporate­Responsibility:­key­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­156
(cid:51)erformance­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190
Sales­revenue­by­segment­­­191
Overview­of­total­costs­­­191
Cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­192
(cid:49)on-current­assets­(condensed)­­­­193
Employees­per­country(cid:18)region­­­193
Age­structure­of­employees­­­194
Employees(cid:513)­length­of­service­­­194

Strategic perspectives   
The most complete business model worldwide   12
Strategic roadmap   15
Effective cost management  16 
Cost growth of key exchange organisations   16

The exchange
Our six services   18
Process “Listing“   20
Customised transparency – for shares and bonds   22
Process “Trading“   24
Xetra:­presence­in­Europe­and­beyond­­­26
Eurex:­a­global­network­­­28
Process “Clearing“   30
Clearing reduces and hedges risks   32 
Process “Post-trade“   34
Vestima ®:­access­to­more­than­100,000­funds­­­37
Process “IT services“   40 
Exchange trading accelerates   42
Process “Market data“   44
STOXX ® – setting the standard for markets around the world   46

Responsibility
Deutsche Börse Group’s corporate responsibility strategy   48 
Internal trainings, divided up according to topic   53
Summary of key stakeholders   55
Areas­for­action­at­Deutsche­Börse­­­57
(cid:46)ey­examples­of­dialogue­in­2012­­­58(cid:18)59

Governance
Regulatory and supervisory bodies for exchange trading   64
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­cash­bonus­­­94­­
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­stock­bonus­­­95
Supervisory Board remuneration in 2012 under the two  remuneration 
systems­applicable­for­the­financial­year­­­102­

Combined management report
Simplified­shareholding­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­ 
as­at­31­December­2012­­­107
(cid:47)eadership­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­as­at­1­(cid:45)anuary­2013­­­109
Net revenue by segment   120
EBIT by segment   121
Breakdown of net revenue in the Xetra segment   123
Breakdown­of­net­revenue­in­the­Eurex­segment­­­127
Breakdown of net revenue in the Clearstream segment   130
Distribution of value added   141
Origination of value added   141
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices in 2012   145
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices since listing   146
Share­of­international­shareholders­on­a­high­level­in­2012­­­147
Deutsche­Börse­AG:­analysts­predominantly­issue­ 
buy­recommendations­­­147
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by gender)   150
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by location)   150
Governance­structure­of­risk­management­­­159
Five-stage risk management system with central and  
decentral­responsibility­­­159
Risk structure of Deutsche Börse Group   163
Business continuity measures   164

Index

A
Annual­general­meeting­­­86,­107,­147,­(cid:56)8
Annual­financial­statements­(in­accordance­
with­HGB)­­­190­ff.,­315­f.

B
Basel III   36, 183 f.
Basis of consolidation 
Business model 12, 106 ff., 181

 shareholding structure

C
Capital structure   136 f., 188
Cash­flow­­­134­ff.,­142­f.,­188,­192,­283­f.
CC(cid:51)­­­30ff.,­127­f.,­140,­171­ff.,­177,­225­f.,­
295,­321
 CCP
Central counterparty 
Clearing­­­30­ff.,­171­f.,­178­f.
Clearing house 
Clearstream
–  Contributions to sustainable business activ-

 CCP

ities­­­39

– Customers   36
– EBIT   131
– Key indicators   131
– Linked markets   38, 132
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­129­f.,­232­f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)artnerships­­­37­f.,­131­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­34­ff.,­129­ff.,­187,­288
Code of conduct   80, 151
Compliance   156, 164
Corporate­governance­­­78­ff.,­86­ff.
Corporate­Governance­Code­(German)­­­78­ff.
CR (corporate responsibility)   48 ff., 56 ff., 
110, 152 f., 156
Costs   111
– Capital costs   108, 136 f., 180
– Operating costs   121, 186
(cid:509)­Total­costs­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190­f.

D
Debt­instruments­­­116,­138,­139,­192
Declaration­of­conformity­­­78­f.
Directors(cid:513)­dealings­­­91
Dividend­­­9,­137­f.,­141,­145,­147­f.,­188

E
Earnings per share   122, 142 f., 145, 285 f.
EBIT   111, 121, 123, 186, 288 f.
Economic capital   160 f.
EEX­­­29,­153,­215
Efficiency­programme­­­120,­144,­148,­185­f.
EMIR­­­178­f.,­182,­319
Employees­­­51­ff.,­58,­148­ff.,­291,­312
Environmental protection   152, 154 f., 156
Eurex  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activ­ities­­­29,­33

(cid:509)­Cooperations­­­17,­129
– EBIT   126
– Net revenue   126 f., 232 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants(cid:18)network­­­17,­28­f.,­126­ff.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­28­f.,­126­f.,­169­ff.,­186­f.,­288
(cid:509)­System­­­5,­14,­29,­42­f.,­156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­127­f.,­186
Eurex­Bonds­­­28,­128,­319

 CCP

Eurex Clearing 
Eurex­Repo­28,­128,­319
European Energy Exchange 
Executive­Board­­­66­f.,­76­f.,­78­f.,­81,­87,­
92­ff.,­107,­116,­157­f.,­176­f.,­306­f.

 EEX

F
Financial­postion­­­134­ff.,­141,­188,­192
Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (Frankfurt Stock 
Exchange)   22, 24, 64

G
Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub­­­36f.,­131­f.,­179,­187,­319
Global­securities­financing­­­39,­129,­130,­142­f.
Good corporate citizenship   61 ff., 153, 156
Group Share Plan   228, 305 f.

I
Information­Technology­­­40­ff.,­108,­187­f.
International Securities Exchange (ISE)   28, 
29,­63,­127,­170
Interest­coverage­ratio­­­111,­136­f.,­189
Internal control system   112 f.
Inverstor­base­­­147
Investor relations   146 f.

L
(cid:47)eadership­structure­­­109
Liquidity management   15, 34, 36, 131 f., 
136,­179,­183,­187
Listing   20 ff., 125
Locations   18, 62 f., 106, 324

M
Market capitalisation   142 f., 145
Market Data & Analytics
– Contributions to sustainable business acti-
vities­­­47
– EBIT   133 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­119,­132,­232­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­16,­44­ff.,­108­f.,­132­ff.,­187­f.,­
289
Monthly Carbon Report   153

N
(cid:49)et­assets­­­138­ff.,­192­f.
(cid:49)et­interest­income­­­111,­119­f.,­129,­131,­
142 f., 185, 234
(cid:49)et­revenue­­­111,­119,­122,­123,­142­f.,­150,­
185 f., 188, 232 ff.
(cid:49)on-financial­performance­indicators­­­148­ff.,­
188

O
Opportunity­management­­­177­ff.
Organisational structure   108

P
(cid:51)rofitability­­­123

Q
(cid:52)uarterly­key­figures­­­122

R
Ratings
– Credit ratings   136, 138
– Sustainability ratings   155
Regulation­­­175­f.,­181­ff.
Regulatory capital requirements   260 ff.
Results­of­operation­­­119­ff.,­185­ff.
Return on shareholders’ equity   111 f., 134, 
142­f.,­191
Risk­management­­­32­f.,­36,­56,­157­ff.,­177,­
291­ff.

S
Sales­revenue­­­111,­191,­232,­288­f.
Scoach   26, 64, 115, 121
Segment­reporting­­­287­ff.
Share­buy-backs­­­136,­137,­189
Share of Deutsche Börse AG   144 ff.
Shareholders­­­113,­309­ff.
Shareholding structure   14, 106 f., 212 ff.
Social responsibility
Stock­Bonus­(cid:51)lan­(SB(cid:51))­­­93­ff.,­228,­302­ff.
STOXX Ltd.   46 f., 133, 153, 212 f.
Strategy   13 ff., 108 ff.
Supervisory­Board­­­68­f.,­70­ff.,­78­ff.,­86­ff.,­
101­ff.,­107,­157,­307,­308­f.
(cid:509)­Committees­­­73­ff.,­84
(cid:509)­Conflicts­of­interest­­­77
Supplier policy   80
Sustainability­­­C4,­23,­29,­33,­47,­110,­
153 ff., 325
Sustainability­Code­(German)­­­80,­90,­152

T
TARGET2-Securities­­­4,­38­f.,­132,­169,­321
Ten-year review   142 f.
Tradegate Exchange   26, 64, 124, 212 f.
Trading   24 ff.

U
(cid:56)(cid:49)­Global­Compact­­­10,­80,­152,­C7

V
Value added   140 f.

W
(cid:58)orking­capital­­­135,­140,­193

X
Xetra  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activities­­­23,­27

– EBIT   124
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants (cid:18)network­­­26,­124
– Net revenue   123 ff., 232 f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­26­f.,­108,­123­ff.,­174­f.,­186,­288
– System   14, 23, 26 f. 43, 124, 156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­125,­142­f.
Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading   26, 124 f., 
144, 321

C3

C4

C5

C6

 Deutsche Börse Group at a glance
Our six services

Our four aspects of sustainability 

Listing p. 20

Trading p. 24

Clearing p. 30

Post-trade p. 34

IT services p. 40

Market data p. 44

Economy p. 152

Environment p. 152

Index of charts and tables
Charts 

Tables

Cover 
Financial­reporting­segments:­breakdown­of­net­revenue­­­C3(cid:18)C4

Cover 
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­financial­highlights­­­C2

Stock exchanges bring companies 
from the real economy together with 
investors on the capital market. 
Both large, international enterprises 
and medium-sized companies raise 
equity or debt  capital via Deutsche 
Börse. They can choose from differ-
ent transparency segments. 

Benefits: Investors can share in the 
growth of the real economy – and 
promote it with their investments.

Exchange trading is as close as 
you­can­get­to­a­“perfect­market”:­
Deutsche Börse operates regulated 
markets for equities, derivatives and 
other instruments, based on its 
Xetra® and Eurex® electronic trad - 
ing systems.

Benefits: Prices are determined on 
exchanges on the basis of free buy 
and sell decisions, which then 
serve as guidelines for companies’ 
future prospects.

Clearing is used to net out claims 
and liabilities relating to financial 
instruments against each other. 
Eurex Clearing AG, Deutsche Börse 
Group’s clearing house, acts as a 
buyer for every seller and a seller for 
every buyer. Market participants 
provide collateral to manage the risk 
that arises in trading. 

After trading and clearing, Clear-
stream – Deutsche Börse Group’s 
post-trade services provider –  sup - 
ports market participants in settling 
their delivery obligations and in 
holding the securities pur chased in 
safe keeping. These securities can 
then be used as collateral.

Benefits: Clearing is comparable 
to insurance against counterparty 
default for market participants. 

Benefits: Post-trade services en-
able market participants to satisfy 
legislators’ regulatory requirements 
reliably­and­efficiently.

Our brands
  Deutsche Börse

  Xetra ®

Our brand
  Eurex Clearing

Our brands
  Clearstream

  Lux CSD

  REGIS-TR

Our brands
  Xetra ®

  Scoach ®

  Tradegate ®

  Eurex ®

  Eurex Bonds ®

  Eurex Repo ®

  International Securities Exchange

  European Energy Exchange

IT is the foundation for all exchange 
services. Deutsche Börse operates 
data centres for trading and settle- 
ment and programs the related soft - 
ware. It also builds and supervises 
the network linking participants.

Institutional and private investors 
base their decisions on market data – 
which in turn create new informa-
tion. Deutsche Börse produces and 
distributes price data from its Eurex 
and Xetra trading sys tems and indi-
ces on global market trends.

Benefits: Reliable trading and set tle - 
ment systems – and hence market 
security – are the top  priority for IT 
at Deutsche Börse.

Benefits: Thanks to their indepen-
dence, exchanges can deliver objec - 
tive measurements of market trends.

Our brand
  Deutsche Börse

Our brands
  DAX ®

  STOXX ®

Deutsche Börse Group’s core busi-
ness­includes­efficiently­organising,­
and providing stable systems for, 
capital markets. Standardisation, 
maximum transparency and a broad 
range of risk management services 
are the tools that it uses to reach 
these goals. The Group also focuses 
on making high-quality sustainabil-
ity information available to ensure 
that investors can make rounded 
investment decisions. 

As­a­financial­services­provider,­too, 
Deutsche Börse Group is respon si ble 
for ensuring an intact environ ment. 
The core objective of its eco logical 
commitment is to measure and moni - 
tor the effects its operating activi-
ties have on the environment and 
to minimise negative effects. Both 
employees and service providers are 
included in this.

  Market News International (MNI)

Employees p. 50

Corporate citizenship p. 60

  Need To Know News

Committed, competent staff are vital 
to Deutsche Börse Group’s busi ness 
success. This is why, in addi tion to 
offering attractive remuneration and 
above-average­­social­benefits,­its­
human resources policy concentrates 
on measures pro moting personal 
development and a better work-life 
balance. 

As a “good corporate citizen”, 
Deutsche Börse Group becomes in - 
volved in socially relevant topics. It 
is active primarily at a regional level 
and is guided by local needs at its 
various corporate locations. The 
Group-wide sponsorship guide lines 
focus on innovative, sustainable 
projects in the areas of education 
and science, culture and social 
involve ment.

Responsibilities of Executive Board members

CEO, CFO, Special Projects

Xetra, Eurex

Our­four­financial­reporting­segments:­ 
Breakdown of net revenue 1)

Xetra

10 %

Eurex

45 %

35 %

  Share of Deutsche Börse Group’s net revenue attributable to the segment concerned

1)  The external net revenue from the Information Technology (IT) segment and the costs for 

corporate services are allocated to the four segments. 

Clearstream

IT, Market Data & Analytics

Clearstream

Market Data & Analytics

10 %

Cover photograph: taken at the Frankfurter 
Wertpapierbörse (FWB®, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange)

Governance 
Executive­Board­remuneration­system­­­92
2012­expense­for­share-based­payments­­­93
2012­total­expense­­­94
(cid:57)aluation­parameters­­­95
(cid:49)umber­of­2012­phantom­shares­­­96
Total Executive Board remuneration for 2012, 
without­retirement­benefits­­­97
Retirement­benefits­­­99
Supervisory Board remuneration   103

Combined management report
Development­of­trading­activity­on­selected­European­cash­markets­­­117­
Development of contracts traded on selected derivatives markets   118 
Deutsche­Börse­Group­key­performance­figures­­­120
Overview of operating costs   121
(cid:46)ey­figures­by­quarter­­­122
EBIT­and­net­profitability­by­segment­­­123
Cash­market:­trading­volume­(single-counted)­­­125
Xetra­segment:­key­figures­­­125
Eurex­segment:­key­figures­­­126
Contract­volumes­in­the­derivatives­market­­­127
Clearstream­segment:­key­indicators­­­131
Clearstream­segment:­key­figures­­­131
Market­Data­(cid:9)­Analytics­segment:­key­figures­­­134
Deutsche Börse’s cost of capital   134
Consolidated­cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­136
Interest­coverage­ratio­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­137
Relevant­key­performance­indicators­­­137
Ratings of Deutsche Börse AG   138
Ratings of Clearstream Banking S.A.   138
Debt instruments of Deutsche Börse AG   138
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­ten-year­review­­­142 (cid:18)143
Exchange data of Deutsche Börse shares   144
Deutsche­Börse­AG­share:­key­figures­­­145
Employees by segment   148
Employees­per­countries(cid:18)regions­­­148
(cid:46)ey­figures­on­Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­workforce­as­at­­31­December­2012­­­151
Corporate­Responsibility:­key­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­156
(cid:51)erformance­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190
Sales­revenue­by­segment­­­191
Overview­of­total­costs­­­191
Cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­192
(cid:49)on-current­assets­(condensed)­­­­193
Employees­per­country(cid:18)region­­­193
Age­structure­of­employees­­­194
Employees(cid:513)­length­of­service­­­194

Strategic perspectives   
The most complete business model worldwide   12
Strategic roadmap   15
Effective cost management  16 
Cost growth of key exchange organisations   16

The exchange
Our six services   18
Process “Listing“   20
Customised transparency – for shares and bonds   22
Process “Trading“   24
Xetra:­presence­in­Europe­and­beyond­­­26
Eurex:­a­global­network­­­28
Process “Clearing“   30
Clearing reduces and hedges risks   32 
Process “Post-trade“   34
Vestima ®:­access­to­more­than­100,000­funds­­­37
Process “IT services“   40 
Exchange trading accelerates   42
Process “Market data“   44
STOXX ® – setting the standard for markets around the world   46

Responsibility
Deutsche Börse Group’s corporate responsibility strategy   48 
Internal trainings, divided up according to topic   53
Summary of key stakeholders   55
Areas­for­action­at­Deutsche­Börse­­­57
(cid:46)ey­examples­of­dialogue­in­2012­­­58(cid:18)59

Governance
Regulatory and supervisory bodies for exchange trading   64
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­cash­bonus­­­94­­
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­stock­bonus­­­95
Supervisory Board remuneration in 2012 under the two  remuneration 
systems­applicable­for­the­financial­year­­­102­

Combined management report
Simplified­shareholding­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­ 
as­at­31­December­2012­­­107
(cid:47)eadership­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­as­at­1­(cid:45)anuary­2013­­­109
Net revenue by segment   120
EBIT by segment   121
Breakdown of net revenue in the Xetra segment   123
Breakdown­of­net­revenue­in­the­Eurex­segment­­­127
Breakdown of net revenue in the Clearstream segment   130
Distribution of value added   141
Origination of value added   141
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices in 2012   145
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices since listing   146
Share­of­international­shareholders­on­a­high­level­in­2012­­­147
Deutsche­Börse­AG:­analysts­predominantly­issue­ 
buy­recommendations­­­147
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by gender)   150
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by location)   150
Governance­structure­of­risk­management­­­159
Five-stage risk management system with central and  
decentral­responsibility­­­159
Risk structure of Deutsche Börse Group   163
Business continuity measures   164

Index

A
Annual­General­Meeting­­­86,­107,­147,­C8
Annual­financial­statements­(in­accordance­
with­HGB)­­­190­ff.,­315­f.

B
Basel III   36, 183 f.
Basis of consolidation 
Business model 12, 106 ff., 181

 shareholding structure

C
Capital structure   136 f., 188
Cash­flow­­­134­ff.,­142­f.,­188,­192,­283­f.
CC(cid:51)­­­30ff.,­127­f.,­140,­171­ff.,­177,­225­f.,­
295,­321
 CCP
Central counterparty 
Clearing­­­30­ff.,­171­f.,­178­f.
Clearing house 
Clearstream
–  Contributions to sustainable business activ-

 CCP

ities­­­39

– Customers   36
– EBIT   131
– Key indicators   131
– Linked markets   38, 132
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­129­f.,­232­f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)artnerships­­­37­f.,­131­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­34­ff.,­129­ff.,­187,­288
Code of conduct   80, 151
Compliance   156, 164
Corporate­governance­­­78­ff.,­86­ff.
Corporate­Governance­Code­(German)­­­78­ff.
CR (corporate responsibility)   48 ff., 56 ff., 
110, 152 f., 156
Costs   111
– Capital costs   108, 136 f., 180
– Operating costs   121, 186
(cid:509)­Total­costs­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190­f.

D
Debt­instruments­­­116,­138,­139,­192
Declaration­of­conformity­­­78­f.
Directors(cid:513)­dealings­­­91
Dividend­­­9,­137­f.,­141,­145,­147­f.,­188

E
Earnings per share   122, 142 f., 145, 285 f.
EBIT   111, 121, 123, 186, 288 f.
Economic capital   160 f.
EEX­­­29,­153,­215
Efficiency­programme­­­120,­144,­148,­185­f.
EMIR­­­178­f.,­182,­319
Employees­­­51­ff.,­58,­148­ff.,­291,­312
Environmental protection   152, 154 f., 156
Eurex  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activ­ities­­­29,­33

(cid:509)­Cooperations­­­17,­129
– EBIT   126
– Net revenue   126 f., 232 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants(cid:18)network­­­17,­28­f.,­126­ff.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­28­f.,­126­f.,­169­ff.,­186­f.,­288
(cid:509)­System­­­5,­14,­29,­42­f.,­156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­127­f.,­186
Eurex­Bonds­­­28,­128,­319

 CCP

Eurex Clearing 
Eurex­Repo­28,­128,­319
European Energy Exchange 
Executive­Board­­­66­f.,­76­f.,­78­f.,­81,­87,­
92­ff.,­107,­116,­157­f.,­176­f.,­306­f.

 EEX

F
Financial­postion­­­134­ff.,­141,­188,­192
Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (Frankfurt Stock 
Exchange)   22, 24, 64

G
Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub­­­36f.,­131­f.,­179,­187,­319
Global­securities­financing­­­39,­129,­130,­142­f.
Good corporate citizenship   61 ff., 153, 156
Group Share Plan   228, 305 f.

I
Information­Technology­­­40­ff.,­108,­187­f.
International Securities Exchange (ISE)   28, 
29,­63,­127,­170
Interest­coverage­ratio­­­111,­136­f.,­189
Internal control system   112 f.
Inverstor­base­­­147
Investor relations   146 f.

L
(cid:47)eadership­structure­­­109
Liquidity management   15, 34, 36, 131 f., 
136,­179,­183,­187
Listing   20 ff., 125
Locations   18, 62 f., 106, 324

M
Market capitalisation   142 f., 145
Market Data & Analytics
– Contributions to sustainable business acti-
vities­­­47
– EBIT   133 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­119,­132,­232­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­16,­44­ff.,­108­f.,­132­ff.,­187­f.,­
289
Monthly Carbon Report   153

N
(cid:49)et­assets­­­138­ff.,­192­f.
(cid:49)et­interest­income­­­111,­119­f.,­129,­131,­
142 f., 185, 234
(cid:49)et­revenue­­­111,­119,­122,­123,­142­f.,­150,­
185 f., 188, 232 ff.
(cid:49)on-financial­performance­indicators­­­148­ff.,­
188

O
Opportunity­management­­­177­ff.
Organisational structure   108

P
(cid:51)rofitability­­­123

Q
(cid:52)uarterly­key­figures­­­122

R
Ratings
– Credit ratings   136, 138
– Sustainability ratings   155
Regulation­­­175­f.,­181­ff.
Regulatory capital requirements   260 ff.
Results­of­operation­­­119­ff.,­185­ff.
Return on shareholders’ equity   111 f., 134, 
142­f.,­191
Risk­management­­­32­f.,­36,­56,­157­ff.,­177,­
291­ff.

S
Sales­revenue­­­111,­191,­232,­288­f.
Scoach   26, 64, 115, 121
Segment­reporting­­­287­ff.
Share­buy-backs­­­136,­137,­189
Share of Deutsche Börse AG   144 ff.
Shareholders­­­113,­309­ff.
Shareholding structure   14, 106 f., 212 ff.
Social responsibility
Stock­Bonus­(cid:51)lan­(SB(cid:51))­­­93­ff.,­228,­302­ff.
STOXX Ltd.   46 f., 133, 153, 212 f.
Strategy   13 ff., 108 ff.
Supervisory­Board­­­68­f.,­70­ff.,­78­ff.,­86­ff.,­
101­ff.,­107,­157,­307,­308­f.
(cid:509)­Committees­­­73­ff.,­84
(cid:509)­Conflicts­of­interest­­­77
Supplier policy   80
Sustainability­­­C4,­23,­29,­33,­47,­110,­
153 ff., 325
Sustainability­Code­(German)­­­80,­90,­152

T
TARGET2-Securities­­­4,­38­f.,­132,­169,­321
Ten-year review   142 f.
Tradegate Exchange   26, 64, 124, 212 f.
Trading   24 ff.

U
(cid:56)(cid:49)­Global­Compact­­­10,­80,­152,­C7

V
Value added   140 f.

W
(cid:58)orking­capital­­­135,­140,­193

X
Xetra  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activities­­­23,­27

– EBIT   124
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants (cid:18)network­­­26,­124
– Net revenue   123 ff., 232 f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­26­f.,­108,­123­ff.,­174­f.,­186,­288
– System   14, 23, 26 f. 43, 124, 156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­125,­142­f.
Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading   26, 124 f., 
144, 321

C3

C4

C5

C6

Corporate report 
 2012

Regulated markets guarantee fair trading. As  
a market place organiser, Deutsche Börse has a 
 public-service mission to ensure integrity and 
transparency. 

t
l
a
h
n
I

This year, Deutsche Börse Group is underlining  
its public-service mission by providing integrated 
reporting­that­also­reflects­the­overarching­benefits­
of­its­activities­for­the­first­time.­(cid:46)ey­aspects­of­the­
corporate responsibility report, previously pub-
lished separately, can now be found in this corpo-
rate­report­2012.­This­presents­a­clear­profile­ 
of Deutsche Börse: its business activities as well 
as its responsibility.

How to navigate around this corporate report

   Corporate responsibility topics

   Reference to a location in the report

   Reference to a location outside of the report

 
 Contents

C2
C3/4 

Important key figures
Deutsche Börse Group at a glance 

4
6

2012 – the year that was 
Letter from the CEO

About this report 

Deutsche Börse is introducing a new reporting con - 
cept for this year: In addition to the content previously 
included in the annual report, this corporate report 
2012 contains topics from the corporate responsi - 
bil ity (CR) report, which – until now – had been pub - 
lished separately. The new combined report marks 
the first step on our way to “integrated reporting”.  
It demonstrates that social responsibility and sustain - 
ability are rooted in all business areas of Deutsche 
Börse Group.

The content of the report and indicators of the topics 
relating to corporate responsibility are essentially in 
accordance with the third generation (3.1) guidelines 
on sustainability reporting of the Global Reporting 
Initiative (GRI). Their evaluation was made with 
regard to the interests of important stakeholders – 
and the indicators are based on the materiality 
analysis. Since not all GRI indicators are applicable 
to the services of a stock exchange, further relevant 
key figures and information were added to these.

1) Component of the combined management report

12

Strategic  
perspectives

18 

The exchange

Deutsche Börse Group’s tasks  
and economic importance  
at a glance

20
24
30
34
40
44

Listing
Trading
Clearing
Post-trade
IT services
Market data

48

 Responsibility

50
54
60

Group staff
Stakeholder engagement
Good corporate citizenship

64

 Governance

66
68
70
78
86
92

Members of the Executive Board
Members of the Supervisory Board
Report of the Supervisory Board
Corporate governance declaration 1)  
Corporate governance report
Remuneration report 1) 

 
 
 
104

Combined  
management report

106
116
144
144
148

157
177
180
190

Basic principles of the Group
Report on the economy
Report on post-balance sheet date events
Deutsche Börse shares
Financial­and­non-financial­ 
performance indicators
Risk report
Report on opportunities
Report on expected developments
Deutsche Börse AG (Disclosures based on the HGB)

318
322

323
323
324

Glossary
Deutsche Börse Group –  
global presence
Registered trademarks
Contact/imprint
GRI Application Level Check

C5
C6
C7
C8

List of charts and tables 
Index
GRI index
Financial calendar

s
t
n
e
t
n
o
C

196

­Consolidated­financial­
statements 

198
199
200
202
204

Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated­cash­flow­statement
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

206

 Notes to the consolidated 
financial­statements

206
232
241
283 
313 
314
315

317

Basis of preparation
Consolidated income statement disclosures
Consolidated balance sheet disclosures
Other disclosures
Responsibility statement by the Executive Board
Auditor’s report
Summarised­annual­financial­statements­ 
of Deutsche Börse AG
Proposal on the appropriation of the  
unappropriated surplus

4

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

2012 – the year that was

 1st quarter

 2nd quarter

Jan

Eurex acquired in full: Deutsche Börse Group 
acquires the remaining shares in Eurex  
Zürich AG  from SIX Group AG, making it the 
sole owner of the Eurex derivatives exchange. 

Clearstream organises 16th GSF Summit: 
The conference is the largest event for the 
repo and collateral management sector. 

2012 Annual Reception: Deutsche Bundes-
bank President Dr Jens Weidmann is the 
keynote speaker at Deutsche Börse Group’s 
Annual Reception. He addresses some 750 
guests at Deutsche Börse’s corporate head-
quarters. 

Feb

Mar

European Commission blocks business 
combination with NYSE Euronext: The 
European Commission prohibits the planned 
business combination of Deutsche Börse AG 
and NYSE Euronext due to antitrust concerns. 

New collateral management services part - 
ners: Clearstream wins the central secu rities 
depositories Strate in South Africa, CDS 
Clearing and Depository Services in Canada 
and Iberclear in Spain as further partners for 
a global collateral management.

Apr

May

Climate data for 1,800 companies online 
 :
The www.boerse-frankfurt.de website publishes  
emissions data for 1,800 companies around 
the world. 

Clearstream joins T2S: Clearstream becomes 
one­of­the­first­central­securities­depositories­
to sign the framework agreement for the 
European Central Bank’s TARGET2-Securities 
(T2S) initiative. 

Higher dividends and special distribution:
Shareholders receive a dividend of €2.30 per 
share, a year-on-year increase of 10 per cent, 
plus a special dividend of €1.00 per share. 

Faber takes over as Chairman of the Super-
visory Board: Following the scheduled election 
of the entire Supervisory Board for its new term, 
four of the 18 members are women.

Jun

Deutsche Börse holds sixth Investor Day: 
Analysts and institutional investors learn about  
Deutsche Börse Group’s strategic focuses and 
current developments in its business areas.

(cid:41)irst (cid:515)(cid:52)ualified Supervisory Board (cid:48)ember(cid:516) 
examination: Deutsche Börse’s Capital Markets 
Academy supports the German Corporate 
Governance Code requirement that supervisory 
board members should undertake training 
and further education measures so as to en sure 
supervisory boards’ ongoing professionalisation. 

(cid:60)ou­will­find­more­details­on­the­year­2012­ 
in the online version of this corporate report  
 corporatereport2012.deutsche-boerse.com

 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

5

3rd quarter

4th quarter

Jul

Expansion of European network: The estab - 
lishment of an additional access point in 
Zurich offers a further reduction in latency 
times for Xetra and Eurex customers. 

Oct

Declaration of conformity with the German 
 : Deutsche 
Sustainability Code is published 
Börse Group actively promotes transparent 
in for mation on sustainability and supports the 
German Sustainability Code.   

Aug

KOSPI 200 cooperation positive to date: 
Eurex  and KRX celebrate two years of coope -
r a tion on the most heavily traded derivative  
in the world. 

1,000 ETFs tradeable on Xetra: Deutsche 
Börse’s ETF product offering remains the lar g  - 
est of any European exchange. 

Sep

First Chinese ETF on the DAX: With a DAX ® 
license to Hua An Asset Management, 
Deutsche­Börse­clears­the­way­for­the­first­
Chinese ETF which gives investors from the 
People’s Republic direct access to Germany’s 
leading companies.

Placement of €600 million corporate bond: 
With the ten-year bond, Deutsche Börse  
re places some of its existing non-current 
financial­liabilities.­

Awards for achievements in sustainability 
 : 
Deutsche­Börse­is­confirmed­as­a­member­of­
the Dow Jones Sustainability Indices. Further-
more, it has met the criteria for inclusion in 
the FTSE4Good Index and it also maintains 
its position in the STOXX ® ESG Global Leaders 
Index and in the MSCI World ESG Index.

Continuous bond trading on Xetra ®: Xetra 
expands electronic bond trading to include over 
2,000 international government and cor porate 
bonds, plus 60 German federal government 
bonds.

Over 100,000 investment funds available 
via Clearstream: Clearstream now offers 
more than 100,000 investment funds from 
33 countries for cross-border distribution.

Largest IPO since 2007: Telefónica Deutsch-
land raises approximately €1.45 billion in 
equity with its initial public offering (IPO). 

Nov

Eurex Clearing launches clearing of OTC 
interest rate swaps: Buy-side clients can use 
the clearing platform ahead of the start of the 
clearing­obligation­in­Europe­for­OTC­financial­
instruments.

The Prague Stock Exchange uses Xetra: The 
Prague Stock Exchange migrates its electronic 
securities trading to the Xetra trading system.

Dec

Hauke Stars joins Executive Board: Hauke 
Stars assumes responsibility for IT and 
Market Data & Analytics, which are being 
bundled into a single business segment. 

Eurex introduces new trading system: The 
new generation of the new Eurex trading 
sys tem goes live. With the new trading sys tem, 
participants­of­Eurex­Exchange­benefit­from­
significantly­better­performance­while­stability­
and availability remain as high as usual.

Higher transparency requirements for Open 
(cid:48)ar(cid:78)et: Deutsche Börse closes the First 
Quo tation Board and tightens the rules for the 
Entry Standard. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Letter from the CEO

Reto Francioni 
Chief­Executive­Officer

Reto Francioni
Chief­Executive­Officer

Dear readers and shareholders,

Deutsche Börse has worked hard and with great success not only to become the number one 
in Germany, but also to reach the pinnacle of its industry worldwide. Your company is now 
among the world’s leading exchange organisations and holds the top spot in Europe, well ahead 
of its formerly much stronger competition. Deutsche Börse Group’s employees and executives 
have achieved excellent results over the past few years. We intend to continue these successes, 
even though 2012 proved to be a more difficult year due to cyclical effects and the weaker 
sector as a whole. The priorities of our company remain investing in future growth and in a 
reliable,­highly­effi­cient­infrastructure­for­the­financial­markets­worldwide,­together­with­en­suring­
cost discipline and enabling shareholders to participate in our success. 

We will reach these challenging targets, although we are well aware that it will not be easy. Our 
opportunities for growth have dwindled. As a European company, we have to acknowledge that, 
for our sector at least, there is currently a disadvantage to being located in Europe, at least 
when it comes to the European Commission’s decisions. At the same time, our competitors are 
striking hard and regrouping, making the most of the disproportionately more supportive condi - 
tions in their own countries. We cannot rest for a minute and we do not plan to. Our focus 
remains on growing under our own steam by moving into new markets and leveraging new mar - 
ket opportunities. 

Economic environment in 2012 and beyond: a­difficult­framework­ 
for exchange organisations

There­is­no­doubt­that­it­will­take­time­before­equilibrium­is­restored­to­the­financial­markets.­
2012 was dominated by uncertainty about the development of the global and, in particular,  
the­European­economy,­as­well­as­the­future­of­financial­regulation.­This­hit­trading­volumes­in­
the capital mar kets all over the world. According to the World Federation of Exchanges (WFE), 
the order book volume on regulated securities exchanges fell by 22 per cent worldwide and  
the number of derivative contracts traded on exchanges dropped 15 per cent in 2012,  

 www.world-exchanges.org

As­a­central­service­provider­to­the­financial­sector,­we,­too,­were­affected­by­this­trend­(cid:51)ost-trade­
business­remained­remarkably­stable­given­the­difficult­environment,­with­our­diversified­busi­ness­
model stabilising the Group’s overall performance. In some areas, our ever more diverse business 
model not only provided stability, it actually generated growth. This was true, for example, in 

our new cash market segment for corporate bonds issued by medium-size companies, the 
relatively new volatility index derivatives and derivatives on government bonds outside of our 
traditionally successful products (the Bund Future and index derivatives), as well as our 
post-trade services for investment funds.

However, these growth segments are not large enough in terms of their scale. Or, to be more 
precise: they are not large enough yet. The aims of our strategy for this and the coming years 
include­becoming­even­less­sensitive­to­market­fluctuations­and­developing­stable­and­growing­
sources of income outside of our traditional business. This in no way means that we intend to 
neglect our core competency of organising regulated markets. On the contrary: we want to build 
on this core competency and extend it to new services that are tailored to the current market 
situation,­namely­the­greater­need­for­risk­management­and­efficient­collateral­management,­as­
well as the increased reporting requirements for OTC trading.

Our­strategy:­act­in­a­way­that­benefits­the­real­economy­and  
offer the services that make this possible all over the world

It will allow us to contribute to creating a better, more responsible and more sustainable organi - 
sation­of­the­unregulated­markets,­whose­excesses­led­to­the­financial­crisis­in­2007­and­2008­
and the consequences that are still being felt today.

This­was­already­one­of­our­objectives­before­the­financial­crisis,­and­we­strengthened­it­in­the­
aftermath through new offerings for market participants and the real economy. Our role is that 
of­a­market-centric­intermediary­between­legislators­and­regulators,­on­one­side,­and­the­finan­cial­
and real economy, on the other. For us, being market-centric means setting the same clear and 
enforceable rules for all parties, in the interests of all market participants, to ensure that ever y- 
one has the same information and trading opportunities.

The planned merger with US and European exchange organisation NYSE Euronext would have 
created­the­opportunity­for­us­to­more­firmly­implement­these­convictions­globally­and­to­reach­
currently non-transparent and uncollateralised markets. Unfortunately, as you know, the regu - 
lators in Brussels have not followed our reasoning and gave preference to, we still believe, an 
unjustifiedly­narrow­market­definition­that­ignores­the­realities­of­the­global­economy.­Even­without­
this­merger­we­were­and­still­are­the­world(cid:513)s­most­comprehensive­and­diversified­exchange­organ­i­- 
sation see the 

 chart on page 12 in the chapter “Strategic perspectives”. 

Building on this, after the merger was blocked, we immediately realigned our corporate strategy, 
gearing it towards the medium term and implementing it without delay in 2012, see the  

 “Strategic perspectives” section. To improve our focus on this strategy and accelerate its imple - 
mentation, we increased our investments in carefully selected growth and infrastructure pro jects 
in 2012. We plan to continue along this route in 2013, although this will involve in vesting 
counter-cyclically and a further increase in expenses. Fortunately, we are able to fall back on our 
strong­financial­position.­This­is­a­competitive­advantage­we­have­developed­over­all­other­com­- 
parable exchange organisations worldwide thanks to our operating results, as well as our sys te - 
matic cost management, see the 

 chart on page 16 in the chapter “Strategic perspectives”.

Strict cost management will continue to play a key role in the current and future years. However, 
an appropriate ratio of costs to investments must be maintained. We believe that all stakeholders 
should participate in the company’s success. We will therefore propose a dividend of €2.10  
for­financial­year­2012­to­the­Annual­General­Meeting­to­be­held­in­May­2013.­This­is­the­same­
level­as­in­2007­to­2010­and­the­dividend­is­twice­as­high­as­the­dividend­paid­in­2005.

Financial­year­2012­and­share­performance:­figures­reflect­ 
the­difficult­environment

In­financial­year­2012,­Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­net­revenue­declined­9­per­cent­to­€1.9­billion.­
At­the­same­time,­adjusted­profit­before­tax­decreased­19­per­cent­to­€1.0­billion.­These­figures­
reflect­the­difficult­environment,­which,­as­mentioned­above,­was­dominated­by­uncertainty­
regarding future economic and regulatory developments. In light of these negative external effects, 
however, these results are satisfactory. Adjusted for non-recurring effects, such as the cost of 
efficiency­measures,­our­operating­costs­rose­5­per­cent­to­€922­million.­This­increase­was­
with­in­our­forecast­range­and­reflects­the­higher­investments­in­growth­and­infrastructure­pro­- 
jects. Other key indicators of our business performance are presented starting on 
 page 106.

Deutsche Börse AG’s share price rose 14 per cent in 2012 for further details, see the 
Börse shares” section of the management report on page 144. With a market capitalisation of 
around­€9­billion,­Deutsche­Börse­still­ranks­among­the­top­five­players­in­the­global­exchange­
arena,­well­ahead­of­its­three­big­gest­competitors­active­in­Europe­(cid:509)­(cid:49)(cid:60)SE­Euronext,­(cid:49)asdaq­OMX­
and the London Stock Exchange. The only exchanges that are currently stronger than Deutsche 
Börse are those that are active in an environment where the real economy is growing rapidly 
(Brazil’s Bovespa and HKEx in Hong Kong), or which have manoeuvred their way into the top spot 
through­approved­mergers,­such­as­the­CME.

 “Deutsche 

The­first­integrated­report:­testament­to­our­holistic,­future- 
oriented­corporate­governance­

A DAX ®-listed­group­is­no­longer­merely­benchmarked­against­financial­criteria­such­as­market­
capitalisation­or­profit,­particularly­if­a­large­proportion­of­its­economic­activities­are­performed­
as­part­of­a­public-service­mission,­as­is­the­case­for­us­with­the­Frankfurt­Stock­Exchange­and­
the­Eurex­derivatives­exchange.­This­report­represents­our­first­move­towards­integrated­
reporting.­

(cid:58)e­are­supporting­a­large­number­of­initiatives­to­promote­sustainability.­(cid:58)e­place­particularly­
high­value­on­our­membership­of­the­(cid:56)nited­(cid:49)ations­Global­Compact­and­the­implementation­
of­its­principles­regarding­human­rights,­labour,­the­environment­and­anti-corruption.­After­
focusing­strongly­on­our­own­sustainability­performance­and­reporting­in­the­past,­which­was­
again­rewarded­by­our­inclusion­in­key­sustainability­indices­in­2012,­we­are­now­turning­our­
attention­to­fostering­transparency­for­holistic­investment­strategies­on­the­global­capital­markets.

Our­message­to­you,­our­shareholders,­is­we­have­not­only­overcome­the­challenges­of­the­past­
year,­but­used­them­to­open­up­new­opportunities­for­the­future.­(cid:58)e­are­already­ahead­of­all­
other­exchange­organisations­worldwide­in­terms­of­the­diversification­of­our­business.­(cid:58)e­want­
to­continue­on­this­course,­gathering­speed­from­a­walk­to­a­run:­unlike­many­others,­we­are­fit­
enough­for­a­marathon­and­have­enough­in­reserve­for­plenty­more­sprints­along­the­way.

Our­employees­at­all­our­locations­around­the­world­made­this­success­possible,­which­is­why­
they­deserve­our­special­thanks­for­this­difficult­past­year.­One­thing­is­true­both­for­us­as­
employees­and­managers­of­Deutsche­Börse­and­for­you­as­shareholders:­competition­will­not­
only­continue,­it­is­going­to­get­tougher.­Fortunately,­we­are­well­prepared­and­know­exactly­
how­we­are­going­to­reach­our­targets.

(cid:60)ours­truly,

Reto Francioni 
Chief­Executive­Officer

Deutsche Börse 
Group

CME Group

Intercontinental
Exchange (ICE)

London Stock 
Exchange (LSE)

Nasdaq OMX

NYSE Euronext

1)

Equities

Derivatives

Clearing

Domestic CSD

International CSD

Market data

Index business

External IT

Deutsche Börse Group has the most  
complete business model of all exchange  
organisations worldwide

1)  Acquisition of 60 per cent of the shares in LCH.Clearnet 

has not yet been completed.

 Strategic  
perspectives

Deutsche Börse Group started its strategy of diver­
sification as early as the 90s: beginning with elec­
tronic derivatives trading, the management of 
Deutsche Börse has been gradually expanding the 
company’s core competences of organising regu­
lated markets to include more products as well as 
post-trade services. The new perspectives formu­
lated early in 2012 have adapted this strategy to 
the new market conditions and have focused it more 
sharply: firstly, on up-until-now unregulated and 
uncollateralised markets, secondly, on the setup 
of a powerful department for IT services and mar­
ket data as well as, thirdly, on the expansion into 
global  emerging markets, in particular in Asia.

14  Review

14  Status

17  Outlook

14

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Revie(cid:90): milestones to(cid:90)ards a diversified global 
 exchange organisation

Deutsche­Börse­Group­is­one­of­the­most­diversified­
exchange organisations in the world. It has achieved 
this over the years by growing organically taking 
advantage of selected external growth opportunities. 
1990 saw the establishment of Deutsche Terminbörse 
(DTB, the German derivatives exchange), which merged 
with the Swiss Soffex exchange eight years later and, 
renamed Eurex, has since then emerged as one of 
the world’s leading derivatives exchanges. It was the 
first­time­futures­were­traded­and­cleared­in­Germany,­
and – unlike at the established derivatives exchanges 
in London, Paris, or Chicago – this was done fully 
electronically. Also in 1990, an Aktien gesellschaft 
(German stock corporation) owned pri marily by the 
German banks took over the operation of the cash 
market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange from the  
Frank furt am Main Chamber of Commerce and Indus - 
try. This corporation became Deutsche Börse AG in 
December 1992.

The acquisition of all shares in DTB and in the post- 
trading organisation Deutscher Kassenverein then laid 
the­cornerstone­for­one­of­the­first­diversified­com­pa-
nies shaping today’s global exchange arena: Deutsche 
Börse Group. From 1997 onwards, Deutsche Börse 
also drove forward the roll-out of electronic trading in 
the cash market through Xetra®, which had already 
delivered success after success for the company in 
the derivatives area.

The new millennium brought further key innovations: 
in 2000, Deutsche Börse Clearing AG, which had 
previously been formed from the securities settlement 
organisations, merged with the Luxembourg-based 
international central securities depository Cedel Inter - 
national to form Clearstream International. Two years 
after that, Deutsche Börse acquired all the shares in 
Clearstream International. This meant that the entire 
post-trading business (settlement, custody and 
collateral management) was now under the umbrella 
of Deutsche Börse Group.

The year 2001 marked another turning point: it was 
the year Deutsche Börse AG listed on the stock 
exchange,­making­it­the­first­major­western­exchange­
organisation­of­international­significance­to­take­this­
step – its competitors, from the London Stock 
Exchange to the New York Stock Exchange, followed 
suit a short while later. Since then, Deutsche Börse 
Group has consistently been driving forward its 
internationalisation­and­diversification.­It­opened­
representative­offices­in­Be(cid:239)ing,­Hong­(cid:46)ong,­Tokyo­
and later Singapore. What is more, through its 
subsidiary Clearstream, Deutsche Börse Group has 
operated in the region for three decades and has 
more­firmly­established­customer­relationships­than­
most other Western exchange organisations.

Status: guarantor (cid:73)or sa(cid:73)ety and integrity in the 
 securities trading

Deutsche Börse Group, one of the world’s largest 
exchange organisations, provides access to the global 
capital­markets­for­investors,­financial­institutions­
and companies. Deutsche Börse’s offering covers the 
entire­value­chain,­from­the­issuance­of­financial­
instruments, through securities and derivatives trad - 
ing as well as clearing and the post-trading business, 
down to the provision of market data and the deve l - 
opment and operation of electronic trading systems.

Safety and integrity form the basis of Deutsche Börse’s 
business philosophy. Its strategy is built on these 
guiding values. In the development and implementa-
tion of this strategy, Deutsche Börse can depend on 
two special strengths, which distinguish it from other 
financial services providers: firstly, its neutrality,  
mean­ing­that­it­strictly­avoids­internal­conflicts­of­
interest in its dealings with customers; secondly, its 
public mandate to operate regulated markets gov - 
erned by safety and integrity. Both of these criteria 
are condi tions for determining free prices that are not 

Strategic perspectives  |  The exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management report  |  Financial statements  |  Notes

15

exposed­to­non-market­influences,­but­are­derived­
exclusively from generally available information and 
analyses. In this way, these prices perform an eco - 
nomic function as reliable signals on which companies 
and investors can base their investment decisions. 
This economic, and ultimately also social, function 
distinguishes them in particular from off-exchange trad - 
ing platforms, which bring together orders on behalf 
of certain market participants in a weakly regulated 
environment.

(cid:39)eutsche B(cid:184)rse Group(cid:513)s strategic directions

The strategic perspectives Deutsche Börse developed 
after the European Commission blocked the planned 
merger with NYSE Euronext focus on expanding the 
regulated, supervised and transparent offering to pre- 
 viously unregulated and uncollateralised markets. 
Through­efficient­risk­and­liquidity­management,­it­
holds­answers­to­the­continuing­loss­of­confidence­

among­market­participants­that­arose­during­the­finan­- 
cial crisis and still persists unabated. This applies in 
particular to the off-exchange sector and in the con - 
text of implementing the regulatory reforms intended 
to­respond­to­the­financial­crisis­by­increasing­the­
transparency, security and integrity of markets and 
market infrastructures. Other strategic directions are 
the creation of a powerful market data and IT unit  
as well as geographical expansion, especially into  
the Asian markets see 
areas,­Deutsche­Börse­Group­reaped­the­first­rewards­
in 2012, especially in the expansion of its offering:

 chart below. In all three 

(cid:41)irstly: In May 2012, Deutsche Börse entered into 
an agreement with the largest international trading 
houses for the introduction of a clearing solution  
for­OTC­interest­rate­swaps.­The­systems­for­the­first­
phase were completed and the production environ-
ment went live in November 2012, for details see  

 the chapter entitled “Clearing”.

Strategic roadmap – investments in growth and infrastructure  
will be further increased in 2013 

Gro(cid:90)th strategy

(cid:40)xtend products and services to unregulated(cid:18)uncollateralised mar(cid:78)ets
  Expand Eurex clearing /risk management capabilities

  Global roll-out of collateral and liquidity management services

(cid:40)xpand technological leadership
  Foster product, process and system innovation

  Combine market data and IT in one segment

(cid:44)ncrease reach in ne(cid:90) customer groups and gro(cid:90)th regions
  Expand customer reach

  Partnerships as well as mergers & acquisitions

(cid:40)(cid:73)(cid:73)ective cost management 
  Cost discipline remains key priority

  Further­efficiency­gains­targeted

Commitment to capital management
  Maintain­strong­credit­rating­profile

  Continue attractive capital management policy

16

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Secondly: Already in 2011, the Brazilian central secu - 
rities­depository­Cetip­had­become­the­first­Global­
Liquidity Hub customer that Deutsche Börse connected 
to Clearstream. In addition to Brazil, agreements have 
been entered into for Canada, Australia, South Africa 
and Spain to join this initiative for the increas ingly 
important liquidity and collateral management activ   - 
ities. Some of these markets will be connected to the 
Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub­in­the­course­of­the­year­2013,­
for details see 

 the chapter entitled “Post-trading”.

Thirdly: By linking Eurex’s central counterparty to 
Clearstream’s collateral management, Deutsche Börse 
Group­is­able­to­offer­products­and­services­that­com- 
bine the strengths of both areas. One example is  
GC­(cid:51)ool­ing ® Select, a product with which Deutsche 
Börse­Group­extends­collateralised­money­market­
transactions to new customer groups – especially 
companies in the real economy as well as funds and 
insurers. With this new market segment, Deutsche 
Börse meets these companies’ growing demand for 
collateralised­financing.­According­to­a­recent­study,­

the collateralised money market transactions of non- 
banks­grew­twice­as­fast­in­the­past­five­years­as­
their uncollateralised equivalents, i.e. at 10 per cent 
a year compared with 5 per cent a year.

In the market data and IT area, Deutsche Börse 
bun­dled­all­the­Group(cid:513)s­IT­services­together­with­the­
market data business to form a new segment with 
effect­from­1­(cid:45)anuary­2013,­combining­them­in­a­
market-driven business unit under the leadership of 
Hauke­Stars.­By­the­middle­of­2013,­Hauke­Stars­
and­her­team­will­define­the­strategic­direction­for­
the new segment and identify areas for expansion to 
leverage growth potential in the medium to long term.

Geographical expansion: it is clear that critical 
future­growth­in­Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­markets­
will no longer be concentrated on Europe or North 
America, but on Asia and Latin America. For this 
reason,­Deutsche­Börse­has­identified­promising­
fresh potential in the geographical expansion of its 
business, especially in the Asian growth markets, 

Effective cost management

Cost growth of key exchange organisations

Operating costs 1), €m

Compound annual growth rate 2007 – 2011 2), in %

–10 %

1,025

995

981

936

890

922

Deutsche­Börse­Group

(cid:509)3

NYSE Euronext

1

Hong Kong Exchanges  
and Clearing 

London Stock Exchange (LSE)

Singapore­Exchange­(SGX)

Australian Securities  
Exchange­(ASX)

BM(cid:9)FBovespa

CME­Group

(cid:49)asdaq­OMX

IntercontinentalExchange (ICE)

11

7

8

8

13

13

16

23

25

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

1)­­Adjusted­for­ISE­impairment­(2009­(cid:509)­2010),­costs­for­efficiency­ 

2)­­Operating­costs­2011­vs.­2007(cid:30)­Deutsche­Börse­Group­excluding­volume­related­

measures (2007 – 2012) and merger related costs (2011 – 2012)

costs(cid:30)­(cid:49)(cid:60)SE­Euronext­excluding­section­31,­liquidity­payment,­routing­and­

clearing fees; Nasdaq excluding liquidity rebates and brokerage clearance and 

exchange­fees(cid:30)­(cid:47)SE­F(cid:60)­until­31­Mar­2012(cid:30)­ASX­and­SGX­F(cid:60)­until­30­(cid:45)une­2011

Strategic perspectives  |  The exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management report  |  Financial statements  |  Notes

17

whose­financial­infrastructure­is­not­yet­keeping­up­
with the dynamic growth of the real economy. In 
those markets, Deutsche Börse is currently expand-
ing through organic growth, supplemented occasion-
ally­by­suitable­forms­of­cooperation.­Here­are­a­few­
examples:

  In the derivatives market, Deutsche Börse has 
devel oped a pioneering form of cooperation with 
the Korea Exchange, under which customers can 
use Eurex’s global network for Asian products 
outside the Asian time zone – in this case they are 
able to trade a derivative on one of the most widely 
traded indices in the world, Korea’s benchmark 
KOSPI index. Following this experience, which was 
encouraging­for­both­parties,­the­(cid:46)orean­financial­
regulator granted Eurex direct market access for 
further products in February 2013.
  Also in February 2013, Eurex extended this form  
of cooperation to its collaboration with the Taiwan 
Futures Exchange, TAIFEX. The planned coopera-
tion, which is scheduled to start in the fourth quar - 
ter of 2013, covers trading and clearing of derivatives 
on the TAIEX index, one of Asia’s most widely 
traded equity indices.
  In­February­2013,­Eurex­also­connected­the­first­
participant from Japan directly to the global trading 
network.

Outloo(cid:78): continuation o(cid:73) the strategy and systematic 
cost management

The­projects­described­above­are­laying­the­founda-
tions for Deutsche Börse Group’s future growth. 
How­ever,­it­is­difficult­to­predict­how­soon­they­will­
translate­into­increased­revenue­and­profit.­The­proj­- 
ects have been planned for the medium term and 
cannot be assessed on the basis of interim reviews. 
Moreover, they depend on the speed at which the gen- 
eral environment is changing. 

In addition, the suc  cess of Eurex’s off-exchange busi- 
ness initiatives (EurexOTC Clear) depends on the 
implementation of regulatory measures. On the one 
hand, it is critical that the systems and processes for 
clearing OTC financial instruments and for meeting 
new reporting requirements are already available and 
have demon strated their robustness in test runs. On 
the other, new business initiatives can only be rolled 
out once absolutely all the implementation rules have 
been for mulated in detail and legitimised democrat- 
ically. These processes – quite rightly – require a lot  
of coor dination effort, so their outcome cannot be pre- 
dicted with the same accuracy as is possible when 
planning­pure-play­technical­projects.

In addition to its expansion efforts, Deutsche Börse 
is recognised in the market for its forward-looking cost 
management. Thanks to its measures for enhancing 
operating­efficiency,­Deutsche­Börse­secured­an­
edge over its competitors at anticipating the changes 
in its market environment and the cyclical head-
winds.­Of­the­world(cid:513)s­major­exchange­organisations,­
Deutsche Börse is the only one that effectively 
reduced its operating costs in the period from 2007 
to 2011. Deutsche Börse will continue to pursue its 
strict cost discipline in the future to leverage the 
free dom needed for investments. For this reason, 
Deutsche Börse is planning to cut staff costs and non- 
personnel­costs­by­€70­million­a­year.­This­objective­
is to be achieved by 2016 without compulsory redun - 
dancies.

Deutsche Börse also takes its social responsibility 
very seriously. Deutsche Börse’s corporate responsi-
bility strategy focuses on the economy, employees, 
the environment and society, for details see 
The way these focal points impact on the various 
exchange functions is described in the 
ing on page 20. 

 chapters star t -

 page 48. 

(cid:47)isting

Market data

Trading

IT­services

Clearing

(cid:51)ost-trade

Locations in Europe: Berlin,­Brussels,­Dublin,­
Eschborn,­Frankfurt(cid:18)Main,­(cid:47)eip(cid:93)ig,­(cid:47)ondon,­ 
(cid:47)uxembourg,­Madrid,­Moscow,­(cid:51)aris,­(cid:51)rague,­Zurich 

Locations in Asia: Dubai,­Hong­(cid:46)ong,­Be(cid:239)ing,­
Singapore,­Tokyo

Locations in North America: Chicago,­(cid:49)ew­(cid:60)ork,­
Ottawa,­(cid:58)ashington,­D.C.

Our six services – present for you  
in 22 locations worldwide

Whether Rhine-Main area, London’s Docklands, 
the­financial­districts­in­Manhattan,­Hong­(cid:46)ong­or­
Singapore­(cid:509)­Deutsche­Börse­Group­is­present­where­
its­customers­are:­in­the­whole­world.­At­least,­with 
one­of­its­six­services­around­securities.­The­Group­
focuses­on­Europe,­its­region­of­origin,­and­is­
deeply­rooted­with­it.­The­two­biggest­locations­are­
the­area­Frankfurt­Rhine-Main­and­(cid:47)uxembourg­(cid:509)­
together­with­(cid:51)aris,­they­represent­the­most­impor-
tant­financial­centres­in­continental­Europe.­As­its­
customers,­however,­Deutsche­Börse­Group­focuses­
more­and­more­on­the­world(cid:513)s­growth­regions,­in­
particular­on­Asia.

 
 
 The exchange

Exchanges make an important contribution to the 
economy by bringing companies together with  
investors. When a company is listed, its stock is 
admitted to trading on the exchange. Comprehen­
sible pricing is the result of transparent, supervised 
trad ing on regulated markets. Clearing houses pro­
tect market participants against risks, post­trade  
services help them to use the securities held in cus ­ 
tody efficiently. IT services provide the electronic 
basis for this. And market data ensure the necessary 
transparency from an independent source.

20  Listing

24  Trading

30  Clearing

34  Post-trade

40  IT services

44  Market data

20

Listing

Task

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

  Listing. Stock exchanges bring companies 
seeking capital together with investors providing it.  
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.

Process

Planning  
and preparation

Structuring

Implementation  
and marketing

  Selection of advisors

  Selection of  
consortium bank

  Creation of timetable  
and business plan

  Due diligence

  Preparation of 
EU prospectus

  Preparation of investor 
relations activities

  Publication of  
EU prospectus

  Application for admission 
of securities

  Approach to investors

Pricing and  
secondary market

  Pricing and  
allocation process

  Initial­price­fixed

  Exchange trading

Benefits

­ Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­access­ 
to the capital market. Companies can raise equity  
or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. This 
provides a basis for investments and innovation in 
the real economy and thus for jobs.

Listing Facts and figures
Listing Facts and figures

Listing 

Deutsche Börse gives companies access to the 
capital market. Both large and medium-sized 
companies can raise equity or debt capital.  
By issuing shares, they raise equity capital and 
grant investors participation rights. When raising 
debt capital by issuing bonds, companies under-
take to pay interest and repay the invested capital.

At Deutsche Börse, companies can choose from 
transparency standards: the Prime Standard offers 
maximum transparency – and therefore also draws 
the greatest attention from investors. The General 
Standard requires the level of compliance pre- 
scribed by the EU, and the Entry Standard requires 
the­minimum­that­is­necessary­from­the­investorsʼ 
 point of view. 

This gives investors the opportunity to share in  
the growth of the economy. In this way, Deutsche 
Börse facilitates investments by companies while 
at the same time supporting retirement provision.

2020
20

Listing
Listing

Task
Task

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

. Stock exchanges bring companies 
  Listing. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
Listing. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
. Stock exchanges bring companies 
Listing. Stock exchanges bring companies 
Listing. Stock exchanges bring companies 
Listing. Stock exchanges bring companies 
seeking capital together with investors providing it. 
seeking capital together with investors providing it.  
seeking capital together with investors providing it. 
seeking capital together with investors providing it. 
seeking capital together with investors providing it. 
seeking capital together with investors providing it. 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
In this process, the company publicly offers investors 
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
its­own­shares­or­bonds,­which­are­first­admitted­to­
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.
or listed on the exchange and can then be traded.

Process
Process

Planning 
Planning  
Planning 
Planning 
and preparation
and preparation
and preparation

Structuring
Structuring
Structuring
Structuring

Implementation 
Implementation  
Implementation 
Implementation 
Implementation 
Implementation 
Implementation 
Implementation 
and marketing
and marketing
and marketing

  Selection of advisors
Selection of advisors
Selection of advisors
Selection of advisors
Selection of advisors
Selection of advisors
Selection of advisors
Selection of advisors

  Selection of  
Selection of 
Selection of 
Selection of 
consortium bank
consortium bank
consortium bank
consortium bank
consortium bank
consortium bank
consortium bank
consortium bank

  Creation of timetable  
Creation of timetable 
Creation of timetable 
Creation of timetable 
Creation of timetable 
Creation of timetable 
Creation of timetable 
and business plan
and business plan
and business plan
and business plan

  Due diligence
Due diligence
Due diligence
Due diligence
Due diligence
Due diligence

  Preparation of 
Preparation of
EU prospectus
EU prospectus

  Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
Preparation of investor 
relations activities
relations activities

  Publication of  
Publication of 
Publication of 
Publication of 
Publication of 
Publication of 
EU prospectus
EU prospectus

  Application for admissi-
Application for admissi-
on of securities
on of securities

  Approach to investors
Approach to investors
Approach to investors
Approach to investors
Approach to investors
Approach to investors
Approach to investors
Approach to investors

Pricing and 
Pricing and  
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
secondary market
secondary market

  Pricing and  
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
Pricing and 
allocation process
allocation process

  Initial­price­fixed
Initial­price­fixed
Initial­price­fixed
Initial­price­fixed
Initial­price­fixed
Initial­price­fixed
Initial­price­fixed

  Exchange trading
Exchange trading

Benefits
Benefits

Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
­ Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­ 
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
Stock­exchanges­provide­efficient­
access to the capital market. Companies can raise 
access to the capital market. Companies can raise 
access to the capital market. Companies can raise 
access to the capital market. Companies can raise 
access to the capital market. Companies can raise 
access to the capital market. Companies can raise 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
equity or debt capital by issuing shares or bonds. 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
This provides a basis for investments and innovation 
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.
in the real economy and thus for jobs.

Listing Facts and figures    

Renata Bandov, Head of Listing, Deutsche Börse AG: the set of laws in the 
red cover is the ultimate basis for deciding whether companies will be admitted 
to trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, which Deutsche Börse operates 
under public law. Bandov and her team are responsible for assessing whether 
issuers meet the formal requirements for going public. It is not until they 
have passed this test and until the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority 
has likewise given them the go-ahead that companies are permitted to enter 
the­exchange­world­by­floating­shares,­bonds­or­other­financial­instruments.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

22

Listing

Our brands

Many roads lead to the  
capital market

At Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (FWB ®, the 
Frankfurt Stock Exchange), which is operated 
by Deutsche Börse, companies can raise  
both equity and debt capital – with different 
transparency requirement levels tailored to  
the needs of companies and investors see  

 chart below.

Initial public offerings at Deutsche Börse 
benefit­from­simple­admission­procedures,­ 
a well-balanced regulatory environment and 
low costs. The transparency requirements  
are­tailored­to­the­company­profiles­that­apply­
in the different segments. The Prime Standard, 
for example, is geared towards large, estab-
lished companies as well as medium-sized 
companies focusing on international investors. 
The General Standard is suitable above all  
for companies with national operations that 
primarily want to appeal to German investors. 
The lower barriers to access offered by the 
Entry Standard provide small, medium-sized 
and young growth enterprises in particular 
with access to the capital market.

Customised transparency – for shares and bonds

Overview of Deutsche Börse's transparency segments

Two ways to access  
the capital market:

EU-regulated market
(Regulated market)

Deutsche Börse transparency 
segments for shares:

Prime Standard

General Standard

There are many arguments in favour of 
tapping the capital market – even in economi-
cally­difficult­times.­An­exchange­listing­is­
particularly good for expanding the range of 
options available to medium-sized companies, 
allowing­them­to­overcome­difficulties­in­
acces  sing capital. Securing a long-term 
source­of­financing­that­is­more­independent­
of banks is a key element in a sustainable 
corporate strategy. In addition, listing en han ces 
the reputation of companies with banks as 
well as with customers.

Deutsche­Börseʼs­primary­market­offering­
targets both German and international com- 
panies. The main focus of its drive to win 
international companies for a listing on the 
FWB continues to be on Asia as well as 
Central and Eastern Europe. For example, 
Deutsche Börse welcomed 7 new issues  
from China in 2012.

Corporate bonds:  
a new growth area

The Entry Standard for corporate bonds is es  - 
pecially for growing medium-sized companies 

Exchange-regulated market
Regulated­unofficial­market­
(Open Market)

Entry Standard

Deutsche Börse transparency  
segments for corporate 
bonds:

Prime Standard for corporate bonds
The participation requires the inclusion in the Entry 
Standard or the admission to the regulated market.

Entry Standard  
for corporate bonds

Strategic  perspectives   

    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Listing

23

 €2.35 billion 

IPO volume on the Prime Standard in 2012

a simple, quick and cost-effective option to 
raise debt capital. The market segment’s 
offering­is­now­also­targeting­a­significant­
number­of­private­investors­for­the­first­time,­
who can use it to subscribe for bonds directly 
via the stock exchange. For the placement of 
bonds, Deutsche Börse gives issuers access  
to a comprehensive network of investors  
and traders in Germany and abroad. In 2012,  
19 companies made use of this option to 
raise capital, borrowing €767 billion in total.

The success among medium-sized companies 
of the Entry Standard for corporate bonds  
also alerted larger issuers to the possibility of 
issuing bonds. In response, in October 2012 
Deutsche Börse created a segment for large- 
volume bonds: the Prime Standard for corpo-
rate bonds. The companies listed there meet 
particularly stringent transparency requirements.

Listed companies have an obligation of 
transparency to investors. Deutsche Börse 
supports them in meeting this obligation  
by providing a system that transmits the infor- 
mation required for publication: the electron-
ic Exchange Reporting System (ERS ®). The 
information transmitted is published on the 
Internet at boerse-frankfurt.de and is therefore 
available promptly to interested investors. 
Environmental, social and governance (ESG) 
scores and CO2 emission data for 1,800 
global stock corporations provided as part  
of the Carbon Disclosure Project are also 
available free of charge on the same website.

In addition, Deutsche Börse regularly presents 
workshops on sustainability issues. For 
example, an entire forum at the German Equity 
Forum­2012,­Europeʼs­biggest­capital­market­
conference, was dedicated to sustainability.

Contributions to sustainable  
business activities 

(cid:653)(cid:25)(cid:17)(cid:26)(cid:22) (cid:69)illion

By­raising­capital,­companies­can­finance­
investments, thereby creating jobs and  con- 
tributing to economic growth and prosperity. 
Unlike on the OTC market for these securities, 
trading via the fully electronic Xetra ® trading 
system is subject to strict supervisory rules  
and is continuously monitored. 

volume of the capital increases on the FWB ®  
in 2012 (Prime, General and Entry Standard)   

€2.38 billion

IPO volume in total in 2012

(cid:653)(cid:20)(cid:17)(cid:25)(cid:28) (cid:69)illion

issue volume in the bond segment in 2012  
(Entry and Prime Standard for corporate bonds)

 
24

Trading

Task

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

  Trading. Exchanges are marketplaces 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
equities and derivatives, are the most commonly 
traded products. Most trades are carried out elec-
tronically.

Process

Cash market

Buyers

Derivatives market

Securities

  Equities

  Bonds

  Funds

  Exchange-traded funds

  Structured products

Pricing

Sellers

Derivatives on (equities, 
indices and bonds)

  Futures

  Options

Benefits

  Transparent, supervised trading creates fair 

and transparent pricing. In this way, prices guide 
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
expected.

Trading Facts and figures
Trading Facts and figures

Trading

Exchange trading is the closest possible approxima -
tion to a “perfect” market. The goods traded there 
– securities, derivatives or commodities – are 
standardised and therefore comparable. In addition,  
exchange trading offers maximum transparency and 
guarantees the supervision of market development.

Unlike the cash market, where transactions are 
settled immediately, transactions on derivatives mar- 
kets are settled on a future date. Derivatives ex-
changes offer investors more opportunities to hedge.

Floor trading, where market participants gather at 
the exchange to execute transactions, has now been 
replaced by electronic systems: Although trading 
still­takes­place­on­the­floor­of­the­main­trading­
room of the Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (FWB ®, 
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange), the specialists who 
have­access­to­the­floor­use­Deutsche­Börse(cid:513)s­elec­-
tronic trading system, Xetra ®. Trades on Deutsche 
Börse’s derivatives markets are performed solely 
electron ically.

2424
24

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Task
Task

  Trading. Exchanges are marketplaces 
Trading. Exchanges are marketplaces 
Trading Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Exchanges are marketplaces 
Trading
Trading
Trading
Trading
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
where buyers and sellers negotiate prices under the 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
same conditions. Standardised products, such as 
equities and derivatives, are the most commonly 
equities and derivatives, are the most commonly 
equities and derivatives, are the most commonly 
equities and derivatives, are the most commonly 
equities and derivatives, are the most commonly 
equities and derivatives, are the most commonly 
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro-
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro-
traded products. Most trades are carried out electro-
nically.
nically.

Process
Process

Cash market
Cash market

Buyers
Buyers

Derivatives market
Derivatives market

Securities
Securities

  Equities
Equities

  Bonds
Bonds

  Funds
Funds

  Exchange-traded funds
Exchange-traded funds

  Structured products
Structured products
Structured products
Structured products
Structured products
Structured products
Structured products
Structured products

Pricing
Pricing

Sellers
Sellers

Derivatives on (equities, 
Derivatives on (equities, 
indices and bonds)
indices and bonds)

  Futures
Futures

  Options
Options
Options
Options
Options

Benefits
Benefits

Transparent, supervised trading creates fair 
  Transparent, supervised trading creates fair 

and transparent pricing. In this way, prices guide 
and transparent pricing. In this way, prices guide 
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
investment­flows­to­where­the­best­performance­is­
expected.
expected.
expected.
expected.

Trading Facts and figures

(cid:48)eng Shang(cid:15) (cid:40)xecutive O(cid:73)fice(cid:15) (cid:40)urex: speaks (among others) Mandarin  
(her native language), German (the language of her adopted country) and English 
(the corporate language), masters presentation and statistics software – and 
knows­how­to­put­first­things­first.­Together­with­her­colleagues,­she­ensures­
that Eurex’s Executive Committee always has absolutely accurate analyses  
at hand for preparing its decisions advancing the electronic cash and deriva - 
tives­markets.­Based­in­the­Eschborn­head­office,­at­times­she­also­works­at­
the airport en route to one of the cities in the region that offers best potential 
for future growth: East Asia.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

26

Trading 
(Cash market)

Our brands

Cash market: broad portfolio of 
tradeable products

Xetra is Deutsche Börse AG’s cash market 
division.­Xetra­provides­efficient­access­to­the­
capital market, supports cutting-edge trading 
models and offers an ever-growing range of 
tradeable securities. Over 11,000 equities 
from German and international issuers, more 
than­25,000­fixed-income­securities,­1,200­
exchange-traded funds (ETFs), exchange-traded 
commodities (ETCs) and exchange-traded 
notes (ETNs), as well as around 2,800 actively 
managed mutual funds can be bought and sold 
on Xetra. This allows investors to make targeted 
investments in instruments that corre spond to 
their individual investment strategy and risk 
preferences.

In­addition,­more­than­950,000­certificates­
and warrants can be traded on the Scoach 
exchange, which is operated jointly with SIX 
Swiss Exchange.

Tailored market models allow a wide variety 
of investors from Europe and all over the 
world to realise their trading strategies. Xetra 
executes orders at the best possible price and 
offers transparent and fast trading at low costs.  

Xetra is aimed at both institutional and private 
investors. Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading, 
which is carried out on the Xetra platform by 
intermediaries in the main trading room of the 
FWB, is primarily geared towards private 
investors. Deutsche Börse also has an interest 
in the operator of the Tradegate Exchange in 
Berlin, whose services and extended trading 
hours are tailored to private investors.

Xetra: presence in Europe and beyond 

Countries of origin of Xetra® participants 2012 
(share of total number 244)

1 % 
Middle East

13 %
France, Benelux

18 %
UK

19 %
Other Europe

As at 31 December 2012

49 %
Germany

Stronger international presence

Xetra further expanded and strengthened its 
international coverage in 2012. Its international 
reach allows Xetra to consolidate liquidity 
from all over Europe, improving the market 
quality for all investors. Other European ex- 
changes use the Xetra technology to operate 
their cash markets.

The Xetra platform has been used by the Vienna 
Stock Exchange since 1999, the Irish Stock 
Exchange since 2000, the Bulgarian Stock Ex- 
change since 2008 and the Ljubljana Stock 
Exchange since 2010. In July 2012, the Malta 
Stock Exchange also adopted the Xetra system. 

Strategic  perspectives   

    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Trading

27

 (cid:653)(cid:20)(cid:15)(cid:20)(cid:23)(cid:24)(cid:17)(cid:21) (cid:69)illion

trading volume on Xetra® including Frankfurt Specialist  
Trading and Tradegate

Diversified­trading­opportunities­
with new products

Contributions to sustainable 
 business activities 

In October 2012, bond trading on Xetra was 
expanded to include more than 2,000 interna-
tional government and corporate bonds, as 
well as 60 German federal government bonds. 
Market­participants­benefit­from­a­transparent­
and liquid bond market and gain access to a 
wide investor network of Xetra. At the same 
time, Deutsche Börse is promoting the integrity 
of the market with regard to the trade in this 
asset class, which was previously almost 
exclusively traded off-exchange (“over-the-coun -
ter”, OTC), and has already met the highest 
transparency requirements.

Technological expansion

Speed, security and resilience are essential 
parameters in competition between exchange 
organisations. In 2012, Xetra implemented fur- 
ther measures to enhance the trading system’s 
performance. Xetra boasts partic ularly high 
system reliability, which minimises its cus tom- 
ers’ operational risk see also 
services”. 

 chapter “IT 

The development of Xetra technology focused 
on standardisation in 2012 (e. g. the use of 
the public-domain FIX transfer protocol) and 
functional enhancements (e.g. new order types). 
In addition, as part of the launch of a new 
version of the trading system in November 2012, 
Xetra made it easier to record OTC transactions.

Trading on Xetra is distinguished by its high 
level of transparency, fair pricing and rigorous 
trading surveillance. These criteria must be 
met in order for all investors to be able to 
participate equally in market developments.  
In­this­way,­Xetra­makes­a­significant­contri-
bution to the security and integrity of the 
capital markets and helps maintain trust in 
the markets even at times of crisis.

(cid:20)(cid:28)(cid:23)(cid:17)(cid:26) million

transactions executed on Xetra ®

(cid:21)(cid:23)(cid:23)

trading institutions with more than 4,134 connected 

terminals and traders in 18 countries 

More than 
(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:19)(cid:15)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:19)

financial­instruments­tradeable­on­Xetra

 
28

Trading 
(Derivatives 
market)

Our brands

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Derivatives market: derivatives  
as hedging instruments

Derivatives have become an integral part of 
the­modern­world­of­finance,­as­they­make­it­
possible to manage market and price risks. 
Hedging with derivatives increases compa-
nies’ planning certainty and thus also contri -
b utes to better macroeconomic performance.

Deutsche Börse’s Eurex derivatives exchange 
is one of the world’s largest regulated markets 
for futures and options trading. Eurex’s strength 
lies in the trading of index derivative products 
and interest rate derivatives with maturities of 
two or more years. Futures and options on 
individual equities and other underlyings can 
also be traded on Eurex.

Eurex is also represented on the US equity 
options market via its New York subsidiary, 
International Securities Exchange (ISE).

Furthermore, Eurex Repo is another Deutsche 
Börse Group derivatives exchange. Eurex Repo 
is a marketplace for collateralised money 
market transactions, known as repurchase 
agreements (in short: repos). These are 
financing­transactions­where­securities­with­ 
a predetermined repurchase price are ex-
changed for cash.

Together with leading banks, Eurex operates 
the Eurex Bonds trading platform for interbank 
trading of European government bonds, among 
other asset classes. Compared with OTC 
transactions,­market­participants­also­benefit­
from greater transparency and supervised 
trading on this platform.

Stronger international presence

In 2012, Eurex’s strategic goals again included 
the global expansion of the business. Eurex 
expanded­its­presence­in­the­Asia-(cid:51)acific­
region, in particular, through its branches in 
Singapore,­Be(cid:239)ing­and­Hong­(cid:46)ong,­among­
other locations. In total, 14 participants from 
the region were connected to the Eurex 
network see 
 chart below.

Eurex: a global network

Countries of origin of Eurex participants
(share of total number 426) 

3 %
Asia

15 %
France, Benelux

18 %
Germany

20 %
America

As at 31 December 2012

23 %
UK

21 %
Other 
Europe

The cooperation with the Korea Exchange for 
derivatives trading on Korea’s benchmark 
KOSPI index was particularly successful. The 
2012 trading volume was double that of the 
previous year.

With its Trader Development Program, Eurex 
supports new traders by allowing them to use 
the order routing systems of existing participants 

Strategic  perspectives   

    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Trading

29

2.3 billion

transactions on Eurex ®, including ISE

to trade on Eurex and therefore offers an 
 alternative to direct membership. Hence, a 
large number of new traders were again 
acquired worldwide in 2012. Eurex thus also 
contributed to specialist training in derivatives 
trading around the world.

Diversified trading opportunities 
with innovative products

Eurex Exchange launched around 150 further 
equity index and commodity derivatives as well 
as a futures contract on French government 
bonds in 2012. The European government bond 
futures supplement the Bund future. The 
euro crisis caused government bond yield 
curves to move in vastly different directions. 
In view of this, the new government bond 
futures contracts represent more accurate 
hedging instruments for market participants.

Exchange-traded dividend derivatives, a 
relatively new asset class, were very popular 
on the market. For this type of derivative con- 
tract, the focus is on the dividend distributed 
rather than the performance of the underlying 
that pays out the dividend. Volatility index 
deriva tives also grew sharply. These indices 
react to the fluctuation range of share prices 
of major euro zone companies. This offers a 
further hedging option to market participants.

New trading platform

Eurex launched a new generation of its trading 
platform in December 2012. The traded 
products are gradually being migrated to this 
new architecture. With this new trading 

platform, Eurex has again set the global 
standard as a technology leader in the field  
of derivatives trading, while at the same time 
improving the management of operational risk.

Contributions to sustainable 
 business activities 

Exchange trading not only contributes to 
sustainability by improving risk management 
and transpar ency. It can also help to reduce 
greenhouse gas emissions, as laid down in 
the Kyoto Protocol, through the trade in CO2 
certificates. As the EU auction platform,  
the Leipzig-based European Energy Exchange 
(EEX), in which Eurex holds a majority interest, 
is one of the leading European exchanges 
organising the trade in these certifi cates. EEX 
also operates a regulated market for power, 
natural gas and coal. At present, EEX is 
planning to expand trading to include green 
power certificates based on wind, hydroelectric 
and solar power.

575

participants, thereof 426 at Eurex Exchange with more 
than 8,000 traders in 31 countries, and 149 partici-
pants at ISE

More than 3,800

tradeable derivatives, thereof around 1,800 futures 
and options on Eurex Exchange and more than 2,000 
options on ISE

 
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

30

Clearing

Task

  Clearing. The participants involved in 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.

Process

Sellers

  Equities

  Derivatives

  Repos

  Bonds

Clearing house / 
central counterparty

  Enters into purchase  
agreement

  Guarantees its  
settlement

  Manages risks

  Manages collateral

Buyers

  Equities

  Derivatives

  Repos

  Bonds

Benefits

  Clearing is comparable to insurance against 

counterparty default for market participants. Clear- 
ing therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
markets.

Clearing Facts and figures
Clearing Facts and figures

Clearing

The­traded­financial­instruments­and­financial­
claims of each participant are netted out and col-
lateralised in clearing. Eurex Clearing AG performs 
this function for Deutsche Börse. As the central 
counterparty, the clearing house ensures that only 
net claims and obligations need to be offset against 
each other (a so-called netting) – this net amount 
is significantly lower than the traded positions  
in total.

In addition, the clearing house acts as a buyer for 
each seller and a seller for each buyer. Depending 
on the risk associated with their net positions, 
each participant is required to deposit securities. 
Both on- and off-exchange-traded derivatives as 
well as cash market products are cleared through 
the­clearing­house.­This­function­benefits­the­fi-
nancial sector by hedging open trading positions 
and therefore increasing stability and integrity of 
the markets.

Surname, Name, Field of activity: Rum eta aspit velitat, Cat 
Surname, Name, Field of activity: Rum eta aspit velitat, Cat 
hariant, eat aut veria autem. Itatas eum Dolli tenit moluptas 
hariant, eat aut veria autem. Itatas eum Dolli tenit moluptas 
andiscium vid maionet liscidera. Krepern balhh atemolore 
andiscium vid maionet liscidera. Krepern balhh atemolore 
Psaped maximum ipitiates Demquae netur masi. Rum et aspit 
Psaped maximum ipitiates Demquae netur masi. Rum et aspit 
velitat, Cat hariant, eat aut veria autem. Itatas eum Dollitenit 
velitat, Cat hariant, eat aut veria autem. Itatas eum Dollitenit 
moluptas andiscium vid maionet liscidera.
moluptas andiscium vid maionet liscidera.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

3030
30

Clearing
Clearing

Task
Task

Clearing. The participants involved in 
Clearing. The participants involved in 
  Clearing. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
Clearing. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
Clearing. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
. The participants involved in 
Clearing
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
securities and derivatives trading enter into sale and 
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
purchase­agreements­that­have­to­be­fulfilled­at­a­
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
certain point in time. As a central counterparty, the 
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.
clearing house guarantees delivery and settlement.

Process
Process

Sellers
Sellers
Sellers
Sellers
Sellers

Clearing house
Clearing house / 
Clearing house
Clearing house
Clearing house
Clearing house /
Clearing house /
central counterparty
central counterparty

Buyers
Buyers
Buyers
Buyers
Buyers

  Equities
Equities

  Derivatives
Derivatives
Derivatives

  Repos
Repos
Repos
Repos

  Bonds
Bonds
Bonds

  Enters into purchase  
Enters into purchase 
Enters into purchase 
Enters into purchase 
Enters into purchase 
Enters into purchase 
Enters into purchase 
Enters into purchase 
agreement
agreement
agreement

  Guarantees its settle-
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle
Guarantees its settle-
ment
ment

  Manages risks
Manages risks
Manages risks
Manages risks
Manages risks
Manages risks

  Manages collateral
Manages collateral

  Equities
Equities
Equities
Equities
Equities
Equities

  Derivatives
Derivatives
Derivatives

  Repos
Repos
Repos
Repos

  Bonds
Bonds

Benefits
Benefits

Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
  Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
Clearing is comparable to insurance against 
counterparty default for market participants. Clearing 
counterparty default for market participants. Clearing 
counterparty default for market participants. Clearing 
counterparty default for market participants. Clearing 
counterparty default for market participants. Clearing 
counterparty default for market participants. Clearing 
counterparty default for market participants. Clearing 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
therefore increases stability and integrity of the 
markets.
markets.

Clearing Facts and figures

Cesar Matos, Head of Risk Operations, Eurex Clearing: together with his 
staff members, working in shifts, he makes sure that the buy and sell orders 
placed­by­clearing­participants­are­sufficiently­collateralised.­That(cid:513)s­why­he­
needs to rely on a team that is fully behind him and willing to discuss openly 
any issues that may arise. It is essential that he and his colleagues not only 
understand three-dimensional risk models, but also their clients’ needs, with 
whom they are in constant touch. After all, 9-digit sums may be at stake for 
them. Matos and his team practise risk management “in real time”.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

32

Clearing

Our brand

Secure clearing for a wide  
product range

Effective risk management through 
OTC clearing

As a central counterparty, Eurex Clearing AG 
guarantees transactions involving a very wide 
range of products. While transactions are 
netted out, the clearing volume of approxi-
mately €7.5 trillion decreases to €39 billion. 
This is opposed to collateral deposited of €49 
billion which is provided by market partici-
pants and managed by Eurex Clearing, given 
a buffer of about €10 million, see 
 chart on 
the right. Due to the guarantee, individual 
counterparty risk for market participants is 
omitted. 

Eurex Clearing is Europe’s leading central 
counterparty and offers clearing services for 
derivatives,­repos,­equities­and­fixed-income­
securities for both exchange-traded and off- 
exchange (over-the-counter, OTC) transactions.

In addition to Eurex, the European Energy 
Exchange, Eurex Bonds ®, Eurex Repo ®, Xetra, 
the Irish Stock Exchange as well as partici-
pants of OTC trading use the clearing house 
as a central counterparty. 

The­safety­and­integrity­of­the­financial­markets­
are closely linked to effective risk man age-
ment. Eurex Clearing sets standards in quality 
and effectiveness through real-time risk 
management.

Thus, Eurex Clearing is planning to gradually 
expand its offerings for OTC-traded deriva tives 
products concerning interest rate and equity 
derivatives. At present, with Eurex Credit Clear, 
the offering presents a central counterparty 
for OTC-traded credit default swaps (CDSs). 

Clearing reduces and hedges risks

Monthly average 2012 at Eurex Clearing AG in € billions

(cid:26)(cid:15)(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:26)

(cid:26)(cid:15)(cid:23)(cid:25)(cid:27)

(cid:20)(cid:19)

(cid:23)(cid:28)

(cid:22)(cid:28)

Clearing

Netting

Margining

Buffer

Collateral 
depos ited 

As at 31 December 2012

Interest rate swaps were added to the offering 
in November 2012. Eurex Clearing has also 
offered a central counterparty service for 
bilateral securities lending since November. 
These two changes were made in anticipation 
of central clearing becoming a legal require-
ment­for­many­OTC-traded­financial­instru-

Strategic  perspectives   

    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Clearing

33

 (cid:526)(cid:26)(cid:15)(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:26) (cid:69)illion

market risk cleared via Eurex Clearing (monthly average gross 2012)

ments in the future when the European 
Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR) is 
implemented.

Collateralised money market 
through GC Pooling

Protection for customer assets

Furthermore, Eurex Clearing has introduced 
new functions and services for its listed and 
OTC markets. The “Individual Clearing Model” 
offers comprehensive protection of client 
collateral within the clearing house and allows 
immediate portability of positions and assets 
in case of a clearing member default.

GC Pooling ® is a forward-looking offering 
developed within Deutsche Börse, which con- 
tinued to grow in 2012. It allows the settle-
ment on Eurex Repo of anonymous, collateral-
ised money market transactions, which are 
cleared via Deutsche Börse’s central counter-
party, Eurex Clearing. With GC Pooling, custom-
ers can also re-use the securities received via 
Clearstream to obtain liquidity from Deutsche 
Bundesbank, Germany’s central bank, or 
provide them as collateral to Eurex Clearing.

More accurate calculation of  
collat eral required

Contributions to sustainable  
business activities 

To further enhance stability on the derivatives 
market while allowing participants more 
efficient­use­of­their­capital,­Eurex­Clearing­
plans to introduce a new risk management 
method. As an enhancement to the previous 
practice, under the new method, risk manage-
ment assesses the entire portfolio of a partici-
pant to calculate the collateral that have to  
be deposited. Among other things, this method 
makes cross-margining possible, i. e. calcu-
lating the risk and therefore the collateral 
required for exchange-traded and OTC deri v-
atives. This allows a portfolio’s actual risk to 
be more accurately assessed – and at the 
same time, it reduces the collateral costs of 
the clearing participants.

The­clearing­function(cid:513)s­most­significant­
contribution to sustainability is that it improves 
the­systemic­stability­of­the­financial­markets.­
This contribution is being further expanded by 
the ongoing projects, particularly OTC clearing 
and services to protect customer assets. GC 
Pooling has also allowed Deutsche Börse to 
restore the interbank market’s trust in money 
market transactions. 

(cid:20)(cid:17)(cid:27) (cid:69)illion

transactions processed by Eurex Clearing

(cid:20)(cid:25)(cid:22)

clearing members from 16 countries

 
34

Post-trade

Task

Process

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

  Post-trade. Once securities are traded and 
cleared, post-trade services providers take care that 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
custody. The assets under custody then need to  
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
their owners.

(International) 
central securities 
depository – (I)CSD

(cid:54)ettlement and custody

  International

  Domestic markets

Value added services

  Collateral management

  Investment fund  
services

  Connectivity

Intermediaries

Financial market 
intermediaries

Clearing houses

Issuers
  Corporations

  Governments

Investors
  Banks

  Corporate funds

  Other

Stock exchanges

Central banks

Only relevant  
for CSDs

Benefits

  Post-trade services are the cornerstone  
for capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental  
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.

Post-trade Facts and figures
Post-trade Facts and figures

Post-trade

At Deutsche Börse Group, Clearstream is  responsible 
for settlement, i.e. transferring securities from one 
account to another, and for depositing these assets  
safely on behalf of banks and their clients. Risk 
and liquidity management solutions and services 
for investment funds have gained importance.

Assets under custody can be put to productive use 
on behalf of their owners – through Clearstream’s 
global liquidity management solution. Assets, for 
example, can be lent in order to produce value   
for  their owners, as a “guarantee” or “collateral” 
for trans actions. Assets are also increasingly needed  
to­help­fulfil­minimum­liquidity­requirements­set­
by­regulators.­In­order­to­support­financial­insti-
tutions­­in­doing­so­safely­and­efficiently,­Clear-
stream offers sophisticated post-trade services – 
worldwide.

Clearstream’s post-trade services contribute to the 
stabi­lity­and­the­efficiency­of­capital­market­trans-
actions.

3434
34

Post-trade
Post-trade

Task
Task

Process
Process

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Post-trade. Once securities are traded and 
  Post-trade. Once securities are traded and 
Post-trade. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
Post-trade. Once securities are traded and 
Post-trade. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
. Once securities are traded and 
Post-trade
Post-trade
cleared, post-trade services providers take care that 
cleared, post-trade services providers take care that 
cleared, post-trade services providers take care that 
cleared, post-trade services providers take care that 
cleared, post-trade services providers take care that 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
they reach the accounts they are meant for – a process 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
called settlement. Furthermore, they make sure that 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
the securities are safely deposited – a practice called 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to 
custody. The assets under custody then need to  
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
be managed in order to produce maximum value for 
their owners.
their owners.
their owners.

(International) 
(International) 
central securities 
central securities 
depository – 
depository –
(I)CSD
(I)CSD

(cid:54)ettlement and custody
(cid:54)ettlement and custody
(cid:54)ettlement and custody

  International
International
International
International
International

  domestic markets
domestic markets

Value added services
Value added services
Value added services
Value added services
Value added services

  Collateral management
Collateral management
Collateral management
Collateral management
Collateral management
Collateral management
Collateral management
Collateral management
Collateral management

  Investment fund  
Investment fund 
Investment fund 
Investment fund 
services
services
services

  Connectivity
Connectivity

Intermediaries
Intermediaries

Financial market
Financial market 
Financial market
Financial market
Financial market
Financial market
Financial market
Financial market
Financial market
intermediaries
intermediaries
intermediaries

Clearing houses
Clearing houses
Clearing houses
Clearing houses
Clearing houses
Clearing houses
Clearing houses
Clearing houses

Issuers
Issuers
  Corporations
Corporations

  Governments
Governments
Governments
Governments
Governments
Governments

Investoren
Investoren
  Banks
Banks
Banks
Banks

  corporate funds
corporate funds

  other
other

Stock exchanges
Stock exchanges

Central banks
Central banks
Central banks
Central banks
Central banks

Only relevant for CSDs
Only relevant for CSDs

Benefits
Benefits

Post-trade services are the cornerstone for 
  Post-trade services are the cornerstone for 

capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental  
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
capital markets’ safety – and are fundamental 
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.
to­leverage­liquidity­most­efficiently.

Post-trade Facts and figures

José Manoka Mussala, Expert, Product Management Global Securities 
Financing (GSF), Clearstream: at 8 a.m. this morning, he was still in his 
(cid:47)uxembourg­office­negotiating­the­new­bid­for­the­Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub­in­a­
video conference with his contacts at the Australian Securities Exchange in 
Sydney. By 10 a.m., he is at the GSF Summit, meeting up with other customers 
to­develop­ideas­for­new­products.­He­listens­carefully,­to­find­out­what­his­com- 
petitors have in the pipeline – and where his colleagues and he can further 
improve.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

36

Post-trade

Our brands

Adding value to assets  
under custody

Liquidity and risk management 
focus

In its comparatively recent, but fast devel-
oping role as a leading global provider of 
asset services, Clearstream can draw from its 
long experience in settlement and custody. 
Domiciled in Luxembourg, Clearstream is an 
international central securities depository 
(ICSD), which for over 40 years has been 
operating post-trade infrastructure for inter-
national bonds and providing services for all 
types of securities such as, increasingly, 
shares. Over the decades, Clearstream has 
grown from a European provider of bond 
services into a truly global post-trade services 
provider, now operating from ten locations in 
Europe, North America and Asia, with a cus- 
tomer­base­of­over­2,500­financial­institutions­
in more than 110 countries worldwide.

In the 1990s, Clearstream became a full bank 
and began to provide global custody services 
to­financial­institutions­across­the­globe,­
covering not only international securities, but 
also domestic securities markets. In addition, 
Clearstream is the central securities depository 
(CSD) for German domestic securities, and for 
Luxembourg, jointly with Banque centrale du 
Luxembourg, through LuxCSD.

According to estimates by the Basel Commit-
tee on Banking Supervision from April 2012, 
banks worldwide are facing an aggregate 
shortfall of stable funding of €2.78 trillion in 
fulfilling­the­additional­liquidity­requirements­
of Basel III. In addition, new clearing obliga-
tions, while improving systemic stability, pose 
new challenges to the liquidity management 
of banks. Clearstream offers global post-trade 
services in order to support their customers in 
coping with the increased administrative 
capacities­and­financial­costs­that­result­from­
this structural change. By doing so, Clearstream 
also­provides­both­safety­and­financial­relief­
for the economy as a whole, undergoing a 
process of re-regulation in response to the 
massive­loss­of­confidence­in­financial­markets­
caused­by­the­financial­crisis.­The­value­that­
can be created by such services is immense: 
as a survey conducted by Accenture and 
Clearstream in September 2011 has shown, 
the­financial­sector­could­save­over­€4­billion­
a year in opportunity costs if it eliminated 
inefficiencies­resulting­from­the­international­
fragmentation of collateral management.

As a consequence, Clearstream has developed 
the Global Liquidity Hub. The hub allows 
banks to use the assets Clearstream holds 
under­custody­on­their­behalf­more­efficiently,­
and such across platforms and legal jurisdic-
tions. This means, for instance, that they can 

Strategic  perspectives   

    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Post-trade

37

 (cid:526)(cid:20)(cid:20)(cid:17)(cid:20) trillion

assets under custody (bonds, equities, funds and gold)

put the assets to productive use by re-using 
them (e.g. lend them to others), and engage 
in repurchasing agreements. Clearstream will 
also allocate assets at the right value accord-
ing to a given exposure to avoid costly “over- 
collateralisation”. In addition, the hub provides 
an algorithm, which automatically optimises 
the security portfolio needed to safely cover 

vantage of being offered fast, easy and cost- 
efficient­access­to­a­wider­range­of­funds­(cid:509)­
more than 100,000 globally, see 
 chart in 
the left column. For fund managers, this in - 
creases the scope to reach a larger and more 
diversified­customer­base(cid:30)­as­a­consequence,­
investors have a much wider choice among 
funds to invest in. In close cooperation with 
their customers, Clearstream continuously 
refines­and­enlarges­these­services.

Vestima®: access to more than 100,000 funds
Number of available funds per year-end

International partnerships

funds

 120,000

 100,000

80,000

60,000

40,000

20,000

0

’06

’07

’08

’09

’10

’11

’12
year

the risks that need to be collateralised be it 
for regulatory or business reasons – on an 
international basis. 

These are not the only value-added services 
Clearstream­provides­to­the­financial­commu-
nity. Vestima ®, another fast growing service, 
supports the investment fund industry in 
order routing. For investors, this has the ad - 

Clearstream believes that partnerships are an 
important means of enlarging both scale and 
scope of its business activity. As a global 
provider of post-trade services, Clearstream 
leverages the expertise of its regional partners 
in the interest of its customers.

The increased focus on capital requirements 
and therefore the demand for better liquidity 
and collateral management is a global issue. 
However, only a few providers can offer a 
sophisticated collateral management engine 
on top of a large pool of liquidity. Clearstream 
has started to offer its collateral management 
engine to third parties and has signed out- 
sourcing agreements with various market 
infrastructures globally. This service – known 
as Liquidity Hub GO (Global Outsourcing) –  
is at different stages of development with 
Clearstream’s global partners: it is live with 
Brazilian CSD Cetip since July 2011, to be 
launched in 2013 for the Australian exchange 
organisation ASX, and Iberclear, the CSD 
belonging to the Spanish exchange organisa-
tion BME. Similar timelines are envisaged for 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

38

Post-trade

South African CSD Strate, partly owned by 
the Johannesburg Stock Exchange, and,   
on the basis of a letter of intent, the Canadian 
CSD Clearing and Depository Services.

But CSDs are not the only Clearstream part - 
ners that are in need of a collateral manage-
ment engine – agent banks also need to offer 
such services to their underlying customer 
base.­As­the­first­customers­of­the­(cid:47)iquidity­
Hub Connect service, BNP Paribas Securities 
Services and Citibank have signed agreements 
with Clearstream to leverage its collateral 
management expertise. The service will go 
live­in­the­first­quarter­of­2013.

Partnerships are part of Clearstream’s strategy 
and can be found across the company’s prod- 
 uct and service range. One of Clearstream’s 
core functions is to bring issuers and invest-
ors together, globally, through a network of 
settlement links that facilitate the exchange. 
Clearstream contin uously broadens its settle- 
ment network and has recently launched a 
connection to the Philippines – its 53rd link. 
This settlement network is the widest among 
ICSDs. Clearstream ensures its presence in  
all these markets by working with local 
partners – agents or sub-custodians – who 
act on behalf of the company in the respec-
tive markets.

Joint ventures are also an important part of 
Clearstream’s partnership approach. The com-
pany launched REGIS-TR, the European trade 
repository for OTC derivatives, together with 
the­Spanish­exchange­organisation­BME(cid:30)­with­
Banque centrale du Luxembourg, Clearstream 
has created LuxCSD, a national access point 
for Luxembourg to TARGET2-Securites both 
from an issuance and a custodian perspective.

Clearstream uses its proven expertise to create 
business solutions within Deutsche Börse 
Group­to­bring­valuable­benefits­to­the­market.­
For instance, together with the cash market 
segment Xetra, Clearstream has launched a 
unique way of trading investment funds on 
exchanges. Furthermore, with Eurex, the 
derivatives segment, Clearstream has enabled 
its customers to optimise their liquidity 
management through GC Pooling ®.

Adding value to and through T2S

In Europe, the implementation of a standardised 
settlement infrastructure for central bank 
money has made progress, even though the 
project has postponed its start from 2014 to 
2015, due to its complexity. To complement 
the harmonisation objectives of the European 
Commission, the European Central Bank has 
offered the European CSDs a single settlement 
infrastructure: TARGET2-Securities (T2S). 

Strategic  perspectives   

    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Post-trade

39

 (cid:26)(cid:23)(cid:17)(cid:27) million

German domestic settlement transactions processed in 2012

This infrastructure will create a pan-European 
liquidity­pool­and­thus­significantly­intensify­
competition for post-trade services in Europe. 
Clearstream supported the goals of the T2S 
initiative and has been actively involved  
in shaping its direction since its inception  
in­2006.­In­spring­2012,­as­one­of­the­first­
CSDs, Clearstream has formally committed 
itself to join T2S.

As the German CSD, it will provide approxi-
mately 40 per cent of all settlement trans-
actions on the T2S platform. Deutsche Börse 
Group­is­investing­into­financial­infrastructure­
in order to lower the fragmentation of liquidity 
in the settlement and custody area and to 
offer superior asset services to European 
banks. This investment also contributes to a 
stable­and­efficient­financial­infrastructure­in­
Europe. For Clearstream, T2S is an opportu-
nity to deploy its collateral management 
expertise to an even larger customer base.

Contributions to a sustainable 
economy 

Clearstream plays an important role for the 
economy at large because it offers a safe 
environment for post-trade services. This is 
highlighted by the fact that it has AA credit 
ratings by the major international rating 
agencies. In 2012, Clearstream again re-
ceived top grades awarded on the basis of 
customer ratings in the “Global Custodian” 

magazine’s “Agent Banks in Major Markets 
Survey”, making it once more the leading 
international central securities depository.

As the focus on corporate governance inten- 
­sifies­globally,­investors­increasingly­need­
state-of-the art post-trade services to support 
their active ownership initiatives. Clearstream 
therefore launched an extended proxy voting 
service which is designed to support domestic 
and cross-border share holders in their gover- 
nance rights and to help promote active partici- 
pation in line with recent market initiatives, 
such as the   EU Shareholders Rights Directive.

(cid:48)ore than (cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:19) 

customers in over 110 countries

(cid:653)(cid:24)(cid:26)(cid:19)(cid:17)(cid:22) (cid:69)illion  

monthly average outstandings for Global Securities 
Financing (GSF) services

(cid:20)(cid:19)(cid:23)(cid:15)(cid:28)(cid:24)(cid:27) 

investment funds available for order routing through 
Vestima ® (as at 31 Dec 2012)

 
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

40

IT services

Task

IT services. Exchanges are technology 
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
customers­in­the­finance­industry.

Process

Customers

IT services

Processes

(cid:40)(cid:91)change and market 
participants

  Trading

  Clearing house

  Central securities  
depository

(cid:40)(cid:91)ternal customers

  IT-Outsourcing 

Operation

  Network operation

  Server operation

  Outsourcing

(cid:39)e(cid:89)elopment

  Software

Securities process chain

  Market data

  Trading

  Clearing

  Settlement

  Depository

External processes

Benefits

  Trading and settlement system reliability  

is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 

 
IT services Facts and figures    
IT services Facts and figures    

IT services 

The uninterrupted operation of Deutsche Börse’s 
data centre systems forms the basis for the reli able 
execution of trading and settlement. Demands on 
the system are growing, particularly in terms of 
the increasing volume of data transfer. The expan-
sion and monitoring of the networks makes it pos-
sible to connect customers and partners globally. 

The software that underpins Deutsche Börse’s  
services is programmed and regularly updated by 
IT. This guarantees a high level of performance 
and­flexibility.­The­trading­systems­and­software­
always represent the latest state of the art.

Exchanges outside Germany also rely on Deutsche  
Börse’s technology. Deutsche Börse is thus making 
its­mark­as­an­IT­solutions­provider­for­other­finan-
cial services providers – with the aim of improving 
security.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

4040
40

IT services
IT services
IT services
IT services
IT services

Task
Task

IT services. Exchanges are technology 
IT services. Exchanges are technology 
IT services. Exchanges are technology 
. Exchanges are technology 
. Exchanges are technology 
. Exchanges are technology 
. Exchanges are technology 
IT services. Exchanges are technology 
. Exchanges are technology 
. Exchanges are technology 
. Exchanges are technology 
IT services. Exchanges are technology 
IT services
IT services
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
businesses. They develop and operate networks, 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
high-performance computers, and the software for 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
the trading and post-trading business all over the 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
world. Some of them also offer IT services to external 
customers­in­the­finance­industry.
customers­in­the­finance­industry.
customers­in­the­finance­industry.
customers­in­the­finance­industry.
customers­in­the­finance­industry.
customers­in­the­finance­industry.

Process
Process

Customers
Customers

IT services
IT services

Processes
Processes

(cid:40)(cid:91)change and market 
(cid:40)(cid:91)change and market 
(cid:40)(cid:91)change and market 
participants
participants

  Trading
Trading

  Clearing house
Clearing house

  Central securities  
Central securities 
depository
depository

(cid:40)(cid:91)ternal customers
(cid:40)(cid:91)ternal customers
(cid:40)(cid:91)ternal customers
(cid:40)(cid:91)ternal customers
(cid:40)(cid:91)ternal customers

  IT-Outsourcing 
IT-Outsourcing 
IT-Outsourcing 
IT-Outsourcing 

Operation
Operation

  Network operation
Network operation
Network operation
Network operation
Network operation
Network operation
Network operation
Network operation

  Server operation
Server operation

  Outsourcing
Outsourcing

(cid:39)e(cid:89)elopment
(cid:39)e(cid:89)elopment

  Software
Software

Securities process chain
Securities process chain
Securities process chain
Securities process chain

  Market data
Market data
Market data
Market data
Market data
Market data

  Trading
Trading

  Clearing
Clearing

  Settlement
Settlement

  Depository
Depository

External processes
External processes
External processes
External processes
External processes
External processes
External processes
External processes

Benefit
Benefit

Trading and settlement system reliability 
  Trading and settlement system reliability  
Trading and settlement system reliability 
Trading and settlement system reliability 
Trading and settlement system reliability 
Trading and settlement system reliability 

is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
is the main priority for exchanges. Without this, there 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 
would be no transparent pricing or safe custody. 

 
IT services Facts and figures    

Davaajargal Davaasambuu, IT Consulting, Deutsche Börse AG: provides 
translation services – not into Mongolian, her native language, but by helping 
to turn product developers’ requirements at Eurex Clearing into the computer 
languages of programmers at IT Services – before customers can use the  
software on Deutsche Börse’s servers. Davaasambuu holds a Master of 
Engineering in Computer Science, having studied, among others, at the Asian 
Institute of Technology in Thailand. If you wish to improve the clearing of 
derivatives you need to be able to move smoothly between different worlds –  
for which being at home in several cultures is an asset.

42

IT services

Our brand

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Full-service trading and settlement 
systems provider

Deutsche Börse is one of the world’s leading 
full service providers for the development and 
operation of trading and settlement systems. 
From its locations in Frankfurt/Eschborn, 
Luxembourg, Prague, Chicago and New York, 
Deutsche Börse’s IT division operates the 
trading infrastructure for 33 trading platforms 
and exchanges worldwide, as well as a global 
network for the connection of participants  
and other players.

Since exchanges play an important role in  
the economy by continuously setting prices 
throughout the trading day and making it 
possible­for­investors­to­buy­or­sell­financial­
instruments, permanent system availability  
is crucial. The availability of the derivatives 
and cash market systems as well as of the 
settlement, custody and information systems 
was again more than 99.99 per cent in 2012. 
As in previous years, the systems therefore 
exceeded­the­defined­requirements.­

To ensure that the speed and reliability of 
data transfer is maintained at the same high 
level in future, Deutsche Börse IT is expand-
ing the capacity of its data centre together 
with its strategic partner Equinix. This will 
allow Deutsche Börse Group to handle the 
rising number of co-location customers, whose 
systems are housed alongside Deutsche 
Börse’s system servers, and meet their grow- 
ing requirements. Furthermore, the past year 

was also characterised by the new shared 
platform for the Group’s trading systems which 
was also developed in 2012. 

Partner for strategic projects

Deutsche Börse Group’s strategic projects  
are also always based on an IT infrastructure 
that is able to support and drive forward the 
strategy. Deutsche Börse IT supports and 
accompanies the implementation of Group-
wide strategic goals. The division created  
the capacities and programmed the functions 
that underpin projects such as Clearstream’s 
Liquidity Hub, OTC clearing by Eurex Clearing 
and the service offering related to securities 
lending.

Exchange trading accelerates

Evolution of response times using the example of Eurex

milliseconds

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
2000

2002

2004

2006

2008

2010

2012

monthly average

Strategic  perspectives   

    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

IT services

43

 (cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:17)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:27)(cid:8)

availability of the international central securities  
depository in 2012

Development of new systems

The core element of the IT roadmap is  
the development of a new generation of  
the trading and clearing infrastructure.  
This initiative to modernise and improve  
the­flexibility­of­the­IT­systems­was­again­ 
a key focus in 2012.

The development and implementation of two 
new systems was completed in the fourth 
quarter of 2012. Firstly, the new Eurex Ex- 
change trading architecture was launched 
and,­secondly,­a­new­and­more­efficient­risk­
management system, Eurex Clearing Prisma®, 
was developed. Both are setting new stan-
dards in latency and performance. This 
upgrade makes it possible to install software 
updates­more­quickly­and­simplifies­the­
operation and maintenance of the systems.

Contributions to sustainable  
business activities 

By ensuring the uninterrupted availability of 
the trading and settlement systems, Deutsche 
Börse Group has created the electronic basis 
for all other elements of the value chain. In 
this way, Deutsche Börse IT indirectly con- 
tributes­to­the­stability­of­the­financial­sector.

In addition, Deutsche Börse’s IT management 
demands­the­most­efficient­possible­server­
capacity­planning.­Improving­energy­efficiency­
and the use of green power are also key 
considerations for IT. For example, the waste 
heat produced by the nearby data centre is 
redirected­to­Clearstream(cid:513)s­office­building­in­
Luxembourg. This reduces energy consump-

tion. The building was awarded “HQE” (Haute 
(cid:52)ualit(cid:171)­Environnementale)­certification­at­the­
start of 2012.

In addition, Deutsche Börse expanded its 
range of IT services on the European energy 
markets in October 2012. The new ComXerv 
trading service provides an algorithm for the 
cross-border allocation of energy capacities, 
optimising the use of these capacities and 
increasing liquidity on the participating mar- 
kets. In addition to the operation, mainte-
nance and monitoring of trading and settle-
ment systems for energy market participants, 
the “IT for Energy” offering includes bottle-
neck management and optimising capacity 
allocation.

(cid:27)(cid:19)(cid:19) million 

quotes: daily maximum on Eurex ®  
on 9 May 2012

(cid:25)(cid:19) million 

transactions: daily maximum on Xetra ®  
on 13 January 2012

(cid:19)(cid:17)(cid:23) milliseconds 

latency of the fastest Eurex installations  
(December 2012) 

(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:17)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:28)(cid:8)

availability of the trading system Eurex in 2012

 
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

44

Market data

Task

  Market data. Market data is elementary 
information­that­parties­interested­in­the­financial­
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
about investments, securities trading, changes in  
risk positions and much more.

Process

Market data  
portfolio

  Exchange price data 

  Financial news

  Indices

  Macroeconomic  
indicators

  Indicators

  Reference data

Data vendors

Customers

  Private investors

  Institutional investors

  Asset managers

  Securities trading  
houses

  Hedge funds

  ETF issuers

  Banks

Benefits

  As independent information providers, 
exchanges thus make an important contribution  
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity  
of the benchmarks available on the market.

Market data Facts and figures 
Market data Facts and figures 

(cid:48)arket data 

The­international­financial­markets­are­used­by­
participants with highly diverse information needs: 
private investors, institutional investors, asset  
managers, securities trading houses, hedge funds, 
issuers of exchange-traded funds etc. These  
participants analyse and make decisions on in-
vestment strategies, risk positions, investment 
performance, securities emissions, securities 
transactions, transaction settlement etc. For this 
reason, all players incorporate the information 
supplied by Deutsche Börse into their day-to-day 
activities. The data is either transmitted directly  
by Deutsche Börse or redistributed by what are 
known as data vendors.

Deutsche Börse’s data portfolio includes price 
data from the Eurex and Xetra trading systems, 
trading statistics, analyses, company master data, 
financial­news,­economic­data­and­over­12,000­
indices. This data creates market transparency.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012
Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

4444
44

Market data
Market data

Task
Task

. Market data is elementary 
  Market data. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
Market data. Market data is elementary 
Market data. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
Market data. Market data is elementary 
. Market data is elementary 
Market data
Market data
information­that­parties­interested­in­the­financial­
information­that­parties­interested­in­the­financial­
information­that­parties­interested­in­the­financial­
information­that­parties­interested­in­the­financial­
information­that­parties­interested­in­the­financial­
information­that­parties­interested­in­the­financial­
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
markets need in order to make decisions – decisions 
about investments, securities trading, changes in 
about investments, securities trading, changes in 
about investments, securities trading, changes in 
about investments, securities trading, changes in 
about investments, securities trading, changes in  
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.
risk positions and much more.

Process
Process

Market data portfolio
Market data portfolio
Market data portfolio
Market data portfolio

Customers
Customers
Customers
Customers
Customers
Customers

  Exchange price data 
Exchange price data 
Exchange price data 
Exchange price data 
Exchange price data 
Exchange price data 
Exchange price data 

  Financial news
Financial news
Financial news

  Indices
Indices

  Macroeconomic  
Macroeconomic 
indicators
indicators

  Indicators
Indicators

  Reference data
Reference data
Reference data
Reference data
Reference data
Reference data

Data vendors
Data vendors

  Private investors
Private investors
Private investors
Private investors
Private investors
Private investors

  Institutional investors
Institutional investors
Institutional investors
Institutional investors

  Asset managers
Asset managers
Asset managers
Asset managers
Asset managers
Asset managers
Asset managers
Asset managers
Asset managers

  Securities trading  
Securities trading 
Securities trading 
Securities trading 
houses
houses
houses
houses
houses

  Hedge funds
Hedge funds
Hedge funds

  ETF issuers
ETF issuers
ETF issuers
ETF issuers
ETF issuers
ETF issuers
ETF issuers

  Banks
Banks

Benefit
Benefit

As independent information providers, 
  As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
As independent information providers, 
exchanges thus make an important contribution  
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
exchanges thus make an important contribution 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity  
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
to the transparency of trading and the objectivity 
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.
of the benchmarks available on the market.

Market data Facts and figures 

Thomas Reckewell, Market Data & Analytics, Head of Customer Audits: 
keeps in touch with customers of information products and analytical tools – 
worldwide.­The­first­and­still­best-known­product­of­this­nature­is­Deutsche 
Börse’s DAX ® index, the standard metric for the German stock market. 
Reckewell and his team support clients to ensure the compliant usage of 
Deutsche Börse data. After all, the exchange invests a lot of effort in gene - 
ra ting, enhancing and disseminating them. In addition, together with his 
team,­he­develops­new­product­offers­(cid:509)­thus­benefitting­current­and­future­
clients.

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

46

Market data

Our brands

Information – essential for partici - 
pating in the capital markets

Indices – globalising the  
index universe

Extensive information and analyses are 
essential for successful participation in the 
international capital market. The heightened 
uncertainty surrounding general economic 
developments has led to increased demand 
for high-quality market information. By pro- 
moting transparency that can be relied on, 
Deutsche­Börse­helps­create­confidence­in­
the markets.

Signals – expanding the global 
information offering

The Trading and Market Signals business  
area provides exchange trading information, 
economic­data­and­financial­news­to­traders,­
fund managers, hedge funds, analysts and 
professional investors. Some of the data is 
transmitted in real time through direct links 
and can be used by market participants to 
implement computerised trading strategies. 

In 2012, the business area expanded its 
product range further. At high-speed data 
service AlphaFlash ® in particular, the foun- 
dation  was laid for future growth. In Septem-
ber 2012, for example, AlphaFlash entered 
into an exclusive agreement with Fitch 
Ratings to provide and disseminate rating 
information in machine-readable format at 
maximum speed. AlphaFlash has also been 
available in Brazil since January 2012.

Marketing the DAX ® index family and other 
global indices of Deutsche Börse’s subsidiary 
STOXX is another business area. Investors 
use the indices as a standard for comparing 
its investment performance, see also 
 chart 
below. As underlyings, they allow banks and 
fund companies to issue derivatives, ex-
change-traded funds and structured products. 
STOXX calculates, develops and distributes 
about 6,400 indices worldwide, in addition to 
the approximately 5,600 indices of Deutsche 
Börse. Furthermore, STOXX acts as the ex- 
clusive marketer of DAX indices. In the course 
of the year, approximately 540,000 structured 
products worldwide were issued on the basis 
of Deutsche Börse and STOXX indices. The 
success of the indices can be attributed 
primarily to their strictly rule-based approach 
and their clear focus on tradability.

STOXX ®  – setting the standard for markets 
around the world

Companies in the STOXX Global Total Market Index, divided by 
region (percentages of total number of 7,372)

4 %
Other

20 %
Europe

25 %
America

As at 31 December 2012

51 %
Asia,
Oceania

Strategic  perspectives 

  The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Market data

47

 (cid:20)(cid:27)(cid:24)(cid:15)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:19)  

financial­instruments­worldwide­use­an­ 
index disseminated by Deutsche Börse Group  
(as at 31 December 2012) 

In 2012, STOXX added over 2,100 indices  
to its STOXX Global Index family, with a 
particular focus on further growth in its  
Asian indices. For example, the STOXX China 
Total Market index family represents a new 
benchmark for Chinese equities. The global 
indices of STOXX and Deutsche Börse are 
now used by more than 300 asset managers 
and professional investors around the world. 
In 2012, EURO STOXX 50 ® was again among 
the top three most popular underlyings on  
the derivatives markets worldwide. 

Reference data –  
expanded product range

The distribution of proprietary reference  
data from Deutsche Börse’s trading systems 
for­the­back­offices­of­financial­services­
providers is the core element of the third  
business area, which supports banks in 
meeting their regulatory reporting require-
ments, among other things. By providing 
reference data on securities, such as master 
and scheduling data, as well as valuation 
prices, Deutsche Börse assists banks and 
financial­services­providers­in­supporting­their­
securities settlement transactions. 

In 2012, an expansion of the product range 
lifted demand for the PROPRIS product® –  
the provision of reference data on securities 
settled by the central securities depository 
Clearstream in Frankfurt and in Luxembourg.

Contributions to sustainable  
business activities 

In April 2012, Deutsche Börse Group’s cash 
market division Xetra and STOXX announced 
the introduction of an information portal for 
sustainable securities as well as the launch of 
the STOXX ® Global ESG Leaders index. For 
the­first­time,­the­companies­included­in­
these indices are selected on the basis of fully 
transparent sustainability criteria and a purely 
rule-based process.

Since May 2012, STOXX has been a signa-
tory to the United Nations Principles for 
Responsible Investment, a global initiative 
that promotes the integration of sustainability 
criteria into corporate decision-making.

Deutsche Börse’s Monthly Carbon Report 
provides greater transparency about the actual 
CO2 emissions in Europe. Deutsche Börse 
calculates the monthly data for all 27 member 
states of the EU.

(cid:36)(cid:69)out (cid:22)(cid:15)(cid:24)(cid:19)(cid:19)

customers in 148 countries

(cid:20)(cid:21)(cid:15)(cid:19)(cid:19)(cid:19)

indices calculated, including 2,300  
calculated­for­the­first­time­in­2012

(cid:20)(cid:15)(cid:21)(cid:24)(cid:19) million

trading data items are distributed daily by  
the segment to the market participants (average)

 
Stakeholder

Society

  Education and 
research 

  Culture 

  Social involvement

Economy

  Corporate governance 

  Risk management 

  Compliance 

 Sustainable products

Sustainable  
corporate  
management

Environment

Employees

  Facility management 

  Operating­efficiency­

  Consumption of  
resources 

  Mobility 

 Waste management 

  (cid:51)ersonnel­development­

  Work-life balance

  Diversity

Deutsche Börse Group’s corporate  
responsibility strategy

 the chapter 

Deutsche­Börse­Group­interacts­with­a­large­number­
of different stakeholder groups, see 
on “Stakeholder engagement”. Understanding their 
points­of­view­on­the­company­and­responding­
appropriately to the interests and requirements re - 
sulting from these different perspectives is part of 
Deutsche Börse Group’s corporate responsibility.

 Responsibility

Deutsche Börse is not just a technology business. 
It is a service provider, too. It is the conscientious, 
responsible actions of its employees that enable 
Deutsche Börse to perform its duties and meet the 
requirements of its different stakeholders – in clud ­
ing clients, owners and representatives of the  
public interest. This is why Deutsche Börse invests 
in its employees’ abilities and sees their diversity 
as a strength.

50  Group staff

54  Stakeholder engagement

60  Good corporate citizenship

Caterina Nudo, Head of Customer Service Europe, Clearstream: leads  
a 100-strong team from around 15 different countries, who look after cus - 
tomers – off-site, from Luxembourg’s Square or Eschborn’s Cube, or from 
Deutsche­Börse(cid:513)s­(cid:47)ondon­and­(cid:51)rague­offices.­Her­team­combines­communi-
cation­skills­with­professional­expertise­(cid:509)­and­strong­motivation.­She­works­
hard­to­achieve­this,­be­it­on­the­phone­or­in­video­conferences.­To­her,­
communicating with her team and constant training on the job or in special 
seminars­is­essential­for­fulfilling­her­task:­delivering­together­with­her­team­
a­perfect­service­to­customers.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Group staff

51

Group staff

Deutsche Börse is a service provider that makes exacting demands on 

its­staff:­their­technical­skills,­their­ability­to­communicate­and­work­­ 

in­teams,­and­their­readiness­to­take­responsibility.­At­Deutsche­Börse,­

experts with highly specialised knowledge work hand-in-hand with 

generalists, who tailor the offering to the requirements of customers, 

owners­and­representatives­of­the­public­interest.

Deutsche Börse supports on-the-job training

Initial and advanced training, as well as continuing pro- 
fessional education measures, are a top priority at 
Deutsche­Börse.­Deutsche­Börse­supports­its­staff­in­
continuously expanding and refreshing their knowl - 
edge­of­the­financial­markets.­Of­equal­importance­are­
education programmes to improve the communica- 
tion­and­organisational­skills­of­employees.­In­accord­- 
ance with market requirements, Deutsche Börse 
therefore offers a wide variety of internal and external 
training programmes, which help indivi dual employ-
ees and their superiors master their own particular 
challenges.­The­offering­is­continuously­adapted­ 
and­expanded­according­to­requirements.­Deutsche­
Börse’s training offering for its staff also includes 
attending part-time Masters programmes following a 
targeted­selection­process.­To­facilitate­participation­
in part-time study programmes, the company pro vides 
financial­support­and­offers­special­leave­to­the­stu- 
dents.­This­allows­employees­to­improve­their­career­
prospects and apply the acquired skills in the interests 
of­the­company.

Since 2000, there has been a “high potential circle” 
in the Group that aims to recruit new management 
talent­internally:­as­part­of­this­programme,­a­set­
curriculum consisting of business school seminars 
and training events to enhance social skills, as well 
as networking meetings, personal mentors and 
meetings with Executive Board members is used to 
prepare younger, particularly motivated and talented 
Group­staff­for­positions­of­responsibility.

New mentoring programmes promote  
Group-wide exchange

In 2012, Deutsche Börse introduced custom-made 
mentoring­programmes­for­different­target­groups:

   The­“new­hire”­mentoring­programme­helps­new­
employees get started, and aids them in estab-
lishing contacts beyond their own department and 
in gaining a cross-departmental understanding of 
the­company.­Experienced­members­of­staff,­who­
have been holding a permanent position at  Deutsche 

 
 
 
52

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Börse Group for at least two and a half years, vol- 
unteer to act as a mentor and offer guidance to the 
employee­during­his­or­her­first­six­to­nine­months­
in­the­company.
   The­“new­role”­mentoring­programme­supports­
employees after they have taken on a new manage-
ment­position.­The­mentor­acts­in­an­advisory­
capacity, passing on his or her experience to the 
mentee, and aids the mentee in taking on his or  
her­new­role.
   Within the framework of a mentoring programme 
for women in management positions, top-level  
executives (including members of the Executive 
Board)­assume­the­role­of­mentor.

Special training for executives

Deutsche Börse provides management training in the 
form of dedicated training courses, coaching and 
cross-segment events to encourage the exchange of 
views, such as the dialogue with top management 
regularly hosted by the Executive Board for holders 
of­key­functions.­In­accordance­with­a­voluntary­
commitment­undertaken­by­companies­in­the­DAX ®, 
Deutsche Börse also took further measures in 2012 
to increase the number of women in management 
positions, see 

 combined management report.

Clear processes for succession planning ensure that, 
when management positions become vacant, the 
most competent candidates are selected to take over 
the­management­functions­seamlessly.

In addition to a career as a manager, staff have oppor - 
tunities for promotion in expert or project manager 
career­paths.­Deutsche­Börse­also­supports­moves­to­
positions of the same hierarchical level in a different 
department­or­business­area.

Increase in the number of vocational trainees

Deutsche Börse increased its number of vocational 
trainees­again­in­2012:­at­the­end­of­the­year,­the­
company­had­twelve­prospective­office­communica-
tion­specialists.­During­their­training,­trainees­are­
assigned to up to seven departments – including 
central departments as well as market areas – for,  
on­average,­three­months­per­assignment.­Thus,­
trainees gain insight into a wide range of tasks while 
at the same time making valuable contributions to 
the­work­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group.­Deutsche­Börse­
offered­permanent­positions­to­all­five­trainees­who­
completed­their­traineeships­in­2012.

Diversity creates new ideas and customer proximity

Deutsche Börse Group embraces and promotes the 
diversity of its staff, not least because this is in its 
own­business­interest:­the­wide­range­of­products­
and services is matched by staff with different educa- 
tional­profiles.­These­members­of­staff­develop­the­
offerings as part of a team and in close contact with 
customers.­The­profiles­include­study­pro­grammes­ 
in mathematics, information technology, business ad- 
ministration, or economics as well as in law, the 
humanities­and­social­sciences.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Group staff

53

 71

different countries of origins  
for all employees

Ultimately, the expertise needed to work at Deutsche 
Börse Group can only be acquired through learning 
by­doing.­This­is­why­professional­success­at­Deutsche­
Börse is determined less by the knowledge gained  
at university or in a previous job than by the ability to 
work with a team and customer focus – in a job envi- 
ronment that makes high demands on the individual’s 
ability to understand technology and to communicate, 
and which, furthermore, is subject to permanent 
change.­Diversity­in­the­company­also­promotes­em- 
ployees’ readiness to be as flexible as the job 
demands.

Deutsche Börse Group is a global company – with 
22­locations­in­16­countries­around­the­world.­ 
Continuous internationalisation is one of the core 
elements­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­strategy.­The­
company aims not only at developing new markets 
but also at establishing close relationships to its 
international­customers.­It­therefore­operates­not­
only in different markets, but also in different 
cultures.­The­diversity­of­customers­is­reflected­in­
the­cultural­diversity­of­its­staff:­Deutsche­Börse­
Group employs people from 71 countries of origin 
around­the­world.­Diversity­also­means­that,­as­a­
matter of course, Deutsche Börse also employs 
disabled people as an integral part of its workforce 
and creates the best possible working conditions  
for­them.­

The­diversity­of­its­workforce­is­one­of­Deutsche­Börse(cid:513)s­
strengths.­It­presents­new­challenges­for­communi-
cation – but is ultimately an essential condition for sur- 
vival­in­the­face­of­global­competition.

Internal trainings, divided up according to topic

(Percentages of a total number of 823)

2 %
Introductory seminars

5 %
Management trainings

12 %
Language trainings

18 %
Softskill 
trainings

23 %
IT­seminars

As­at­31­December­2012

40 %
Business  
trainings

One­of­the­strengths­of­Deutsche­Börse(cid:513)s­business­
model is the opportunity to develop new products 
through­cross-divisional­cooperation.­To­support­this­
initiative, Deutsche Börse Group encourages its em- 
ployees to think outside their set areas of responsi- 
bil ity and develop suggestions in cooperation with 
other­business­areas.­One­instrument­for­channelling­
these­ideas­is­(cid:60)ou(cid:49)ovate.­This­innovation­manage-
ment programme at Deutsche Börse gives staff the 
opportunity to submit ideas and suggestions for 
improvement.­The­ideas­may­relate­to­any­aspect­of­
the company – new products, contributions to cost 
efficiency,­or­public­relations.­The­overarching­goal­ 
of YouNovate is to promote a culture of innovation in 
the­company.­In­this­way,­innovation­management­
helps the company to recognise and tap into growth 
opportunities­even­beyond­existing­products.

 
 
Martina Gruber, Executive Board, Clearstream Banking AG: Manages 
customer relations in the European post-trading business – and thus makes 
very certain she always attends Deutsche Börse’s Annual Reception. As 
Managing Director of Deutsche Börse Commodities, in which major banks 
hold a stake and which, offers the Xetra-Gold ® bond,she is also used to 
dealing with customers as well as with shareholders. That said, she is well 
aware that customers and shareholders are not the only groups who make 
legitimate demands. Keeping in touch with regulators and the general public 
is­equally­important­(cid:509)­and,­first­of­all,­of­course,­with­her­staff­members.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

 Stakeholder engagement

55

Stakeholder engagement   

Stakeholder engagement is the term used to describe a company’s  

interaction with its stakeholders. As an infrastructure provider for  

the capital markets, Deutsche Börse Group considers the continuous 

dialogue with its stakeholders as an important element of its economic 

and social function. 

Dialogue – the basis for trustful working  
relationships

Deutsche Börse Group interacts with a large number 
of different stakeholder groups, see 
 chart below.  
Depending on their points of view, i. e. whether they 
consider Deutsche Börse as the capital market orga n- 
 iser or whether they regard it as a listed com pany, 
stakeholders and their interests can vary.

Deutsche Börse Group seeks to communicate with 
its stakeholders mainly through personal dialogue  
as well as through committees and working groups. 
The­topics­for­discussion,­their­relevance­for­efficient­
and­safe­markets­and­the­depth­of­the­specific­

relationship between Deutsche Börse and its stake- 
holders determine which communication platform  
is used. In addition, surveys and dialogue events 
allow stakeholder group representatives to give 
specific­feedback­(cid:509)­and­in­this­way­to­present­their­
views directly. 

Open dialogue promotes trustful working relationships 
and provides essential impulse for development and 
decision processes. A direct communication channel 
facilitates dealing with stakeholder requirements. 
Requests and criticisms voiced by stakeholder groups 
are taken on board without delay and can be re- 
flected­in­decisions­in­a­timely­manner.­In­addition,­

Summary of key stakeholders

Deutsche Börse Group as 
a listed company

  Deutsche Börse AG shareholders

  Supervisory authorities

  Employees

  Employee representatives

  Business partners

  Suppliers

  Service providers

  Politics

  Media

  Non-governmental organisations

  Society

Deutsche Börse Group as a 
capital market organiser

  Intermediaries

  Issuers

  Institutional / private investors

  Trading, clearing and  
post-trading participants

  Financial community

 
 
 
56

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Deutsche Börse Group uses this exchange of views 
to comment on controversial issues and provide rea- 
sons for its position.  

internal and external stakeholder en gagement ac- 
tivities in 2012, see also 
starting on page 51; 
www.deutsche-boerse.com /cr

 Key figures on benefits at 

 the chapter on “Group staff” 

Overview of internal and external stakeholder  
interests  

Areas for action at Deutsche Börse Group

While shareholders, employees and business part- 
ners are primarily interested in the company, a solid 
corporate governance and strong results of opera-
tions, customers – as issuers, trading, clearing and 
post-trade participants – focus on a comprehensive, 
efficient­and­high-quality­product­and­service­offer- 
ing. For supervisory authorities, politics and society 
in­general,­the­most­significant­role­of­Deutsche­
Börse Group is its contribution to the stability and 
efficiency­of­the­financial­markets,­and­therefore­its­
key role for a functioning national economy. 

Against this backdrop, Deutsche Börse Group con - 
tinued to concentrate in 2012 on its assessment of 
the latest regulatory initiatives and highlighted their 
potential impact on markets and market participants, 
see 
 www.deutsche-boerse.com > About us  
> Public Affairs. At the same time, the company 
expanded­its­range­of­efficient­risk­and­liquidity­
management solutions for market participants, also 
to improve the company’s results of operations  
from a long-term perspective. Moreover, the Group 
con tributed in many different ways to enhancing 
integrity, transparency and standardisation on the 
global capital markets. Measures taken in the areas 
of customer satisfaction, com pliance and data 
security as well as steps taken to increase employee 
satisfaction rounded off Deutsche Börse Group’s 

Deutsche Börse Group prioritises its areas for action 
with regard to the initiatives of highest strategic 
importance for the operating business. In addition, 
Deutsche Börse Group regularly determines areas  
for action and issues which are of key importance  
to its various stakeholders. Through these analyses, 
the company establishes core areas for its future 
engagements and addresses the needs and interests 
of its stakeholders. The 
 chart on the right shows the 
most important initiatives in the operating business 
as well as core issues addressed in communication 
with representatives of key stakeholder groups. The 
darker an area for action appears in the chart, the 
higher is its strategic priority, the more importance 
Deutsche Börse Group attaches to it in its operating 
business, and the more frequently it was mentioned 
in discussions with various stakeholders. The stability 
and availability of trading systems and risk man-
agement solutions for market participants, for instance, 
are key areas for action for the company and its 
stakeholders. 

The key selection criterion used by Deutsche Börse 
Group in identifying relevant areas for action is mate - 
riality,­i.­e.­the­significance­of­an­issue.­In­addition,­
Deutsche Börse Group must be able in principle to in- 
fluence­the­areas­concerned.­

 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

 Stakeholder engagement

57

 17

customer workshops on  
Deutsche Börse Group’s IT strategy

Areas for action at Deutsche Börse

  Transparency/standardisation 
on the capital markets

  Support for regulatory projects 
to­ensure­a­stable­financial­
system

  Integrity and compliance

  Cost­efficiency

  Know-how transfer on capital 
market issues

  Stability and availability of  
the trading systems

  Staff training and  
development

  Emissions trading

  Customer satisfaction

  Risk management solutions 
for market participants

  EBIT

  Stakeholder engagement

  Innovation potential

  Employee satisfaction

  Remuneration

  (cid:51)rofitable­growth

Highest relevance

  Technology leadership

  Sustainable product portfolio

  Shareholder satisfaction

  Environmental management

  Corporate citizenship

  Diversity and equal  
opportunities

  Value creation

  Job security

  Green IT

  Greenhouse gas emissions

  Supplier management

  Human rights

Deutsche Börse Group therefore used the following 
sources to determine the relevant areas for action and 
their weighting:

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr  

   Information from Deutsche Börse Group’s com- 
mittees and working groups, whose members 
include international capital market representa- 
tives see 
> Customer governance
   Analysis of customer satisfaction surveys, customer 
visits and queries put to Deutsche Börse Group’s 
customer service organisation
   Internal analyses and assessments of trends and 
developments­in­the­financial­services­sector­(e.­g.­
changes in the regulatory framework)

   Insights gained from investor conferences, road- 
shows and individual visits as well as topics raised 
at the Annual General Meeting
   Feedback from staff meetings, employee events and 
regular review discussions
   Areas­of­corporate­strategic­focus­identified­at­the­
meetings of the Executive and Supervisory Boards 
and of the individual Supervisory Board committees
   Focus topics from dialogue events, workshops and 
other events for representatives of various stake hol- 
der groups
   Analysis of press clippings and enquiries
   Enquiries received by Deutsche Börse Group from 
other external stakeholder groups

 
 
58

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Continuous dialogue with stakeholders

Internal and external dialogue has a high priority  
for­Deutsche­Börse­Group.­This­is­reflected­in­the­
large number of measures and formats used to 

institutionalise and extend the exchange of views 
with representatives of various stakeholder groups.
The chart below lists key examples of dialogues  
that took place in 2012: 

Key examples of dialogues in 2012

Deutsche Börse AG

Institutional investors/analysts and  
private investors

Intermediaries, issuers and other  
market participants

Employees, management and  
works council

  Conference calls were held to inform the 
capital market of the key performance 
figures­and­latest­developments­as­part­of­
quarterly­financial­reporting­activities.

  The Annual General Meeting of Deutsche 
Börse Aktiengesellschaft was held on  
16 May 2012 and around 59 per cent of 
the share capital was represented.

  At the sixth Investor Day on 1 June 2012, 
analysts and institutional investors learnt 
about Deutsche Börse Group’s strategic 
focus areas and current developments in 
its business areas.

  Deutsche Börse held well over 500 one-
on-one discussions with current/potential 
investors during international roadshows, 
investor conferences and individual visits 
in 2012.

  Deutsche Börse Group has a global pres-
ence­with­locations­in­the­major­financial­
centres, such as Frankfurt, Luxembourg, 
London, New York, Tokyo, Hong Kong, 
Singapore and Dubai. 

  Institutionalised customer meeting pro-
grammes tailored to the needs of Xetra, 
Eurex and Clearstream ensure that views 
can be exchanged in person – up to and 
including at Executive Board level.

  Customer satisfaction – e. g. with new soft-
ware releases of Deutsche Börse Group’s 
IT – is measured in studies and published 
on the Group’s websites. 

  The German Equity Forum, held from 12 
to 14 November 2012, attracted some 
6,000 visitors, including German and 
international entrepreneurs, investors and 
analysts.

  95.3 per cent of permanent employees 
used the annual staff dialogue in 2012 to 
exchange views and information directly 
with their line managers.

  The­bimonthly­employee­maga(cid:93)ine­and­five­
lunchtime forums ensured that information 
on special topics and current projects was 
transferred throughout the company.

  Approximately 70 executives discussed the 
Group’s strategic orientation and horizontal 
initiatives involving several business areas 
with the Executive Board at each of two 
top management dialogue events.

  Following the invitation of the human 
resources department, female executives 
met,­for­the­first­time,­to­network­at­six­
events, such as after-work get-togethers.

  The works council reported on its work at 
quarterly works meetings and in monthly 
discussions with the CFO.

Key examples of dialogues in 2012

Deutsche Börse AG

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

 Stakeholder engagement

59

 59 %

of the share capital attended the Annual  
General Meeting of Deutsche Börse AG

Supervisory authorities, regulators  
and politics

Society, non-governmental organisations 
and the media

  Deutsche Börse Group released some pub- 
lications­on­political­issues­such­as­the­fi- 
nancial transaction tax.

  Deutsche Börse Group informed media 
representatives about capital market/stock 
exchange issues at eight press conferences.

  Representatives of the Group regularly took 
part in public consultation events at inter-
national, European and national level.

  In addition to workshops, the Group ini- 
tiated expert discussions on current 
regulatory issues (e. g. high frequency 
trading) with key constituents of political 
stakeholder groups.

  Company representatives took part in pub-
lic hearings held by central authorities and 
political bodies (e. g. ESMA, the German 
parliament) as well as in conferences and 
expert forums on regulatory issues.

 Deutsche Börse Group’s Visitors Centre 
welcomed about 50,000 interested mem-
bers of the public for guided tours of the 
trading­floor,­presentations­by­specialists­
and the open day on 3 October 2012.

  The investor website 
frankfurt.de records about 2 million hits  
a month.

 www.boerse-

  The Group e-mails a daily newsletter 
containing market information to 25,000 
investors.

  Employees of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange 
hotline respond to around 1,000 telephone 
and written enquiries a month. 

  Deutsche Börse Group is an active member 
of numerous bodies and associations  

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr

 
 
Michael Peters, Executive Board, Eurex: if not en route to business 
meetings with customers, he is busy meeting them on his home turf – for 
instance at one of the many events taking place here. As Global Head of 
Sales & Marketing, he is responsible for the customer relations of Eurex, 
Deutsche Börse’s derivatives subsidiary. But Peters also assumes a different 
kind­of­responsibility:­as­a­member­of­the­Supervisory­Board­of­non-profit­
Phineo gAG, he has committed himself to analysing and selecting social pro j- 
ects, such as the German “Arche” (“Ark”) foundation, which aims to com- 
bat child poverty.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Good corporate citizenship

61

Good corporate citizenship 

Deutsche Börse Group has been a committed and responsible  

“good corporate citizen” for many years. It considers this social en- 

gagement­as­a­strategic­investment­in­the­future­of­the­Groupʼs­ 

locations world wide, and while planning its activities, it is guided  

by their needs.

The Group is active in the areas of education and 
science as well as culture and social projects; the ma- 
terial objectives of all activities are to promote the 
future prospects of young people and to support  
innovative, sustainable concepts. The binding frame- 
work, which serves as an orientation aid for all   
charitable contributions, is set out in Group-wide Cor- 
porate Citizenship Guidelines, see 

 text box 

Therefore, Deutsche Börse is aware of its responsibil - 
ity to communicate information about the exchange 
and its meaning for a functioning national economy: 
be it the transfer of basic knowledge or special tech- 
nical know-how, through play or as theory, online  
or in the classroom – Deutsche Börse invests in world- 
wide education initiatives for different target groups  
in a variety of ways. 

Key principles of the Corporate Citizenship Guidelines
  Connection to the business activity and to  
the existing know-how

  Active and project-related support with focus on the  
corporate locations

  Medium- to long-term engagement and focus on topics of  
social relevance

  Regular assessment of the activities, ideally by means  
of external evaluation

  Preferably active employee involvement in projects

  Transfer of successful concepts to the Group’s international 
locations

  Sports, private individuals, political parties and religious  
institutions are not eligible for support

Education and science

Financial knowledge plays an important role in our 
society – having an understanding of an exchange’s 
business and service offering is hereby essential. 

The Capital Markets Academy is Deutsche Börse 
Group’s central training body and delivers the com- 
pany’s training activities for market participants.  
Its range of offerings comprises workshops as well  
as­certificate­and­study­programmes­on­the­Group(cid:513)s­
products and systems and the basics of the capital 
market.

Through lecturing assignments at different univer si- 
ties, members of Deutsche Börse Group’s middle 
and upper management also share their personal, 
practice-based know-how with business and econom - 
ics students. 

The Group promotes the transfer of knowledge about 
stock exchanges at schools via teaching materials 
and teacher training seminars. Publications such  
as the stock exchange glossary, guided tours of the 
trading floor of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and 
various multimedia information offerings on the  

 www.deutsche-boerse.com /cm a_e and  
 www.boerse-frankfurt.de websites provide an easily 

understandable introduction to the complex world  
of the capital market.

 
 
 
62

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Culture

As part of its cultural sponsorship programme, 
Deutsche Börse supports a number of institutions and 
projects in the areas of visual arts and music. The 
company supports selected exhibitions, and with sev- 
eral projects, it promotes the development of young 
photographic artists at the early stages of their ca- 
reers. As the title sponsor of the Deutsche Börse 
Photography Prize, it is a partner for one of the most 
important international awards for contemporary 
photography.

The starting point of its cultural commitment is the 
Art Collection Deutsche Börse, the company’s own 
collection of photographic art, which has been 
growing continuously for 13 years. The collection 
presents contemporary photographs by over 90 
in ternational artists at the Group’s main locations in 
Frankfurt/Eschborn, Luxembourg and Prague. The 
works of art give the buildings a unique character 
and are an inspiration to employees and visitors. 

The­collection­is­not­limited­to­specific­themes.­The­
varied works on display cover everything from classics 
of contemporary photography down to works by 
young artists, photographic art and documentary 
photography. Employees and members of the public 
with an interest in art can take guided tours of the 
collection or attend openings and special viewings. 
More information about the Group’s cultural sponsor-
ship promotion programme can be found at 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/art 

Social projects

The relationship between society, politics and the 
economy is in a state of transition: social commit-
ment by companies and their contribution to solving 
social­problems­are­gaining­in­significance.­For­this­
reason, Deutsche Börse supports social institutions 

and projects at its locations. In doing so, the com- 
pany not only makes donations, but also supports 
employee involvement.

Deutsche Börse also provides structural support to 
the­non-profit­sector­via­(cid:51)hineo­gAG,­an­organisation­
established together with the Bertelsmann Founda-
tion. The independent analysts and consultants 
examine selected social issues such as child poverty 
and the integration of people with disabilities and 
dementia­patients.­In­addition,­(cid:51)hineo­identifies­
areas in need of support. On its online platform, its 
so-called “social marketplace”, Phineo recommends 
particularly effective projects for sponsorship, see  

 www.phineo.org 

At its Frankfurt/Eschborn location, Deutsche Börse 
takes an active stand against child poverty as part of 
the “Freundeskreis der Arche” (Society of Friends  
of the Frankfurt “Ark”) support group, of which it is a 
founding­member.­Thanks­to­the­financial­support­
given by this society, two branches of this children’s 
project have now started their work in Frankfurt. 
They provide a free lunch to more than 100 children 
every day, help them with their homework and above 
all give them attention.

International activities
Beyond the initiatives mentioned above, as a “good 
corporate citizen” Deutsche Börse Group is involved 
in numerous projects at its location in Frankfurt/
Eschborn, which it supports through sponsorships, 
donations, corporate volunteering, scholarships, 
awards and events as well as by offering its premises 
as a venue. As far as possible and practical, connec-
tions are established between projects of different 
CR areas, see 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr

Deutsche Börse Group’s CR activities are centrally 
coordinated and organised in Eschborn. As a globally 
operating company with numerous locations world-
wide, the company is also involved in CR activities at 

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

 Good corporate citizenship

63

 45,000

visitors­on­the­floor­of­the­Frankfurt­Stock­Exchange­in­2012

Chicago
In Chicago, corporate responsibility activities are fo- 
cused on social issues: multiple projects, mainly  
in support of low-income families, are organised in 
cooperation with the institution “Family Matters”.  
In addition, the company supports cultural projects 
as well as projects teaching high school and college 
students­about­the­capital­market­not­only­financially­
but also through the active involvement of local 
employees.

New York
Within the context of social engagement, the employ-
ees at the Group company International Securities 
Exchange (ISE) have teamed up with the New York 
“Ronald McDonald House” which organises nume-
rous events for families in need. In cooperation with 
this institution, New York employees also organise 
the annual Group-wide Social Day, which allows em- 
ployees to get directly involved in a social project.  
In addition, ISE is a sponsor of Baruch College, pro- 
moting college education in the areas of options and 
securities markets.

Asien
At Deutsche Börse Group’s locations in Asia, the 
company is involved in numerous training and edu- 
cational projects. Within this context, cooperations 
and partnerships have been set up with various 
universities, amongst others with the Chinese 
University of Hong Kong, the Shanghai Advanced 
Institute of Finance and National Taiwan University. 
Since September 2012, the Group has also been 
supporting Singapore Management University, 
Singapore(cid:513)s­first­state-financed­independent­univer-
sity. The partnerships’ aim is to promote teaching 
about­the­financial­markets.

five­of­its­international­locations.­In­cooperation­with­
the responsible colleagues at the location, projects 
are selected which are in line with the Group’s 
guiding principles but which also take into account 
local needs and conditions. 

Luxembourg
At the second-largest Group location, the Group 
company Clearstream has been committed to sup- 
porting cultural events, mainly in the area of music, 
for years. In addition, about 200 works from the  
Art Collection Deutsche Börse are presented at the 
company premises, “The Square”, during guided 
tours and the day of private art collections (Private 
Art Kirchberg), which was initiated by Clearstream. 
Each year, the employee-founded “Clearstream 
Charity Committee” organises, of their own initiative, 
numerous fundraising events in support of social 
projects.

Prague
The 400 employees of the Clearstream and Informa-
tion Technology areas in Prague, the Group’s third- 
largest location, experience corporate responsibility 
mainly in the form of various employee projects and 
teambuilding events. Group projects on topics such as 
health,­fitness­or­the­environment­not­only­serve­to­
increase team spirit but also communicate the basic 
principles of corporate responsibility.

London
At the London location, supported project areas 
include education and science as well as social  
and cultural projects. In the context of its cultural 
commitment, the company supports the prestigious 
Deutsche Börse Photography Prize, awarded in 
cooperation with the local Photographers’ Gallery. 
Educational projects, such as the “Career Acade-
mies” mentoring programme, enable employees to 
pass on their own professional and life experience  
to young university students.

 
 
Deutsche Börse AG

Scoach Europa AG

State Exchange Supervisory Authority

legal­entity­under­private­law(cid:30)­
administrative and operating body  
of FWB ® (section 5 BörsG)

legal­entity­under­private­law(cid:30)­
administrative and operating body  
of FWB (section 5 BörsG)

competent supreme federal state  
authority­(section­3­BörsG)(cid:30)­in­the­
State­of­Hesse:­Ministry­of­Economy,­
Traffic­and­State­Development

Administration and operation of 

F(cid:58)B­by­provision­of­financial­and­

human­resources­as­well­as­facilities

Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (FWB ®) 
(the Frankfurt Stock Exchange)

institution­under­public­law­with­partial­legal­capacity(cid:30)­ 
capacity to be a party in administrative court proceedings (section 2 BörsG)

Exchange bodies

Legal supervision  

(section 3 BörsG)

Exchange Council

Management Board

Statutory catalogue of 
competence (section 12 
BörsG)(cid:30)­e.­g.­appointment­
of board of management 

Management of FWB 
(section­15­BörsG)(cid:30)­admis- 
sion of securities to trading 
on the Regulated Market

Trading Surveillance  
O(cid:73)fice

Supervision of trading  
and settlement  
(section 7 BörsG)

Disciplinary Committee

Imposition of sanctions  
for breach of duty by 
trading participants and 
issuers (section 22 BörsG)

Regulatory and supervisory bodies  
for exchange trading

Sample­illustration­showing­the­Frankfurt­Stock­
Exchange (FWB®, Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse). The 
legal requirements listed also apply to all other 
Deutsche Börse Group exchanges organised under 
public­law­in­Germany:­Eurex­Deutschland,­Euro-
pean Energy Exchange and Tradegate Exchange. 
The International Securities Exchange is subject to 
(cid:56)S­law,­while­the­Eurex­Zürich­exchange­is­run­in­
accordance­with­Swiss­law.­

Governance

Deutsche Börse Group attaches great importance 
to the principles of responsible corporate gover­
nance. Corporate governance creates transparency 
on how a company is managed and supervised, 
and on its internal structure and organisation.

Deutsche Börse has been approved by the relevant 
supervisory authorities and entrusted with ensuring 
orderly exchange trading for the cash and derivatives 
markets. This means that Deutsche Börse assumes 
a responsibility under public law.

66  Executive Board members

68  Supervisory Board members

70  Report of the Supervisory Board

78  Corporate governance declaration 1)

86  Corporate governance report

92  Remuneration report 1)

1) Component of the combined management report

66

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The Executive Board 

Reto Francioni, *1955 
Chief­Executive­Officer, 
Deutsche Börse AG 
Prof., Dr. jur. 
Frankfurt/Main 

Frank Gerstenschläger, *1960 
member of the Executive Board, 
Deutsche Börse AG 
responsible for Special Projects  
university degree in Economics, 
Business Administration and Engineering 
(Dipl.-Wirtschaftsingenieur) 
Darmstadt

Andreas Preuss, *1956 
member of the Executive Board and 
Deputy­Chief­Executive­Officer, 
Deutsche Börse AG 
responsible for the  
Cash & Derivatives Markets division 
university degree in Economics 
(Dipl.-Kaufmann) 
Frankfurt/Main 

Gregor Pottmeyer, *1962 
member of the Executive Board, 
Deutsche Börse AG 
Chief­Financial­Officer 
university degree in Economics 
(Dipl.-Kaufmann) 
Frankfurt/Main

 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Members of the Executive Board

67

Jeffrey Tessler, *1954 
member of the Executive Board, 
Deutsche Börse AG 
responsible for the Clearstream division 
MBA 
Luxembourg 

Hauke Stars, *1967 
member of the Executive Board,  
Deutsche Börse AG 
(since 1 December 2012) 
responsible for the Information Technology  
division and the Market Data division 
Master of Science in Engineering 
Ruedlingen, Switzerland

Former member of the Executive Board  

Michael Kuhn, *1954 
member of the Executive Board,  
Deutsche Börse AG 
Chief­Information­Officer 
(until 31 December 2012) 
responsible for the  
Information Technology division  
(until 30 November 2012) 
Dr.-Ing. 
Frankfurt/Main

Detailed information about the members of the Executive Board  
and their appointments to supervisory bodies of other companies  
 www.deutsche-boerse.com/
can be found on the Internet under: 
execboard

As at 1 January 2013

 
 
 
 
 
 
68

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The Supervisory Board 

Joachim Faber, *1950 
Chairman 
Senior Advisor
Allianz SE, Munich
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 20 May 2009

Marion Fornoff, 1) *1961 
Staff member in the Human 
Resources Germany section
Deutsche Börse AG,  
Frankfurt /Main  
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 16 May 2012

Gerhard Roggemann, *1948 
Deputy Chairman 
Vice Chairman
Cannacord Genuity Hawkpoint 
Limited, London
Nationality: German
Board member from 11 May 1998 
to 14 May 2003 and  
since 12 July 2005 

Hans-Peter Gabe,1) * 1963 
Staff member in the HR Policies & 
Corporate Training section
Deutsche Börse AG,  
Frankfurt /Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 21 May 1997 

David Krell, *1946 
Chairman of the Board of Directors
International Securities Exchange, 
LLC, New York
Nationality: US-American
Board member  
since 1 January 2008 

Monica Mächler, *1956 
(cid:47)awyer,­(cid:51)f(cid:166)ffikon
Former Vice Chair of the Board of 
Directors of the Swiss Financial 
Market Supervisory Authority 
(FINMA), Bern
Nationality: Swiss
Board member  
since 16 May 2012 

Richard Berliand, *1962 
Executive Director
Richard Berliand Limited,  
Ashtead, Surrey
Nationality: British
Board member  
since 7 October 2005 

Irmtraud Busch,1) *1956 
Staff member in the Settlement 
Product Design (OPD) section
Clearstream Banking AG,  
Frankfurt/Main 
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 16 May 2012 

Karl-Heinz Floether, *1952 
Independent Management  
Consultant,
Kronberg
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 16 May 2012 

Richard M. Hayden, *1945 
Non-Executive Chairman  
Haymarket Financial LLP,  
London
Senior Advisor
TowerBrook Capital Partners  
L.P., London
Nationality: US-American and 
British
Board member  
since 12 July 2005

Craig Heimark, *1954 
Managing Partner 
Hawthorne Group LLC, Palo Alto
Nationality: US-American
Board member  
since 7 October 2005 

Friedrich Merz, *1955 
Lawyer
Partner Mayer Brown LLP, 
Dusseldorf
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 12 July 2005 

Thomas Neisse, *1948 
Chief­Executive­Officer­
Deka Investment GmbH,  
Frankfurt/Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 20 May 2009 

Heinz-Joachim Neubürger, *1953 
Independent Management  
Consultant, London
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 16 May 2012 

Erhard Schipporeit, *1949 
Independent Management  
Consultant, Hanover
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 7 October 2005

Jutta Stuhlfauth,1) 1961 
Lawyer and Head of  
Unit Policies and Procedures
Deutsche Börse AG,  
Frankfurt/Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 16 May 2012

Martin Ulrici, 1) *1959 
Staff member in the HR Policies &  
Corporate Training section 
Deutsche Börse AG,  
Frankfurt/Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 16 May 2012

Johannes Witt,1) *1952 
Staff member in the Consoli -
dation & Accounting Frankfurt 
section
Deutsche Börse AG,  
Frankfurt/Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 21 May 1997

1) Employee representative

2)­­The­former­membersʼ­term­of­office­expired­at­the­end­

of the Annual General Meeting on 16 May 2012.

As at 31 December 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility 

  Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Members of the Supervisory Board

69

Hermann-Josef Lamberti, *1956 
Former Member of the  
Executive Board 
Deutsche Bank AG,  
Frankfurt/Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 11 October 2005

Roland Prantl, 1) *1963 
Staff­member­in­the­Configuration­ 
Management & Quality Assurance 
section
Deutsche Börse AG,  
Frankfurt /Main
Nationality: German
Board member from  
4 May 2000 to  
14 May 2003 and  
since 24 May 2006

Norfried Stumpf, 1) *1963 
Staff member in the  
New Issues & CSK Frankfurt 
sec tion
Clearstream Banking AG,  
Frankfurt /Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 20 May 2009

Former members of the  
Supervisory Board 2)

Manfred Gentz, *1942 
Chairman
President of the International 
Chamber of Commerce (ICC) 
Germany, Berlin
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 14 May 2003

Herbert Bayer, 1) *1950 
Former Trade Union Secretary 
ver.di, Department 1 Financial 
Services, Area Frankfurt /Main 
and region, Frankfurt/Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 13 July 1994 

Birgit Bokel,1) *1952 
Former staff member in the  
Facility Management section 
Deutsche Börse AG,  
Frankfurt/Main
Nationality: German
Board member  
since 14 May 2003 

Konrad Hummler, *1953 
Managing Partner
Wegelin & Co. Private Bankers, 
St. Gallen
Nationality: Swiss
Board member from  
11 September 2007  
to 12 May 2011 and  
since 31 May 2011 

Detailed information about the members of the Supervisory Board and 
their additional appointments to supervisory bodies of other companies 
or comparable control bodies can be found on the Internet under:  

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/supervboard

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Report of the Supervisory Board

Joachim Faber 
Chairman of the Supervisory Board

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Report of the Supervisory Board

71

In the year under review, the Supervisory Board held 
in-depth discussions on the position and prospects 
of the company and performed its duties in accor d-
ance with the law and the Articles of Association. 
We regularly advised the Executive Board on the man - 
agement of the company and monitored its work. We 
were involved in all key decisions. Where required 
by law, the Articles of Association or the bylaws, we 
adopted resolutions following thorough examination.

We held a total of eight meetings, including one ex- 
traordinary meeting and one constituent meeting. In 
addition, two preparatory workshops and two strategy 
workshops were held. At the strategy workshops, 
which were held in April and November 2012, we 
addressed Deutsche Börse Group’s growth strategies 
in detail. The two preparatory workshops were held 
before­the­meeting­convened­to­adopt­the­financial­
statements on 19 March and the meeting convened 
to adopt the budget on 10 December 2012, and were 
used for detailed advance discussions of the agenda 
items for these meetings. 

At our meetings, the Executive Board provided us with 
comprehensive and timely information, both verbally 
and in writing, in line with the legal requirements on 
the course of business, the position of the company 
and the Group (including the risk situation and risk 
management), as well as on the company’s strategy 
and­planning.­(cid:58)e­discussed­all­transactions­significant­
for the company in the plenary meetings and in the 
Supervisory Board committees, based on the reports 
of the Executive Board. The high fre quency of both 
plenary and committee meetings facilitated intensive 
dialogue between the Executive Board and the Super- 
visory Board. Individual issues were also addressed 
between meetings, both in written reports by the Exec - 
utive Board and in the form of discussions. In addi - 
tion, the Chairman of the Executive Board con tin ually 
informed the Chairman of the Supervisory Board of 
current developments in the company’s business, 

significant­transactions,­upcoming­decisions­as­well­
as the long-term outlook and thoughts on potential 
developments, and discussed these matters with him. 
With one exception, all members of the Supervisory 
Board attended at least half of the meetings of the 
Supervisory Board held during their respective terms 
of­office­in­2012.­Mr­(cid:47)amberti,­whose­appointment­
ended at the end of the Annual General Meeting (AGM) 
on 16 May 2012, was prevented from attending over 
half of the meetings of the Supervisory Board held dur - 
ing­his­term­of­office­in­2012.­The­average­parti­cipation­
rate in the period under review was 91.5 per cent.

The Executive Board submitted all measures requir-
ing Supervisory Board approval according to the law, 
the Articles of Association, or the bylaws to the Super - 
visory Board, and the Supervisory Board approved 
these­measures.­The­Supervisory­Board­also­verified­
that the Executive Board’s actions were lawful, due 
and proper, and appropriate. 

Focus of the work of the Supervisory Board

At the Supervisory Board meetings, we were continu-
ally informed of current developments and initiatives 
by reports from the CEO, the CFO and the Executive 
Board members responsible for the different business 
areas. Projects relevant to the company, market devel- 
opments and regulatory changes were discussed. Our 
work in 2012 focused on the assessment of Deutsche 
Börse Group’s strategic position and orientation after 
the planned merger with NYSE Euronext Inc. was pro - 
hibited by the European Commission. The Supervi sory 
Board repeatedly addressed both the growth strategies 
of the individual business areas and Group-wide growth 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

strategies in detail. We also kept a close eye on regu - 
latory developments at national and European level 
and discussed their potential impact on our busi ness 
model. In particular, we discussed the European 
Mar ket Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR), the revision 
of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive  
(MiFID II/MiFIR), the Central Securities Depositories 
Regulation, the Capital Requirements Directive  
(CRD­I(cid:57)),­as­well­as­the­financial­transaction­tax­and­
the regulation of high-frequency trading at a national 
level.

We were regularly informed about Deutsche Börse 
AG’s share price performance, including in compa-
rison to its competitors. Moreover, the Executive 
Board­reported­on­the­business­performance,­finan­- 
cial position and results of operations of Deutsche 
Börse AG, its investees and Deutsche Börse Group 
as a whole.

The Supervisory Board meetings focused on the 
fol lowing issues during the reporting period:

At our first regular meeting of the reporting period, 
which took place on 13 February 2012, we held 
in-depth discussions on the prohibition of the plan - 
ned merger with NYSE Euronext Inc. by the European 
Commission and assessed Deutsche Börse Group’s 
strategic position and future orientation. In addition, 
the Supervisory Board addressed the preliminary 
results­for­financial­year­2011­and­the­dividend­pro­- 
posed­by­the­Executive­Board­for­financial­year­2011.­
It also resolved the amount of the variable remunera-
tion­of­the­Executive­Board­for­financial­year­2011­
following in-depth discussion. Furthermore, the Super - 
visory Board adopted the corporate governance decla - 
ration in accordance with section 289a of the Handels - 
gesetzbuch (HGB, German Commercial Code) and 
the corporate governance report including the 2011 
remuneration report.

At our meeting on 19 March 2012, we discussed the 
company(cid:513)s­2011­annual­financial­statements­and­the­
consolidated­financial­statements­plus­the­correspon-
ding management reports; the auditors were present 
for­this.­The­2011­annual­financial­statements­and­
consolidated­financial­statements­were­approved­in­
line with the recommendation by the Audit and Finance 
Committee, which had previously conducted an in- 
depth examination of the documents. We also approved 
a­revised­version­of­the­budget­for­financial­year­2012­
and determined the structure and amount of the remu - 
neration of the Executive Board of Deutsche Börse AG 
for 2012, as well as the target criteria for the 2012 
cash­bonus.­In­addition,­we­approved­the­filing­of­an­
appeal against the European Commis sion’s decision 
prohi biting the planned merger with NYSE Euronext 
Inc. Other key topics of the meet ing inclu ded the can - 
didates to be proposed to the Annual General Meeting 
for election to the Super visory Board, the proposed 
candidate for the position of Chairman of the Super - 
vi sory Board, the proposal to the Annual General 
Meeting to amend the Supervisory Board’s remune-
ration, and the adoption of the agenda for the Annual 
General Meeting 2012. The report of the Supervisory 
Board 2011 was also resolved.

At our extraordinary meeting on 23 April 2012, we 
addressed current developments relating to the pan- 
European TARGET2-Securities settlement platform 
and its impact on business in the post-trading seg - 
ment, Clearstream. 

In our meeting on 16 May 2012, which was held 
direc tly before the Annual General Meeting, the  
Exe c utive Board provided us with information on 
the Annual General Meeting. The Executive Board 
also presented a status report on current develop-
ments. 

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility   

    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Report of the Supervisory Board

73

The constituent meeting of the newly elected Super- 
visory Board was also held on 16 May 2012, imme - 
diately following the Annual General Meeting. The 
Supervisory Board elected Joachim Faber as Chair-
man of the Supervisory Board and re-elected 
Gerhard Roggemann as Deputy Chairman. In 
addition, the Super visory Board elected the members 
of the Super visory Board committees and, where 
necessary, their chairpersons. 

In our meeting on 11 June 2012, we dealt in partic - 
ular with Deutsche Börse Group’s enterprise-wide 
growth strategies, Deutsche Börse AG’s letter of com - 
fort in favour of Eurex Clearing AG following the acqui - 
sition of all of the shares of Eurex Zürich AG from   
SIX Group AG and SIX Swiss Exchange AG, as well as 
the one-year extension of the consulting agreement 
between Deutsche Börse AG and Richard Berliand 
Limited. 

We again discussed Deutsche Börse Group’s strategy 
in light of regulatory developments at our ordinary 
meeting on 18 September 2012. Other important 
topics included the appointment of Hauke Stars as 
Member of the Executive Board of Deutsche Börse AG 
and the reappointment of Reto Francioni as Chair man 
of the Executive Board. We also approved the issue of 
senior bonds by Deutsche Börse AG and ad opt ed  
a policy on consulting agreements with mem bers of 
the Supervisory Board. 

We also addressed Deutsche Börse’s corporate strat- 
 egy in our meeting on 10 December 2012, in partic - 
ular the opportunities that may arise from regulatory 
changes. In addition, the Supervisory Board discus sed 
the effectiveness of the risk management system  
and adopted the 2013 budget and the declaration of   
con formity in accordance with section 161 of the 

Aktien gesetz (AktG, German Stock Corporation Act) for 
the year under review; eventually, we di scussed the 
results of the annual efficiency audit. We also adop   ted 
a new flexible age limit for Executive Board mem bers, 
which will take effect as soon as the existing flexible 
age limit is revoked.

Work of the committees

The Supervisory Board has a total of six committees, 
which are primarily responsible for preparing the deci - 
sions and topics to be discussed in the plenary meet - 
ings. Additionally, the Supervisory Board has dele gated 
individual decision-making powers to the committees, 
to the extent that this is legally permissible. Each of 
the committee chairs provided detailed reports of com - 
mittee work at the meetings of the Supervisory Board. 
The composition and exact working methods of the 
individual committees can be found in the 
 corpo - 
rate governance declaration in accor d ance with sec - 
tion 289a of the HGB. 

The Chairman of the Supervisory Board chairs the 
Personnel Committee, the Nomination Committee 
and the Strategy Committee.

The Personnel Committee met five times during the 
year under review. At the beginning of 2012, it di s  - 
cussed in detail the amount of the Executive Board’s 
variable remuneration for 2011 as well as the struc -
ture and amount of the 2012 target remuneration 
and resolved a corresponding recommendation for 
the plenary session. In addition, the Committee dis - 
cussed the 2011 remuneration report. In subsequent 
meetings, the Personnel Committee addressed the 
appropriateness of the Executive Board remuneration 
and developed a proposal for the plenary session and 
the Annual General Meeting to amend the Supervisory 
Board’s remuneration. It also issued a recommendation 
to the Supervisory Board on the appointment of the 

RZ_DBS12002_UB2012_14_BerichtAufsichtsrat_S70-77_de_en_2013_03_19.indd   73

26.03.13   15:13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Executive Board member respon sible for the Informa-
tion Technology segment and the Market Data divi sion. 
Furthermore, the Committee adopted the Executive 
Board members’ individual targets for 2013 and ad - 
dressed the review of Exec utive Board remuneration, 
the rules specifying a flex ible age limit for Executive 
Board members and succession plan ning for Deutsche 
Börse Group’s middle and upper man agement.

The Strategy Committee met four times during the 
year­under­review.­At­its­first­meeting,­the­Committee­
discussed the European Commission’s merger con- 
trol procedure in connection with the planned merger 
with NYSE Euronext Inc. In the following meetings, 
the Committee held in-depth discussions on the com- 
pany’s business performance and potential strategic 
courses of action at Group level, as well as its medium- 
term strategy planning in light of regulatory develop-
ments.

The Audit and Finance Committee held six meetings 
and one conference call in the period under review. 
It­discussed­the­annual­and­consolidated­financial­
statements, including the corresponding management 
reports,­and­the­audit­report­for­financial­year­2011­
in a meeting at the beginning of 2012; the auditors 
were present for this. In addition, the Audit and 
Finance Committee prepared the Supervisory Board’s 
resolution on the corporate governance report for 
2011, including the remuneration report and the cor- 
porate governance declaration in accordance with 
section 289a of the HGB, and discussed the dividend 
for­financial­year­2011.­It­also­addressed­the­interim­
reports­for­the­first­and­third­quarters­of­2012­and­
the­half-yearly­financial­report­for­the­first­half­of­2012.­
It obtained the necessary statement of independence 
from the auditors, prepared the Supervisory Board’s 

proposal to the Annual General Meeting in May 2012 
for the election of the auditors and agreed the audit 
fee. The auditors supported the Audit and Finance 
Committee in all material questions relating to accoun - 
ting and regular monitoring activities. Other important 
topics included Deutsche Börse Group’s reports on 
risk management and on compliance, the reports on 
the internal control system and the internal audit 
report. The members of the Committee were informed 
about these topics – including the methods and sys - 
tems applied and their efficiency and adequacy – 
through out the entire reporting period and discussed 
them in detail. Deutsche Börse AG’s letter of comfort 
in favour of Eurex Clearing AG was also discussed. In 
addition, the Committee addressed the issuance of 
senior bonds by Deutsche Börse AG. It also established 
the areas of emphasis of the audit for 2012 and dis - 
cussed the declaration of conformity by the Supervisory 
Board for 2012. At its last meeting in the reporting 
period, the Committee dealt with the budget for 2013, 
the report on the internal auditing system, the effec - 
tiveness of the risk management as well as with risk 
allocation.

The Technology Committee met four times in the year 
under review. It addressed the further development of 
the Xetra and Eurex trading systems, as well as the 
Clearstream systems. The Committee also held in-depth 
discussions on the development of new trading sys - 
tems for the cash and the derivatives markets, and for 
clearing and settlement. In addition, it addressed cut- 
ting-edge concepts to leverage synergy effects during 
software development. At the last meeting of the year 
under review, the Committee discussed in de tail the 
2013 IT project budget for Deutsche Börse Group.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Report of the Supervisory Board

75

The Clearing and Settlement Committee held two 
meetings in the year under review, in which it dis - 
cus sed Deutsche Börse Group’s initiatives in the area 
of securities settlement. In particular, the Committee 
examined the Global Liquidity Hub, a platform for 
liquidity and risk management, TARGET2-Securities, 
as well as post-trade services for OTC markets. In 
addition, the Committee held in-depth discussions 
on current regulatory developments such as the 
European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR).

The Nomination Committee prepared the election  
of shareholder representatives by the Annual General 
Meeting 2012 and drew up the corresponding pro- 
posed list of candidates. In addition, the Committee 
addressed the recommendation of the German Corpo- 
rate Governance Code that the Supervisory Board’s 
composition­profile­include­an­adequate­number­of­
independent members and prepared a corresponding 
recommendation to the Supervisory Board. The 
Committee met three times in the year under review.

Corporate governance and declaration  
of conformity 

The recommendations and suggestions of the German 
Corporate Governance Code and their implement a tion 
were discussed in the meetings of the Supervisory 
Board and the Finance and Audit Committee. The an- 
nual declaration of conformity in accordance with sec - 
tion 161 of the AktG was adopted by the Supervisory 
Board in line with the Audit and Finance Committee’s 
recommendation. It is publicly available on the com - 
pany’s website at 
declconformity. Further information on corporate gov - 
ernance at Deutsche Börse Group can be found in the 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com /

 cor po rate governance report adopted jointly by  
the Executive Board and Super visory Board and the 

 cor porate governance declaration.

Audit of the annual and consolidated  
financial statements

KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (KPMG), 
domiciled­in­Berlin,­audited­the­annual­financial­state­- 
ments of Deutsche Börse AG and the consoli dated 
financial­statements,­as­well­as­the­combined­manage­- 
ment­report­for­the­financial­year­ended­31­Decem-
ber 2012, together with the accounting system, and 
issued­an­unqualified­audit­opinion.­The­condensed­
financial­statements­and­interim­management­report­
contained­in­the­half-yearly­financial­report­for­the­first­
six months of 2012 were reviewed by KPMG. The 
documents­relating­to­the­financial­statements­and­
the reports by KPMG were submitted to the mem bers 
of the Supervisory Board for examination in a timely 
manner. The auditor attended the relevant meetings 
of the Audit and Finance Committee and the plenary 
meeting of the Supervisory Board to approve the 
an­nual­financial­statements.­The­auditor­reported­on­
the key results of the audit, elaborated in particular 
on­the­net­assets,­financial­position­and­results­of­
operations of the company and Group, and was avail - 
able to provide supplementary information. The audi - 
tor­also­reported­that­no­significant­weaknesses­in­the­
control and risk management systems had been found, 
in­particular­with­respect­to­the­financial­reporting­
process,­nor­were­any­significant­weaknesses­relating­
to the recognition of sales revenue or taxes. Equally, 
the audit of goodwill and intangible assets, the mea - 
surement of equity investments and the capitalisation 
of internally developed software did not give rise to 
any objections. The same applied to the audit of com-  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

pliance with all relevant statutory provisions and 
regulatory requirements. KPMG provided the Super-
visory Board with information on other services that 
were rendered in addition to audit services. There were 
no grounds for suspecting impairment of the auditor’s 
independence. The Audit and Finance Committee  
discussed the financial statement documents and the 
reports by KPMG in detail with the auditors and 
examined them carefully itself. It is satisfied that the 
reports meet the statutory requirements under sec- 
tions 317 and 321 of the HGB in particular. The Com - 
mittee reported to the Supervisory Board on its exa m - 
i nation and recommended that it approve the annual 
financial statements and consolidated financial state - 
ments.

Our own examination of the annual financial state - 
ments, the consolidated financial statements and the 
combined management report for 2012 did not lead 
to any objections and we concurred with the results 
of the audit performed by the auditors. We approved 
the annual financial statements prepared by the Exec - 
utive Board and the consolidated financial statements 
at our meeting on 13 March 2013 in line with the 
Audit and Finance Committee’s recommendation. The 
annual financial statements of Deutsche Börse AG 
are thereby adopted. The Audit and Finance Commit - 
tee discussed the Executive Board’s proposal for the 
appropriation of the unappropriated surplus in detail 
with the Executive Board, in particular in view of the 
company’s liquidity and financial planning as well as 
taking into account shareholders’ interests. Following 
this discussion and its own examination, the Audit 
and Finance Committee approved the Exec utive 
Board’s proposal for the appropriation of the unappro - 
priated surplus. After examining this ourselves, we also 
approved the Executive Board’s proposal for the appro - 
priation of the unappropriated surplus in a plenary 
meeting of the Supervisory Board.

Composition of the boards

The following changes to the composition of the 
Supervisory Board took place in the period under 
review: 

   The Supervisory Board’s regular term of office ended 
at the end of the Annual General Meeting on  
16 May 2012. The shareholder representatives 
Manfred Gentz, Konrad Hummler and Hermann-
Josef Lamberti did not stand as candidates for  
re-election, and their appointments as members 
of the Supervisory Board therefore ended at the 
end of the Annual General Meeting. The remaining 
share holder representatives in the Supervisory Board 
were re-elected for another term of office. Monica 
Mächler, Karl-Heinz Floether and Heinz-Joachim 
Neubürger were elected as new members of the 
Supervisory Board.
   The employee representatives Birgit Bokel, Herbert 
Bayer, Roland Prantl and Norfried Stumpf left the 
Supervisory Board. Irmtraud Busch, Marion Fornoff, 
Jutta Stuhlfauth and Martin Ulrici were elected as 
new members of the Supervisory Board. 
   At its constituent meeting on 16 May 2012, the 
Super visory Board elected Joachim Faber as Chair - 
man of the Supervisory Board and re-elected 
Gerhard Roggemann as Deputy Chairman.

The following changes to the composition of the Exec - 
utive Board took place and the following reappoint - 
ments were resolved in the period under review:

    Gregor Pottmeyer was reappointed for a term of five 
years by way of a Supervisory Board resolution 
dated 13 February 2012. His term of office will end 
on 30 September 2017.

RZ_DBS12002_UB2012_14_BerichtAufsichtsrat_S70-77_de_en_2013_03_19.indd   76

26.03.13   15:14

 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Report of the Supervisory Board

77

   In a resolution dated 18 September 2012, we ter- 
minated Reto Francioni’s appointment by mutual 
agreement with immediate effect, and reappointed 
him with immediate effect for another term of of- 
fice,­which­will­end­on­31­October­2016.­(cid:58)e­also­re- 
appointed him as Chairman of the Executive Board. 
   Michael­(cid:46)uhn(cid:513)s­term­of­office­ended­on­31­Decem- 
ber 2012. His appointment was not renewed by 
mutual agreement.
   Frank­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger(cid:513)s­term­of­office­will­expire­ 
on 31 March 2013. His appointment was also  
not renewed by mutual agreement. 
  Hauke Stars was appointed as a member of the 
Executive Board for the first time in a resolution 
dated­18­September­2012.­Her­term­of­office­began­
on 1 December 2012 and will end on 30 Novem-
ber 2015.

(cid:48)anagement o(cid:73) individual con(cid:647)icts o(cid:73) interest

During financial year 2011 and up until the end of 
the­first­quarter­of­2012,­the­international­law­firm­ 
of­Mayer­Brown­(cid:47)(cid:47)(cid:51)­advised­Deutsche­Börse­AG­on­
the planned business combination with NYSE Euro- 
next. Supervisory Board member Friedrich Merz is a 
partner­of­Mayer­Brown­(cid:47)(cid:47)(cid:51).­Mr­Mer(cid:93)­did­not­take­
part in either the discussion about the engagement 
of­Mayer­Brown­(cid:47)(cid:47)(cid:51)­or­in­the­Supervisory­Board(cid:513)s­
engagement resolution.

Following the expiration of the consulting agreement 
dated­1­May­2011,­Richard­Berliand­(cid:47)imited,­whose­
managing director Richard Berliand is a member of the 
Supervisory Board, signed a new consulting agreement 
with Deutsche Börse AG effective 1 July 2012 for 

the provision of advisory services relating to the devel- 
opment of new products and services in the area of 
derivatives trading and clearing. We approved the ex- 
tension of this agreement with effect from 1 July 
2012. Mr Berliand was neither present when the ex- 
tension of the consulting agreement was  discussed 
by the Supervisory Board, nor did he participate in 
the resolution on the consulting agreement.

The Supervisory Board resolved a policy on consult-
ing agreements with members of the Supervisory Board 
in the year under review. This policy lays down the 
framework for entering into consulting agreements 
with Supervisory Board members.

We would like to thank the outgoing Supervisory Board 
members for their many years of hard work, which 
has­played­a­significant­role­in­Deutsche­Börse­AG(cid:513)s­
development and success. Our special thanks go to 
Michael Kuhn and Frank Gerstenschläger for their 
many years of valued service on Deutsche Börse AG’s 
Executive Board. We would also like to thank the 
remaining members of the Executive Board, as well 
as all employees and the employee representatives,  
for their dedication and achievements in relation to 
Deutsche Börse AG’s strategic reorientation.

Frankfurt/Main, 13 March 2013
For the Supervisory Board:

Joachim Faber 
Chairman of the Supervisory Board

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Corporate governance declaration

In accordance with section 289a of the Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB, Ger - 

man Commercial Code), the corporate governance declaration is part of 

the combined management report. In this declaration, Executive Board 

and Supervisory Board of Deutsche Börse AG report on the follow ing: the 

declaration of conformity in accordance with section 161 of the Aktien-

gesetz (AktG, German Stock Corporation Act), relevant information on 

corporate governance practices, Executive and Supervisory Board working 

practices, as well as the composition and working practices of the commit - 

tees of the Supervisory Board.

Declaration of conformity in accordance  
with section 161 of the AktG

On 10 December 2012, the Executive Board and 
Supervisory Board of Deutsche Börse AG issued  
the following declaration of conformity:

“Declaration of Conformity – December 2012

Declaration of Conformity by the Executive Board 
and Supervisory Board of Deutsche Börse AG in 
accordance with section 161 of the German Stock 
Corporation Act
Section 161 of the German Stock Corporation Act 
(AktG) requires the executive board and supervisory 
board of a listed stock corporation to declare annu-
ally that the recommendations of the “Government 
Commission German Corporate Governance Code” 
published by the Federal Ministry of Justice in the 
official­section­of­the­Bundesan(cid:93)eiger­(Federal­Ga(cid:93)ette)­
have been and are being met or, if not, which re c- 
ommendations have not been or are not being applied  
and why not.

For the period since the last regular declaration of 
conformity dated 13 December 2011 and the intra- 
year declaration of conformity dated 16 May 2012, 
the declaration of conformity refers to two different 

versions of the Code: Until 14 June 2012, the decla- 
ration set out below refers to the old version as of  
26 May 2010. Since 15 June 2012, the declaration 
refers to the requirements of the Code in its current 
version as of 15 May 2012, which was published in 
the Bundesanzeiger on 15 June 2012.

The Executive Board and the Supervisory Board of 
Deutsche Börse AG declare that the recommenda-
tions of the “Government Commission German Cor- 
porate Governance Code” have been and will be met 
with a few deviations. The following applies to the 
deviations:

1. Deductible in the D&O policy for the Supervisory 
Board (no. 3.8 (3) of the Code)
The Company has not followed the recommendation 
of agreeing a deductible in the D&O policy for the 
Supervisory Board pursuant to no. 3.8 (3) of the Code. 
Furthermore, the Company will not follow this recom- 
mendation for the time being. 

Since agreeing a deductible is relatively unusual in other 
countries, there was and is some concern that agree- 
ing a deductible could impact on the Company’s goal 
of­staffing­its­Supervisory­Board­with­prominent­
members of the community abroad who have broad 
business experience.

 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Corporate governance declaration

79

2. Agreement of severance payment caps when 
concluding Executive Board contracts and of change 
of control clauses (no. 4.2.3 (4) and (5) of the Code) 

2.1 Severance payment caps pursuant to  
no. 4.2.3 (4) of the Code
All current service contracts with members of the Ex- 
ecutive Board include Code-compliant severance 
payment caps so that in this respect, the recommen-
dation pursuant to no. 4.2.3 (4) of the Code has 
been and is being complied with. As in the past, how- 
ever, the Supervisory Board still reserves the right  
to deviate from the recommendation pursuant to no. 
4.2.3 (4) of the Code under certain circumstances in 
the future. The Supervisory Board is of the opinion 
that a deviation may become necessary in extraordi-
nary cases.

2.2 Change of control clauses in Executive Board 
contracts pursuant to no. 4.2.3 (5) of the Code
The recommendation to limit severance payments  
in the event of a change of control pursuant to no. 
4.2.3 (5) of the Code has not been and is not com- 
plied with in full. The Supervisory Board resolved  
the implementation of Code-compliant severance pay- 
ments in the event of a change of control in accord- 
ance with no. 4.2.3 (5) of the Code, in the context 
of introducing a new remuneration system in 2010. 
These Code-compliant provisions already apply to  
all new Executive Board members appointed since 
September 2009 and to all Executive Board members 
reappointed since 1 January 2010. However, individ- 
ual change of control clauses in all other service con- 
tracts with Executive Board members remain un- 
changed until the end of the current term of service. 
Thus, the implementation of Code compliant change 
of control clauses has not yet been completed entirely, 
resulting in a deviation.

3. Remuneration of the members of the Supervisory 
Board (no. 5.4.6 (2) of the Code)
Following the proposal of the Executive Board and 
the Supervisory Board, the Annual General Meeting 

of Deutsche Börse AG resolved on 16 May 2012 to 
change the remuneration system of the members of 
the­Supervisory­Board­to­a­purely­fixed­remuneration­
without any performance-related components and to 
amend the Articles of Incorporation accordingly. The 
Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are of 
the opinion that this kind of remuneration is more ap- 
propriate to the controlling function of the Super visory 
Board, which has to be performed independently of 
the Company’s success.

Accordingly, the declaration of conformity had to be 
amended on 16 May 2012, as the then applicable 
German Corporate Governance Code (version as of 
26 May 2010) in no. 5.4.6 (2) still recommended per- 
formance-related compensation for members of the 
Supervisory Board and the discontinuation of this 
recommendation resolved by the Government Commis- 
sion German Corporate Governance Code became 
applicable only after the new version of the Code had 
been published in the Federal Gazette on 15 June 
2012.

Since the current version of the German Corporate 
Governance Code does not recommend performance- 
related remuneration in no. 5.4.6 (2) any more, the 
temporary deviation no longer exists.”

The annual declaration of conformity in accordance 
with section 161 of the AktG is publicly available on 
the company’s website at 
 www.deutsche-boerse.com/ 
declconformity. The declarations of conformity for the 
previous­five­years­can­also­be­accessed­there.

Information on corporate governance practices 

Policies/Code of Conduct
Deutsche Börse Group’s global orientation requires 
that binding policies and standards of behaviour are 
applied at each of its locations around the world. 
The principles for cooperation are aimed in particu- 
lar at ensuring responsibility, respect and mutual 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

esteem. They are also applied in the implementation 
of the Group’s business model. As a fully integrated 
exchange company, Deutsche Börse Group organises 
financial­markets­and­provides­the­infrastructure­for­
all areas of the equities and derivatives business – 
from trading through settlement and, clearing, the 
provision of market data down to custody and secu- 
rities management. Communication with customers, 
investors, employees and the public is based on timely 
information­and­transparency.­In­addition­to­profit-
based activity, recognised social responsibility stan- 
dards form the basis for managing Deutsche Börse 
as a business.

Group-wide Code of Conduct
Responsible actions and behaviour depend on val- 
ues that are shared by all employees throughout the 
Group. The Code of Conduct adopted by the Execu-
tive Board and applicable throughout the Group lays 
the foundation for this and sets minimum ethical and 
legal standards. It is equally binding on members  
of the Executive Board and on all other management 
levels and employees of the Group. In addition to 
specific­rules,­it­provides­general­guidance­as­to­how­
employees­can­contribute­to­putting­defined­corpo-
rate standards into practice in their daily working 
lives. The aim of the Code of Conduct is to set out 
guidance for working together in the company’s 
day-to-day activities, to contribute to solving any 
cases­of­conflict­and­to­help­meet­ethical­and­legal­
challenges.

The Code of Conduct for employees can be viewed at 
 www.deutsche-boerse.com > Corpo  rate respon- 

sibility > Employees > Code of ethics.

Supplier policy 
Deutsche Börse Group demands adherence to high 
standards not only from its management and its 
employees, but also from its suppliers. The Code of 
Conduct for Suppliers and Service Providers requires 
them to respect human rights and employee rights 
and to comply with minimum standards. Most sup- 
pliers have signed up to these conditions; other busi- 

ness partners have made voluntary commitments that 
correspond to or exceed Deutsche Börse Group’s 
standards. Service providers and suppliers must sign 
up to the Code as a prerequisite for doing business 
with Deutsche Börse Group.

The standards are regularly reviewed in the light of 
current developments and are amended as necessary. 

The Code of Conduct for Suppliers can be found  
on the Internet at 
 www.deutsche-boerse.com  
> Corporate responsibility > Economy > Procure-
ment management.

Values
Deutsche Börse Group’s business activities are based 
on the legal frameworks and ethical standards of  
the different countries in which it operates. The Group 
makes the values clear to which it attaches impor-
tance especially by joining initiatives and organisations 
that stand for generally accepted ethical standards. 
The relevant memberships are as follows:

 www.unglobalcompact.org: 

  United Nations Global Compact  
The United Nations Global Compact is an international agree-
ment between companies and the United Nations.  
By participating, the company agrees to meet minimum social 
and ecological standards.

 www.diversity-charter.com: As a signatory 

Diversity Charter 
to the Diversity Charter, Deutsche Börse AG is committed to 
recognising, valuing and enhancing the diversity of its work-
force, customers and business associates – irrespective of age, 
gender, disability, race, religion, nationality, ethnic background, 
sexual orientation or identity.

  International Labour Organisation 
agency is the international organisation responsible for drawing 
up and overseeing international labour standards; it brings together 
representatives of governments, employees and employers to 
jointly shape policies and programmes.

 www.ilo.org: The UN 

 www.nachhaltigkeitsrat.de: 

  The German Sustainability Code 
The German Council for Sustainable Development adopts the 
German Sustainability Code and recommends that the political 
and business communities use it extensively as a voluntary in- 
strument. The German Sustainability Code arose by virtue of an 
innovative process of dialogue among stakeholders. Since 2011, 
the company has published a declaration of conformity with the 
German Sustainability Code.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Corporate governance declaration

81

Sector(cid:16)specific policies
Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­pivotal­role­in­the­financial­
sector requires that it deals with information respon-
sibly. For this reason, a number of rulebooks are in 
force in the Group to ensure that employees deal 
with sensitive information, data and facts conscious- 
ly and responsibly. These rulebooks contain both 
legal requirements and special policies applicable to 
the respective industry segment. 

Whistleblowing system 
Deutsche Börse Group’s whistleblowing system gives 
employees and external service providers an oppor- 
tunity to report non-compliant behaviour. Deutsche 
Börse Group has engaged Deloitte & Touche to act 
as an external ombudsman and to receive any infor- 
mation submitted by phone or e-mail. The whistle- 
blowers’ identity will remain anonymous at all times 
and will not be revealed to Deutsche Börse Group.

Risk and control management policies
Functioning control systems are an important part  
of stable business processes. Deutsche Börse’s 
Group-wide control systems are embedded in an 
overarching framework. Among other things, this 
takes into account legal rules, the recommendations 
of the German Corporate Governance Code, Euro-
pean regulations and recommendations as well as 
further company-specific policies. The people  
responsible for the different elements of the control 
system are in close contact with each other and  
with the Executive Board and report regularly to the 
Supervisory Board or its committees. The Group also 
has a Group-wide risk management system that 
covers and provides mandatory rules governing roles, 
processes and responsibilities, such as risk limit.

Executive and Supervisory Board working practices

The dual board principle, which assigns separate, 
independent responsibilities to the Executive Board 
and the Supervisory Board, is a fundamental prin- 
ciple of the German Stock Corporation law. The 
actions of Deutsche Börse AG’s governing bodies and 
committees are based on the principle of responsible 
corporate governance. Corporate governance aims  
to promote long-term value creation and to make a 
sustainable contribution to guaranteeing the com- 
pany’s long-term success through transparency and 
a values-driven approach: good corporate governance 
boosts­the­confidence­of­investors,­customers,­busi- 
ness­partners,­employees­and­the­financial­markets.

Executive Board of Deutsche Börse AG
The Executive Board heads up Deutsche Börse AG 
and Deutsche Börse Group. It temporarily had seven 
members in December of the year under review,  
but otherwise has six members. Its duties include de- 
fining­the­Group(cid:513)s­corporate­goals­and­strategic­ 
orientation, managing and monitoring the operating 
units,­and­establishing­and­monitoring­an­efficient­
risk management system. The Executive Board is 
responsible for preparing the quarterly and half-yearly 
financial­reports,­the­consolidated­financial­state-
ments and the annual financial statements of 
Deutsche Börse AG. In addition, its job is to ensure 
that­legal­requirements­and­official­regulations­are­
complied with.

The members of the Executive Board are jointly re- 
sponsible for all aspects of management. Irrespec- 
tive of the collective responsibility of all members of 
the Executive Board, each member manages the 
company divisions assigned to them in the Board’s 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

schedule of responsibilities independently and on 
their own responsibility. In addition to the business 
areas, there are functional responsibilities; in 
addition­to­the­office­of­the­Chief­Executive­Officer,­
these comprise Finance (including Investor Rela-
tions), Risk Management, Human Resources and 
Compliance. The business responsibilities relate to 
operating business areas, such as cash market 
activities and the derivatives business, securities 
settlement and custody, information technology and 
the market data business. Further details of the 
Executive Board’s work are determined in bylaws 
that the Supervisory Board has adopted for the Ex - 
ecutive Board. These bylaws specify the responsibili-
ties of the Executive Board members for particular 
areas, matters reserved for the full Executive Board, 
special measures that require the approval of the 
Supervisory Board and other procedural details and 
resolution procedures.

The Executive Board meets regularly for Executive 
Board meetings, which are convened by the Chief Ex- 
ecutive Officer, who coordinates the work of the 
Executive Board. Each Executive Board member can 
demand that a meeting be convened. In accordance 
with its bylaws, the full Executive Board normally 
takes decisions on the basis of resolutions passed by 
a simple majority of the members voting on the res- 
olution. If an equal number of votes is cast, the Chair- 
man’s vote is decisive. The Chairman also has a veto, 
although he cannot enforce a resolution against a 
majority vote. 

The­Executive­Board­can­establish­fixed-term­Execu- 
tive Board committees and appoint advisory boards 
to implement audits or reviews, or prepare Executive 
Board resolutions, but did not make use of this pos- 
sibility­in­financial­year­2012.

More information on the Executive Board, its com- 
position, the member’s individual appointments  
and their biographies can be viewed at

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/execboard

Close cooperation between Executive Board and  
Supervisory Board
The Executive and Supervisory Boards work closely 
together on a basis of mutual trust. They perform 
their duties in the interests of the company with the 
aim of achieving a sustainable increase in value.  
The Executive Board provides the Supervisory Board 
with regular, timely and comprehensive information on 
the course of business. In addition, the Executive 
Board informs the Supervisory Board regularly on all 
issues concerning business planning, business de- 
velopment, the risk situation and risk management as 
well as the control systems in the company. The 
Chairman of the Executive Board reports to the Super- 
visory Board without delay, verbally or in writing,  
on any matters that are of special importance to the 
company. The company’s strategic orientation is  
examined in detail and coordinated with the Super-
visory Board and its implementation discussed at  
regular intervals. In particular, the Chairmen of the 
two Boards maintain regular contact and discuss the 
company’s strategy, business performance and risk 
management. Moreover, the Supervisory Board can 
request a report from the Executive Board at any 
time, especially on matters relating to Deutsche Börse 
AG and on business transactions at subsidiaries that 
could­have­a­significant­impact­on­the­position­of­
Deutsche Börse AG.

Supervisory Board of Deutsche Börse AG
The Supervisory Board supervises and advises the 
Executive Board in the management of the company. 
It­supports­it­in­significant­business­decisions­and­
provides assistance in matters of strategic impor-
tance.­The­Supervisory­Board­has­defined­measures­
that require the approval of the Supervisory Board  
in the bylaws for the Executive Board. In addition, the 
Supervisory Board is responsible in particular for 
appointing the members of the Executive Board, for 
specifying the total remuneration of each Executive 
Board member and for examining the consolidated 
financial statements and the annual financial state- 
ments of Deutsche Börse AG. The work of the 

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Corporate governance declaration

83

Supervisory­Board­in­the­2012­financial­year­is­
explained in the 
on pages 70 to 77.

 report of the Supervisory Board 

Two-thirds of the Supervisory Board’s members are 
shareholder representatives and one-third are employee 
representatives. In accordance with the Articles of 
Association of Deutsche Börse AG, the Supervisory 
Board currently has 18 members. The Supervisory 
Board(cid:513)s­current­period­of­office­is­three­years(cid:30)­the­latest­
period began at the Annual General Meeting in 2012, 
whereby­the­periods­of­office­for­the­shareholder­and­
employee representatives are identical. 

The Supervisory Board comes together for regular 
meetings in February, March, June, May, September 
and December. In addition, extraordinary meetings 
are held as required. The committees also hold reg- 
ular meetings. The Supervisory Board passes its 
resolutions with a simple majority. It regularly reviews 
the­efficiency­of­its­work,­discusses­areas­for­improve- 
ment and resolves suitable measures to achieve this 
wherever necessary.

With regard to its composition, the Supervisory Board 
has­resolved­a­requirements­catalogue,­which­specifies­
certain­targets.­It­defines­basic­qualifications,­such­
as an understanding of business issues, knowledge of 
the German corporate governance system, analyti cal 
and strategic abilities as well as integrity and suit- 
ability of character for the position. In addition, com- 
pany-specific­qualification­requirements­have­been­
defined­on­the­basis­of­the­business­model,­concrete­
objectives­and­specific­regulations­applicable­to­
Deutsche Börse Group. They include in particular 
sound knowledge about exchanges, the clearing and 
settlement­business,­financial,­audit­and­risk­manage- 
ment, compliance, accounting and auditing, informa-
tion technology and experience of regulatory require-
ments. Whereas each Supervisory Board member 
should ideally demonstrate the basic qualifications, 

the­company-specific­qualifications­relate­to­the­Super- 
visory Board as a whole. Moreover, the requirements 
catalogue resolved by the Supervisory Board contains 
specific targets for the adequate representation of 
women­and­specifies­a­sufficient­number­of­indepen-
dent Supervisory Board members. Information on the 
composition profile can be found in the 
governance report on pages 86 to 91.

 corporate 

The committees of the Supervisory Board and their 
working practices
The Supervisory Board has established committees 
with­the­aim­of­improving­the­efficiency­of­its­work­
by dealing with complex matters in smaller groups 
and preparing them for the Supervisory Board. They 
are convened by the chairman of the committee.  
The Supervisory Board has established six commit-
tees. The individual responsibilities and the rules of 
procedure for adopting resolutions have been incor- 
porated into the bylaws for the Supervisory Board. 
The rules of procedure correspond to those of the ple- 
nary meeting of the Supervisory Board. The tasks 
and composition of the individual committees are pres - 
ented in the table below. The chairmen report to the 
plenary meeting about the subjects addressed in, 
and resolutions of, the committee meetings.

Information on the activities and meetings for the 
reporting period can be found in the 
Supervisory Board. 

 report of the 

More information on the Supervisory Board and its 
committees, its composition, the members’ individual 
appointments and their biographies can be viewed at 
 www.deutsche-boerse.com /supervboard. Informa-
tion­on­the­treatment­of­potential­conflicts­of­interest­
is given on page 77 of the 
sory Board.

 report of the Supervi-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The committees of the Supervisory Board 
Composition and responsibilities

Strategy Committee

Members until 16 May 2012 Members as from 16 May 2012

Composition

  Manfred Gentz 
(Chairman)

  Herbert Bayer

  Birgit Bokel

  Joachim Faber

  Joachim Faber  
(Chairman)

  Richard Berliand

  Karl-Heinz Floether

  Hans-Peter Gabe

  Richard M. Hayden

  Heinz-Joachim Neubürger

  Friedrich Merz

  Gerhard Roggemann

  Gerhard Roggemann

  Jutta Stuhlfauth

  Chairman of the Supervisory Board as committee chairman

  At­least­five­other­members­who­are­elected­by­the­Supervisory­Board

Responsibilities

  Advises the Executive Board on matters of strategic importance to  
the company

  Prepares the positions to be adopted by the plenary meeting of the  
Supervisory Board for strategic issues 

Audit and Finance Committee

Members until 16 May 2012 Members as from 16 May 2012

Composition

  Erhard Schipporeit  
(Chairman)

  Friedrich Merz

  Thomas Neiße

  Johannes Witt

  Erhard Schipporeit  
(Chairman)

  Friedrich Merz

  Heinz-Joachim Neubürger

  Johannes Witt 

  (cid:49)ormally­four­members­who­are­elected­by­the­Supervisory­Board

  Excluded from membership: the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, former 
members­of­the­company(cid:513)s­Executive­Board­whose­appointment­ended­less­
than­two­years­ago

  Prerequisite for the chairman of the committee: he or she must have special 
knowledge­and­experience­in­the­application­of­financial­reporting­principles­
and­internal­control­methods­as­well­as­independence

Responsibilities

  Deals­with­matters­relating­to­the­preparation­of­the­annual­budget,­risk­
management, internal auditing, control systems, accounting, reporting, com-
pliance and other related issues

  Discusses­and­examines­in­detail­the­financial­statement­documents­including­
the­auditor(cid:513)s­report­on­the­annual­and­consolidated­financial­statements­as­
well­as­the­half-yearly­financial­report­and­the­interim­reports

  Reports­to­the­Supervisory­Board­on­the­examination­of­the­annual­financial­
statements­and­the­consolidated­financial­statements­and­recommends­approval

  Commissions­the­auditor,­fixes­the­audit­fees,­establishes­the­areas­of­empha-
sis of the audit, obtains the necessary statement of independence from the 
auditors, prepares of the Supervisory Board’s proposal to the Annual General 
Meeting for the election of the auditors

Technology Committee

Members until 16 May 2012 Members as from 16 May 2012

Composition

  Craig Heimark  
(Chairman)

  Richard Berliand

  David Krell

  Roland Prantl

  Craig Heimark  
(Chairman)

  (cid:49)ormally­four­members­who­are­elected­by­the­Supervisory­Board

  Karl-Heinz Floether

Responsibilities

  David Krell

  Martin Ulrici

  Advises the plenary meeting of the Supervisory Board on all issues relating to 
IT development and the organisation of data processing at Deutsche Börse AG 
and­its­affiliated­companies

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Corporate governance declaration

85

Clearing and Settlement Committee

Members until 16 May 2012 Members as from 16 May 2012

Composition

  Konrad Hummler  
(Chairman)

  Joachim Faber

  Thomas Neiße

  Norfried Stumpf

  Richard Berliand  
(Chairman)

  Irmtraud Busch

  Monica Mächler

  Thomas Neiße

  (cid:49)ormally­four­members­who­are­elected­by­the­Supervisory­Board

Responsibilities

  Advises the plenary meeting of the Supervisory Board on the assessment of 
relevant regulatory trends at national and European level and on estimating 
the impacts of these trends on Deutsche Börse Group

Personnel Committee

Members until 16 May 2012 Members as from 16 May 2012

Composition

  Manfred Gentz  
(Chairman)

  Hans-Peter Gabe

  Joachim Faber  
(Chairman)

  Marion Fornoff

  Richard M. Hayden

  Richard M. Hayden

  Chairman of the Supervisory Board as committee chairman

  At­least­three­other­members­who­are­elected­by­the­Supervisory­Board,­one­
of them being an employee representative

  Gerhard Roggemann

  Gerhard Roggemann

Responsibilities

  Deals­with­matters­relating­to­the­service­contracts­of­Executive­Board­mem-
bers, in particular, the structure and amount of their remuneration

  Deals­with­personnel­development­and­succession­planning­of­the­Executive­
Board

  Approves appointments of Deutsche Börse AG’s Executive Board members to 
other executive boards, supervisory boards, advisory boards and similar boards, 
honorary­offices­and­secondary­activities,­as­well­as­other­related­issues

  Approves matters relating to the Executive Board’s agreement on employees’ 
retirement­benefits,­to­the­Executive­Board(cid:513)s­granting­of­individual-legally­
retirement­benefits­or­to­the­intention­to­reach­company­agreements­through­
the­definition­of­pension­plans

Nomination Committee

Members until 16 May 2012 Members as from 16 May 2012

Composition

  Manfred Gentz  
(Chairman)

  Joachim Faber  
(Chairman)

  Richard M. Hayden

  Richard M. Hayden

  Gerhard Roggemann

  Gerhard Roggemann

  (cid:49)ormally­three­members:­exclusively­shareholder­representatives­who­are­also­
represented on the Personnel Committee

  The Chairman of the Personnel Committee also chairs the Nomination Com-
mittee

Responsibilities

  Proposes to the Supervisory Board suitable candidates for election to be 
proposed to the Annual General Meeting

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Corporate governance report

Corporate governance stands for responsible corporate management  

and­control.­Good­corporate­governance­boosts­the­confidence­of­ 

investors,­business­partners,­employees­and­the­financial­markets.­ 

It is therefore indispensable for sustaining the company’s success.

Corporate governance and declaration  
of conformity 

Deutsche Börse Group attaches great importance to 
the principles of responsible corporate governance 
and control. The corporate governance report is pub - 
lished in accordance with the requirements of the 
German Corporate Governance Code in combination 
with the corporate governance declaration.

The Executive Board and the Supervisory Board of 
Deutsche Börse AG submitted their declaration  
of conformity in accordance with section 161 of the 
Aktiengeset(cid:93)­(AktG,­German­Stock­Corporation­Act)­
on 10 December 2012. With this declaration, the 
company­confirms­to­act­according­to­a­predominant­
number of recommendations of the German Corpo-
rate Governance Code.

The annual declaration of conformity in accordance 
with­section­161­of­the­AktG­is­printed­in­the­ 

 corporate governance declaration in accordance 
with­section­289a­of­the­Handelsgeset(cid:93)buch­(HGB,­
German­Commercial­Code)­and­is­publicly­available­
on the company’s website at 
 www.deutsche-boerse.
com/declconformity  The dec larations of conformity 
for­the­previous­five­years­can­also­be­accessed­there.

Almost all the suggestions of the German Corporate 
Governance Code have been and will be complied 
with. To the extent that deviations exist, they relate 
to the following:

Broadcast of the Annual General Meeting using 
mod ern communication media in accordance with 
no. 2.3.4 of the German Corporate Governance Code
Shareholders of Deutsche Börse AG were able to 
follow the entire 2012 Annual General Meeting of the 
company on the Internet as provided for by the sug  - 
gestion in no. 2.3.4 of the German Corporate Gover - 
nance Code. The opening speeches of the Supervisory 
and Executive Boards at the 2013 Annual General 
Meeting will again be broadcast on the Internet. How - 
ever,­no­decision­has­yet­been­taken­on­whether­to­
broadcast the entire 2013 Annual General Meeting 
on the Internet.

Separate preparatory meetings for shareholder and 
employee representatives in accordance with no. 3.6 
of the German Corporate Governance Code
The proposal to hold separate preparatory meetings 
for shareholder and employee representatives, which 
had been included as a suggestion in the old version 
of the Code, no longer has that status in the new ver - 
sion of the Code of 15 May 2012. It had in any case 
been normal practice in the Supervisory Board of 
Deutsche Börse AG not to hold separate preparatory 
meetings of shareholder and employee representatives 

 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility   

    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Corporate governance report 

87

Equally,­in­future­appointments­will­run­with­a­flex­- 
ible upper age limit up to the end of the month in 
which the Executive Board member turns 60. From 
the month in which the Executive Board member 
turns 60, he or she can be reappointed for a period 
of one year at a time. However, the last period of 
appointment should end at the end of the month in 
which the Executive Board member turns 65. 

The Supervisory Board appoints members to the 
Executive Board with the aim of optimising the com - 
position of this body in the interests of the company. 
Experience, sector know-how and personal specialist 
qualifications­play­an­important­role­in­this­regard.­
Depending on the Board post to be filled, it is not 
only­the­range­and­depth­of­specific­experience­that­
matter, but also whether this experience is up to 
date.­The­new­flexible­upper­age­limit­is­designed­in­
particular to address the issue. It has been worded 
deliberately loosely to allow the Supervisory Board  
to retain full flexibility in its appointment decisions. 
The new upper age limit is to come into force as soon 
as the abolition of the statutory existing limit has 
become effective.

Composition of the Supervisory Board
The current composition of the Supervisory Board of 
Deutsche Börse AG is such that its members in the 
aggregate have the knowledge, skills and specialist 
expertise to duly carry out their tasks and the Super - 
visory­Board­corresponds­to­the­specified­qualifica-
tion­profile.

before Supervisory Board meetings as a standard 
practice, but only when necessary. Since no. 3.6 of 
the German Corporate Governance Code is no longer 
a suggestion, no deviation has existed since the 
Code was amended.

Corporate Governance at Deutsche Börse Group 

Women in management positions
Hauke Stars, who was appointed with effect from  
1­December­2012,­is­the­first­woman­to­become­a­
member of the Executive Board of Deutsche Börse AG. 
As a result, the objective of nominating a female mem - 
ber for the Executive Board by 2015 was already  
met in 2012. 

In addition, Deutsche Börse Group aims to increase 
the proportion of women in middle and upper man - 
agement to 20 per cent by 2015. In the year under 
review, women accounted for 13 per cent of employ-
ees in middle and upper management positions at 
Deutsche Börse Group. 

Adequate representation of women continues to be 
taken into account in long-term succession planning. 
The Group has established a number of programmes 
that­are­specifically­designed­to­develop­talented­
staff and thus also qualify women for management 
positions.

Flexible upper age limit for Executive Board  
members
In accordance with Article 6 (3) of the Articles of Asso - 
ciation of Deutsche Börse AG, membership of the 
Executive Board generally terminates when the mem-
bers attain the age of 60. The Supervisory Board 
believes that this upper age limit is no longer in line 
with modern practice and intends to propose to the 
2013 Annual General Meeting that the relevant 
provisions in the Articles of Association be abolished. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Whereas each Supervisory Board member should 
ideally­demonstrate­the­basic­qualifications,­the­
company-specific­qualifications­relate­to­the­Supervi-
sory Board as a whole. In addition, members should 
have enough time to perform their duties.

Independence of the Supervisory Board
With a view to further professionalising the supervi-
sory­board­work­of­listed­German­companies,­the­
Government Commission on the German Corporate 
Governance Code in 2012 put a special focus on 
issues relating to the independence of supervisory 
board members representing the shareholders. Accord - 
ing to the newly worded no. 5.4.2 of the German 
Corporate Governance Code, a Supervisory Board 
member is not to be considered independent in par- 
ticular if he or she has personal or business relations 
with the company, its executive bodies, a controlling 
shareholder or an enterprise associated with the latter 
which may cause a substantial and not merely tem- 
­porary­conflict­of­interests.­In­relation­to­the­number­
of independent Supervisory Board members, the 
Nomination Committee recommended to the Super-
visory Board on 26 November 2012 that at least half 
of its shareholder representatives should be indepen-
dent­as­defined­in­no.­5.4.2­of­the­German­Corporate­
Governance Code. The Supervisory Board followed this 
recommendation at its meeting on 19 Feb ruary 2013. 
In its current composition, the Supervisory Board 
meets the target resolved by the Supervisory Board. 

(cid:52)ualification profile o(cid:73) the Supervisory Board
With regard to its composition, and in particular to the 
future nomination of Supervisory Board members, the 
Supervisory Board has resolved a requirements 
cat alogue in accordance with no. 5.4.1 of the German 
Corporate­Governance­Code.­This­catalogue­specifies­
certain targets, which are set out below.

Members of the Supervisory Board should have the 
knowledge,­skills­and­specialist­expertise­necessary­
to enable them to carry out the duties of a super-
visory board member in an international company. To 
this­end,­the­Supervisory­Board­has­defined­general­
(basic)­and­company-specific­qualification­require-
ments see 
cation requirements are derived from the business 
model,­concrete­objectives­and­specific­regulations­
applicable to Deutsche Börse Group. 

 text box.­The­company-specific­qualifi-

(cid:52)ualification re(cid:84)uirements (cid:73)or members o(cid:73) the  
Supervisory Board of Deutsche Börse AG
Basic­qualification­requirements:

  Understanding of business issues

   Basic­knowledge­and­understanding­of­the­ 
German corporate governance system

  Analytical and strategic abilities

  Integrity and suitability of character for the position

Company(cid:16)specific (cid:84)ualification re(cid:84)uirements
Sound­knowledge­about:

  Exchange business models

  The clearing and settlement business

  International asset management

  Financial,­audit­and­risk­management­as­well­as­compliance

  Accounting and auditing

  Information technology

  Regulatory requirements

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility   

    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Corporate governance report

89

Women on the Supervisory Board
The election of Monica Mächler as a Supervisory  
Board member by the Annual General Meeting on  
16 May 2012 means that the objective of recruiting 
a female Supervisory Board member representing the 
shareholders has been met. In addition, the Supervi-
sory Board intends to increase to at least three the 
number of female shareholder representatives on the 
Supervisory Board by 2015. Including the employee 
representatives, the Supervisory Board currently has 
four female members. Moreover, the goal is to con- 
tinue­to­reflect­the­company(cid:513)s­international­profile­in­
the composition of Supervisory Board members in 
the future.

Education and training measures for the  
Supervisory Board
In principle, members of the Supervisory Board are 
responsible for ensuring their own training and 
further education. In addition, Deutsche Börse AG 
complies­with­the­recommendation­in­no.­5.4.5­(2)­
of the German Corporate Governance Code to 
support the training and further education of Super-
visory­Board­members.­For­example,­it­offers­specific­
introduction seminars for new Supervisory Board 
members­and­presents­workshops­on­selected­
strategic issues and, if necessary, technical topics.

(cid:40)(cid:73)ficiency audit o(cid:73) the (cid:90)or(cid:78) o(cid:73) the Supervisory Board
Deutsche Börse AG regards regular reviews of the 
efficiency­of­Supervisory­Board­work­in­accordance­
with no. 5.6 of the German Corporate Governance 
Code­as­a­key­component­of­good­corporate­gover-
nance. These reviews put it in a position to improve 
processes continuously and provide fresh impetus for 
goal-oriented­working.­In­the­year­under­review,­the­

Supervisory­Board­performed­its­efficiency­audit­in­
the form of an internal survey, focusing on evaluating 
the body’s expectations and its focus in its future 
activities following the elections in 2012. The Super - 
visory­Board­considers­its­work­to­be­well­organised­
and emphasises the importance of time management 
and setting priorities.

Flexible upper age limit for Supervisory Board 
mem bers
The­rules­specifying­a­flexible­upper­age­limit­(gen­- 
erally­70)­set­out­by­the­Supervisory­Board­in­its­
bylaws­are­taken­into­account­when­candidates­are­
proposed to the Annual General Meeting.

Transparent reporting 

To ensure maximum transparency and information 
equality, corporate communication at Deutsche Börse 
adopts the rule that all target groups must receive all 
relevant­information­at­the­same­time.­In­its­financial­
calendar, Deutsche Börse AG therefore informs share -
holders, analysts, shareholders’ associations, the 
media­and­the­interested­public­of­key­events­such­
as the date of the Annual General Meeting or pub li - 
cation­dates­for­financial­indicators.­In­addition­to­ad­
hoc disclosures, information on directors’ dealings and 
voting­rights­notifications,­the­company(cid:513)s­website­ 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com also provides the latest 
corporate report, annual reports, interim reports, cor- 
porate responsibility reports and company news items. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Deutsche Börse AG supplies information about the 
annual­and­consolidated­financial­statements­at­a­
financials­press­conference.­Following­the­publication­
of the interim reports, it offers conference calls for 
analysts and investors. In addition, it explains its 
strategy and informs all interested parties in accord- 
ance with the principle of providing information simul- 
taneously to all target groups worldwide.

In addition, Deutsche Börse submitted a declaration 
of conformity with the German Sustainability Code 
for­the­2012­financial­year.­The­German­Sustainability­
Code is a voluntary instrument that companies can 
use­to­make­their­own­sustainability­performance­pub­- 
licly accessible and comparable. It uses 20 criteria 
and the associated performance indicators to explain 
aspects of corporate governance, ecology, and social 
responsibility and document them using performance 
indicators. The substance of the Code is based on 
recognised principles such as: 

Recognised principles on corporate governance,  
ecology and social responsibility

  The UN Global Compact, 

 www.unglobalcompact.org

  The OECD Principles of Corporate Governance, 

 www.oecd.org 

  ISO 26000, 

 www.iso.org 

  The­Global­Reporting­Initiative­(GRI), 

 www.globalreporting.org

  The­EFFAS­standards­for­European­financial­analysts 

 www.effas.net

Accounting and auditing

In its corporate report, Deutsche Börse AG informs 
shareholders and the interested public in detail of 
Deutsche Börse Group’s business performance in the 
year under review. The company publishes further 
extensive­information­with­its­half-yearly­financial­report­
and­two­quarterly­financial­reports.

The­financial­statement­documents­and­the­corporate­
report are published within 90 days of the end of the 
financial­year­(31­December)(cid:30)­interim­reports­(half- 
yearly­and­quarterly­financial­reports)­are­available­
within 45 days of the end of the quarter or six-month 
period concerned. Following preparatory discussions 
by the Audit and Finance Committee, the consolidated 
and­the­annual­financial­statements­are­discussed­
and examined by the plenary meeting of the Supervi-
sory Board and with the auditor before being approved. 
The Executive Board discusses the half-yearly report 
and­the­quarterly­reports­for­the­first­and­third­quar­- 
ters with the Supervisory Board’s Audit and Finance 
Committee before publication. The half-yearly report 
is reviewed by the auditor.

Following the proposal of the Supervisory Board, the 
Annual General Meeting 2012 elected KPMG AG 
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, domiciled in Berlin 
((cid:46)(cid:51)MG),­to­audit­its­2012­annual­and­consolidated­
financial­statements­and­to­review­its­half-yearly­finan­- 
cial­report­in­financial­year­2012.­The­Supervisory­

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility   

    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Corporate governance report

91

Board’s proposal was based on the recommendation 
by the Audit and Finance Committee. Before the elec - 
tion, the Audit and Finance Committee had obtained 
the necessary statement of independence from KPMG 
according to which there were no personal, business, 
financial,­or­other­relationships­between­the­auditors,­
its governing bodies and audit managers on the one 
hand, and the company and the members of its 
Executive and Supervisory Boards on the other, that 
could give cause to doubt the auditors’ indepen-
dence. The Audit and Finance Committee monitored 
the continued existence of this independence during 
financial­year­2012.

The­Committee­also­supervised­the­financial­repor­t-
ing­process­in­financial­year­2012.­The­Supervisory­
and Executive Boards were informed promptly of its 
work­and­findings.­There­were­no­material­findings­in­
the­past­financial­year.­Information­on­audit­services­
and audit fees is provided in 
 note 6 of the notes to 
the­consolidated­financial­statements.

Other sections with a bearing on corporate governance
Information relating to corporate governance is also provided in 
other sections of this corporate report:

 letter on pages 6 to 10­the­Chief­Executive­Officer­

  In his 
provides­information­about­financial­year­2012­and­the­future­
orientation of the company.

  The 
 corporate governance declaration in accordance with 
section 289a of the HGB on pages 78 to 85 gives, among other 
things, detailed information on the way the Executive Board 
and­the­Supervisory­Board­work.­It­also­contains­the­declara-
tion­of­conformity­in­accordance­with­section­161­of­the­AktG.

  The 
 remuneration report discloses the individual total 
remuneration of the governing bodies and explains the current 
remuneration system.

  Deutsche Börse Group’s control systems are presented on  
 pages 112 to 113 of the combined management report.

  The change in the number of employees in the year under review 
is reported in the “Employees” section on 
193 of the combined management report.

 pages 148 and 

  Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­commitment­to­its­stakeholders­and­
society as a whole, as well as the activities it performs for its 
employees are described in the “Responsibility” section of this 
 pages 48 to 63.
corporate report, see 

  Information on securities-based incentive programmes for 
senior executives and employees can be found in 
of­the­notes­to­the­consolidated­financial­statements.

 note 39  

  Details of recent directors’ dealings can be accessed on the 
company’s website at 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/dd.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Remuneration report

This remuneration report is a component of the combined management 

report.­The­report­reflects­the­requirements­of­the­Handelsgeset(cid:93)buch­ 

(HGB,­the­German­Commercial­Code)­and­the­International­Financial­

Reporting­Standards­(IFRSs),­respectively,­as­well­as­the­German­ 

Accounting­Standard­(GAS)­17­“Reporting­on­the­Remuneration­of­Mem- 

bers­of­Governing­Bodies”.­In­addition,­the­report­corresponds­to­the­

requirements­of­the­German­Corporate­Governance­Code­(the­Code).­

Executive Board remuneration

Remuneration system and targets 
The­Executive­Board­remuneration­is­designed­in­a­
way­that­rewards­sustainably­successful­and­respon-
sible­corporate­governance.­The­remuneration­sys- 
tem­provides­incentives­based­on­multi-year­assess-
ment­periods­and­aims­to­prevent­unjustifiable­risks­
from­being­taken.­The­company(cid:513)s­economic­perform-
ance,­stakeholder­management,­succession­plan- 
ning­for­management­positions,­employee­satisfaction­
as­well­as­the­value­contribution­made­to­the­
economy­and­society­over­the­medium­and­long­term,­
are­key­components­of­the­remuneration­system­

within­the­target­definition­and­within­the­measure-
ment­of­the­achievement­of­the­target­criteria.­

The­remuneration­of­the­Executive­Board­is­deter-
mined­by­the­entire­Supervisory­Board.­The­(cid:51)ersonnel­
Committee­is­responsible­for­preparing­the­Super-
visory­Board(cid:513)s­decision.­The­Supervisory­Board­
regularly­reviews­the­appropriateness­of­the­Execu-
tive­Board­remuneration.­The­
 chart­below­out- 
lines­the­Executive­Board­remuneration­system.­ 
The­system­aims­to­compensate­the­Executive­ 
Board­members­appropriately­for­their­tasks­and­
respon­si­bilities,­as­well­as­in­accordance­with­legal­
requirements.

System­of­the­Executive­Board­remuneration

Remuneration component

Performance period

Performance parameter

Variable cash component

Variable share component

Fixed remuneration

(cid:49)et­income­Deutsche­Börse­Group­
2010­(cid:509)­2012

Individual­targets

Comparison­of­total­shareholder­
return­Deutsche­Börse­AG­share­and­
STOXX®­Europe­600­Financials­index

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

­(cid:57)ariable­cash­remuneration­(range­0­(cid:509)­200­per­cent),­pay-out­spring­2013
­(cid:57)ariable­share­remuneration­(range­0­(cid:509)­200­per­cent),­pay-out­spring­2015
­Fixed­remuneration,­pay-out­in­twelve­equal­payments­in­2012

 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Remuneration report 

93

2012­expense­for­share-based­payments­

2012­expense­for­share-based­payments­

(2009­tranche)1)

(2010,­2011­and­2012­tranches)

Expense 
recognised   
(2009 tranche)

€ thousands

Carrying amount 
as at the balance 
sheet date  
(2009 tranche)
€ thousands

Reto­Francioni

Andreas­(cid:51)reuss

Frank­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger

Michael­(cid:46)uhn

Gregor­(cid:51)ottmeyer

Hauke­Stars

(cid:45)effrey­Tessler

Total

111.5

86.1

54.3

69.5

0

0

40.3

361.7

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Reto­Francioni

Andreas­(cid:51)reuss

Frank­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger

Michael­(cid:46)uhn

Gregor­(cid:51)ottmeyer

Hauke­Stars

(cid:45)effrey­Tessler

Total

1)­In­2009,­the­last­tranche­of­the­old­stock­bonus­plan­was­allocated.

Expense 
recognised   
(2010 – 2012 
tranches) 
€ thousands

Carrying amount 
as at the balance 
sheet date 
(2010 – 2012 
tranches)
€ thousands

801.7

665.1

409.9

521.7

443.4

10.8

525.5

1,416.3

1,174.9

724.2

921.6

783.3

10.8

928.5

3,378.1

5,959.6

Non-performance-related remuneration components
(cid:49)on-performance-related­remuneration­consists­of­ 
a­monthly­fixed­basic­remuneration­as­well­as­ancil- 
lary­contractual­benefits.

Fixed remuneration 
The­members­of­the­Executive­Board­receive­a­fixed­
basic­salary­in­twelve­monthly­instalments.­The­
basic­salary­represents­approximately­30­per­cent­ 
of­the­total­target­remuneration­for­one­year.­It­is­
reviewed­by­the­Supervisory­Board­on­a­regular­basis,­
at­least­every­two­years.

(cid:36)ncillary contractual benefits 
In­addition­to­the­basic­remuneration,­the­members­
of­the­Executive­Board­receive­certain­ancillary­
contractual­benefits.­These­include­the­provision­ 
of­an­appropriate­company­car­for­business­and­
personal­use.­Tax­is­payable­by­the­Executive­Board­
members­on­the­pecuniary­benefit­arising­from­pri- 
vate­use.­In­addition,­members­of­the­Executive­Board­
receive­taxable­contributions­towards­private­pen­sions.­
The­company­also­takes­out­insurances­for­them,­

like­an­accident­insurance­and­a­D(cid:9)O­insurance.­ 
The­D(cid:9)O­insurance­policy­includes­a­deductible­of­ 
10­per­cent­of­the­damages­arising­from­the­in­- 
sured­event,­with­the­maximum­deductible­per­year­
set­by­the­Supervisory­Board­at­1.5­times­the­ 
fixed­annual­remuneration­of­the­relevant­Executive­
Board­member.

Performance-related remuneration components 
The­performance-related­remuneration­represents­
approximately­70­per­cent­of­the­total­target­remune-
ration­for­the­year­and­consists­of­variable­cash­and­
variable­share­components.­Starting­in­the­year­un- 
der­review,­the­reference­periods­for­performance­
measurement­are­based­on­the­past­three­years­for­
the­variable­cash­component­and­on­the­next­three­
years­for­the­variable­share­component.­Consequently,­
in­the­year­under­review,­the­variable­cash­component­
was­determined­based­on­performance­in­2010­to­
2012­and­the­variable­share­component­was­based­
on­the­period­from­2012­to­2014.

 
 
 
 
 
94

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

2012­total­expense

(numbers­of­the­previous­year­in­brackets)

of­the­variable­cash­component­for­the­current­finan­- 
cial­year.­The­Supervisory­Board­has­to­take­into­ac­- 
count­exceptional,­one-off­effects­when­determining­
the­level­of­target­achievement.­

Achievement of individual targets: One-third­of­the­
variable­cash­component­is­deter­mined­based­on­the­
degree­to­which­each­member­of­the­Executive­Board­
has­achieved­their­individual­targets.­The­individual­
targets­are­set­in­each­case­for­the­current­financial­
year.­Target­achievement­is­determined­after­the­year­
has­come­to­an­end.­The­target­achievement­for­the­
variable­cash­component­can­range­from­0­per­cent­to­
a maximum of 200 per cent. 

Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­
variable­stock­bonus­

Expense 
recognised 
(total)
€ thousands

Carrying amount 
as at the balance 
 sheet date (total)
€ thousands

913.2
(469.4)

751.2
(384.8)

464.2
(238.1)

591.2
(303.3)

443.4
(215.0)

10.8
(0)

565.8
(308.1)

1,416.3
(1,028.5)

1,174.9
(829.4)

724.2
(515.8)

921.6
(658.0)

783.3
(339.9)

10.8
(0)

928.5
(676.3)

3,739.8
(1,918.7)

5,959.6
(4,047.9)

Comparison­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG(cid:513)s­total­shareholder­return­with­that­ 
of STOXX®­600­Financials­(peer­group)

Target­achievement­((cid:8)) 1)
200

Reto­Francioni

Andreas­(cid:51)reuss

Frank­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger

Michael­(cid:46)uhn

Gregor­(cid:51)ottmeyer

Hauke­Stars

(cid:45)effrey­Tessler

Total

Variable cash component 
The­Supervisory­Board­establishes­the­100­per­cent­
target­value­of­the­variable­cash­component­in­euros­
for­every­Executive­Board­member­each­year.­Two­
parameters­are­used­to­measure­the­extent­to­which­
targets­have­been­met:

Achievement of the Group’s net income target: 
Two-thirds­of­the­variable­cash­component­is­based­
on­meeting­a­specified­net­income­target­for­the­
Group,­and­hence­on­a­corresponding­return­on­equity.­
This­measure­takes­into­account­the­Group(cid:513)s­net­
income­for­the­current­financial­year­and­the­two­pre­- 
ceding­years.­The­degree­to­which­the­targets­have­
been­achieved­is­determined­for­each­of­the­three­
financial­years,­and­can­range­from­0­per­cent­to­a­
maximum­of­200­per­cent.­The­average­level­of­tar- 
get­achievement­is­then­used­to­calculate­two-thirds­ 

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

(cid:509)75

(cid:509)50

(cid:509)25

0

25

50

75

100

125

TSR outperformance compared  
with­peer­group­(in­(cid:8))

1)­Cap­at­200­per­cent

Variable share component 
The­Supervisory­Board­establishes­the­100­per­cent­
target­value­for­the­variable­share­component­for­
each­Executive­Board­member­in­euros.­Based­on­this­

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Remuneration report 

95

target value, a number of phantom Deutsche Börse 
shares is calculated for each member of the Execu-
tive­Board­at­the­beginning­of­the­financial­year.­This­
is­done­by­dividing­the­euro­amount­of­the­target­
share­component­by­the­average­share­price­(Xetra ® 
closing price) in the two calendar months before the 
target value is determined. An entitlement to the vari- 
able­stock­bonus­only­arises­at­the­end­of­the­ 
three-year­performance­period­(vesting­period)­and­
is­settled­fully­in­cash.­The­stock­bonus­is­variable­ 
in­two­ways:­the­first­variable­is­the­number­of­phan- 
tom Deutsche Börse shares, which depends on the 
relative performance of Deutsche Börse’s total  
shareholder­return­(TSR)­compared­to­the­TSR­of­
the­STOXX®­Europe­600­Financials­Index.­The­
second variable is the share price at the end of the 
period.

The­number­of­shares­calculated­at­the­end­of­the­
vesting­period­is­multiplied­by­the­share­price­ap- 
plicable­on­that­date­(average­price(cid:18)Xetra­closing­
price of Deutsche Börse’s shares in the preceding  
two full calendar months). 

If the average performance of Deutsche Börse AG’s 
TSR­in­the­vesting­period­moves­parallel­to­the­
average­TSR­of­the­benchmark­index,­the­number­of­
phantom shares remains unchanged at the end of 
this­period.­If­the­TSR­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­is­50­
per­cent­or­less­than­the­index(cid:513)s­TSR,­the­number­ 
of­phantom­shares­falls­to­nil.­If­the­TSR­of­Deutsche­
Börse­AG­is­at­least­twice­the­index(cid:513)s­TSR,­the­
number of phan tom shares doubles. Concerning the 
variable share component, a double cap exists. First - 
ly,­the­performance­of­the­allocated­phantom­shares­
is restricted to a maximum of 200 per cent, at the 
ratio­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG(cid:513)s­TSR­to­the­TSR­of­the­
peer­group.­Secondly,­the­Supervisory­Board­settled­
a maximum of 250 per cent of the original target 
value­as­the­upper­limit­for­the­payment­of­the­var­- 
iable share component.

The­following­chart­shows­the­relationship­between­
TSR­performance­and­the­number­of­shares:

Measurement of the target achievement for the 
variable cash component

Comparison of the net income target  
with the actual net income

Degree of target achievement (%)

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

0

Actual net income

Net income target (€)

A modified Black-Scholes option pricing model 
(Merton model) was used to measure the stock op- 
tions a rising from the variable share component.  
It is based on the following valuation parameters:

Valuation parameters

(2010, 2011 und 2012 tranches)

Share 
component 
2012

Share 
component 
2011 

Share 
component 
2010

Term

3­years

2­years

1­year

Risk-free­interest­rate

(cid:57)olatility

Deutsche Börse AG 
share price 1)

Dividend­yield

Fair value

Relative­total­ 
shareholder return

%

%

€

€

€

– 0.04

31.50

46.21

4.54

42.11

– 0.04

27.01

46.21

4.54

44.03

0.02

8.90

46.21

4.54

46.03

%

– 8.16

1.20

5.68

1)­Share­price­as­at­31­December­2012­(Xetra­closing­price)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

(cid:49)umber­of­2012­phantom­shares

Reto­Francioni 

2012­tranche
2011­tranche 
2010­tranche

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

Andreas­(cid:51)reuss 

2012­tranche
2011­tranche 
2010­tranche

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

Frank­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger 

2012­tranche
2011­tranche 
2010­tranche

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

Michael­(cid:46)uhn 

2012­tranche
2011­tranche 
2010­tranche

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

Gregor­(cid:51)ottmeyer 

2012­tranche
2011­tranche 
2010­tranche

Hauke­Stars 3) 

(cid:45)effrey­Tessler 

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

2012­tranche
2011­tranche 
2010­tranche

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

2012­tranche
2011­tranche 
2010­tranche

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

Total of 2010 to 2012 tranches

Number of  
phantom shares  

on the

grant date 1)

Adjustments   
of number of  
phantom shares  
since the 
grant date 2)

Number of  
phantom shares  
as at  
31 Dec 2012 

18,204
14,866
16,448

15,101
12,332
13,645

9,308
7,601
8,411

11,847
9,674
10,704

10,068
8,222
9,097

935
(cid:509)
(cid:509)

11,934
9,745
10,783

(cid:509)1,854
179
935

(cid:509)1,538
148
776

(cid:509) 948
92
478

(cid:509)1,207
117
608

(cid:509)1,025
99
517

(cid:509) 95
(cid:509)
(cid:509)

(cid:509)1,216
117
613

16,350
15,045
17,383

48,778

13,563
12,480
14,421

40,464

8,360
7,693
8,889

24,942

10,640
9,791
11,312

31,743

9,043
8,321
9,614

26,978

840
(cid:509)
(cid:509)

840

10,718
9,862
11,396

31,976

 205,721

1)­As­from­2010,­the­variable­share­component­has­a­vesting­period­of­three­years.

2)­­The­adjustments­to­and­number­of­phantom­shares­on­the­balance­sheet­date­are­based­on­the­result­of­the­performance­comparison­since­the­grant­date­(total­­share­- 

holder­return­comparison­with­peer­group)­and­are­indicative­for­2012.­The­number­may­change­as­a­result­of­the­performance­comparison­based­on­the­total­

shareholder­return­in­2013­and­2014.

3)­Appointed­to­the­Executive­Board­effective­1­December­2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Remuneration report 

97

Amount of Executive Board remuneration
The­overview­below­shows­the­remuneration­awarded­to­each­Executive­Board­member­for­financial­years­
2012­and­2011,­not­including­retirement­benefits.

Total­Executive­Board­remuneration­for­2012,­without­retirement­benefits

(numbers­of­the­previous­year­in­brackets)

Non-performance 
related 
remuneration

Other remuneration 
from ancillary 
contractual 
(cid:69)enefits 1)

Variable cash 
payment

Variable share  
component 2)

Total

€ thousands

€ thousands

€ thousands

Reto­Francioni 

Andreas­(cid:51)reuss4) 

Frank­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger 

Michael­(cid:46)uhn 

Gregor­(cid:51)ottmeyer 

Hauke­Stars 5) 

(cid:45)effrey­Tessler 6) 

Total 

1,100.0
(1,100.0)

800.0
(800.0)

580.0
(580.0)

650.0
(650.0)

600.0
(600.0)

48.3
((cid:509))

729.4
(711.7)

4,507.7
(4,441.7)

17.0
(60.1)

29.0
(29.0)

28.2
(26.8)

20.1
(20.1)

17.3
(23.9)

4.8
((cid:509))

32.0
(32.0)

148.4
(191.9)

1,445.5
(1,596.6)

1,199.7
(1,325.1)

699.0
(776.1)

875.8
(990.6)

799.8
(902.0)

69.6
((cid:509))

947.1
(1,013.1)

6,036.5
(6,603.5)

Number  
of phantom  
shares

Amount  
at the grant 
date 3)

€ thousands

18,204
(14,866)

15,101
(12,332)

9,308
(7,601)

11,847
(9,674)

10,068
(8,222)

935
((cid:509))

11,934
(9,745)

77,397
(62,440)

839.0
(839.0)

696.0
(696.0)

429.0
(429.0)

546.0
(546.0)

464.0
(464.0)

38.8
((cid:509))

550.0
(550.0)

3,562.8
(3,524.0)

€ thousands

3,401.5
(3,595.7)

2,724.7
(2,850.1)

1,736.2
(1,811.9)

2,091.9
(2,206.7)

1,881.1
(1,989.9)

161.5
((cid:509))

2,258.5
(2,306.8)

14,255.4
(14,761.1)

1)­­Other­remuneration­comprises­salary­components­such­as­taxable­contributions­towards­private­pensions,­taxable­lump-sum­telephone­allowances(cid:18)living­expenses,­

and­company­car­arrangements.

2)­­The­number­of­stock­options­at­the­2012­grant­date­is­calculated­by­dividing­the­target­for­the­stock­bonus­by­the­average­share­price­(Xetra­closing­price)­of­ 

Deutsche­Börse­shares­in­the­calendar­months­(cid:45)anuary­and­February­2012­(€46.09).­The­number­of­phantom­shares­is­indicative­and­may­change­as­a­result­of­ 

the­performance­comparison­based­on­total­shareholder­return.

3)­­Corresponds­to­the­100­per­cent­target­value­for­the­2012­phantom­stock­bonus.­The­variable­stock­component­under­the­2012­(cid:509)­2014­performance­assessment­ 

will­be­paid­out­in­2015.

4)­­Deutsche­Börse­AG­contributes­€215.7­thousand­(2011:­€225.7­thousand)­to­total­remuneration­for­Andreas­(cid:51)reuss.­This­amount­is­composed­as­follows:­

non-performance­related­remuneration:­€64.0­thousand­(2011:­€64.0­thousand),­other­remuneration­from­ancillary­contractual­benefits:­nil­(2011:­nil),­variable­ 

cash­payment:­€96.0­thousand­(2011:­€106.0­thousand),­number­of­phantom­shares:­€1,209­(2011:­987),­their­amount­at­the­grant­date:­€55.7­thousand­ 

(2011:­€55.7­thousand).

5)­Appointed­to­the­Executive­Board­effective­1­December­2012
6)­­Deutsche­Börse­AG­does­not­contribute­to­total­remuneration­for­(cid:45)effrey­Tessler.­Clearstream­International­S.A.­pays­out­100­per­cent­of­the­remuneration.

 
 
 
 
 
 
98

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Retirement benefits
Mr­Francioni,­Mr­(cid:51)ottmeyer­and­Mr­Tessler­are­en- 
titled­to­pension­benefits­after­reaching­the­age­ 
of­60,­Ms­Stars­after­reaching­the­age­of­62,­and­ 
Mr­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger,­Mr­(cid:46)uhn­and­Mr­(cid:51)reuss­after­
reaching­the­age­of­63,­provided­that­they­are­no­
longer­in­the­employment­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­in­
each­case­at­that­time.­There­are­two­different­
retirement­benefit­systems­for­Deutsche­Börse­AG­
Executive­Board­members:­Executive­Board­mem-
bers­who­were­appointed­for­the­first­time­before­ 
1­(cid:45)anuary­2009­receive­a­defined­benefit­pension.­
Executive­Board­members­who­were­appointed­for­
the­first­time­after­that­date­receive­a­defined­ 
contribution­pension.­The­pensionable­income­and­
the­present­value­of­the­existing­pension­commit-
ments­as­at­31­December­2012­are­presented­in­ 
the 

 table­on­page­99.

(cid:39)efined benefit retirement benefit system 
After­reaching­the­contractually­agreed­retirement­
age,­members­of­the­Executive­Board­to­whom­the­
defined­benefit­retirement­benefit­system­is­applic-
able­receive­a­specified­percentage­(replacement­rate)­
of­their­individual­pensionable­income­as­a­pension.­
This­is­subject­to­the­Executive­Board­member­in­
question­having­served­on­the­Executive­Board­for­ 
at­least­three­years­and­having­been­reappointed­ 
at­least­once.­(cid:51)ensionable­income­is­determined­and­
regularly­reviewed­by­the­Supervisory­Board.­(cid:58)hen­
the­term­of­office­began,­the­replacement­rate­was­
30­per­cent.­It­rose­by­five­percentage­points­with­
each­reappointment,­up­to­a­maximum­of­50­per­cent.­
The­provisions­of­the­defined­benefit­retirement­benefit­
system­apply­to­Mr­Francioni,­Mr­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger,­
Mr­(cid:46)uhn,­Mr­(cid:51)reuss­and­Mr­Tessler.

(cid:39)efined contribution retirement benefit system
For­Executive­Board­members­to­whom­the­defined­
contribution­retirement­benefit­system­applies,­the­
company­makes­a­contribution­in­the­form­of­a­
capital­component­in­each­calendar­year­they­serve­
on­the­Executive­Board.­This­contribution­is­deter-
mined­by­applying­an­individual­replacement­rate­to­
the­pensionable­income.­As­in­the­defined­benefit­
retirement­benefit­system,­the­pensionable­income­is­
determined­and­regularly­reviewed­by­the­Supervisory­
Board.­The­annual­capital­components­calculated­ 
in­this­way­bear­annual­interest­of­3­per­cent.­The­pro- 
visions­of­the­defined­contribution­retirement­benefit­
system­apply­to­Mr­(cid:51)ottmeyer­and­Ms­Stars.

Early retirement pension
Members­of­the­Executive­Board­who­have­a­defined­
benefit­pension­are­entitled­to­an­early­retirement­
pension­if­the­company­does­not­extend­their­contract,­
unless­the­reason­for­this­is­attributable­to­the­
Executive­Board­member­or­would­justify­termination­
without­notice­of­the­Executive­Board­member(cid:513)s­con- 
tract.­The­amount­of­the­early­retirement­pension­is­
calculated­in­the­same­way­as­the­retirement­bene- 
fits­by­applying­the­relevant­replacement­rate­to­the­
pensionable­income.­Again,­this­is­subject­to­the­Ex­- 
ecutive­Board­member­having­served­on­the­Executive­
Board­for­at­least­three­years­and­having­been­re­- 
appointed­at­least­once.­Members­of­the­Executive­
Board­who­have­a­defined­contribution­pension­are­
not­eligible­for­early­retirement­benefits.

Death and permanent occupational  
incapacity benefits
In­the­event­of­the­permanent­occupational­incapa-
city­of­a­member­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG(cid:513)s­Executive­
Board,­the­company­is­entitled­to­retire­the­Executive­
Board­member­in­question.­(cid:51)ermanent­occupational­
incapacity­exists­if­an­Executive­Board­member­is­

 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Remuneration report 

99

Retirement­benefits

Pensionable 
income1)

Replacement rate

Present value /
defined (cid:69)enefit o(cid:69)ligation

Pension expense

2012
  € thousands

as at 
31 Dec 2012
(cid:8)

as at 
31 Dec 2011
(cid:8)

as at 
31 Dec 2012
  € thousands

as at 
31 Dec 2011
  € thousands

2012
  € thousands

2011
  € thousands

(cid:39)efined  
(cid:69)enefit system

Reto­Francioni

Andreas­(cid:51)reuss

Frank­Gerstenschl(cid:166)ger

Michael­(cid:46)uhn

(cid:45)effrey­Tessler 2)

Total

(cid:39)efined contri(cid:69)ution 
system

Gregor­(cid:51)ottmeyer 3)

Hauke­Stars 5)

Total

1,000.0

600.0

500.0

500.0

577.8

3,177.8

40.0

40.0

40.0

50.0

40.0

35.0

40.0

40.0

50.0

40.0

10,647.8

5,796.8

4,269.5

5,794.0

4,166.8

8,170.4

4,036.6

4,717.8

5,619.5

4,057.6

0

683.7

56.9

240.9

94.0

30,674.9

26,601.9

1,075.5

500.0

500.0

48.0 4)

36.0 4)

48.0 4)

1,035.9

(cid:509)

22.9

1,058.8

669.5

(cid:509)

669.5

298.6

(cid:509)

298.6

0

675.2

0

235.7

78.3

989.2

307.5

(cid:509)

307.5

1)­­Since­2010,­pensionable­income­is­no­longer­based­on­fixed­remuneration,­but­is­reviewed­and­determined­by­the­Supervisory­Board.

2)­­Deutsche­Börse­AG­does­not­contribute­to­total­remuneration­for­(cid:45)effrey­Tessler.­Clearstream­International­S.A.­pays­out­100­per­cent­of­the­remuneration.

3)­­The­pension­agreement­with­Mr­(cid:51)ottmeyer­was­entered­into­as­part­of­the­restructuring­of­the­Executive­Board­remuneration­in­2010.

4)­­Annual­pension­contribution­on­the­basis­for­assessment­in­the­defined­contribution­system.

5)­Appointed­to­the­Executive­Board­effective­1­December­2012

unable­to­perform­his­or­her­professional­activities­
for more than six months and it is not expected that 
his­or­her­occupational­capacity­will­be­regained­
within­a­further­six­months.­In­such­cases,­Executive­
Board­members­who­have­a­defined­benefit­pension­
plan­receive­the­amount­calculated­by­applying­the­
relevant­replacement­rate­to­the­pensionable­income.­
Executive­Board­members­with­a­defined­contribu-
tion­pension­plan­receive­the­benefit­assets­acquired­
when­the­benefits­fall­due,­plus­an­allocated­amount.­
The­allocated­amount­corresponds­to­the­full­annual­

pension­contribution­that­would­have­been­due­in­
the­year­of­leaving­service­multiplied­by­the­number­
of­years­between­the­benefits­falling­due­and­the­Ex- 
ecutive­Board­member­reaching­the­age­of­59­or­62.

In­the­event­of­the­death­of­an­Executive­Board­mem- 
ber,­his­or­her­spouse­receives­60­per­cent­of­the­
above­amount­and­each­dependent­child­receives­ 
10­per­cent­(25­per­cent­for­full­orphans),­up­to­a­
maximum­of­100­per­cent­of­the­pension­contribution.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Transitional payments
In the event of permanent occupational incapacity, 
the­agreements­under­the­defined­benefit­retirement­
benefit­system­for­Deutsche­Börse­AG(cid:513)s­Executive­
Board­provide­for­a­transitional­payment­in­addition­
to­the­benefits­described­above.­The­amount­of­this­
payment corresponds to the amount of the target 
variable­remuneration­(cash­and­share­bonuses)­in­
the­year­in­which­the­benefits­fall­due.­It­is­paid­out­
in­two­tranches­in­the­two­subsequent­years.­In­the­
case­of­the­death­of­an­Executive­Board­member,­ 
his or her spouse receives 60 per cent of the transi- 
tional­payment.­

Severance payments
In­the­event­of­early­termination­of­an­Executive­Board­
member(cid:513)s­contract­of­service­other­than­for­good­
cause,­any­payments­made­to­the­Executive­Board­
member­may­not­exceed­the­remuneration­for­the­
residual term of the contract of service and may also 
not­exceed­the­value­of­two­total­annual­remunera-
tion­payments­(severance­payment­cap).­The­payment­
is­calculated­based­on­the­total­remuneration­in­the­
past financial year and, where appropriate, the 
expected­total­remuneration­for­the­current­financial­
year.­The­Supervisory­Board­may­exceed­the­upper­
limit­in­exceptional,­justified­cases.

Change of control
If­an­Executive­Board­member­is­asked­to­stand­down­
within­six­months­of­a­change­of­control,­he­or­she­is­
entitled­to­a­severance­payment­equal­to­two­total­
annual remuneration payments or the value of the re- 
sidual term of his or her contract of service, where 
this­is­less­than­two­years.­This­entitlement­may­be­
increased­to­150­per­cent­of­the­severance­payment.­ 
If­an­Executive­Board­member­resigns­within­six­months­
of­the­change­of­control­because­his­or­her­position­

as­a­member­of­the­Executive­Board­is­significantly­
negatively impacted as a result of the change of control, 
the­Supervisory­Board­may­decide­at­its­discretion­
whether­to­grant­a­severance­payment­of­the­above- 
mentioned­amount.­This­provision­applies­to­all­new­
contracts­for,­and­reappointments­of,­members­of­
Deutsche­Börse­AG(cid:513)s­Executive­Board­since­1­(cid:45)uly­
2009.

Other provisions
Secondary employment
Additional­appointments­or­sideline­activities­entered­
into­by­individual­members­of­the­Executive­Board­
require­the­approval­of­the­entire­Executive­Board­and­
the­Chairman­of­the­Supervisory­Board­or,­in­certain­
cases,­the­entire­Supervisory­Board,­which­has­dele- 
gated granting such approval to the Personnel Com- 
mittee.­If­a­member­of­the­Executive­Board­is­re­- 
munerated for an office performed at an affiliate of 
Deutsche­Börse­AG,­this­is­offset­against­the­Execu- 
tive­Board­member(cid:513)s­entitlement­to­remune­ration­from­
Deutsche­Börse­AG.

Loans to Executive Board members
The­company­did­not­grant­any­advances­or­loans­ 
to­members­of­the­Executive­Board­in­financial­year­
2012, and there are no loans or advances from 
previous­years­to­members­of­the­Executive­Board.

Payments to former members of the Executive 
Board
Former­members­of­the­Executive­Board­or­their­sur- 
viving­dependents­received­payments­of­€1.6­million­
in­the­year­under­review­(2011:­€1.6­million).­The­
actuarial­present­value­of­the­pension­obligations­as­
at­the­balance­sheet­date­was­€41.5­million­in­the­year­
under­review­(2011:­€33.3­million).

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Remuneration report 

101

Supervisory Board remuneration

The­Annual­General­Meeting­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­
on­16­May­2012­adopted­a­new­remuneration­system­
for­the­Supervisory­Board­and­amended­article­13­of­
Deutsche­Börse­AG(cid:513)s­Articles­of­Association­according- 
ly.­Consequently,­two­different­remuneration­sys­tems­
were­applied­in­2012.­These­are­described­below.

Old remuneration system
(cid:56)ntil­31­May­2012,­Supervisory­Board­members­re- 
ceived­rateable­fixed­remuneration,­depending­on­
their­length­of­service­in­the­year­under­review.­The­
annual­fixed­remuneration­for­membership­was­ 
€96 thousand for the Chairman, €72 thousand for 
the­Deputy­Chairman­and­€48­thousand­for­each­
other­member.­In­addition,­membership­of­the­Super- 
visory­Board(cid:513)s­committees­(Strategy,­Technology,­
(cid:51)ersonnel,­(cid:49)omination,­Clearing­and­Settlement,­and­
Audit­and­Finance)­was­remunerated:­the­additional­
remuneration­was­unchanged­at­€30­thousand­per­
annum­for­the­Chairman­of­each­committee­(€40­thou- 
sand­per­annum­for­the­Chairman­of­the­Audit­and­
Finance­Committee)­and­€20­thousand­per­annum­for­
each­other­committee­member.­

Members­of­the­Supervisory­Board­also­received­an- 
nual­variable­remuneration­based­on­two­different­
targets­relating­to­the­company(cid:513)s­performance.­Target­
1:­in­the­year­in­which­the­remuneration­was­paid,­
the­consolidated­return­on­equity­after­taxes­of­
Deutsche­Börse­Group­had­to­exceed­by­at­least­five­
percentage points the average of the monthly average 
current­yields­to­maturity­of­domestic­bearer­bonds­and­
public-sector­bonds­with­a­remaining­maturity­of­

more­than­nine­to­ten­years,­as­calculated­by­Deutsche­
Bundesbank­(Germany(cid:513)s­central­bank).­Target­2:­
consolidated earnings per share for the previous two 
full­financial­years­had­to­exceed­consolidated­earn- 
ings­per­share­for­the­previous­year­in­each­case­by­
8­per­cent­or­more.­The­members­of­the­Supervisory­
Board­each­received­annual­variable­remuneration­ 
in­the­amount­of­€16­thousand­for­each­target­met.­In­
financial­year­2012,­target­1­was­met.

New remuneration system
Since­1­(cid:45)une­2012,­members­of­the­Supervisory­
Board­receive­fixed­annual­remuneration­of­€70­
thousand.­The­Chairman­receives­remuneration­of­
€170­thousand­and­the­Deputy­Chairman­receives­
€105­thousand.­Members­of­Supervisory­Board­
committees­receive­additional­fixed­annual­remune-
ration­of­€30­thousand­for­each­committee­position­
they­hold.­This­amount­rises­to­€35­thousand­for­
members­of­the­Audit­and­Finance­Committee.­The­
committee­chairmen(cid:513)s­remuneration­is­€40­thou­- 
sand,­or­€60­thousand­for­the­Chairman­of­the­Audit­
and­Finance­Committee.­If­a­Supervisory­Board­
member­belongs­to­several­Supervisory­Board­com- 
mittees,­only­the­work­in­a­maximum­of­two­commit-
tees­is­remunerated.­The­remuneration­for­the­work­
in the two most highly remunerated committees is 
awarded.­Supervisory­Board­members­who­only­
belong­to­the­Supervisory­Board­for­part­of­the­finan- 
cial­year,­receive­one-twelfth­of­the­fixed­annual­re- 
muneration­and,­if­applicable,­of­the­remuneration­for­
their­committee­membership­for­each­month­or­part­
month­of­membership.

 
 
 
 
 
102

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Supervisory­Board­remuneration­in­2012­ 
under­the­two­remuneration­systems­applicable­for­the­financial­year

New memberships

Supervisory­Board­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG
(as­from­16­May­2012)

Former memberships

Annual­General­Meeting­(16­May­2012)

Supervisory­Board­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG
(until­16­May­2012)

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

(cid:45)ul

Aug

Sep

Oct

(cid:49)ov

Dec

­Former­remuneration­system­(until­31­May­2012)
­(cid:49)ew­remuneration­system­(as­from­1­(cid:45)une­2012)

Remuneration paid to members of the Supervisory 
Board for advisory and agency services
In­the­year­under­review,­€42.5­thousand­(2011:­
€161.4­thousand)­was­paid­to­Richard­Berliand­ 
(cid:47)imited­for­advisory­and­agency­services.­Richard­
Berliand­is­the­Managing­Director­and­general­part- 
ner­of­Richard­Berliand­(cid:47)imited.

As­part­of­the­transaction­between­Deutsche­Börse­
Group­and­(cid:49)(cid:60)SE­Euronext­that­has­since­been­
prohibited­by­the­European­Commission,­Deutsche­

Börse­AG­entered­into­contracts­for­the­provision­of­
advisory­services­with­Deutsche­Bank­AG,­Frankfurt(cid:18)
Main,­and­Mayer­Brown­(cid:47)(cid:47)(cid:51),­(cid:58)ashington.­In­the­
period­under­review,­two­members­of­the­Supervisory­
Board­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­also­held­key­manage-
ment­positions­in­these­companies.­In­2012,­Deutsche­
Börse­Group­paid­Deutsche­Bank­AG­and­Mayer­Brown­
(cid:47)(cid:47)(cid:51)­a­total­of­€1,097.4­thousand­(2011:­€3,038.5­
thousand)­for­advisory­services­in­connection­with­this­
transaction.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |   Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

Remuneration report 

103

Supervisory­Board­remuneration 1)­2)

Membership

Non-performance-related 
remuneration

Performance-related 
remuneration

2012

2011

2012
€ thousands

2011
€ thousands

2012
€ thousands

2011
€ thousands

(cid:45)oachim­Faber­ 
(Chairman­as­from­16­May­2012)

Gerhard­Roggemann­(Deputy­Chairman)

Herbert­Bayer 3)

Richard­Berliand

Birgit­Bokel 3)

Irmtraud­Busch 4)

(cid:46)arl-Hein(cid:93)­Floether 4)

Marion­Fornoff 4)

Hans-(cid:51)eter­Gabe

full­year

full­year

1­(cid:45)an­(cid:509)16­May

full­year

1­(cid:45)an­(cid:509)16­May

16­May­(cid:509)­31­Dec

16­May­(cid:509)­31­Dec

16­May­(cid:509)­31­Dec

full­year

Manfred­Gent(cid:93)­(Chairman­until­16­May­2012) 3)

1­(cid:45)an­(cid:509)16­May

Richard­M.­Hayden

Craig­Heimark

(cid:46)onrad­Hummler 3)

David­(cid:46)rell

Hermann-(cid:45)osef­(cid:47)amberti 3)

Monica­M(cid:166)chler 4)

Friedrich­Mer(cid:93)

Thomas Neisse

Hein(cid:93)-(cid:45)oachim­(cid:49)eubürger 4)

Roland­(cid:51)rantl 3)

Erhard Schipporeit

(cid:45)utta­Stuhlfauth 4)

Norfried Stumpf 3)

Martin­(cid:56)lrici 4)

(cid:45)ohannes­(cid:58)itt

Total

full­year

full­year

full­year

full­year

full­year

(cid:509)

(cid:509)

(cid:509)

full­year

full­year

full­year

full­year

full­year

full­year

full­year

(cid:509)

full­year

full­year

(cid:509)

full­year

full­year

(cid:509)

full­year

full­year

1­(cid:45)an­(cid:509)16­May

full­year

1­(cid:45)an­(cid:509)16­May

16­May­(cid:509)­31­Dec

full­year

full­year

16­May­(cid:509)­31­Dec

1­(cid:45)an­(cid:509)16­May

full­year

16­May­(cid:509)­31­Dec

1­(cid:45)an­(cid:509)16­May

full­year

16­May­(cid:509)­31­Dec

(cid:509)

full­year

full­year

192.3

151.3

28.3

114.2

28.3

64.0

83.2

64.0

88.3

77.5

120.8

96.7

32.5

86.7

20.0

64.0

97.9

95.0

86.1

28.3

112.5

64.0

28.3

64.0

89.6

88.0

132.0

68.0

68.0

68.0

(cid:509)

(cid:509)

(cid:509)

68.0

186.0

108.0

78.0

78.0

68.0

48.0

(cid:509)

88.0

88.0

(cid:509)

68.0

88.0

(cid:509)

68.0

(cid:509)

68.0

6.7

6.7

6.7

6.7

6.7

1.3

1.3

1.3

6.7

6.7

6.7

6.7

6.7

6.7

6.7

1.3

6.7

6.7

1.3

6.7

6.7

1.3

6.7

1.3

6.7

1,977.8

1,526.0

129.7

16.0

16.0

16.0

16.0

16.0

(cid:509)

(cid:509)

(cid:509)

16.0

16.0

16.0

16.0

16.0

16.0

16.0

(cid:509)

16.0

16.0

(cid:509)

16.0

16.0

(cid:509)

16.0

(cid:509)

16.0

288.0

1)­See­note­39­in­the­notes­to­the­consolidated­financial­statements­for­details­of­the­long-term­incentive­components.

2)­The­recipient­of­the­remuneration­is­determined­individually­by­the­members­of­the­Supervisory­Board.­

3)­(cid:47)eft­the­Supervisory­Board­on­16­May­2012

4)­Elected­to­the­Supervisory­Board­on­16­May­2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This­financial­report­is­composed­of­the­combined­
management­report,­the­consolidated­financial­
statements­and­the­notes­to­the­consolidated­finan-
cial statements. In preparing its combined manage-
ment­report,­Deutsche­Börse­Group­has­followed­
a recommendation of the Accounting Standards 
Committee of Germany and is an early adopter of 
German Accounting Standard (GAS) 20. In addi-
tion to the Group, the combined management 
­report­covers­Deutsche­Börse­AG­with­disclosures­
based on the German Commercial Code. The re-
mu neration report (starting on 
corporate governance declaration (starting on  

 page­92) and the 

 page 78) are also components of the combined 

management report. 

 Combined  
management report

106   Basic principles of the Group

116   Report on the economy

144   Report on post-balance sheet date events

144   Deutsche Börse shares

148­­ Financial­and­non-financial­performance­indicators

157   Risk report

177   Report on opportunities

180   Report on expected developments

190­­ Deutsche­Börse­AG­(disclosures­based­on­the­HGB)

t
h
c
i
r
e
b
z
n
a
n

i

F

106 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Combined management report 

This combined management report covers the Group 
as well as Deutsche Börse AG: It has been prepared 
in accordance with sections 289, 315 and 315a of 
the Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB, German Commercial 
Code) and German Accounting Standard (GAS) 20. 
The combined management report also takes into ac-
count the requirements set out in the Practice State-
ment “Management Commentary” issued by the In-
ternational Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 

Basic principles of the Group 

Overview of Deutsche Börse Group 

Business operations and Group structure 
Deutsche Börse AG, headquartered in Frankfurt/Main, 
Germany, is the parent company of Deutsche Börse 
Group. As at 31 December 2012, the Group em-
ployed 3,704 people in 22 locations in 16 countries. 
As one of the largest exchange organisations world-
wide, Deutsche Börse Group offers its customers a 
broad portfolio of products and services. These cover 
the entire process chain of securities trading – from 
trading and clearing of equities and derivatives, 
through transaction clearing and settlement, custody 
of securities, services for liquidity and collateral man-
agement, as well as the provision of market infor-
mation, down to the development and operation of 
electronic systems. The Group’s process-oriented 
business model enhances capital market efficiency. 
Issuers benefit from the low cost of capital, while in-
vestors enjoy high liquidity and low transaction costs. 
At the same time, Deutsche Börse stands for integrity, 
transparency and security on the capital markets, 
where organised trading takes place based on a free 
pricing process and customers manage risks under 
their own responsibility.  

Deutsche Börse Group is composed of Deutsche 
Börse AG and its subsidiaries, associates and joint 
ventures. 

Deutsche Börse AG itself operates the cash market of 
Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (FWB®, the Frankfurt 
Stock Exchange) with its fully electronic Xetra® trading 
platform. Through its equity investment in Scoach 
Holding S.A., Deutsche Börse AG also offers trading 
in structured products (certificates and warrants).  

Through Eurex Zürich AG and its subsidiaries, 
Deutsche Börse AG operates derivatives markets in 
Europe (Eurex) and the United States (International 
Securities Exchange, ISE) and offers clearing services 
(Eurex Clearing AG). 

In addition, Deutsche Börse sells price and refer- 
ence data as well as other information relevant for 
trading and develops indices through its subsidiary 
STOXX Ltd. 

All post-trade services are handled by Clearstream 
Holding AG and its subsidiaries. These include trans-
action settlement, administration and custody of secu-
rities as well as global securities financing and in-
vestment funds services. 

Deutsche Börse AG and Clearstream Services S.A. 
develop and operate Deutsche Börse Group’s techno-
logical infrastructure.  

The 
 chart on the next page gives an overview of 
Deutsche Börse Group’s principal shareholdings; its 
basis of consolidation is presented in full in 
to the consolidated financial statements. 

 note 2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Basic principles of the Group

107 

Company management 
The governing bodies of Deutsche Börse AG, as a 
German stock corporation, are the Annual General 
Meeting, the Supervisory Board and the Executive 
Board, each of which has its own areas of respon-
sibility. 

The Annual General Meeting resolves the appropri-
ation of the unappropriated surplus, appoints the 
shareholder representatives in the Supervisory Board 
and determines the approval of the acts of the Exec-
utive Board and the Supervisory Board. In addition,  
it decides on corporate actions and other matters  

governed by the Aktiengesetz (AktG, German Stock 
Corporation Act). The Supervisory Board appoints, 
supervises and advises the Executive Board and is 
directly involved in key decisions affecting the com-
pany. Additionally, it adopts the consolidated finan-
cial statements prepared by the Executive Board. 
Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed  
for a period of three years; however, when electing 
members to the Supervisory Board, the Annual  
General Meeting may determine a shorter term of  
office. The Supervisory Board of Deutsche Börse AG 
has 18 members: 12 shareholder representatives and 
6 employee representatives.  

Simplified shareholding structure of Deutsche Börse Group as at 31 December 2012 

Deutsche Boerse 
Systems, Inc. 
100%

Deutsche Börse 
Services s.r.o 
100%

Market News 
International Inc. 
100%

Need to Know 
News, LLC 
100%

Infobolsa S.A. 
50%

STOXX Ltd. 
50%

Deutsche Börse AG

Scoach Holding S.A. 
50%

Scoach Schweiz AG 
100%

Scoach Europa AG 
100%

BrainTrade Gesellschaft 
für Börsensysteme mbH 
21% 1)

Deutsche Börse 
Commodities GmbH 
16%

Tradegate 
Exchange GmbH 
75% 2)

Eurex Global 
Derivatives AG 
100%

Eurex Zürich AG 
100% 3)

Eurex Frankfurt AG 
100%

Eurex Clearing AG 
100%

Eurex Repo GmbH 
100%

Eurex Bonds GmbH 
79%

U.S. Exchange 
Holdings, Inc. 
100%

International 
Securities Exchange 
Holdings, Inc. 
100%

European Energy 
Exchange AG 
56%

Clearstream Holding AG 
100%

Clearstream 
International S.A. 
100%

Clearstream 
Banking AG 
100%

Link-Up Capital 
Markets, S.L. 
23%

Clearstream 
Banking S.A. 
100%

Clearstream 
Banking Japan, Ltd. 
100%

REGIS-TR S.A. 
50%

Clearstream 
Services S.A. 
100%

Clearstream Opera-
tions Prague s.r.o 
100%

LuxCSD S.A. 
50%

1)  Direct equity interest of Deutsche Börse AG: 14 per cent

2)  Plus an equity interest of 1.23 per cent, which is held directly via Tradegate AG Wertpapierhandelsbank

3)  Direct equity interest of Deutsche Börse AG: 50 per cent

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The Executive Board has sole responsibility for man-
aging the company and the Chief Executive Officer 
coordinates the activities of the Executive Board 
members. Until 30 November 2012, the Executive 
Board of Deutsche Börse AG had 6 members. 
Deutsche Börse AG’s Executive Board temporarily had 
7 members in December 2012 due to the appoint-
ment of Hauke Stars effective 1 December 2012 and 
the departure of Michael Kuhn at the end of the year. 
The Executive Board again had 6 members as at 
1 January 2013. From 1 April 2013, the Executive 
Board will be reduced to 5 members due to the  
departure of Frank Gerstenschläger. The remunera- 
tion system and the remuneration paid to the individ-
ual members of the Executive Board of Deutsche 
Börse AG are presented in the 
which is part of this combined management report.  

 remuneration report, 

Reporting segments 
Deutsche Börse Group classifies its business into four 
segments: Xetra, Eurex, Clearstream and Market Data 
& Analytics. Since financial year 2010, this structure 
has served as a basis for the internal management of 
the Group and for financial reporting. Changes from 
financial year 2013 onwards are described below. 

Reporting segment  Business areas 

Xetra 

 Cash market with the Xetra® electronic trading 
system, the Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading 
and Tradegate 

 Central counterparty for equities 
 Admission of securities to listing 

Eurex 

 Electronic derivatives market trading platform 

Eurex® 

 Electronic equity options trading platform ISE 
 Over-the-counter (OTC) trading platforms Eurex 

Bonds® and Eurex Repo® 

 Central counterparty for bonds, on- and off-
exchange derivatives and repo transactions 
(Eurex Clearing) 

Clearstream 

 Custody and settlement services for domestic 

and international securities 

 Global securities financing services 
 Investment funds services 

Market Data & 
Analytics 

 Sales of price information and information 

distribution 

 Index development and sales 

Organisational structure 
The organisational structure of Deutsche Börse Group 
in financial year 2012 mirrored the three market  
areas: cash market (Xetra), derivatives market and  

market data (Derivatives & Market Data), as well as 
securities settlement and custody (Clearstream). Each 
area is headed by a member of the Executive Board of 
Deutsche Börse AG. In addition, there are Group-wide 
administrative functions in the divisions of the Chief 
Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer 
(CFO). Changes from financial year 2013 onwards 
are described in the following paragraph and already 
reflected in the overview of the Group’s leadership 
structure (see 

 chart on the next page). 

Changes in financial year 2013 
The organisational structure and reporting segments 
will change as follows in financial year 2013:  

  Andreas Preuss heads the cash market and deriva-
tives businesses starting as of 1 January 2013;  
the Xetra and Eurex reporting segments will remain 
separate. Frank Gerstenschläger, the Executive 
Board member responsible for the Xetra division  
in financial year 2012, is leaving the company as  
at 31 March 2013.  

  As of 1 January 2013, the Information Technology 
(IT) and Market Data & Analytics areas are com-
bined with selected external IT services in a sepa-
rate business unit under the direction of Hauke 
Stars. The new segment structure clearly reflects  
the declared intention to expand Deutsche Börse’s 
technology leadership and expertise in the area  
of market data. In the 2013 financial reports, the  
prior-year figures will be adjusted accordingly.  

Goals and strategies 

Goals and strategy of Deutsche Börse Group 
In the past years, Deutsche Börse Group has devel-
oped into one of the largest exchange organisations in 
the world and increased its value considerably since 
going public. Its business success is founded on the 
Group’s integrated business model, which aims to of-
fer its customers efficient and cost-effective services. 
It is based on the following key principles: 

  Integrating different financial market services such 

as trading, clearing, settlement and custody of secu-
rities, liquidity and collateral management, as well 
as index and market data services 

  Providing these services for different asset classes 

such as equities, bonds, funds and derivatives

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Basic principles of the Group

109 

  Developing and operating the Group’s own electron-
ic systems for all processes along the securities trad-
ing value chain 

  Acting as an impartial marketplace organiser to  

sideration. The aim is responsible and sustainable 
growth that will add long-term value – for customers 
and business partners, staff, shareholders as well  
as the company.  

ensure orderly, supervised trading with fair pricing 
and risk management services 

The efficiency of the business model is reflected in 
the fact that Deutsche Börse Group is one of the pro-
viders of trading, clearing and settlement services 
with the most attractive prices and that the Group has 
generated a strong cash flow from its operating activ-
ities for many years. 

Deutsche Börse Group continues to pursue its strategy, 
which has enabled it to achieve its leading position. 
In doing so, it focuses primarily on organic growth by 
introducing new products in existing and new asset 
classes, expanding its business to new customer 
groups and moving into markets in new regions. If  
external growth opportunities appear to be economi-
cally attractive, the Group also takes these into con- 

Deutsche Börse Group channels its energies in the 
next years in three directions as part of its strategy:  

  Forceful expansion of its product and service range 
to currently unregulated and uncollateralised mar-
kets: this move is in response to changes in cus-
tomer needs as well as the regulatory framework. 
  Accelerated expansion of technology leadership and 

expertise in the market data segment: Deutsche 
Börse Group achieves this by pooling all relevant 
company resources. To this end, the Information 
Technology (IT) and Market Data & Analytics areas 
as well as selected external services have been bun-
dled in a separate business unit (reporting segment 
as of financial year 2013). 

  Tapping into new geographic growth areas, especial-

ly in Asia, and acquiring new customer groups 

Leadership structure of Deutsche Börse Group as at 1 January 2013 

Group Executive Board

CEO

CFO

Cash & Derivatives 
Markets

R. Francioni

G. Pottmeyer

A. Preuss

Clearstream

J. Tessler

IT & Market Data & 
Analytics

Special Projects

H. Stars

F. Gerstenschläger

Programs and 
Advisory

Financial Accoun-
t  ing & Controlling

Executive Offi ce

Client Relations 
Europe & Americas

Central IT & 
Coordination

Internal Auditing

Strategic Finance

IT

Group Strategy

Investor Relations & 
Treasury

Business 
Development

Corporate 
Communications

Corporate Offi ce

Group Com pliance, 
Information Security 
& Risk Management

Human Resources

Sales & Marketing

Operations

General Counsel

Clearing

Market Policy & 
European Public 
Affairs

Organization & 
Administration

SAP & Offi ce Auto-
mation

Cash Market 
Structure

Client Relations 
South Asia/
Middle East/Africa

Client Relations 
North Asia

Client Relations 
GSF & Broker /
Dealers

Business 
Management

Operations

Investment Funds 
Services

Networks & 
Infrastructure Ops

VMS & Xetra /
Eurex Operations

AD Cash/
Derivatives

Clearstream IT

Market Data & 
Analytics

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The organic growth targeted by Deutsche Börse Group 
is influenced by the following factors:  

  Corporate citizenship: Deutsche Börse Group sees 

itself as a good corporate citizen and is committed to 
fulfilling this role in its international locations.  

  The performance of the financial markets in line 
with general economic conditions (e.g. volatility  
in the cash market) 

  Regulatory requirements (e.g. EMIR, Capital  

Requirements Directives) 

  Structural changes in the financial markets (e.g.  
increasing use of derivatives by investment funds) 

  The Group’s ability to innovate (e.g. continuous  

introduction of new products and services) 

While Deutsche Börse Group cannot affect the per-
formance of the financial markets, it is able to exert 
an influence on other factors in part or in full, for ex-
ample through lobbying efforts regarding the regulato-
ry framework for the financial markets or developing 
new products and services. In this way, it can reduce 
its dependence on factors outside its control. 

Management approach for corporate responsibility 
issues 
Deutsche Börse Group takes a holistic view of its  
corporate responsibility. Its management approach  
focuses on four areas for action: the economy, em-
ployees, the environment and corporate citizenship,  
in order to strengthen and secure Deutsche Börse 
Group’s benefits for the economy and for society for 
the long term.  

  Economy: Deutsche Börse Group aims to ensure in-
tegrity, transparency and security on the capital 
markets. It adds the most value to society in its pri-
mary core business.  

  Employees: Deutsche Börse Group pursues a re-
sponsible, sustainably focused human resources 
policy. It wants to win committed and competent 
employees and retain them for as long as possible.  

  Environment: Deutsche Börse Group aims to keep 
its ecological footprint to a minimum by implement-
ing an environment- and resource-friendly business 
ecology. 

Selected initiatives and specific measures from these 
four areas are described in the sections on 
ployees”, “Corporate responsibility” and “Sustainabil-
ity”.  

 “Em-

Corporate responsibility falls under the remit of the 
CEO. The corporate responsibility team coordinates 
the Group-wide measures and progresses the strategic 
development of the management approach. Regular 
reviews are held in consultation with the operating 
departments to determine whether the areas for ac-
tion and implementation measures are still relevant 
and how the objectives are being met and the targets 
reached.  

Sustainability management 
Deutsche Börse Group feels committed to corporate 
governance that takes social, ethical and ecological 
aspects into account when implementing its econom-
ic objectives. The company gave strong expression to 
this commitment by signing up to the United Nations 
Global Compact.  

As a central organiser of the capital market it is 
Deutsche Börse’s duty to systemically stabilise the 
markets it organises and to ensure that sustain- 
ability information is more transparent and more  
easily available for market participants. As a listed 
company, it has a duty to consistently monitor and 
hone its own sustainability profile. Playing this dual 
role, Deutsche Börse Group focuses its sustainability 
management on two areas for action:  

  Fostering transparency for holistic investment  

strategies 

  Optimising its own sustainability performance  

Examples of initiatives and their successful  
implementation can be found in the section on  

 “Sustainability”. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Basic principles of the Group

111 

Internal management control 

Control systems 
Deutsche Börse Group’s internal management control 
system is based on operating performance indicators 
of the income statement (net revenue, operating costs, 
EBIT, net income for the year) as well as balance 
sheet performance indicators (liquidity, equity less in-
tangible assets). In addition, Deutsche Börse Group 
includes performance indicators in its control system 
that are derived from the income statement and the 
balance sheet (interest coverage ratio, gross debt/ 
EBITDA, return on shareholders’ equity). 

Net revenue is composed of sales revenue plus net in-
terest income from banking business and other oper-
ating income, less volume-related costs. Sales reve-
nue from external customers is generally dependent 
on the growth factors described above (performance 
of the financial markets, regulatory and structural 
changes, and the Group’s ability to innovate). Net in-
terest income from banking business is dependent on 
the development of Clearstream’s international settle-
ment business on the one hand and the development 
of short-term interest rates, particularly in the euro 
zone and the USA, on the other. Other operating in-
come results from exchange rate differences, among 
other things. Volume-related costs comprise expenses 
that correlate with the level of sales revenue in certain 
areas of the company, such as fees and commissions 
from banking business or costs for purchasing price 
information. In addition, various license fees contrib-
ute to volume-related costs. Operating costs include 
staff costs, depreciation, amortisation and impairment 
losses, as well as other operating expenses. Staff 
costs consist of wages and salaries as well as social 
security contributions and the cost of retirement bene-
fits. They are subject to inflation and depend partially 
on the development of Deutsche Börse AG’s share 
price, as they also include changes in the provisions 
and payments for the Stock Bonus Plan for members 
of the Executive Board and senior executives that was 
introduced in 2007. The depreciation, amortisation 
and impairment charges include depreciation and 
amortisation of, and impairment losses on, intangible 
assets and property, plant and equipment. Other  

operating expenses mainly consist of the costs of  
developing and operating the Group’s technologi- 
cal infrastructure, office infrastructure costs and  
marketing costs. 

Around 80 per cent of Deutsche Börse Group’s total 
costs are fixed costs (excluding special factors). The 
Group can therefore handle higher volumes of busi-
ness without a significant increase in costs. Converse-
ly, a decline in business volumes has a direct impact 
on the Group’s profitability. Approximately 20 per cent 
of the Group’s total costs are volume-related costs.  

Deutsche Börse Group manages its EBIT via net reve-
nue and operating costs. At Group level, Deutsche 
Börse Group’s net income for the year also serves  
as a performance indicator for internal management 
control.  

Deutsche Börse Group’s balance sheet-based perfor-
mance indicators include a target liquidity as well as 
equity less intangible assets. Liquidity planning aims 
at retaining liquidity amounting to the operating costs 
incurred in one quarter; target liquidity currently 
stands at €250 million. In managing its equity less 
intangible assets, the Group’s aim is not to reach a 
particular target figure but rather to achieve a positive 
value in general. 

The interest coverage ratio shows the ratio of EBITDA 
to interest expenses from financing activities. Under 
its capital management programme, the Group plans 
to achieve an interest coverage ratio of at least 16  
for Deutsche Börse Group. In addition, the aim is to 
achieve a ratio of interest-bearing gross debt to 
EBITDA of 1.5 maximum on the Group level. The two 
performance indicators mentioned above play a mate-
rial role at present in protecting the Group’s current 
“AA” rating. 

The Clearstream subgroup aims to maintain an inter-
est coverage ratio of 25 and comply with other capital 
adequacy measures to protect its current “AA” rating. 
Because Clearstream had no financial liabilities from 
non-banking business in the year under review, as in  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

the previous year, it was not necessary to calculate 
the interest coverage ratio for the subgroup.  

Further information on the Group’s financial position 
is presented in the 
 “Financial position” section of 
this combined management report. 

Internal control system and risk management with 
regard to the Group’s accounting practices 
The Group’s internal control system (ICS) is another 
control tool. Its primary purpose is to ensure that 
Deutsche Börse Group’s accounting processes comply 
with orderly bookkeeping and accounting practices. 
This guarantees that the presentation of the net assets, 
financial position and results of operations in the  
single-entity and consolidated financial statements of 
Deutsche Börse AG and its subsidiaries is correct and 
complete.  

The Financial Accounting and Controlling (FA&C)  
department and the corresponding units in foreign 
subsidiaries are mainly responsible for preparing the 
accounts of Deutsche Börse AG and its consolidated 
subsidiaries. The head of FA&C at Deutsche Börse AG 
is responsible for the accounting processes through-
out Deutsche Börse Group as well as for ensuring  
the effectiveness of the safeguarding and control 
measures that also form part of the accounting pro-
cess. This officer ensures that risks in the accounting 
system are identified early on and that adequate safe-
guarding and control measures are taken in good  
time. An internal monitoring system comprising both 
integrated and independent controls has been imple-
mented to this end. The consistent quality of financial 
reporting is, amongst other things, supported by us-
ing the following tools: 

  Work instructions and process descriptions for each 
individual accounting process, including the prepa-
ration of consolidated financial statements, are 
stored in a database created especially for this  
purpose. 

  IFRS and German GAAP (HGB) accounting manuals 
and account allocation guidelines ensure a Group-
wide consistent financial reporting standard and 
process.  

The work instructions and process descriptions are 
regularly reviewed to ensure that they are up-to-date. 
High-risk processes are subject to special control. The 
financial reporting manuals and account allocation 
guideline are also updated on an ongoing basis. All 
employees within the department have access to the 
database, reporting manuals and account allocation 
guidelines and can thus obtain current information  
on the regulations to be followed.  

In addition, the FA&C department is responsible for 
monitoring changes in the accounting-related frame-
work, analysing their potential impact on Deutsche 
Börse Group and initiating appropriate measures to 
implement these changes. This includes in particular 
continuously analysing the impact of any new or re-
vised accounting standards and providing ongoing 
support for new transactions to ensure they are ade-
quately reflected in the accounting system. 

Another important feature of the internal control sys-
tem within the FA&C department is the principle of 
functional separation: tasks and responsibilities are 
clearly defined and allocated within the organisation. 
Incompatible tasks, such as changing master data 
and issuing payment instructions, are kept strictly 
apart. This functional separation is ensured, among 
other things, by an independent control unit with the 
authority to grant accounting system access rights to 
employees and continuously monitor them by means 
of an “incompatibility matrix”. Transactions are initial-
ly recorded in the general ledger or corresponding 
subledgers based on the table of accounts and the 
account allocation guideline. The preparation of the 
closing entries and consolidated financial statements 
always follows the principle of dual control. 

All major subsidiaries of Deutsche Börse Group keep 
their general ledgers in the same SAP system using 
the SAP EC-CS consolidation software. The accoun-
ting data of subsidiaries not incorporated in the 
Group’s SAP system is included in the consolidated 
financial statements via upload files. For the consoli-
dation of liabilities, expenses and income, trans- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Basic principles of the Group

113 

actions are recorded in separate accounts under the 
name of the respective partner company. Differences 
arising from the consolidation of liabilities, expenses 
and income are appraised centrally and sent on to  
the accounting departments of the companies for  
clarification.  

Internal Auditing carries out risk-driven and process-
neutral checks to assess the effectiveness and  
appropriateness of the internal control system for  
accounting. 

The implemented processes, systems and controls 
provide reasonable assurance that the accounting 
processes comply with the applicable financial report-
ing principles and laws. However, even an appropri-
ate and functioning internal control system can only 
offer adequate, but never total, protection against  
failure to achieve the goals described at the begin-
ning of this section. The Executive Board and the  
Audit and Finance Committee established by the  
Supervisory Board receive regular reports on the  
effectiveness of the internal control system for the  
financial reporting process. 

Research and development activities 

As a service provider, Deutsche Börse Group does not 
engage in research and development activities com-
parable with those of manufacturing companies. This 
section of the report has therefore been omitted. The 
Group’s product and services development activities 
are described in more detail in the 
 opportunities 
report and in the 
ments. 

 report on expected develop-

Takeover-related disclosures 

Disclosures in accordance with sections 289 (4) 
and 315 (4) HGB 
In accordance with sections 289 (4) and 315 (4) of the 
Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB, German Commercial Code), 
Deutsche Börse AG makes the following disclosures as 
at 31 December 2012: 

The share capital of Deutsche Börse AG amounted 
to €193.0 million on 31 December 2012 and was 

composed of 193,000,000 registered ordinary shares. 
There are no other classes of shares besides these  
ordinary shares. 

The Executive Board is only aware of limitations to 
voting rights that result from the Aktiengesetz (AktG, 
German Stock Corporation Act). These include voting 
right limitations pursuant to section 136 of the AktG 
and limitations under the AktG for treasury shares. 
Section 136 of the AktG stipulates that shareholders 
may not exercise voting rights for themselves or on 
behalf of another shareholder if a resolution is to be 
adopted formally approving their actions, releasing 
them from an obligation, or deciding whether the 
company should assert a claim against them. The 
voting rights of the relevant shares are thus excluded 
by law in cases where section 136 of the AktG  
applies. Under section 71b of the AktG, Deutsche 
Börse AG is also not permitted to exercise any rights 
of treasury shares held in its portfolio.  

Under the Wertpapierhandelsgesetz (WpHG, German  
Securities Trading Act), any investor whose sharehold-
ing reaches, exceeds, or falls below specified voting 
right thresholds as a result of purchase, sale, or any 
other transaction is required to notify the company 
and the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungs-
aufsicht (BaFin, German Federal Financial Superviso-
ry Authority). The lowest threshold for this disclosure 
requirement is 3 per cent (see 
solidated financial statements for details). Deutsche 
Börse AG is not aware of any direct or indirect invest-
ments in its capital representing more than 10 per 
cent of the voting rights.  

 note 43 to the con-

None of Deutsche Börse AG’s shareholders hold 
shares that confer special control rights. 

Employees holding shares in Deutsche Börse AG ex-
ercise their rights in the same way as other share-
holders in accordance with statutory regulations and 
the Articles of Association. 

Members of the Executive Board are appointed and 
released in accordance with sections 84 and 85 of 
the AktG. In accordance with Article 6 (3) of the Arti-
cles of Association of Deutsche Börse AG, membership 
of the Executive Board generally terminates when 
members reach the age of 60. Amendments to the  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Articles of Association of Deutsche Börse AG are 
adopted by resolution of the Annual General Meeting in 
accordance with section 119 (1) no. 5 of the AktG. 
Under Article 12 (4) of the Articles of Association of 
Deutsche Börse AG, the Supervisory Board has the 
power to make changes to the Articles of Association 
that relate only to the wording. In accordance with Ar-
ticle 18 (1) of the Articles of Association of Deutsche 
Börse AG, resolutions of the Annual General Meeting 
are passed – unless otherwise stipulated by mandato-
ry requirements of the AktG – by a simple majority 
of the votes cast. Insofar as the AktG prescribes a ma-
jority of share capital to be represented at the Annual 
General Meeting for resolutions, a simple majority of 
the represented share capital is sufficient where this 
is legally permissible. 

Subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, the 
Executive Board is authorised to increase the share 
capital until 11 May 2016 by issuing new no-par val-
ue registered shares in exchange for cash and/or non-
cash contributions on one or more occasions by up to 
a total of €5.2 million (authorised share capital I). 
Full authorisation, particularly the conditions for  
disapplying shareholders’ pre-emptive rights, derives 
from Article 4 (3) of the Articles of Association of 
Deutsche Börse AG. 

The Executive Board is also authorised to increase  
the share capital until 26 May 2015, subject to the 
approval of the Supervisory Board, by issuing new 
no-par value registered shares in exchange for cash 
and/or non-cash contributions on one or more occa-
sions by up to a total of €27.8 million (authorised 
share capital II). The shareholders must be granted 
pre-emptive rights, which the Executive Board can 
disapply in certain cases, subject to the approval of 
the Supervisory Board in each case. The Executive 
Board is authorised to disapply shareholders’ pre-
emptive rights for cash capital increases if the issue 
price of the new shares is not significantly lower than 
the stock exchange price and the total number of 
shares issued while pre-emptive rights are disapplied 
does not exceed 10 per cent of the share capital. 
Furthermore, the Executive Board is authorised to 
disapply pre-emptive rights for new shares with a 
proportionate interest in the share capital totalling up 
to €3.0 million in order to issue these new shares to 
employees of the company or of companies affiliated 
with it, excluding the members of the Executive  

Board and the management of affiliated companies. 
In addition, the Executive Board is authorised to dis-
apply pre-emptive rights if capital is increased in  
exchange for non-cash contributions for the purpose 
of acquiring companies, parts of companies, inter-
ests in companies, or other assets. Finally, the Ex-
ecutive Board is authorised to disapply fractional 
amounts from shareholders’ pre-emptive rights. Full 
authorisation, particularly the conditions for disapply-
ing shareholders’ pre-emptive rights, derives from Arti-
cle 4 (4) of the Articles of Association of Deutsche 
Börse AG. 

The Executive Board is also authorised to increase the 
share capital until 26 May 2015, subject to the ap-
proval of the Supervisory Board, by issuing new no-
par value registered shares in exchange for cash con-
tributions on one or more occasions by up to a total of 
€19.5 million (authorised share capital III). The 
shareholders must be granted pre-emptive rights, 
which the Executive Board can disapply only for frac-
tional amounts with the approval of the Supervisory 
Board. The exact content of this authorisation de-
rives from Article 4 (5) of the Articles of Association 
of Deutsche Börse AG. 

The Executive Board is further authorised to increase 
the share capital until 15 May 2017, subject to the 
approval of the Supervisory Board, by issuing new 
no-par value registered shares in exchange for cash 
and/or non-cash contributions on one or more occa-
sions by up to a total of €6.0 million (authorised 
share capital IV). Shareholders must be granted pre-
emptive rights unless the Executive Board makes  
use of the authorisation granted to it to disapply the 
shareholders’ pre-emptive rights with the approval  
of the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board is  
authorised to disapply fractional amounts from the 
shareholders’ pre-emptive rights with the approval of 
the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board is also 
authorised, subject to the approval of the Supervisory 
Board, to disapply shareholders’ pre-emptive rights in 
order to issue up to 900,000 new shares per finan-
cial year from the authorised share capital IV to mem-
bers of the Executive Board and employees of the com-
pany as well as to members of the executive boards or 
management and employees of its affiliated companies 
in accordance with sections 15 et seqq. of the AktG. 
Full authorisation derives from Article 4 (6) of the Ar-
ticles of Association of Deutsche Börse AG.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Basic principles of the Group

115 

The company’s share capital has been contingently 
increased in accordance with Article 4 (7) of the Arti-
cles of Association of Deutsche Börse AG by up to 
€6.0 million by issuing up to 6,000,000 no-par value 
registered shares (contingent share capital I). The 
contingent capital increase is used exclusively to set-
tle stock options granted until 13 May 2008 as a re-
sult of the authorisation under item 7 of the agenda  
of the Annual General Meeting of 14 May 2003. The 
contingent capital increase will only be implemented 
insofar as the holders of issued stock options exercise 
their pre-emptive rights and the company does not 
settle these stock options by transferring treasury 
shares or by way of a cash payment. The new shares 
carry dividend rights from the beginning of the finan-
cial year in which they are issued as the result of ex-
ercising stock options. 

The Executive Board is authorised to acquire treasury 
shares amounting to up to 10 per cent of the share 
capital. However, the acquired shares, together with 
any treasury shares acquired for other reasons that 
are held by the company or allocated to it in accord-
ance with sections 71a et seqq. of the AktG, may at 
no time exceed 10 per cent of the company’s share 
capital. The authorisation to acquire treasury shares 
is valid until 11 May 2013 and may be exercised by 
the company in full or in part on one or more occa-
sions. However, it may also be exercised by depen-
dent companies, by companies in which Deutsche 
Börse AG holds a majority interest, or by third parties 
on its or their behalf. The Executive Board may elect 
to acquire the shares (1) on the stock exchange,  
(2) via a public tender offer addressed to all share-
holders or via a public request for offers of sale ad-
dressed to the company’s shareholders, (3) by issuing 
tender rights to shareholders, or (4) through the use  
of derivatives (put or call options or a combination of 
both). The full and exact wording of the authorisation 
to acquire treasury shares, and particularly the per-
missible uses to which the shares may be put, can be 
found in items 6 and 7 of the agenda of the Annual 
General Meeting of 12 May 2011. 

The following material agreements of the company are 
subject to a change of control following a takeover bid: 

  On 25 October 2006, Deutsche Börse AG and SIX 
Group AG (formerly SWX Group) set out a coopera-
tion agreement to combine their business operations 
in the area of structured products in a European ex-
change organisation under a joint name and brand 
(Scoach). This cooperation agreement was adopted 
by SIX Swiss Exchange AG in place of SIX Group AG 
on 24 March 2009. The cooperation agreement 
gives either party a right of termination with a notice 
period of six months to the end of the month if a 
change of control occurs at the other party, i.e. 
Deutsche Börse AG or SIX Swiss Exchange AG. The 
right of termination expires if it is not exercised with-
in three months of the date of the change of control. 
According to the cooperation agreement, a change 
of control takes place if a person, corporation or 
partnership directly or indirectly acquires control 
over a company, either alone or together with Group 
companies or in concert with other persons or com-
panies. A company has control if it directly or indi-
rectly holds more than 50 per cent of the voting 
rights or the capital of another corporation or part-
nership, if it must fully consolidate another corpora-
tion or partnership under the International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs), or if it is able to con-
trol a company through voting trusts or by appoint-
ing members of executive bodies. 

  On 6 May 2008, supplemented on 9 April 2009, 
on 30 March 2010, on 29 March 2011 and on 
27 February 2012, Deutsche Börse AG and its sub-
sidiary Clearstream Banking S.A. concluded a mul-
ticurrency revolving facility agreement with a con-
sortium of banks for a working capital credit totalling 
up to €750 million. In the event of a change of con-
trol, the lead manager of the consortium must ter-
minate the agreement within a period of 30 days 
and declare all amounts due to the lenders immedi-
ately repayable, if required to do so by a majority of 
the consortium banks, which together provide two-
thirds of the amount of the facility granted at the 
time of the change of control. Under the terms of 
this agreement, a person or group of persons has 
control if they act in concert and/or if they have the 
opportunity to manage the business of Deutsche 
Börse AG or to determine the composition of the 
majority of Deutsche Börse’s Executive Board.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

  As part of the acquisition of ISE, it was agreed that 

no person or group may directly or indirectly acquire 
more than 40 per cent of the shares in ISE or ac-
quire control over the voting rights attached to more 
than 20 per cent of the shares in ISE without the 
prior approval of the US Securities and Exchange 
Commission (SEC). Otherwise, as many ISE shares 
will be transferred to a trust as required to comply 
with the limits.  

  Under the terms of the 2008/2013 fixed-rate  

bonds amounting to €650.0 million issued by 
Deutsche Börse AG, the terms of the subordinated 
fixed-rate and floating-rate bonds amounting to 
€550.0 million issued by the company in 2008 and 
under the terms of the 2012/2022 fixed-rate bonds 
amounting to €600.0 million issued by Deutsche 
Börse AG, cancellation rights apply in the case of a 
change of control. If they are exercised, the bonds 
are repayable at par plus any accrued interest.  
A change of control has taken place if a person or  
a group of persons acting in concert, or third par- 
ties acting on their behalf has or have acquired  
more than 50 per cent of the shares of Deutsche 
Börse AG or the number of Deutsche Börse AG 
shares required to exercise more than 50 per cent 
of the voting rights at Annual General Meetings of 
Deutsche Börse AG. In addition, the relevant loan 
terms require that the change of control must ad-
versely affect the rating given to one of the prefer-
ential unsecured debt instruments of Deutsche 
Börse AG by Fitch Ratings, Moody’s Investors  
Service or Standard & Poor’s. Further details can  
be found in the applicable loan terms. 

  A change of control also results in rights to require 
repayment of various bonds issued by Deutsche 
Börse AG in 2008 under a US private placement. 
The change of control must also adversely affect  
the rating given to one of the preferential unse- 
cured debt instruments of Deutsche Börse AG  
by Fitch Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service or  
Standard & Poor’s. The provisions contained in the 
applicable terms correspond to the conditions 
specified for the 2008/2013 fixed-rate bonds. The 
bonds issued under the private placement are as  

follows: US$170.0 million due on 10 June 2015, 
US$220.0 million due on 10 June 2018, and 
US$70.0 million due on 10 June 2020. 

  Under certain conditions, members of Deutsche 

Börse AG’s Executive Board have a special right of 
termination in the event of a change of control. Ac-
cording to the agreements made with all Executive 
Board members, a change of control has occurred if 
(1) a shareholder or third party discloses its owner-
ship of more than 50 per cent of the voting rights in 
Deutsche Börse AG in accordance with sections 21 
and 22 of the WpHG, (2) an intercompany agree-
ment in accordance with section 291 of the AktG is 
entered into with Deutsche Börse AG as a depen-
dent company, or (3) Deutsche Börse AG is absorb-
ed in accordance with section 319 of the AktG or 
merged in accordance with section 2 of the Um-
wandlungsgesetz (UmwG, German Reorganisation 
and Transformation Act). 

In addition to the above agreements subject to a 
change of control in the event of a takeover offer, fur-
ther agreements apply. In the opinion of Deutsche 
Börse AG, however, these are not material as defined 
by section 315 (4) of the HGB. 

The compensation agreements entered into with  
the members of the Executive Board in the event  
 remuner-
of a takeover offer can be found in the 
ation report.  

Report on the economy 

Macroeconomic and sector-specific conditions 

2012 saw a large number of developments that  
had and continue to have a significant impact on the 
macroeconomic environment and market activity. In 
particular, these included: 

  A slow-down in the global economy, especially in 

the second half of the year.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

117 

  High government debt levels in several European 

countries, along with concerted countermeasures by 
the EU and the decline of the euro against the US 
dollar, especially in the second and third quarters of 
2012. 

ing to European Commission estimates Greece, Italy 
and Spain, among other countries, were in recession. 
On 12 July 2012, the key interest rate in Europe was 
cut by another 25 basis points to the new historically 
low level of 0.75 per cent. 

  The provision of large amounts of liquidity via the 

major central banks’ low interest rate policy  

Following a 1.8 per cent increase in real GDP in the 
OECD countries in 2011, current estimates reveal a 
rise of just 1.4 per cent in 2012. Estimates published 
by the International Monetary Fund suggest that  
the global economy grew by 3.2 per cent in 2012 
(2011: increase in real terms of 3.9 per cent).  

In this macroeconomic environment, Deutsche Börse 
Group’s business is mainly influenced by cyclical 
trends in Germany, other European countries and the 
United States.  

Based on initial estimates, growth in German GDP in 
2012 eased year-on-year due to slower global eco-
nomic growth and the stagnation of world trade at 
prior-year levels. The International Monetary Fund’s 
January 2013 estimates put growth in German eco-
nomic output at 0.9 per cent in 2012 (2011: in-
crease in real terms of 3.1 per cent). The slowdown 
in GDP growth that had already been observed in  
the second half of 2011 continued in the year under 
review. According to information supplied by the 
German Federal Statistical Office, economic growth 
adjusted for price, seasonal and calendar effects 
amounted to 0.6 per cent in the first half of 2012 in 
comparison to the previous half-year period, whereas 
economic output in the second half of the year in-
creased only by 0.1 per cent in comparison to the 
first six months of the year.  

As in 2011, economic performance in the year under 
review was mixed across Europe: development was 
stable in Germany, France and Austria, while accord- 

The OECD is forecasting a real-term increase of 
2.2 per cent in US economic output in 2012 as a re-
sult of continuing budget consolidation resulting from 
the US debt crisis in summer 2011. Market uncer-
tainty is continuing due to the financial policy diffi-
culties, the persistently high unemployment rate and 
resulting lower levels of consumer spending. The 
Federal Reserve kept the federal funds rate within the 
target range of zero to 0.25 per cent that it had set in 
December 2008.  

Development of trading activity on  
selected European cash markets 

London Stock Exchange1) 2) 

Euronext1) 3) 

Deutsche Börse Group – 
Xetra1) 

Bolsas y Mercados Españoles1) 

Borsa Italiana2) 

£

€

€

€

€

2012 
bn 

1,017.9 

1,324.2 

1,069.9 

698.9 

576.2 

Change 2012 
vs. 2011 
% 

– 15

– 22

– 24

– 24

– 29

1)  Trading volume in electronic trading (single-counted) 
2)  Part of London Stock Exchange Group 
3)  Part of NYSE Euronext  

Source: Exchanges listed 

The high levels of government debt in individual Euro-
pean states, the decline of the euro against the US 
dollar and the difficult economic situation are continu-
ing to fuel uncertainty on the financial markets. These 
factors led to a lower level of trading in the cash and 
derivatives markets in financial year 2012. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Development of contracts traded  
on selected derivatives markets 

CBOE Holdings 

NYSE Euronext 

CME Group 

Deutsche Börse Group – Eurex 

Korea Exchange1) 

2012 
m contracts 

Change 2012 
vs. 2011 
% 

1,059.4 

1,928.9 

2,890.0 

2,292.0 

1,835.6 

– 8

– 15

– 15

– 19

– 53

1)  As from June 2012, the Korean exchange regulator ordered an increase in the 

minimum contract size on the Korean market. 

Source: Exchanges listed 

According to the Bank for International Settlements 
(BIS), global net issuance of international bonds rose 
by 24 per cent year-on-year in the first nine months 
of 2012. In line with this, their aggregate principal 
amount grew by more than 5 per cent in the same 
period to €16.8 trillion (since BIS has changed the 
way it collects the data, the figures given are not 
comparable with those reported in previous years). 
This development underlines the continued attractive-
ness of the international bond markets for issuers.  

The average volume of international bonds held in 
custody by Clearstream rose slightly year-on-year.  

Business development  

2012 was a difficult year for the players on the finan-
cial markets in Europe and North America, as well as 
for the organisers of these markets – the exchanges. 
Even in year five of the financial crisis, the capital 
markets failed to stabilise sufficiently to fully restore 
investor confidence.  

Several factors had a significant impact on business 
development at Deutsche Börse Group:  

  The continuing uncertainty about future global eco-
nomic developments – especially in the euro zone, 
where the euro debt crisis continues to rear its head 
– put a damper on the trading activities of market 
participants. In times of acute crisis, banks  

value the reliability of exchanges as trading places 
that guarantee security and integrity. If, however, the 
uncertainty persists beyond the short term, as is 
currently the case, this has a paralysing effect on 
the market participants. In addition, the lack of con-
fidence in a permanently stable development of the 
euro zone was prompting investors to withdraw their 
capital from Europe and either invest it back in their 
respective home markets, for example in the USA, 
or in growth markets such as Asia or South America.  

  A lack of clarity surrounding the legal framework for 
financial markets inhibits the markets more than a 
strict, but ultimately reliable regulatory framework, 
which allows businesses to plan. For example, on 
the one hand, stricter capital requirements are lead-
ing banks and other market participants to scale 
back their trading activities; on the other hand, 
however, this gives Deutsche Börse Group the op-
portunity to develop services that allow banks to  
use their capital with maximum efficiency. 

  The low interest rate policy pursued by central 

banks in response to the state of the economy led to 
another reduction in net interest income from bank-
ing business generated in the Clearstream segment. 
Interest rate derivatives traded on Eurex were also 
adversely impacted by stable low interest rates.  

  Other factors included the ECB’s liquidity pro-

grammes, such as the long-term refinancing opera-
tions initiated in December 2011 and February 
2012. These operations are designed to provide 
long-term liquidity to the capital markets on favour-
able terms. This led to a deterioration in the market 
environment for the liquidity management services 
offered to market participants by the Clearstream 
segment. 

In this challenging market environment, the result 
generated by Deutsche Börse Group in financial year 
2012 was lower than in the previous year. Net reve-
nue decreased by 9 per cent to €1,932.3 million in 
2012 (2011: €2,121.4 million). When analysing this 
decline, it should be also taken into account that in 
2011 the market turbulence in the euro zone had 
triggered a significant temporary increase in demand 
for exchange-based hedging, which in turn led to  
one of the best results in Deutsche Börse’s history.  
By contrast, the acquisition of all of the shares of 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

119 

Eurex Zürich AG, which has been reported in the con-
solidated financial statements of Deutsche Börse AG 
since the beginning of the year under review, had a 
positive impact on revenue in 2012.  

Net revenue by segment 

€ millions

Deutsche Börse AG increased its investments in pro-
jects of strategic importance to implement the three 
strategic directions communicated in 2012 (see 
section on “Goals and strategies of Deutsche Börse 
Group”). Therefore, in the year under review, costs for 
growth initiatives and infrastructure projects increased 
year-on-year by €36.7 million. The money was used 
in particular for projects initiated by Eurex and Clear-
stream to prepare the Group’s platforms for clearing 
over-the-counter derivatives and to develop a global 
risk and collateral management system. Nevertheless, 
the Group’s operating costs decreased slightly year-
on-year to €958.6 million (2011: €962.2 million).  

Results of operations 

Deutsche Börse Group’s net revenue declined by 
9 per cent in financial year 2012 to €1,932.3 million 
(2011: €2,121.4 million). Net revenue is composed 
of sales revenue plus net interest income from bank-
ing business and other operating income, less volume-
related costs. The decline in net revenue reflects in 
particular the uncertainty about future global econom-
ic developments, the situation in the euro zone and 
the central banks’ persistent low interest rate  
policy. Furthermore, there is lasting uncertainty about 
the far-reaching reform projects in the financial indus-
try and their impact on market participants. Together, 
these factors put a significant damper on the trading 
activity of market participants in the year under re-
view, whereas the previous year had been character-
ised by high volatility due to the turbulence in the  
euro zone as well as to the credit rating downgrade 
for the United States. As a result, trading volumes in 
securities and derivatives and the associated post-
trade services and a part of market data services de-
clined in 2012, in some cases sharply. 

In total, the cash market trading volume on Xetra con-
tracted by 24 per cent, while the segment’s net rev-
enue fell by 20 per cent. On the derivatives market, 

2,121.4

219.5

1,932.3

215.4

Market Data & Analytics

695.3

660.9

Clearstream

940.0

843.0

Eurex

266.6

213.0

Xetra

2011

2012

the contract volumes for European futures and op-
tions were down by 19 per cent, the same rate of de-
cline as for the US options traded on the International 
Securities Exchange (ISE). Lower contract volumes in 
the Eurex segment resulted in a 10 per cent drop in 
net revenue. The acquisition of the remaining shares 
in Eurex Zürich AG from SIX Group AG, which has 
been reflected in Deutsche Börse Group’s consolidat-
ed financial statements since the start of 2012, had  
a stabilising effect. In contrast to the trading activity 
in the Xetra and Eurex segments, post-trade services 
were down only slightly: the Clearstream segment 
was able to partially offset the decline in settlements 
caused by the reduction in trading activity, in particu-
lar thanks to its stable custody business and a slight 
rise in net revenue from global securities financing. 
Overall, the Clearstream segment’s net revenue was 
5 per cent down on the previous year. Net revenue in 
the Market Data & Analytics segment was relatively 
stable due to the steady expansion of the product 
range, especially at the subsidiary STOXX Ltd., and to 
strong demand for high-quality underlyings for finan-
cial instruments, such as the DAX® index. As a result  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

of historically low key interest rates, net interest in-
come from banking business decreased by 31 per 
cent to €52.0 million in the year under review, in 
spite of higher average customer cash deposits. The 
European Central Bank had cut the key interest rate 
by 25 basis points with effect from 14 December 
2011 and again from 12 July 2012, bringing it down 
to a historically low level of 75 basis points. In addi-
tion, on 11 July 2012, the European Central Bank 
reduced the rate for the deposit facility from 0.25 to  
0 per cent. Net interest income declined steadily in 
the course of the year, from €18.5 million in the first 
quarter of 2012 to €8.4 million in the fourth quarter 
as a result of the interest rate changes.  

Accelerated implementation allowed the efficiency 
programme launched in 2010 with a total volume  
of €150 million to be completed ahead of schedule  
in the year under review. Overall, the cost-cutting 
programme was realised significantly faster than  
originally planned.  

Deutsche Börse Group key performance figures 

Net revenue 

Operating costs 

EBIT 

Net income 

Earnings per share  
(basic) in € 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

Change 
% 

1,932.3 

2,121.4

958.6 

962.2

969.4 

1,162.8

645.0 

855.2

3.44 

4.60

– 9

0

– 17

– 25

– 25

Volume-related costs rose by 13 per cent to €276.7 
million (2011: €244.0 million). The rise is mainly 
due to technical changes in the fee models in the 
cash and US options markets and has no impact  
on results. 

The company’s operating costs were down slightly 
year-on-year, amounting to €958.6 million (2011: 
€962.2 million). They include costs for efficiency 
programmes of €23.1 million (2011: €1.1 million). 
Expenses of €13.1 million were incurred in 2012 for 
the prohibited merger with NYSE Euronext (2011: 
€82.2 million). Adjusted for these one-off effects,  

costs increased by 5 per cent to €922.4 million 
(2011: €878.7 million). The following factors were 
the key drivers for the year-on-year increase in costs 
of €43.7 million:  

  As part of the Group’s growth strategy, the Executive 
Board resolved to increase spending on strategic 
projects in 2012. In the year under review, the costs 
for growth initiatives and infrastructure projects were 
therefore €36.7 million higher than in the prior-year 
period. The amount was used in particular to fund 
initiatives in the Eurex and Clearstream segments, 
for example, to prepare the clearing of OTC deriva-
tives transactions and in the area of collateral man-
agement in the post-trade business.  

  Additional costs amounting to some €9.3 million 

were incurred because the US dollar exchange rate 
strengthened against the euro. 

  To enhance transparency, Deutsche Börse Group  

revised its accounting policy for defined benefit obli-
gations retroactively as from 1 January 2012 by 
adopting the revised the IAS 19 early; actuarial 
gains and losses are now recognised directly in the 
revaluation surplus. Additionally, Deutsche Börse 
Group reports the net interest expenses in connec-
tion with defined benefit obligations previously  
presented in staff costs in the financial result. The 
prior-year figures have been adjusted accordingly, 
reducing operating costs by €11.1 million and in-
creasing financial expense by €2.5 million. Further 
information is provided in 
dated financial statements. 

 note 1 to the consoli-

Staff costs, a key factor in operating costs, rose to 
€414.2 million in 2012 (2011: €385.8 million).  
Adjusted for the effects of efficiency programmes 
amounting to €14.4 million (2011: €–6.7 million), 
staff costs only rose slightly by 2 per cent year-on-
year to €399.8 million (2011: €392.5 million). This 
slight increase is largely due to the higher average 
number of people employed in the year under review 
and was partially offset by a drop in variable remu-
neration compared with the previous year. Further  
details of the share-based payment arrangements  
are provided in 
cial statements. 

 note 39 to the consolidated finan-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

121 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses in-
creased by 15 per cent to €105.0 million in the year 
under review (2011: €91.4 million). This was pri-
marily driven by a rise of intangible assets and prop-
erty, plant and equipment in connection with the 
Group’s growth initiatives and infrastructure measures. 

Other operating expenses, which amounted to 
€439.4 million in the year under review (2011: 
€485.0 million), relate primarily to the costs of devel-
oping and operating Deutsche Börse Group’s techno-
logical infrastructure, including, for example, costs for 
IT services providers and data processing. In addition, 
other operating expenses include the cost of the office 
infrastructure at all the Group’s locations as well as 
travel expenses, most of which are incurred in con-
nection with sales activities. Because of the Group’s 
business model and the fact that the company does 
not normally distribute its products and services to 
end customers, advertising and marketing costs only 
account for a very small portion of the company’s  
operating expenses. 

The result from Deutsche Börse Group’s equity in-
vestments amounted to €–4.3 million (2011: income 
€3.6 million). It was generated primarily by Scoach 
Holding S.A., Direct Edge Holdings, LLC and Euro-
pean Energy Exchange AG. The positive contribu-
tions made by these companies were offset by an  
impairment loss of €10.8 million recognised on the 
Group’s interest in Quadriserv Inc., which resulted  
in total in a loss from equity investments. SIX Swiss 
Exchange AG has terminated the cooperation agree-
ment with effect from 30 June 2013. The markets 
contributed to the joint venture will be transferred 
back to the respective parent companies.  

Overview of operating costs 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

Change 
% 

Staff costs 

414.2 

385.8 

Depreciation, amortisation and 
impairment charges 

105.0 

91.4 

Other operating expenses 

439.4 

485.0 

Total 

958.6 

962.2 

7 

15 

– 9 

0 

EBIT by segment 

€ millions

1,162.8

143.5

375.1

969.4

120.7

Market Data & Analytics

316.9

Clearstream

518.8

440.6

Eurex

125.4

91.2

Xetra

2011

2012

Primarily because of lower net revenue, Deutsche 
Börse Group’s earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 
declined by 17 per cent in the year under review to 
€969.4 million (2011: €1,162.8 million). Adjusted 
for the special factors mentioned above, the Group’s 
EBIT amounted to €1,005.6 million, a 19 per cent 
decrease compared with 2011 (€1,246.1 million).  

The Group’s financial result for financial year 2012 
was €–132.7 million (2011: €–3.8 million). The 
clear widening of this figure is primarily due to 
Deutsche Börse AG’s agreement with SIX Group AG to 
acquire all the shares in Eurex Zürich AG. Under the 
terms of the agreement, part of the purchase price 
was to be settled in shares. The equity component of 
the purchase price liability was definitively measured  
at fair value through profit and loss on 1 February 
2012. The rise in the share price between 31 De-
cember 2011 and 1 February 2012 led to a non-
cash, tax-neutral expense of €26.3 million on the 
measurement of the equity component and an ex-
pense of €1.1 million on the unwinding of the dis-
counted cash component. For 2011, there had been 
non-cash, tax-neutral income of €80.8 million on  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
122 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

the measurement of the equity component and an  
expense of €3.4 million on the unwinding of the dis-
count on the cash component. In addition, at the end 
of September 2012, Deutsche Börse AG placed a 
corporate bond with a maturity of 10 years and a vol-
ume of €600 million. It serves primarily to refinance 
part of the outstanding long-term financial liabilities, 
which amount to roughly €1.5 billion in total. Deutsche 
Börse made use of the positive market environment to 
obtain funds early to repay outstanding existing bonds 
maturing in 2013. In this context, Deutsche Börse AG 
made creditors of outstanding euro-denominated 
bonds an offer to repurchase these bonds and bought 
fixed-income bearer bonds issued in 2008 amounting 
to €72.1 million (principal amount), as well as hybrid 
bonds, also issued in 2008, amounting to €237.1 
million (principal amount). By repurchasing the out-
standing bonds, it was possible to use the funds 
raised through the new issue directly and thus reduce 
gross debt by a corresponding amount as at the end 
of the year. The placement of the bond and the simul-
taneous repurchase of some of the outstanding euro-
denominated bonds led to a non-recurring charge on 
the net financial result of €12.4 million in the fourth 
quarter of 2012. The amount includes the premium 
for the repurchase of the bonds in excess of their 
principal amount. Adjusted for these factors, the net 
financial result in 2012 amounted to €–92.9 million 
(2011: €–81.2 million). 

The effective Group tax rate was 26.0 per cent in 
2012 (2011: 26.0 per cent). It is calculated after ad-
justments for the above-mentioned special factors  

made to the operating costs and the financial result. 
In addition, the Group tax rate was adjusted by non-
recurring income from the reversal of deferred tax lia-
bilities for STOXX Ltd. amounting to €20.7 million (of 
which SIX Group AG receives one half) as a result of 
a decision by the Swiss financial authorities and by 
non-recurring income amounting to €37.1 million 
from the recognition of deferred tax assets due to the 
ability in the future to offset loss carryforwards in 
connection with the acquisition of the shares held by 
SIX Group AG in Eurex Global Derivatives AG. 

Driven by the lower EBIT, Deutsche Börse Group also 
recorded a decrease in net income compared to 2011 
by 25 per cent to €645.0 million (2011: €855.2 mil-
lion). Excluding the special factors described above, 
consolidated net income was down 21 per cent year-
on-year to €660.9 million (2011: €839.5 million). 

Non-controlling interests in net profit for the period 
amounted to €24.8 million (2011: €22.6 million). 
STOXX Ltd. accounted for the largest share of this 
with €24.6 million (2011: €18.5 million).  

Basic earnings per share, based on the weighted av-
erage of 187.4 million shares, amounted to €3.44 
(2011: €4.60 for an average of 185.8 million shares 
outstanding). Adjusted for the non-recurring effects 
described above, basic earnings per share declined  
by 22 per cent to €3.53 (2011: €4.51).  

Key figures by quarter 

Net revenue 

Operating costs 

EBIT 

Net income for the period 

Earnings per share (basic) (€) 

Q1 

Q2 

Q3 

Q4 

2012 
€m 

506.9

248.6

260.0

146.2

0.77

2011 
€m 

526.3

211.8

319.1

214.1

1.15

2012
€m 

506.7

228.9

278.8

186.2

0.99

2011
€m 

506.4

233.1

279.0

180.5

0.97

2012 
€m 

471.0

227.4

245.4

159.9

0.86

2011 
€m 

578.6 

248.3 

333.8 

316.9 

1.70 

2012 
€m 

447.7 

253.7 

185.2 

152.7 

0.82 

2011 
€m 

510.1

269.0

230.9

143.7

0.78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

123 

EBIT and net profitability by segment  

2012 

2011 

Xetra 

Eurex 

Clearstream 

EBIT 
€m 

91.2 

440.6 

316.9 

Market Data & Analytics 

120.7 

EBIT 
margin1) 
% 

43 

52 

48 

56 

EBIT 
€m 

125.4 

518.8 

375.1 

143.5 

Total 

969.4 

50  1,162.8 

1) Based on net revenue 

EBIT
margin1) 
% 

47

55

54

65

55

Comparison of results of operations with the 
forecast for 2012 
For 2012, Deutsche Börse Group had forecast net re-
venue of approximately €2,100 million to €2,350 mil-
lion, operating costs of less than €930 million and 
EBIT of approximately €1,200 million to €1,350 mil-
lion. This forecast was based on assumptions such as 
restored confidence among market participants in re-
sponse to an improved situation in the European sov-
ereign debt crisis, a stable interest rate environment 
compared with 2011 and a moderate improvement  
in economic conditions. At the time the forecast for 
2012 was published, the company had announced 
that net revenue was expected to be at the lower end 
of the range if actual developments deviated from  
the assumptions made.  

The conditions described under 
 “Results of opera-
tions” above deviated significantly from the assump-
tions on which the forecast was based. Because of 
this divergence, Deutsche Börse Group missed its  
net revenue target, which it had already adjusted to 
€1,950 million at the time the results for the third 
quarter of 2012 were published in view of unsatis-
factory business developments.  

At €922.4 million, the Group met its target of achiev-
ing operating costs of less than €930 million (adjust-
ed for merger and acquisition costs and costs for effi-
ciency programmes amounting to around €30 million) 
thanks to its strict cost management. 

The shortfall in net revenue compared with the ex-
pected forecast range in the financial year under re-
view had a negative effect on the forecast EBIT range 
as well as on the interest coverage ratio, which at 
15.2 did not entirely reach the target of at least 16. 

Xetra segment 
The Xetra segment generates most of its net revenue 
from trading and clearing cash market securities, in-
cluding shares and bonds from German and interna-
tional issuers, exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and ex-
change-traded commodities (ETCs) as well as shares 
in actively managed retail funds. The key players on 
Deutsche Börse’s platforms are institutional investors 
and professional market participants.  

The primary sales driver, accounting for 43 per cent, 
was net revenue from trading, which is largely con-
ducted on Xetra, the electronic trading platform. Xetra 
Frankfurt Specialist Trading takes place in parallel, as 
does trading on Tradegate, which is aimed at private 
investors. The central counterparty (CCP) for equities 
operated by Eurex Clearing AG contributed 16 per 
cent to the segment’s net revenue; the net revenue of 
the CCP is determined to a significant extent by trad-
ing activities on Xetra. IT net revenue as well as in-
come from cooperation agreements and listing fees 
are grouped under “other” (together these accounted 
for 30 per cent of net revenue). Income from coope-
ration agreements mainly derives from operating the 
systems of the Irish Stock Exchange, the Vienna  
Stock Exchange, the Bulgarian Stock Exchange, the 
Ljubljana Stock Exchange, the Malta Stock Exchange 
and the Prague Stock Exchange. Listing fees predom-
inantly came from existing company listings and ad-
missions to trading. Connectivity income accounted 
for 11 per cent of net revenue.  

The uncertainty surrounding future global economic 
development and the European debt crisis led to  
general risk aversion and had a negative impact on 
investor confidence in the financial markets. As a  
result, there was a marked decline in continuous  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Breakdown of net revenue in the Xetra segment 

€ millions

266.6

75.5

213.0

21.6

64.8

Other 1)

44.4

125.1

23.2

Connectivity

34.5

Central counterparty for equities

90.5

Trading 2)

2011

2012

1) Including income from listing and cooperation agreements 
2) The position "Trading" includes Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading 
(until 23 May 2011: fl oor trading) as well as the Xetra ® electronic 
trading system.

trading activity on Xetra and in Xetra Frankfurt  
Specialist Trading. Because of the lower levels of trad-
ing activity on the markets, net revenue in the Xetra 
segment fell by 20 per cent to €213.0 million  
(2011: €266.6 million). 

The number of transactions in Xetra electronic trading 
(excluding Specialist Trading and Tradegate Exchange) 
declined by 21 per cent year-on-year to 194.7 million 
(2011: 247.2 million). The trading volume on Xetra 
(measured in terms of order book turnover, single-
counted) was down by 24 per cent in the year under 
review to €1,069.9 billion (2011: €1,406.7 bil- 
lion). The average value of a Xetra transaction was 
€11.0 thousand, slightly down on the previous year 
(2011: €11.4 thousand). 

Deutsche Börse Group continued to develop its trad-
ing technology in 2012. Ongoing investments in the 
performance and risk management of the trading sys-
tem ensure that trading is reliable, fair and orderly,  

even during times of extreme demand. Deutsche 
Börse rolled out Xetra Release 13.0 in November 
2012. This new version of the trading system makes 
new order types available to private and institutional 
investors, improves existing functions and expands  
interfaces. 

The Xetra network continued to strengthen and extend 
its international reach in 2012. The Prague Stock Ex-
change migrated its electronic securities trading to  
the Xetra trading system on 30 November 2012. The 
Prague Stock exchange is linked to the Xetra network 
through the Vienna Stock Exchange, which has oper-
ated its cash market using Xetra since 1999. The 
Malta Stock Exchange has also been using the Xetra 
system since July 2012. In addition, the Irish Stock 
Exchange has extended its Xetra agreement with 
Deutsche Börse AG by a further four years until  
31 December 2016. 

While trading volumes declined among institutional 
investors, who primarily use Xetra, the situation in the 
case of private investors was mixed. Private investors 
are the prime target group for the Xetra Frankfurt Spe-
cialist Trading model, which combines the strengths 
of Xetra trading – extremely fast order execution, trad-
ing throughout Europe, high liquidity – with the bene-
fits of floor trading, human know-how, during trading 
hours from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. With this model, the 
Frankfurt Stock Exchange enables its customers to  
respond quickly to international market events and 
developments. The volume (single-counted) traded 
via the Specialist Trading model was €41.4 billion, 
down 22 per cent on the previous year (2011:  
€53.1 billion). 

The long trading hours and special order types offered 
by the Berlin-based Tradegate Exchange is tailored  
to meet the needs of private investors. Tradegate Ex-
change generated a trading volume of €33.9 billion, 
an increase of 5 per cent compared with 2011 
(€32.3 billion). 

Although operating costs in the Xetra segment were 
down by 15 per cent, the decline in net revenue 
could only be partially offset by cost management. As 
a result, EBIT declined by 27 per cent to €91.2 mil-
lion (2011: €125.4 million).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

125 

Cash market: trading volume (single-counted) 

2012 
€bn 

2011 
€bn 

Change 
% 

Xetra 

1,069.9 

1,406.7 

Xetra Frankfurt Specialist 
Trading1) 

Tradegate 

41.4 

33.9 

53.1 

32.3 

– 24

– 22

5

1)  Prior to 23 May 2011: floor trading; excluding certificates and warrants 

Deutsche Börse has enabled ETF trading on Xetra 
since 2000 through a specially created segment, 
XTF®. ETFs combine the flexibility of individual equi-
ties with the risk diversification of a fund. They repre-
sent entire markets or sectors in a single product, are 
traded via stock exchanges as efficiently and with the 
same liquidity as equities, and can be bought at low 
transaction costs without load fees. Their number and 
assets under management have grown steadily since 
being launched in Europe. As at 31 December 2012, 
1,010 ETFs were listed on the Frankfurt Stock Ex-
change (2011: 899 ETFs). Assets under manage-
ment using ETFs amounted to €205.7 billion,  
31 per cent more than in the previous year (2011:  
€157.4 billion).  

Xetra segment: key figures 

Net revenue 

Operating costs 

EBIT 

2012 
€m 

213.0 

126.6 

91.2 

2011 
€m 

266.6 

148.4 

125.4 

Change
% 

– 20

– 15

– 27

In spite of the general market weakness, which 
caused trading turnover in the XTF segment to con-
tract by 33 per cent to €128.5 billion (2011:  
€192.4 billion), Deutsche Börse held on to its posi-
tion as European market leader because it has the 
highest number of products and high liquidity in ETF 
trading.The most heavily traded ETFs continue to be 
based on the European STOXX equity indices and on 
the DAX index. In addition, investors can benefit from 
other innovative products. For the first time, they have  

the opportunity to make targeted investments in, for 
example, the performance of government bonds is-
sued by specific countries of the euro zone or of cor-
porate bonds issued in specific countries in South or 
South-East Asia. 

Deutsche Börse also expanded its range of exchange-
traded commodities (ETCs). ETCs reflect the perfor-
mance of single commodities or commodity sectors, 
such as energy, agricultural commodities, or pre- 
cious metals. Xetra-Gold®, a bearer bond issued by 
Deutsche Börse Commodities GmbH, is the most  
successful ETC product. Since it started trading on  
14 December 2007, Xetra-Gold has been the  
most heavily traded ETC on Xetra. As at 31 Decem-
ber 2012, Deutsche Börse Group held 53.8 tonnes  
of gold in custody (2011: 52.8 tonnes). Given a  
gold price of €40.47 per gram (closing price on  
31 December 2012), the value of the gold was 
equivalent to €2.2 billion, a new record (2011:  
€2.1 billion). In 2012, order book turnover for Xetra-
Gold on the Xetra trading platform fell by 35 per cent 
to €2.0 billion (2011: €3.1 billion); its market share 
of order book turnover in the ETC segment was  
27 per cent. Xetra-Gold is approved for sale to the 
public in Germany, Luxembourg, Switzerland,  
Austria, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands. 

In the listing business, Deutsche Börse AG recorded 
89 new admissions in the year under review. 11 of 
them were initial public offerings (IPOs), of which 
eight were in the Prime Standard and three in the  
Entry Standard. The total placement volume in 2012 
stood at around €2.38 billion. The year’s largest  
IPO was that of Telefónica Deutschland Holding AG, 
which took place in October 2012 and had a volume 
of around €1.45 billion. Likewise, companies that 
were already listed made use of the option of raising 
around €6.73 billion of capital through capital in-
creases in 2012. The option of issuing bonds in the 
Entry Standard, introduced in 2011, recorded signifi-
cant successes in 2012: 19 companies used the  
Entry Standard to raise debt capital. The issue vol-
ume as given in the prospectuses amounted to a  
total of €767 million. The issue volume of the three 
companies (including one transfer) that opted for  
the new Prime Standard segment for corporate bonds  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

launched in 2012 amounted to €925 million. The 
Prime Standard for corporate bonds is aimed at larger 
listed and unlisted companies.  

(2011: 2,043.4 million). The trading volume for US 
options traded on ISE contracted by 19 per cent to 
631.8 million contracts (2011: 778.1 million).  

Eurex segment 
As in the cash market, the performance of the Eurex 
derivatives segment largely depends on the trading 
activities of institutional investors and proprietary 
trading by professional market participants. The seg-
ment’s revenue is therefore generated primarily from 
the combined transaction fees that Eurex charges for 
trading and clearing derivatives contracts. As in previ-
ous years, the main revenue drivers in 2012 were 
equity index derivatives with a 47 per cent share of 
total net revenue. These were followed by interest rate 
derivatives (20 per cent), US options offered by the 
International Securities Exchange (ISE; 11 per cent) 
and equity derivatives (5 per cent). The “other” item 
(17 per cent of net revenue) includes connection fees, 
IT services and revenue from the Eurex Bonds and 
Eurex Repo subsidiaries, among other things.  

The market environment in 2012 was largely domi-
nated by the European debt crisis, continuing uncer-
tainty about future global economic developments and 
the central banks’ ongoing low interest rate policy. 
Additional factors include the far-reaching regulatory 
reform projects in the financial industry, whose im-
pact on market structures and business models is dif-
ficult to gauge accurately at present. This economic 
and regulatory framework ultimately led institutional 
customers to act with greater caution and to scale 
back their trading activities. As a result, the use of ex-
change-traded and centrally cleared derivatives de-
clined compared with the previous year – both on 
Deutsche Börse Group’s derivatives exchanges and on 
the derivatives exchanges of other exchange organisa-
tions worldwide. 

In total, 2,292.0 million contracts were traded on 
Deutsche Börse Group’s derivatives exchanges (Eurex 
and ISE) in 2012, a year-on-year decline of 19 per 
cent (2011: 2,821.5 million). This is equivalent  
to a daily average of 9.0 million contracts (2011: 
11.1 million). Eurex generated a trading volume of 
1,660.2 million contracts for European futures and 
options, 19 per cent down on the previous year  

Net revenue of the segment decreased by 10 per cent 
to €843.0 million (2011: €940.0 million). The year-
on-year decline in business activity was partially 
compensated by the acquisition of 100 per cent of 
the shares in Eurex Zürich AG.  

Given a 3 per cent drop in operating costs, Eurex gen-
erated EBIT of €440.6 million (2011: €518.8 mil-
lion). The acquisition of all shares in Eurex Zürich AG 
with effect from 1 January 2012 resulted in addition-
al EBIT of €68.5 million in the year under review.  

Eurex segment: key figures 

Net revenue 

Operating costs 

EBIT 

2012 
€m 

843.0 

375.8 

440.6 

2011 
€m 

940.0 

387.7 

518.8 

Change
% 

– 10

– 3

– 15

European equity index derivatives were again the 
product group with the highest trading volume. The 
trading volume of these derivatives, however, de-
creased by 20 per cent year-on-year to 770.4 million 
contracts (2011: 959.8 million). Although by far  
the most contracts were still traded on the EURO 
STOXX 50® index (315.2 million futures and  
280.6 million options), derivatives on European 
STOXX® indices were also affected by the debt crisis 
in Europe and the lack of confidence in the  
common currency. Eurex generated net revenue of 
€398.8 million (2011: €429.6 million) on the  
back of trading in European equity index derivatives.  

The volume of equity derivatives contracts (single 
stock options and futures) dropped by 8 per cent to 
413.1 million (2011: 450.5 million). Nevertheless, 
net revenue from equity derivatives increased to 
€40.3 million (2011: €37.7 million), in particular 
due to the positive development of higher-margin  
dividend products. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

127 

Breakdown of net revenue in the Eurex segment 

Contract volumes in the derivatives market 

€ millions

940.0

165.1

115.2

37.7

192.4

843.0

139.0

Other 

94.0

US options

40.3

European equity derivatives

170.9

European interest 
rate derivatives

429.6

398.8

European index derivatives

2011

2012

The volume of interest rate derivatives traded in the 
year under review fell by 25 per cent to 470.4 million 
(2011: €630.4 million); net revenue amounted to 
€170.9 million (2011: €192.4 million). As key  
interest rates remained low and interest rate differen-
tials between a number of euro zone countries and 
Germany continued to be high, there was reduced 
demand for derivatives on German government  
bonds to hedge positions. By contrast, Eurex recorded 
a rise in the trading volume of alternative hedging  
instruments, such as futures on French and Italian 
government bonds.  

On ISE, the trading volume in US options declined 
amid a generally weak market trend as well as a 
highly competitive market environment: market par-
ticipants traded 631.8 million contracts in the year 
under review, 19 per cent fewer than in the prior year 
(2011: 778.1 million). ISE’s market share of US  
equity options was 17.0 per cent in 2012 (2011: 
18.2 per cent). ISE’s net revenue with US options 
was down 18 per cent to €94.0 million (2011:  
€115.2 million). 

2012 

2011 
m contracts  m contracts 

Change 
% 

Equity index derivatives1) 

Equity derivatives1) 

Interest rate derivatives 

Total European derivatives 
(Eurex)2) 

770.4 

413.1 

470.4 

959.8 

450.5 

630.4 

1,660.2 

2,043.4 

US options (ISE) 

631.8 

778.1 

Total Eurex and ISE2) 

2,292.0 

2,821.5 

– 20

– 8

– 25

– 19 

– 19

– 19

1) Dividend derivatives have been allocated to the equity index and equity derivatives. 
2)  The total shown does not equal the sum of the individual figures as it includes 

other traded derivatives such as ETF, volatility, agricultural, precious metals and 
emission derivatives. 

Besides derivatives trading, Eurex also operates  
Eurex Clearing, Europe’s leading clearing house. In 
addition to its function as a central counterparty for 
the clearing and risk management of products of  
connected trading platforms such as Xetra®, Eurex®, 
Eurex Bonds®, Eurex Repo®, the European Energy  
Exchange (EEX) and the Irish Stock Exchange, Eurex 
Clearing offers services for futures and options on  
equities and interest rate products with contract speci- 
fications similar to Eurex contracts that are traded  
off the order book. 

On 13 November, Eurex Clearing launched Eurex OTC 
Clear, the new clearing offering for over-the-counter 
(OTC) interest rate swaps. The new offering creates 
the conditions needed for investors to connect to its 
clearing platform in good time before the central 
clearing obligation for certain OTC derivatives pre-
scribed by the European Market Infrastructure Regu-
lation (EMIR) enters into force at EU level. Many  
well-known banks cooperated with Eurex Clearing 
and provided support during development and roll-out. 
12 banks have already been admitted as market  
participants and have successfully settled their first 
transactions using Eurex OTC Clear for interest rate 
swaps. The new clearing offering for OTC derivatives 
has been tailored specifically to the needs of institu-
tional customers, with a particular focus on security 
and efficiency. Eurex’s OTC Clear offering is a major  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
128 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

element in Deutsche Börse Group’s strategy, which 
aims at expanding its product and service offering to 
unregulated and unsecured markets. 

Clearing). Eurex Repo generates revenue from the fees 
charged for trading and clearing the repo transactions.  

Eurex Clearing’s “Individual Clearing Model” offers full 
individual account maintenance (segregation) of cus-
tomer positions and collateral. These are therefore  
optimally protected and immediately transferable in 
the event that a clearing member defaults, so that 
customers are able to continue their trading activities 
without interruption.  

In addition, Eurex Clearing AG was the first  
European clearing house to introduce a central coun-
terparty for bilateral securities lending. This service  
allows customers to make more efficient use of  
capital and simplifies operations. On completion of 
the pilot phase, the new service is to be extended  
to European markets for loans in equities, ETFs and 
fixed-income securities. 

Eurex Repo, the marketplace for collateralised  
money market trading in Swiss francs and euros  
as well as for the GC Pooling® offering, reported  
average outstandings of €234.7 billion in 2012 
(2011: €276.6 billion, single-counted for both  
years). While the euro market grew by 19 per cent to 
a new record high of €36.1 billion (2011: €30.3 bil-
lion, single-counted for both years), average outstand-
ing volumes on the repo market in Swiss francs 
dropped significantly. This was mainly because of the 
interest policy measures taken by the Swiss National 
Bank (SNB) to devalue the Swiss franc and a de- 
cline in the issuance of SNB bills.  

GC Pooling, the collateralised money market which 
Eurex Repo operates jointly with Eurex Clearing and 
Clearstream, again proved to be a reliable liquidity 
pool for market participants. The average outstanding 
volume on this market increased by 23 per cent to a 
new record level of €145.4 billion in 2012 (2011: 
€118.2 billion; single-counted for both years). GC 
Pooling enables balance-sheet friendly and anony-
mous money market trading in which standardised 
collateral baskets (a group of securities with similar 
quality features, such as issuer credit ratings) are 
traded and cleared via a central counterparty (Eurex 

GC Pooling was extended to non-financial institutions 
in the fourth quarter of 2012 (GC Pooling® Select). 
Since then, banks’ corporate customers have also 
been able to use this secured financing plus central 
clearing offering to minimise the counterparty risk for 
their cash investments. 

Trading volumes on Eurex Bonds, the international 
electronic platform for interbank bond trading, grew 
by 2 per cent to €119.7 billion in 2012 (2011: 
€117.2 billion, single-counted for both years). The 
positive trend is due to increased demand for invest-
ments in issues with top-notch ratings.  

New products give market participants new impetus 
to develop investment, hedging and arbitrage strate-
gies, thus generating additional trading volumes. The 
products launched by Eurex in 2012 included various 
equity, equity index, interest rate, commodity and div-
idend derivatives. Eurex’s futures contracts on French 
government bonds, for example, show that new prod-
ucts and asset classes not only expand the portfolio, 
but can also make a substantial value contribution. 
Eurex’s trading volume in OAT futures, which were 
launched in April 2012 and are based on notional 
long-term bonds issued by the French Republic  
(Obligations Assimilables du Trésor – OAT), reached 
4.3 million contracts in the year under review. Fu-
tures on Italian government bonds, launched in  
2009, continued to record a similarly strong perform-
ance. Other examples demonstrating the success of 
new products include the relatively recent dividend 
derivatives. Trading in these derivatives contracts in-
creased again in 2012, rising 15 per cent to 6.9 mil-
lion (2011: 6.0 million). Trading in Eurex’s volatility 
index derivatives increased even more in 2012, by 
around 120 per cent to 5.3 million contracts (2011: 
2.4 million contracts).  

When launching new products, Eurex not only relies 
on in-house development, but also works with partner 
exchanges. It cooperates particularly successfully with 
the Korea Exchange (KRX) on a product on Korea’s 
benchmark KOSPI index, which has been available 
for trading on Eurex since 30 August 2010. This 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

129 

Clearstream segment 
Clearstream provides the post-trade infrastructure for 
bonds, equities and investment funds. In addition, 
Clearstream offers custody services for securities from 
53 markets worldwide. The key contributor to Clear-
stream’s net revenue was the custody business gen-
erating 50 per cent. Net revenue in this business  
is mainly driven by the value of international and  
domestic securities deposited, which determines the 
deposit fees. The settlement business accounted  
for 15 per cent of Clearstream’s net revenue. It  
depends heavily on the number of international  
and domestic settlement transactions processed by 
Clearstream, both via stock exchanges and over-the-
counter (OTC). The Global Securities Financing (GSF) 
business, which includes triparty repo, GC Pooling, 
securities lending and a wide range of collateral man-
agement services, contributed 9 per cent to the seg-
ment’s net revenue. Clearstream also provides the 
post-trade infrastructure for investment funds. Net 
interest income from Clearstream’s banking busi-
ness contributed 8 per cent to Clearstream’s net 
revenue. Other business activities including connec-
tivity, reporting and external IT services accounted 
for an 18 per cent share of total net revenue.  

In the year under review, Clearstream’s net revenue 
fell by 5 per cent year-on-year to €660.9 million 
(2011: €695.3 million). It was basically stable in the 
custody business, slightly down in settlement, slightly 
up in GSF business and significantly down in net in-
terest income from banking business.  

In the custody business, the overall average equiva-
lent value of assets under custody remained stable  
at record levels of €11.1 trillion in 2012 (2011: 
€11.1 trillion). In the international custody business, 
the average value of assets under custody is mainly 
driven by the amount of outstanding bonds and in-
creased slightly to €6.0 trillion (2011: €5.9 trillion). 

product became one of the most frequently traded  
index option contracts on Eurex in 2012. Its volume 
almost doubled in 2012 to 32.4 million contracts 
(2011: 17.4 million). However, the increase in the 
minimum contract size in the home market ordered 
by the Korean exchange regulator as from June 2012 
has since led to a corresponding decline in the aver-
age number of contracts traded each day, but has  
had no impact on earnings for Eurex.  

Overall, the expansion strategy pursued by Deutsche 
Börse and Eurex in Asia focuses on cooperation with 
leading local institutions. For example, Deutsche 
Börse has signed memorandums of understanding 
(MoUs) with the China Financial Futures Exchange 
(CFFEX) and the Taiwan-based GreTai Securities  
Market (GTSM). Eurex will cooperate with the China 
Futures Association (CFA) in the future. Under these 
MoUs, the respective partners aim to exchange  
extensive amounts of information with a view to  
driving forward joint efforts to further develop the  
financial markets.  

In March 2012, Eurex agreed a further cooperative 
arrangement with Singapore Exchange (SGX), which 
enables participants to access more easily the two 
marketplaces. Due to the connection of the two  
companies’ co-location data centres in Singapore  
and Frankfurt/Main, market participants will have 
easy access to the markets of the other exchange  
in each case. 

At the beginning of December, Eurex introduced a 
new trading architecture and will now gradually  
migrate the entire portfolio of tradeable contracts to 
this architecture. The migration is expected to be com-
pleted by May 2013. As a result of the migration, 
market participants will benefit from considerably  
improved performance and functions without losing 
any of the system stability and availability to which 
they are accustomed.  

The new system is based on Deutsche Börse Group’s 
global trading infrastructure, which has already been 
successfully introduced at ISE. This provides greater 
flexibility, thus cutting the time to market for new 
products and functions. The powerful messaging  
architecture ensures shorter latency times and faster 
communications.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Breakdown of net revenue in the Clearstream  
segment 

€ millions

695.3

75.1

123.2

56.5

104.3

660.9

52.0

Net interest income 
from banking business

118.3

Other 1)

57.1

Global Securities Financing

99.0

Settlement

336.2

334.5

Custody

2011

2012

1) Including Connectivity and Reporting

The average value of domestic securities deposited 
decreased by a similar amount to €5.1 trillion (2011: 
€5.2 trillion). The domestic custody volume is mainly 
determined by the market value of shares, funds and 
structured products traded on the German cash mar-
ket. In line with business development in custody, net 
revenue remained stable at €334.5 million in 2012 
(2011: €336.2 million).  

The number of total settlement transactions (do-
mestic and international) processed by Clearstream 
saw a 10 per cent decrease in 2012 to 113.9 mil-
lion (2011: 126.3 million). This decline in the vol-
ume of settlement transactions corresponded to the 
trading activity of market participants in general, 
which was slower than in the previous year. However, 
international transactions in total grew slightly by 
3 per cent to 39.0 million (2011: 37.9 million) due 
to a 9 per cent growth year-on-year in OTC transac-
tions, which accounted for 82 per cent of Clear- 

stream’s international settlement business. Stock ex-
change transactions, which had an 18 per cent share 
in the international settlement business decreased by 
17 per cent year-on-year. In the domestic German 
market, settlement transactions fell by 15 per cent to 
74.8 million (2011: 88.4 million). Here, a majority 
of 66 per cent were stock exchange transactions and 
OTC business accounted for 34 per cent of the trans-
actions. However, stock exchange transactions fell 
more (by 18 per cent) than OTC transactions (by 
9 per cent) in the year under review, primarily as a 
result of trading activity in Germany, which was sig-
nificantly lower than in the previous year. Net revenue 
in the settlement business fell by 5 per cent to €99.0 
million (2011: €104.3 million). The difference be-
tween business development and the change in net 
revenue is due to the fact that higher-valued transac-
tions decreased to a smaller degree than others.  

The investment funds services at Clearstream keep 
growing. In the year under review, Clearstream pro-
cessed 6.4 million transactions, 20 per cent more 
than in the previous year (2011: 5.3 million). More 
than 100,000 funds from 33 jurisdictions are avail-
able for order routing through Clearstream’s Vestima 
platform. The average value of assets held under  
custody in Investment Funds Services in 2012, as 
part of the above-mentioned custody volumes, was 
€229.1 billion, up 5 per cent year-on-year (2011: 
€217.4 billion).  

In the Global Securities Financing (GSF) business, the 
average outstanding volume declined to 570.3 billion 
(2011: €592.2 billion), a decrease of 4 per cent, 
mainly driven by the continued supply of liquidity by 
central banks while the previous year’s level had been 
positively impacted by high market uncertainty, espe-
cially in the third quarter. Despite this market-driven 
decrease in volumes, the GSF business recorded a  
1 per cent increase in net revenue, to €57.1 million 
(2011: €56.5 million). This is due to a shift of  
client behaviour into higher margin service segments 
and a continued growth in the GC Pooling service, 
which recorded a daily average in outstandings of 
€145.4 billion, a plus of 23 per cent year-on-year 
(2011: €118.2 billion).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

131 

Clearstream segment: key indicators 

2012 

2011 

Change 

Custody 

€bn 

€bn 

Value of securities deposited 
(average value during the year) 

international 

domestic 

11,111 

11,106 

5,964 

5,896 

5,147 

5,210 

Settlement 

m 

m 

Securities transactions 

113.9 

126.3 

international – OTC 

international – on-exchange 

domestic – OTC 

domestic – on-exchange 

31.9 

7.2 

25.7 

49.1 

29.2 

8.7 

28.3 

60.1 

Global Securities Financing 

€bn 

€bn 

Monthly average 

570.3 

592.2 

Average daily cash balances 

m 

m 

Total 

euro 

  US dollars 

other currencies 

10,248 

10,8011) 

3,888 

3,795 

4,350 

4,923 

2,010 

2,083 

% 

0 

1 

– 1 

% 

– 10 

9 

– 17 

– 9 

– 18 

% 

– 4 

% 

– 5 

2 

– 12 

– 4 

1)  Includes some €1.6 billion currently restricted by EU and US sanctions (2011: 

€3.1 billion) 

Average customer cash deposits declined year-on-year 
by 5 per cent to €10.2 billion (2011: €10.8 billion). 
This includes an average amount of some €1.6 billion 
(2011: €3.1 billion), which was not available as a 
result of the blocking of dedicated accounts in line 
with European and US sanction programmes. Adjust-
ed for these assets, customer cash deposits increased 
to €8.6 billion in 2012 (2011: €7.7 billion). Net in-
terest income from Clearstream’s banking business 
fell by 31 per cent to €52.0 million in 2012 (2011: 
€75.1 million). This is due to the fact that the Euro-
pean Central Bank lowered its key interest rate by  
25 basis points to 0.75 per cent on 11 July 2012, 
reaching its lowest historical level, whereas its level 
had been at 1.5 per cent after 13 July 2011 and at  
1 per cent at the end of 2011. In addition, on 11 Ju-
ly 2012, the European Central Bank reduced the rate 
for the deposit facility from 0.25 to 0 per cent. 

Lower net revenue in the main business lines and a 
drop in net interest income from banking business  
reduced Clearstream’s EBIT in the year under  
review by 16 per cent to €316.9 million (2011: 
€375.1 million).  

Clearstream segment: key figures 

Net revenue 

Operating costs 

EBIT 

2012 
€m 

660.9

348.1

316.9

2011 
€m 

695.3 

326.0 

375.1 

Change
% 

– 5

7

– 16

Clearstream’s core business is the settlement and  
custody of international bonds. Both the trading and 
the post-trading market environment have become 
more complex in recent years, and Clearstream’s goal 
continues to be to streamline the post-trade services 
industry in the interest of its customers. Clearstream 
offers global asset services in order to support cus-
tomers in coping with the increased capital require-
ments and risk and liquidity management considera-
tions resulting from the need for systemic stability of 
capital markets.  

One of the answers to these challenges is a more  
efficient management of capital and liquidity and 
hence of collateral. Clearstream has developed its  
integrated collateral management environment, the 
Global Liquidity Hub, which allows banks to use the 
assets that are available as collateral more efficiently. 
Clearstream has repeatedly been recognised as best 
collateral management service provider by leading in-
dustry publications and has, for its globally demanded 
outsourcing solution, the competitive advantage to be 
the only collateral management services provider that 
can manage collateral across time zones and national 
borders while the assets stay in the respective domes-
tic environment – as required in many legislations. 
Consequently, the Global Liquidity Hub has won fur-
ther partners among central securities depositories  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
132 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

worldwide. The company’s new product “Liquidity 
Hub GO” – “GO” stands for “global outsourcing” – 
went live with Brazilian CSD Cetip in 2011 and is at 
different stages of development with Clearstream’s 
global partners. It is planned to be launched in 2013 
for CSDs in Australia (ASX), Spain (Iberclear) and 
South Africa (Strate). A Letter of Intent has also been 
signed with Canadian CSD CDS. This paves the way 
for a multi-time-zone collateral management insourc-
ing service in real-time and is in line with the ob-
served trend towards a global consolidation of collat-
eral management activities. In addition to the above 
mentioned CSDs, the agent banks BNP Paribas Secu-
rities Services and Citi have signed an agreement with 
Clearstream to leverage its collateral management ex-
cellence, thus enabling joint customers to cover their 
global exposures through a single optimised collateral 
pool. Finally, Clearstream has initiated links to trading 
Platforms such as 360T. The collateral management 
activities are evidence of the Group’s strategy to tap 
into new geographic areas and acquire new customer 
groups by partnering with other market players. 

A core element of Clearstream’s business is also to 
expand the number of linked markets and product 
reach to enable access to domestic markets and 
strengthen its market position. In the year under re-
view, Clearstream strengthened its commitment to 
Asia by introducing a settlement link to the Philip-
pines. The ICSD also intends to open a direct account 
at the new Russian CSD. Clearstream’s network now 
encompasses 53 markets around the globe: 33 in Eu-
rope, 6 in the Americas, 11 in the Asia-Pacific region 
and 3 in the Middle East and Africa. Clearstream’s 
settlement network is the largest of any international 
CSD and enables counterparties in local markets to 
settle eligible securities efficiently through Clear-
stream’s operational hubs in Eschborn, Luxembourg, 
Prague and Singapore. In November 2012, Clear-
stream also set up a new operational branch in Ireland 
to facilitate the processing of hedge funds that the 
company so far did not cover. The new Dublin branch 
will allow Clearstream to service the entire range of 
funds: mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and al-
ternative funds such as hedge funds. 

The settlement landscape will face a significant 
change with the launch of TARGET2-Securities (T2S), 
the standardised pan-European settlement infrastruc-
ture that the European Central Bank intends to intro-
duce in 2015. Clearstream aims to take advantage of 
the emerging European market landscape and, having 
supported the goals of the T2S initiative since its in-
ception, was one of the first central securities deposi-
tories to sign the T2S Framework Agreement in May 
2012. The German CSD Clearstream Banking AG will 
account for approximately 40 per cent of the future 
T2S settlement volumes in the euro area and aims at 
becoming the preferred entry point to T2S. By being 
the first CSD to establish the cornerstones of a pricing 
model, applicable as early as 1 April 2013, Clear-
stream intends to guide and support existing and fu-
ture customers in moving towards T2S.  

Market Data & Analytics segment 
The Market Data & Analytics segment generates, col-
lects, analyses and prepares capital market data, and 
distributes it to customers in 148 countries. Capital 
market participants and other interested parties sub-
scribe to receive this information, which they then use 
themselves, process or pass on. The segment gener-
ates much of its net revenue on the basis of long-term 
arrangements with customers and is relatively inde-
pendent of trading volumes and volatility on the capi-
tal markets. 

In a difficult business environment, Market Data & 
Analytics’ net revenue was largely stable in 2012, 
reaching €215.4 million (2011: €219.5 million). 
This is due to strong demand for high-quality underly-
ings for financial instruments, such as the DAX index, 
and for reliable, uninterrupted supplies of market in-
formation of the kind provided by Deutsche Börse’s  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

133 

CEF® data feed. This demand corresponds to the  
increased uncertainty about international economic 
developments and the stability of Germany as a  
business location. 

Market Data & Analytics expanded its product range 
further in response to the challenging market envi-
ronment, especially in its subsidiary STOXX Ltd., 
which generated external net revenue of €32.2 mil-
lion in 2012 (2011: €34.1 million). This also  
applied to demand for macroeconomic data, news 
and indicators of the kind provided by Deutsche  
Börse Group’s subsidiary, Market News Inter- 
national Inc. (MNI).  

Market Data & Analytics generated most (66 per  
cent) of its net revenue in its first business area, the 
distribution of licences for real-time trading and  
market signals; in 2011 this area had accounted  
for 66 per cent as well. Its performance declined 
slightly because of falling employment levels in the  
financial sector. 

An important part of this offering from Market Data & 
Analytics is the AlphaFlash® algorithmic news feed 
provided jointly with the subsidiaries MNI and Need 
to Know News. The ultra high-speed service was de-
veloped for algo traders, fund managers, hedge funds, 
analysts and professional investors whose trading  
decisions factor in developments in macroeconomic 
data. Here, too, the segment expanded its range of  
offerings: since May 2012, AlphaFlash® Trader has 
allowed users of trading platforms to automate order 
placement depending on price-sensitive events. In 
addition, the range of proprietary indicators has been 
extended following MNI’s acquisition of the China 
Consumer Sentiment Survey (CCSS) from Intage  
Hyperlink Market Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.  

Issuers can use the indices to develop products for 
any market situation and trading strategy. In addition, 
investors use the indices as standards for comparing 
the performance of their investments and for measur-
ing risk. In the index business, which is operated by 
the segment’s subsidiary STOXX Ltd., Market Data & 
Analytics’ net revenue increased further in 2012. This 
growth was driven above all by DAX ETFs, which rec-
orded a clear increase in assets because of the relia-
bility of the DAX index as an underlying. 

Moreover, the range of indices was continually ex-
tended in 2012, for example by adding a new coun-
try classification for emerging markets based on 
transparent quantitative criteria as well as the DAX ex 
Financials index, which tracks the share price perfor-
mance of all companies on Germany’s blue-chip DAX 
index with the exception of banks and financial ser-
vices companies. The area also supports Deutsche 
Börse Group’s internationalisation strategy: in Sep-
tember, for example, Market Data & Analytics added 
over 2,100 indices to the STOXX Global Index family, 
particularly for shares in Asia. In addition, new 
benchmarks were introduced for Chinese equities in 
the form of the STOXX China Total Market indices.  
Also in September, the DAX index was licensed to 
Hua An Asset Management Co. Ltd., one of China’s 
largest fund companies. 

In the segment’s third business area, the supply of 
data for the back offices of financial services providers, 
demand decreased as a result of lower trading vol-
umes. This affected in particular the TRICE® service, 
with which Deutsche Börse AG helps its customers to 
meet their obligations to report information to finan-
cial supervisory authorities and which therefore per-
forms in line with trading. Successful marketing of 
historical data partially compensated for the decrease. 

In its second business area, the Market Data & Ana-
lytics segment offers indices and benchmarks used by 
banks and fund companies as underlyings for the fi-
nancial instruments they offer on the capital market.  

Operative costs in the Market Data & Analytics seg-
ment increased by 8 per cent; EBIT amounted to 
€120.7 million (2011: €143.5 million). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
134 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Market Data & Analytics segment: key figures 

Deutsche Börse’s cost of capital 

Net revenue 

Operational costs 

EBIT 

2012 
€m 

215.4 

108.1 

120.7 

2011 
€m 

219.5

100.1

143.5

Change
%

– 2

8

Risk-free interest rate1) 

Market risk premium 

– 16

Beta2) 

2012 
% 

2011 
% 

1.6 

5.0 

0.7 

5.0 

5.2 

1.4 

3.9 

51.2 

48.8 

5.1 

4.4 

2.6

5.0

0.9

7.1

6.0

1.6

4.4

54.0

46.0

6.6

5.9

Cost of equity3) (after tax) 

Cost of debt4) (before tax) 

Tax shield5) 

Cost of debt (after tax) 

Equity ratio6) (annual average) 

Debt ratio7) (annual average) 

WACC (before tax) 

WACC (after tax) 

1)  Annual average return on ten-year German federal government bonds  
2)  Statistical measure of the sensitivity of the price of an individual share to changes 

in the entire market. A beta of 1.0 means that the performance of the share moves 
strictly parallel to the reference market as a whole. A beta above 1.0 denotes 
greater volatility than the overall market and a beta below 1.0 less volatility.  

3)  Risk-free interest rate + (market risk premium x beta) 
4)  Interest rate on short- and long-term corporate bonds issued by Deutsche  

Börse AG 

5)  Denotes and quantifies the reduction in tax paid that arises from the deductibility 
of interest payments on debt and is factored into the calculation of the cost of  
capital 

6)  1 – debt ratio 
7)  (Total non-current liabilities + tax provisions + other current provisions + other 

bank loans and overdrafts + other current liabilities + trade payables + payables 
to associates + payables to other related parties) / (total assets – financial instru-
ments of Eurex Clearing AG – liabilities from banking business – cash deposits by 
market participants); basis: average balance sheet items in the financial year  

Deutsche Börse Group generated cash flow from op-
erating activities before changes in reporting-date CCP 
positions of €726.2 million in financial year 2012 
(2011: €700.0 million). Including the changes in the 
CCP positions, cash flow from operating activities was 
€707.7 million (2011: €785.6 million).  

Deutsche Börse Group calculates its cash flow on the 
basis of net income, adjusted for non-cash changes; 
in addition, cash flows derived from changes in  
balance sheet items are taken into account. The 
changes in cash flow from operating activities exclud-
ing reporting-date CCP positions were as follows: 

  Net profit for the period declined by €208.0 million 

to €669.8 million.  

Development of profitability 
Return on shareholders’ equity represents the ratio  
of after-tax earnings to the average equity available  
to the Group in 2012. The Group’s return on share-
holders’ equity decreased to 21.6 per cent in the year 
under review (2011: 29.7 per cent), primarily due  
to lower earnings. Adjusted for the special effects  
described in the results of operations, the return on 
shareholders’ equity amounted to 22.1 per cent 
(2011: 29.2 per cent).  

The weighted average cost of capital (WACC) after 
taxes amounted to 4.4 per cent in the year under re-
view (2011: 5.9 per cent). Deutsche Börse’s cost of 
equity reflects the return on a risk-free alternative in-
vestment plus a premium for general market risk, and 
also takes account of the specific risk of Deutsche 
Börse shares compared with the market as a whole, 
known as the beta. The cost of debt represents the 
terms on which Deutsche Börse AG was able to raise 
short- and long-term debt. 

Financial position 

Cash flow 
Cash and cash equivalents at Deutsche Börse Group 
comprise cash and bank balances, to the extent that 
these do not result from reinvesting current liabilities 
from cash deposits by market participants, as well as 
receivables and liabilities from banking business with 
an original maturity of three months or less. Cash and 
cash equivalents at the end of 2012 amounted to 
€544.0 million (2011: €657.2 million). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

135 

  The other non-cash expenses increased by  

€121.5 million to €50.7 million (2011: non-cash 
income of €70.8 million), especially as a result  
of the remeasurement of the equity component  
in connection with the acquisition of additional 
shares in Eurex Zürich AG. 

  The increase in working capital employed (changes 
in working capital, net of non-cash items) fell by 
€135.4 million year-on-year to €–42.0 million. 
There was a significant decline in liabilities in 2011, 
which was mainly attributable to tax payments and 
the reduction in current provisions in connection 
with share-based payments, as well as the efficiency 
measures initiated in 2010; in contrast, 2012 saw 
an increase in current liabilities of €12.6 million. 
Current receivables, on the other hand, rose by 
€43.7 million (2011: €4.2 million), driven primari-
ly by a €75.4 million increase in tax receivables. 
  Deferred tax income amounted to €56.9 million, 
mainly in connection with the recognition of de-
ferred tax assets on loss carryforwards (2011:  
deferred tax expense of €6.7 million). 

Cash outflows from investing activities amounted to 
€267.4 million in the year under review (2011: cash 
inflow of €823.2 million), primarily due to the pay-
ment of €295.0 million in connection with the acqui-
sition of further shares in Eurex Zürich AG and due  
to the purchase of securities with an original term of 
more than one year amounting to €265.4 million 
(2011: €345.0 million). In addition, there were cash 
inflows of €392.2 million (2011: €558.3 million) 
because securities with an original maturity of more 
than one year matured or were sold. Current receiva-
bles and securities from banking business declined  
by €27.4 million in financial year 2012. In financial 
year 2011, the cash inflow was due to the decrease 
in current receivables and securities from banking 
business of €770.1 million. 

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets amounted to €145.7 million 
(2011: €115.6 million), mostly in connection with 
enhancements to the trading and settlement systems.  

Cash outflows from financing activities amounted to 
€550.6 million (2011: €505.6 million). Cash flows 
from financing activities regularly contain the effects 
of dividend payments and of liabilities for commercial 
paper that is issued or repaid as part of the compa-
ny’s short-term liquidity management. The dividend 
payments in May 2012 for financial year 2011 
amounted to €622.9 million, including the special 
dividend (dividend for financial year 2010 paid in 
May 2011: €390.7 million). In 2012, a corporate 
bond totalling a volume of €600.0 million was issued 
and outstanding euro-denominated bonds with a total 
principal amount of €309.2 million were repurchased 
 section “Results of operations” for more infor-
(see 
mation). In addition, commercial paper amounting  
to €789.3 million was issued in 2012 (2011: nil) 
and commercial paper worth €796.2 million was  
repaid (2011: nil). Moreover, treasury shares 
amounting to €198.2 million were acquired (2011: 
€111.7 million). 

Cash and cash equivalents as at the end of the year 
under review therefore amounted to €544.0 million 
(2011: €657.2 million). At €580.5 million, free cash 
flow, i.e. cash flows from operating activities exclud-
ing reporting-date CCP positions less payments to  
acquire intangible assets and property, plant and 
equipment, was slightly below the prior-year level 
(2011: €584.4 million). 

As in previous years, the Group does not expect any 
liquidity squeezes to occur in financial year 2013 due 
to its positive cash flow from operating activities, ade- 
quate credit lines (which had not been drawn down 
as at 31 December 2012) and flexible management 
and planning systems. 

Operating leases 
Deutsche Börse Group uses operating leases, primari-
ly for the new office building in Eschborn, which the 
Group moved into in the second half of 2010, and for 
the buildings used by Clearstream International S.A.  
in Luxembourg (see 
financial statements for details).  

 note 38 to the consolidated  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
136 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Consolidated cash flow statement 
(condensed) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
(excluding CCP positions) 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

Cash and cash equivalents as at 
31 December 

2012
€m 

2011 
€m 

726.2

707.7

– 267.4

– 550.6

700.0

785.6

823.2

– 505.6

544.0

657.2

Liquidity management 
Deutsche Börse AG meets its operating liquidity re-
quirements primarily by means of internal financing, 
i.e. by retaining generated funds. The company aims 
at retaining liquidity amounting to the operating costs 
incurred in one quarter; target liquidity currently 
stands at €250 million. As far as regulatory and legal 
provisions allow and as far as it is economically sen-
sible, its subsidiaries make their cash surplus avail-
able to Deutsche Börse AG by means of a cash pool 
within the Group. All of the Group’s cash investments 
are short-term in order to ensure availability. Further-
more, investments are secured through the use of liq-
uid bonds by top-rate issuers. Deutsche Börse AG has 
access to external sources of financing, such as bilat-
eral and syndicated credit lines, and a commercial 
paper programme (see 
 note 36 to the consolidated 
financial statements for details on financial risk man-
agement). In the past years, Deutsche Börse AG has 
been utilising its access to the capital market in order 
to meet its structural financing needs by repeatedly 
issuing corporate bonds. 

Capital structure 
Deutsche Börse Group’s capital management princi-
ples remained unchanged: in general, the Group aims 
to distribute dividends amounting to 40 to 60 per 
cent of its adjusted consolidated net income for the 
year and uses share buy-backs to distribute funds not 
required for the Group’s operating business and fur-
ther development to its shareholders. These principles 
take into account the capital requirements deriving 
from the Group’s legal and regulatory framework as  

well as from its credit rating, economic capital and  
liquidity needs. To ensure the continued success of 
the Clearstream segment, which is active in securities 
custody and settlement, the company aims to retain 
Clearstream Banking S.A.’s strong “AA” credit rating. 
Deutsche Börse AG also needs to maintain a strong 
credit profile for the benefit of the activities at its sub-
sidiary Eurex Clearing AG. 

Customers expect their service providers to have con-
servative interest coverage and debt/equity ratios and 
thus maintain strong credit ratings. Deutsche Börse 
Group therefore continues to pursue its objective of 
achieving an interest coverage ratio (ratio of EBITDA 
to interest expenses from financing activities) of at 
least 16 at Group level in order to meet the current 
rating agencies’ requirements for an “AA” rating. Ad-
justed for merger and acquisition costs and for costs 
of efficiency programmes, Deutsche Börse Group fell 
slightly below this target in the year under review with 
an interest coverage ratio of 15.2. This figure is based 
on a relevant interest expense of €73.1 million and an 
adjusted EBITDA of €1,108.2 million. In addition, the 
aim is to achieve a ratio of interest-bearing gross debt 
to EBITDA of maximum 1.5 on the Group level. The 
two performance indicators mentioned above play  
a material role in protecting the Group’s current “AA” 
rating. In the year under review the Group slightly  
exceeded the ratio with 1.6. This figure is based on 
interest-bearing gross debt of €1,737.4 million and 
an adjusted EBITDA of €1,108.2 million. The slight 
exceeding is based on the higher level of debt as a  
result of the refinancing starting in Q4/2012. After 
completion of the refinancing in the financial year 
2013 the level of debt is expected to decrease slightly.  

The interest coverage ratio is calculated using the 
consolidated interest costs of financing of Deutsche 
Börse Group, among other factors, excluding interest 
costs relating to the Group’s financial institution com-
panies. These include Clearstream Banking S.A., 
Clearstream Banking AG and Eurex Clearing AG. In-
terest charges that are not related to financing are ex-
cluded from the interest coverage ratio. 50 per cent  
of the interest expense on the hybrid bond issued in  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

137 

2008 is excluded from the interest coverage calcula-
tion, reflecting the assumed equity component of the 
hybrid bond. 

Clearstream subgroup, the objective is to maintain an 
interest coverage ratio of at least 25, insofar as the  
financial liabilities result from non-banking business. 

Because of the refinancing of long-term financial lia-
 section “Results of op-
bilities started in 2012 (see 
erations”), the company anticipates a significant re-
duction in the interest expense incurred to finance the 
Group in 2013 and 2014. For this reason, the com-
pany expects the interest coverage ratio to improve in 
the medium term.  

Interest coverage ratio of Deutsche Börse Group

Interest expense from 
financing activities 

Fixed-rate bearer bond 

Hybrid bond 

Issue 
volume 

€650 m1) 

€550m2) 

Private placement  

US$460 m 

€600 m 

€150 m –
 20124) 
€0 m 
– 2011 

Fixed-rate bearer bond 

Commercial paper 

Total interest expense 
(including 50% of the 
hybrid coupon) 

EBITDA (adjusted) 

Interest coverage5) 

2012 
€m 

32.6 

14.93) 

21.3 

3.6 

0.7 

2011 
€m 

33.0

17.03)

19.8

–

–

73.1 

69.8

1,108.2 

1,325.3

15.2 

19.0

1)  A nominal amount of €72 million was repurchased as at 31 December 2012  

(31 December 2011: €0 million). 

2) A nominal amount of €330 million was repurchased as at 31 December 2012 

(31 December 2011: €93 million). 

3) Only 50 per cent of the interest expense on the hybrid bond is accounted for in the 
interest coverage calculation, reflecting the assumed equity component of the hy-
brid bond. The total interest expense for the hybrid bond amounted to €29.9 mil-
lion in 2012 and €33.9 million in 2011. 

4)  Annual average  
5)  EBITDA / interest expense from financing activities (includes only 50 per cent of 

the interest on the hybrid bond) 

Deutsche Börse AG has also publicly declared its in-
tention to comply with certain additional key perfor-
mance indicators that the company believes corre-
spond to an AA rating. For example, tangible equity 
(equity less intangible assets) should not fall below 
€700 million at Clearstream International S.A. and 
not below €250 million at Clearstream Banking S.A. 
An additional commitment is to maintain the profit 
participation rights of €150 million issued by Clear-
stream Banking S.A. to Deutsche Börse AG. For the  

Relevant key performance indicators 

Tangible equity Clearstream Inter 
national S.A. (as at balance sheet date) 

Tangible equity Clearstream Banking 
S.A.3) (as at balance sheet date) 

2012 

2011 

€m 

819.21) 

801.12)

€m 

672.4 

670.9

1)  Net of the interim dividend of €75.0 million, which has not yet been adopted by 

the Annual General Meeting 

2) Net of the interim dividend of €50.0 million 
3)  Including €150.0 million from profit participation rights issued by Clearstream 

Banking S.A. to Deutsche Börse AG 

Dividends and share buy-backs 
Since the launch of its capital management pro-
gramme in 2005, Deutsche Börse Group returned  
a total of around €4.2 billion to its shareholders  
between 2005 and 2011 in the form of share buy-
backs and dividends. In the 2012 financial year,  
it distributed a total of €822.3 million in the form  
of share buy-backs and dividends: the company 
bought back in total around 4.8 million shares for 
€199.4 million in the months of June/July, respec-
tively November/December and paid out a dividend  
of €434.1 million as well as a special dividend of 
€188.8 million for the 2011 financial year.  

Of the some 46.1 million shares repurchased be-
tween 2005 and 2012, the company cancelled a  
total of around 30.6 million shares up to 2012. Ap-
proximately 5.3 million shares were issued to SIX 
Group AG in order to settle 50 per cent of the pur-
chase price for the acquisition of the shares of Eurex 
Zürich AG. 1.3 million shares were acquired by em-
ployees under the terms of the Group Share Plan (see  
 note 39 to the consolidated financial statements). 

As at 31 December 2012, the remaining approxi-
mately 8.9 million shares were held by the company 
as treasury shares.  

For financial year 2012, Deutsche Börse AG will pro-
pose to the Annual General Meeting to pay a dividend 
of €2.10 per share (2011: €2.30). This dividend  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
138 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

corresponds to a distribution ratio of 58 per cent of 
consolidated net income, adjusted for special effects 
described in the results of operations (2011: 52 per 
cent, adjusted for merger and acquisition costs,  
primarily associated with the prohibited merger  
with NYSE Euronext, and for costs of efficiency pro-
grammes and the income from the revaluation of the 
share component of the purchase price for the acqui-
sition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX 
Group AG). For 184.1 million no-par value shares 
bearing dividend rights, this would result in a total 
dividend of €386.5 million (2011: €434.1 million 
without special distribution). The aggregate number  
of shares bearing dividend rights results from an  
ordinary share capital of 193.0 million shares, less 
8.9 million treasury shares.  

Bonds 
In 2012, Deutsche Börse AG issued a corporate bond 
with a volume of €600 million. It serves primarily to 
refinance part of the outstanding long-term financial 
liabilities, which amount to roughly €1.5 billion in  
total. In this context, Deutsche Börse AG made credi-
tors of outstanding euro-denominated bonds an offer 
to repurchase these bonds (see 
 section “Results of 
operations” for more information). 

Credit ratings 
Deutsche Börse AG regularly has its credit quality  
reviewed by the rating agency Standard & Poor’s, 
while Clearstream Banking S.A. is rated by Fitch and 
Standard & Poor’s. Both rating agencies confirmed  
the existing credit ratings of the Group companies in 
the course of the financial year. However, because of 
the weaker business environment, Standard & Poor’s 
added a negative outlook to Deutsche Börse AG’s rat-
ing on 20 December 2012. On 1 February 2013, 
Fitch Ratings added a negative outlook to Clearstream 
Banking S.A.’s AA rating because of increased opera-
tional risk. 

As at 31 December 2012, Deutsche Börse AG was 
one of only two DAX-listed companies that had been 
given an AA rating by Standard & Poor’s. 

Ratings of Deutsche Börse AG 

Standard & Poor’s  

AA 

A–1+

Long-term 

Short-term 

Ratings of Clearstream Banking S.A. 

Long-term 

Short-term 

AA 

AA 

F1+

A–1+

Fitch  

Standard & Poor’s  

Net assets 

Deutsche Börse Group’s non-current assets amounted 
to €5,113.9 million as at 31 December 2012 
(2011: €5,020.3 million). Goodwill of €2,078.4 mil-
lion (2011: €2,095.2 million) represented the largest 
item. The change in non-current assets compared 
with 31 December 2011 is primarily due to the rise 
in non-current receivables and securities from bank-
ing business held by Deutsche Börse Group as finan-
cial assets, which increased to €1,485.0 million 
(2011: €1,404.6 million). The net value of internally 
developed software and of other equity investments 
increased slightly.  

Current assets amounted to €211,414.0 million as at 
31 December 2012 (2011: €212,982.2 million). 
Changes in current assets resulted primarily from the 
following factors: 

  An increase in restricted bank balances to 

€19,450.6 million (2011: €13,861.5 million) as a 
result of higher cash collateral deposited by clearing 
members with Eurex Clearing AG; the amount in-
creased primarily because clearing members  
preferred to provide cash rather than securities  
as collateral.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

139 

  A decrease in the financial instruments of Eurex 
Clearing AG item to €178,056.5 million (2011: 
€183,618.1 million) in connection with its function 
as a central counterparty (CCP) for cash and deriva-
tives markets. This asset is matched by a liability in 
the same amount. 

  A decrease in receivables and securities from bank-
ing business at Clearstream to €12,808.2 million 
(2011: €14,144.1 million) 

  A decrease in other cash and bank balances to 

€641.6 million (2011: €925.2 million) 

Assets were financed by equity in the amount  
of €3,169.6 million (2011: €3,132.6 million) and 
liabilities in the amount of €213,358.3 million 
(2011: €214,869.9 million). 

The following factors determined the change in equity 
compared with 31 December 2011: 

  A decline in the value of treasury shares to be  

deducted from equity to €448.6 million (2011:  
€691.7 million). This decrease is primarily due to 
Deutsche Börse AG’s acquisition of the remaining 
shares in Eurex Zürich AG from SIX Group AG. In 
addition to a cash component, the purchase price 
included around 5.3 million shares. Share buy-
backs of around €200 million made in the year un-
der review partially compensated for this effect. 
  A decrease in accumulated profit to €1,938.9 mil-

lion (2011: €2,123.0 million) 

Non-current liabilities fell to €1,616.4 million 
(2011: €1,916.8 million), primarily as a result of a  

€298.3 million decrease in interest-bearing liabilities 
to €1,160.0 million (2011: €1,458.3 million).  
In total, the decrease was mainly due to the  
reclassification of bonds maturing in financial year 
2013 and amounting to €577.4 million under “other 
current liabilities”. This was partially offset by the 
corporate bond issued in 2012 and the repurchase of 
the bonds issued in 2008 (see 
of operations” for more information).  

 section “Results  

Current liabilities amounted to €211,741.9 million 
(2011: €212,953.1 million). The main changes in 
current liabilities occurred in the following items: 

  A decrease in the financial instruments of Eurex 
Clearing AG item to €178,056.5 million (2011: 
€183,618.1 million) in connection with its function 
as a central counterparty for cash and derivatives 
markets 

  An increase in liabilities from cash deposits by mar-

ket participants to €19,450.6 million 
(2011: €13,861.5 million) as a result of higher 
cash collateral provided by the clearing members of 
Eurex Clearing AG; the amount increased primarily 
because clearing members preferred to provide cash 
rather than securities as collateral.  

  A decrease in liabilities from banking business at 

Clearstream to €12,880.3 million (2011: 
€14,169.6 million)  

  A decrease in liabilities to other related parties  
to €1.6 million (2011: €528.7 million); this is  
due to the reduction in the liability to SIX Swiss  
Exchange AG following payment of the purchase 
price for the acquisition of the 50 per cent  

Debt instruments of Deutsche Börse AG 

Type 

Issue volume 

ISIN 

Term 

Maturity

Coupon 
p.a. 

Listing 

Fixed-rate bearer bond 

€650 m

XS0353963225

5 years

April 2013

5.00 % 

Luxembourg/Frankfurt

Series A bond 

Series B bond 

Series C bond 

Hybrid bond 

US$170 m Private placement

7 years

June 2015

5.52 % 

US$220 m Private placement

10 years

June 2018

5.86 % 

US$70 m Private placement 

12 years

June 2020

5.96 % 

Unlisted

Unlisted

Unlisted

€550 m

XS0369549570

30 years1) June 2038

7.50 %2) 

Luxembourg/Frankfurt

Fixed-rate bearer bond 

€600 m DE000A1RE1W1

10 years

Oct. 2022 2,375 % 

Luxembourg/Frankfurt

1)  Early termination right after 5 respectively 10 years and in each year thereafter 
2)  Until June 2013: fixed-rate 7.50 per cent p.a.; from June 2013 to June 2018: fixed-rate mid swap + 285 basis points; from June 2018: variable interest rate (Euro inter-

bank offered rate for 12-month euro deposits (EURIBOR), plus an annual margin of 3.85 per cent) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
140 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

equity interest in Eurex Zürich AG amounting to  
€295.0 million (plus around 5.3 million shares). 

  An increase in other current liabilities to  

€888.4 million (2011: €322.0 million) due to the 
reclassification of bonds maturing in financial  
year 2013 which amount to €577.4 million from  
non-current interest-bearing liabilities. 

Overall, Deutsche Börse Group invested €145.7 mil-
lion in intangible assets and property, plant and 
equipment (capital expenditure, CAPEX) in the year 
under review, 26 per cent more than in the previous 
year (2011: €115.6 million). The Group’s largest  
investments in the year under review were made in  
the Clearstream and Eurex segments. 

Working capital 
Working capital is current assets less current liabilities, 
excluding technical closing date balance sheet items 
and commercial paper. Current assets excluding tech-
nical closing date items amounted to €457.1 million 
(2011: €433.3 million). As Deutsche Börse Group 
collects fees for most of its services on a monthly ba-
sis, the trade receivables of €211.8 million included 
in the current assets as at 31 December 2012  
(31 December 2011: €224.3 million) were relatively 
low compared with net revenue. The current liabilities 
of the Group, excluding technical closing date  
items, and the bonds maturing in 2013 amounted to 
€777.0 million (2011: €1,303.5 million). The  
Group therefore had negative working capital of  
€–319.9 million at the end of the year (2011:  
€–870.2 million). This development is primarily  
due to the decline in liabilities to other related parties. 

The “financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG” bal-
ance sheet item relates to the function performed by 
Eurex Clearing AG: since the latter acts as the central 
counterparty for Deutsche Börse Group’s various  
markets, its financial instruments are carried in the 
balance sheet at their fair value. The financial instru-
ments of Eurex Clearing AG are described in detail in 
the 
 notes 3, 15 and 36 to the 
consolidated financial statements. The total value of 
these financial instruments varied between €178 bil-
lion and €218 billion at the balance sheet dates rele-
vant for the year under review (31 March, 30 June, 
30 September, 31 December) (2011: between  
€151 billion and €223 billion). 

 risk report and in 

Market participants linked to Eurex Clearing provide 
collateral partly in the form of cash deposits, which 
are subject to daily adjustments. The cash deposits 
are generally invested on a secured basis overnight by 
Eurex Clearing AG and reported in the balance sheet 
under “restricted bank balances”. The total value of 
cash deposits at the balance sheet dates relevant for 
the year under review (31 March, 30 June, 30 Sep-
tember, 31 December) varied between €13.4 billion 
and €19.5 billion and was thus above the figures for 
the previous year (2011: between €5 billion and 
€16.5 billion). The collateral provided increased in 
the course of the year, driven by high volatility.  

Value added: breakdown of enterprise  
performance 
Deutsche Börse Group’s commercial activity contrib-
utes to private and public income – this contribution 
is made transparent in the value added statement.  

Technical closing date balance sheet items 
The “current receivables and securities from banking 
business” and “liabilities from banking business”  
balance sheet items are technical closing date items 
that were strongly correlated in the year under review 
and that fluctuated between approximately €11 bil-
lion and €13 billion (2011: between €8 billion and  
€15 billion). These amounts mainly represent custom-
er balances within Clearstream’s international settle-
ment business. 

Value added is calculated by subtracting depreciation, 
amortisation and impairment charges and third-party 
costs from the enterprise performance. In 2012, the 
value added by Deutsche Börse Group amounted to 
€1,378.9 million (2011: €1,634.1 million). The 
breakdown of value added shows that large portions  
of the revenue generated flow back into the econo-
my: 46 per cent (€637.5 million) benefited share  
holders in the form of dividend payments, while 
30 per cent (€414.2 million) went to employees in  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

141 

the form of salaries and other remuneration compo-
nents. Taxes accounted for 12 per cent (€166.9 mil-
lion), while 7 per cent (€100.6 million) was attribut-
able to lenders. The 5 per cent value added that 
remained in the company (€59.7 million) is available 
for investments in growth initiatives, for example (see 

 charts below).  

Overall assessment of the economic situation by 
the Executive Board  

Deutsche Börse Group’s results of operations in finan-
cial year 2012 fell short of the Executive Board’s ex-
pectations because of the difficult economic condi-
tions and the great uncertainty in the market. In 
addition, persistent ambiguity about financial market 
regulation and the central banks’ low interest rate  
policy proved counterproductive for the Group. The 
Group’s net revenue declined by 9 per cent in total. 
Business performance saw a particular decline year-
on-year especially in the business areas that depend 
more heavily on market participants’ trading activity. 
Despite active cost management and a decrease in 
operating costs, EBIT and net profit for the year also 
declined compared with the previous year. The Execu-
tive Board had already reduced its earnings forecast 
in line with this in the course of the year under review.  

The Executive Board believes that Deutsche Börse 
Group’s financial position was extremely stable in the 

year under review. As in the previous year, the com-
pany generated high operating cash flow. The decline 
in EBIT meant that the interest coverage ratio fell 
slightly short of the target of 16 at Group level. For 
2013, the Executive Board expects a return to an in-
terest coverage ratio of at least 16. This expectation is 
supported by the refinancing of long-term financial  
liabilities that began in 2012 and that will lead to a 
reduction in interest expenses as early as in 2013. 
The full benefit of this effect will be felt in 2014. 

Rating agencies again confirmed the Group’s credit 
quality by awarding it excellent ratings in 2012. 
However, because of the weaker business environ-
ment, Standard & Poor’s added a negative outlook to 
Deutsche Börse AG’s rating on 20 December 2012. 
In addition, on 1 February 2013, Fitch Ratings added 
a negative outlook to Clearstream Banking S.A.’s rat-
ing because of increased operational risk. 

Deutsche Börse AG has offered its shareholders at-
tractive returns for years – and financial year 2012 is 
no exception. With a proposed dividend of €2.10, the 
distribution to shareholders is close to the previous 
year’s level of €2.30 in spite of lower earnings. Com-
pared with the previous year, the distribution ratio has 
increased from 52 to 58 per cent (adjusted for special 
items in both cases) and is at the upper end of the 
Executive Board’s target range of between 40 and 
60 per cent. 

Origination of value added 
Company performance: €2,200.0 million 

Distribution of value added 
Value added: €1,378.9 million 

5%
Depreciation and amortisation

33%
External costs

5%
Retained earnings

7%
External creditors

12%
Taxes

63%
Value added

30%
Employees

46%
Shareholders 
(dividends)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
142 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Deutsche Börse Group: ten-year review 

Consolidated income statement 

Net revenue 

thereof net interest income from banking business 

Operating costs 

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 

Net income 

Earnings per share (basic) 

Consolidated cash flow statement 

Cash flow from operating activities 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Non-current assets 

Equity 

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities 

Performance indicators 

Dividend per share 

Dividend payout ratio 

Employees (average annual FTEs) 

€m

€m

€m

€m

€m

€

€m

€m

€m

€m

€

%

Net revenue per employee, based on average FTEs 

€ thous.

Personnel expense ratio (staff costs / net revenue) 

EBIT margin, based on net revenue 

Tax rate 

Return on shareholders’ equity (annual average)11) 

Gross debt / EBITDA 

Interest coverage ratio 

The shares 

Closing price of Deutsche Börse-shares 

Average market capitalisation 

Market indicators 

Xetra and Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading17) 

Trading volume18) 

Eurex 

Number of contracts 

Clearstream 

Value of securities deposited (annual average) 

Number of transactions 

Global Securities Financing  
(average outstanding volume for the period) 

2003 

2004 

2005 

n.a.

94.4

– 969.0

452.6

246.3

1.102)

1,395.5 

77.1 

– 869.9 

458.7 

266.1 

1.192) 

1,616.4

112.7

– 910.9

705.0

427.4

2.002)

530.6

439.6 

667.7

2,381.8

2,353.5

503.2

2,162.7 

2,552.5 

502.3 

2,007.8

2,200.8

501.6

0.282)

25

3,049

n.a.

n.a.

32

45.2

11

0.8

n.a.

21.682)

4.7

0.352) 

28 

3,080 

453 

24 

33 

43.8 

10 

0.8 

n.a. 

22.142) 

4.9 

1.052)

49

2,979

543

25

44

38.0

18

0.6

n.a.

43.282)

7.5

%

%

%

%

%

€

€bn

€bn

964.7

1,014.3 

1,125.5

m

1,014.9

1,065.6 

1,248.7

€bn

m

€bn

7,33520)

61.821)

7,59320) 

50.021) 

8,75220)

53.921)

111.222)

136.422) 

210.922)

1)  Amount restated to reflect the transition of the accounting policies for defined benefit obligations to the revised IAS 19 
2)  Amount restated to reflect the capital increase in 2007 
3)  Thereof €449.8 million are reported under “Other current liabilities”. 
4)  €1,160.0 million thereof are reported under “Interest-bearing liabilities”, and the bonds that will mature in financial year 2013 in the amount of €577.4 million are report-

ed under “Other current liabilities”. 

5)  Proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013 
6)  Adjusted for the ISE impairment charge recognised in Q4/2009  
7)  Adjusted for the costs of efficiency programmes and for the ISE impairment charge recognised in Q4/2010 
8)  Adjusted for the costs of mergers and acquisitions and of efficiency programmes and for income arising from the remeasurement of the equity component of the purchase 

price for the acquisition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG 

9)  Figure based on the proposal to the 2013 Annual General Meeting 
10) Adjusted for the costs of efficiency programmes 
11) Net income / average shareholders’ equity for the financial year based on the quarter-end shareholders’ equity balances 
12) Adjusted for tax relief resulting from the ISE impairment charge in 2009 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on the economy

143 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009

2010 

2011 

2012 

1,899.6 

150.7 

– 879.1 

1,027.5 

668.7 

3.362) 

2,416.0 

230.8 

– 1,075.2 

1,345.9 

911.7 

4.70 

2,497.4

236.8

– 994.8

1,508.4

1,033.3

5.42

2,039.4

97.4

2,015.8

2,121.4 

59.4

– 1,396.8

– 1,500.2

637.8

496.1

2.67

527.8

417.8

2.25

75.1 

– 962.21) 

1,162.81) 

855.21) 

4.601) 

1,932.3

52.0

– 958.6

969.4

645.0

3.44

843.4 

839.6 

1,278.9

801.5

943.9

785.6 

707.7

1,907.6 

2,283.3 

499.9 

4,164.0 

2,690.2 

501.03) 

4,544.9

2,978.3

1,512.9

5,251.0

3,338.8

1,514.9

5,069.5

3,410.3

1,455.2

5,020.3 

3,132.61) 

1,458.3 

5,113.9

3,169.6

1,737.44)

1.702) 

50 

2,739 

694 

22 

54 

36.0 

30 

0.4 

58.5 

69.712) 

11.7 

2.10 

51 

2,854 

847 

23 

56 

36.0 

39 

0 

64.4 

135.75 

18.4 

2.10

38

3,115

802

17

60

28.5

41

1.0

18.9

50.80

16.0

2.10

566)

3,333

612

19

31

26.912)

18

1.36)

15.8

58.00

10.2

2.10

547)

3,300

611

2010)

26

26.913)

14

1.27)

16.812)

51.80

10.1

2.30 

528)

3,278 

647 

1910)

55 

26.014) 

30 

1.116) 

19.013) 

40.51 

9.6 

2.105)

589) 15)

3,416

566

2110)

50

26.015)

22

1.616)

15.2

46.21

8.5

1,695.3 

2,552.5 

2,229.1

1,120.6

1,298.3

1,459.8 

1,111.3

1,526.8 

2,704.319) 

3,172.7

2,647.4

2,642.1

2,821.5 

2,292.0

9,20320) 

104.7 

301.222) 

10,504 

123.1 

10,637

114.3

10,346

102.0

10,897

116.4

11,106 

126.3 

11,111

113.9

332.7 

398.8

483.6

521.6

592.2 

570.3

13) Adjusted for tax relief resulting from the ISE impairment charge in 2010 
14) Adjusted for the non-taxable income related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for the acquisition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held  

by SIX Group 

15) Adjusted for expenses related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for the acquisition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group,  
a one-off income from the reversal of deferred tax liabilities for STOXX Ltd. based on a decision by the Swiss Financial Supervisory Authority and a one-off income from the 
recognition of deferred tax assets resulting from the future possible offsetting of losses carried forward by Eurex Global Derivatives AG  

16) Adjusted for the cost of mergers and acquisitions and of efficiency programmes 
17) Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading, prior to 23 May 2011: floor trading 
18) Excluding certificates and warrants 
19) Pro forma figure including US options of ISE 
20) Value of assets under custody on 31 December 
21) Due to a change in the statistical reporting procedure in 2007, the figures are only comparable to a limited extent with those from 2006 onwards. 
22) Average outstanding volume in December of the year 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
144 

 Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Report on post-balance sheet date events 

On 5 February 2013 Deutsche Börse AG announced 
that the Executive Board of the company is planning 
to accelerate the measures to increase the operating 
efficiency. In its meeting on 19 February 2013, the 
Supervisory Board approved the measure. For that 
purpose the company will identify and implement ad-
ditional personnel and non-personnel cost savings of 
€70 million per annum. This will allow the company 
to compensate the expected inflationary cost increase 
ahead of time. Furthermore, this ensures the neces-
sary flexibility to continue the growth and infrastruc-
ture investments, which will allow the company to 
seize opportunities relating to structural and regulato-
ry changes in financial markets and potential in mar-
kets like Asia. At the same time the company contin-
ues to adapt to evolving customer needs. All efficiency 
measures shall be fully realised by 2016. To achieve 
the efficiency improvements, the company is expect-
ing implementation costs in a magnitude of €90 to 
€120 million. The majority of this amount is expected 
to be recognized in the income statement in the form 
of provisions already in 2013. 

Deutsche Börse shares 

Stock market performance 

Global economic growth continued to slow year-on-
year in the course of 2012, and economic output 
even declined in the euro zone. This trend is due, 
among other factors, to restrictive fiscal policies, pri-
marily in the USA, where taxes increased and gov-
ernment spending was reduced, and to the ongoing 
tense financial situation in the euro zone. Despite the 
fact that the overall economic conditions deteriorated 
year-on-year, DAX®, Germany’s blue-chip index,  
performed very well during the course of the year, 
ending at 7,612 points, 29 per cent higher than in  

the previous year. The largely contradicting trends  
in the economy and the stock markets are mainly at-
tributable to historically low interest rates as well as 
fears of inflation, which have made it more attractive 
to invest in shares than other types of investment. 
However, the positive equity market trends only af-
fected the Group’s business activity to a limited extent 
because the market environment overall continued  
to be dominated by marked restraint in participants’ 
capital market activities. Deutsche Börse AG’s share 
price nonetheless performed well in 2012, ending the 
year with a 14 per cent increase. This also approxi-
mately corresponds to the share price performance  
of other exchange organisations, based on the Dow 
Jones Global Exchanges Index, which rose by 13 per 
cent in 2012. The STOXX® Europe 600 Financials 
Index, which serves as the benchmark index for the 
Executive Board’s share-based remuneration and re-
flects the performance of European financial stocks, 
grew by 26 per cent in 2012. Deutsche Börse AG 
shares recorded a twelve-month intraday high of 
€52.10 on 21 February 2012 and a twelve-month 
intraday low of €36.25 on 5 June 2012. They closed 
the last trading day of the year under review at 
€46.21 (2011: €40.51). The performance of the 
share price in the course of the year was affected on 
the one hand by the prohibited merger with NYSE  
Euronext, after which the shares reached their year 
high. On the other hand, the fact that business activi-
ty during the year was weaker than expected and var-
ious plans for regulatory reform, which were per-
ceived as risks for the Group, also played a role and 
contributed to the low in June 2012. 

Exchange data of Deutsche Börse AG shares 

Stock exchange 

Germany 

Securities identification numbers 

ISIN

WKN

Symbol 

Frankfurt Stock Exchange 

Reuters – Xetra® trading 

Bloomberg

Frankfurt (Prime Standard)

DE0005810055

581005

DB1

DB1Gn.DE

DB1:GY

Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Deutsche Börse shares

145 

An attractive long-term investment 

Deutsche Börse AG share: key figures 

Deutsche Börse shares continue to offer investors ex-
cellent opportunities to participate in the long-term 
growth potential of the international capital markets. 
This is based on the Group’s integrated business 
model, its strict Group-wide risk management policy 
and its strong focus on operating efficiency. Since 
Deutsche Börse AG went public in 2001, sharehold-
ers have benefited from an average annual return of 
around 11 per cent to the end of 2012, significantly 
higher than the performance of DAX; in the same pe-
riod, a direct investment in DAX would have yielded 
an annual return of around 1 per cent. This means 
that investors who purchased €10,000 worth of 
shares at the time of Deutsche Börse AG’s IPO and  
reinvested the dividends, held shares worth €34,334 
at the end of 2012. Had they invested in the DAX  
index during the same period, their holdings would 
have been worth just €11,467. 

Earnings per share (basic, adjusted)1) 

Dividend per share 

Dividend yield3) 

Opening price (as at 1 Jan.)4) 

High5) 

Low5) 

Closing price (as at 31 Dec.) 

Average daily trading volume on Xetra® 

Number of shares (as at 31 Dec.) 

thereof outstanding (as at 31 Dec.) 

Free float (as at 31 Dec.) 

Price-earnings ratio3) 

€ 

€ 

% 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

m 
shares 

m 

m 

% 

Market capitalisation (as at 31 Dec.) 

€bn 

2012 

2011 

3.44 

2.102) 

4.8 

4.60

2.30 

4.6

40.51 

51.80

52.10 

62.48

36.25 

35.46

46.21 

40.51

1.0 

1.4

193.06) 

195.0

184.1 

183.4

100 

12.4 

8.9 

100

11.0

7.9

1)  Adjusted for costs of efficiency programmes and merger and acquisition costs  
2)  For financial year 2012, proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013 
3)  Based on the volume-weighted average of the daily closing prices 
4)  Closing price on preceding trading day 
5)  Intraday price 
6)  Deutsche Börse AG reduced its ordinary share capital to €193.0 million  
or 193.0 million shares on 17 February 2012 by redeeming 2.0 million  
treasury shares. 

Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG and benchmark indices in 2012 

Indexed to 30 December 2011 = 100 

130

120

110

100

90

80

0

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Daily closing price of Deutsche Börse AG shares 1)
DAX ®
STOXX ® Europe 600 Financials
Dow Jones Global Exchanges

1)  Between 1 January and 7 February 2012 the data shown refer to tendered shares (ISIN DE000A1KRND6).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
146 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Index membership  

Deutsche Börse AG shares are represented in a series 
of European and global equity indices, among others 
in the German blue-chip index DAX, the Dow Jones 
Global Exchanges Index, the STOXX Europe 600 Fi-
nancials and the German dividend index DivDAX®. 
However, Deutsche Börse AG Group’s shares were 
removed from the EURO STOXX 50, the pan-
European blue-chip index, effective 18 June 2012, 
because their market capitalisation was too low on 
the cut-off date for calculating the index composition.  

Thanks to Deutsche Börse Group’s transparent report-
ing on its corporate responsibility activities, the com-
pany was also represented in key sustainability indi-
ces in 2012, such as the FTSE4Good Index Series 
(FTSE4Good Global Index and FTSE4Good Europe 
Index) and the two Dow Jones Sustainability Indices 
(DJSI World and DJSI Europe), which include the top 

10 per cent of companies in each sector in line with 
the “best in class” principle. The company is also rep-
resented in other sustainability indices: since 2003 in 
the Advanced Sustainability Performance Index (ASPI), 
since 2008 in the ECPI Ethical Index Euro, as well as 
in the MSCI World ESG Index and the STOXX® Global 
ESG Leaders Index since these two indices were 
launched in 2010, resp. 2011.  

Investor relations activities  

On numerous occasions during the reporting period, 
the company informed existing and potential investors 
as well as other capital market participants about its 
long-term strategy as well as the cyclical factors and 
structural growth drivers of its business. At the begin-
ning of the past financial year, communication with 
the company’s shareholders centred on issues in 
connection with the planned merger with NYSE Euro- 

Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG and benchmark indices since listing 

Indexed to 5 February 2011 = 100 

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Daily closing price of Deutsche Börse AG shares 1)
DAX ®
STOXX ® Europe 600 Financials

1)  Between 20 July 2011 and 7 February 2012 the data shown refer to tendered shares (ISIN DE000A1KRND6).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Deutsche Börse shares

147 

next, which was prohibited in February 2012, and 
the strategic directions adopted by the company fol-
lowing this initiative. As the year progressed, ques-
tions relating to opportunities and risks arising from 
changes to the regulatory framework dominated the 
company’s investor relations work.  

Deutsche Börse Aktiengesellschaft held its Annual 
General Meeting at the Jahrhunderthalle in Frank-
furt/Main on 16 May 2012. Around 59.5 per cent of 
the share capital was represented (2011: 42.9 per 
cent). The company held its sixth investor day in 
Eschborn in June 2012. At this event, domestic and 
international analysts and institutional investors were 
informed about the Group’s strategic priorities and 
current developments in the individual business areas. 
In addition, Deutsche Börse held well over 500 one-
on-one discussions with current and potential inves-
tors at international roadshows, investor conferences 
and individual meetings. The quality of the Group’s 
investor relations activities was confirmed, for exam-
ple in a survey of institutional investors and financial 
analysts conducted by Institutional Investor maga-
zine: Deutsche Börse AG came first in the “Best  
Investor Relations” category in the “Specialty & Other 
Finance” sector. 

International investor base 

The proportion of non-German shareholders  
remained stable year-on-year at around 81 per cent 
(2011: 81 per cent), although there was a clear shift 

to other countries from the USA. This trend is largely 
associated with significant caution on the part of US 
investors, who reduced their positions in European 
shares in general due to the uncertainties in the euro 
zone. Deutsche Börse AG had approximately 70,000 
shareholders at the end of the reporting period based 
on the share register and analyses of shareholdings. 
The proportion of institutional investors based on the 
number of shares was around 93 per cent in 2012, 
compared with around 95 per cent in the previous 
year. The slight decline reflects the higher number of 
private investors, which rose year-on-year primarily  
because of the attractive dividend distribution. 

Attractive dividend 

In the past year, Deutsche Börse AG ensured that its 
shareholders were able to participate in its very good 
2011 business performance and increased the regu-
lar dividend by 10 per cent to €2.30. This resulted in 
a distribution ratio of 52 per cent of consolidated net 
income (adjusted for costs for mergers and acquisi-
tions, as well as for efficiency programmes). In ad-
dition to the dividend, the company paid out a  
special distribution of €1.00 per share. For financial 
year 2012, Deutsche Börse AG’s Executive Board  
and Supervisory Board will propose a dividend of 
€2.10 per share to the Annual General Meeting on 
15 May 2013. This corresponds to the dividend per 
share which was paid from 2008 to 2011.  
Adjusted for costs of mergers and acquisitions as  
well as for efficiency programmes), the distribution 

Share of international shareholders  
on a high level in 2012 

Deutsche Börse AG: analysts predominantly issue 
buy recommendations 

19%
Germany

19%
UK

33%
Other countries

7%
Sell

32%
Hold

29%
USA

As at 31 December 2012

As at 31 December 2012

61%
Buy

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
148 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

ratio related to the consolidated net income amounts 
to around 58 per cent and is at the upper level of  
the Group’s defined 40 to 60 per cent range; this  
value is in line with the Group’s dividend policy. 

Analysts 

Around 30 analysts from banks and securities trading 
firms published regular earnings forecasts for and 
studies on Deutsche Börse AG in the reporting period. 
As at 31 December 2012, 61 per cent of analysts 
recommended buying Deutsche Börse AG shares. 
This compares with 32 per cent who issued hold and 
7 per cent who issued sell recommendations. The av-
erage target price set by analysts was €48 at the end 
of 2012. 

Financial and non-financial performance 
indicators    

Employees 

Committed, highly skilled employees are the corner-
stone of Deutsche Börse Group’s business success. 
They master challenging tasks and shape the corpo-
rate culture with their sense of responsibility, their 
dedication and flexibility as well as their will to deliver 
outstanding performance. Deutsche Börse Group aims 
to make sure that staff with these qualities continue 
to join the company in the future and, ideally, that 
they stay for the long term. This is the basis for its 
long-term human resources policy.  

As at 31 December 2012, Deutsche Börse Group had 
3,704 employees (31 December 2011: 3,588); the 
average number of employees in the year under re-
view was 3,654 (2011: 3,522). The year-on-year in-
crease is mainly due to the expansion of its locations 
in Prague (+58 employees) and Singapore (+16 
employees) as part of the operating efficiency pro-
gramme (“Excellence”), which the Executive Board  

had resolved in 2010. Under this programme, opera-
tions were relocated from Frankfurt and Luxembourg 
to Prague and Singapore. The workforce in Luxem-
bourg was –15 employees and in Frankfurt +50 em-
ployees. Two mutually offsetting effects were at work 
here: on the one hand, the number of employees  
decreased as a result of measures under the “Excel-
lence” programme, while on the other, jobs were cre-
ated for strategically important projects, such as the 
Eurex Clearing AG initiatives. At the US subsidiary In-
ternational Securities Exchange (ISE), the number of 
employees at the New York location declined by 19, 
while the size of the workforce at the other locations 
grew by 26 employees. 

Employees by segment 

Xetra 

Eurex 

Clearstream 

Market Data & Analytics 

Total Deutsche Börse Group 

31 Dec 2012 

31 Dec 2011

436 

1,034 

1,816 

418 

3,704 

448

999

1,749

392

3,588

Deutsche Börse Group is an international team: as at 
31 December 2012, it employed people at 22 loca-
tions worldwide. The following table breaks this figure 
down into countries and regions: 

Employees per countries/regions 

Germany 

Luxembourg 

Czech Republic 

United Kingdom 

Rest of Europe 

North America  

Asia 

Middle East 

31 Dec 2012 

1,598 

973 

462 

101 

147 

308 

107 

8 

Total Deutsche Börse Group 

3,704 

%

43.1 

26.2 

12.5 

2.7 

4.0 

8.4 

2.9 

0.2 

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Performance indicators

149 

To recruit and retain the best talent in the long term, 
Deutsche Börse Group offers flexible working hours: 
taking into account part-time employees, there was an 
average of 3,416 full-time equivalents (FTE) during 
the year (2011: 3,278). As at 31 December 2012, 
the proportion of part-time employees was higher in 
the general workforce than in management, and it 
was higher among women than among men. 

Under the joint declaration signed by all DAX compa-
nies, the company aims to fill 20 per cent of upper 
and middle management positions and 30 per cent of 
lower management positions with women by 2015. 
As at 31 December 2012, the proportion of such  
positions filled by women stood at 13 per cent for  
all of Deutsche Börse Group (Germany: 12 per cent) 
for upper and middle management positions, and at 
23 per cent (Germany: 20 per cent) for lower man-
agement positions. In order to increase the proportion 
of women in management positions, Deutsche Börse 
has adapted its talent management programmes and 
recruitment and promotion processes. Employee qual-
ifications are always the decisive criteria for filling a 
position, with equal consideration being given to both 
men and women, irrespective of age. In addition, 
women are explicitly taken into account when ap-
pointing replacements for top management positions. 
Deutsche Börse Group also offers a variety of other 
instruments to develop female employees: targeted 
succession planning, an external and internal mentor-
ing programme, a women’s network as well as coach-
ing and training specifically for women. Eight of the 
current 21 members of the “high potential circle”, 
Deutsche Börse Group’s programme for growing po-
tential management talent, are female (38 per cent). 
In addition, remuneration differences between women 
and men are analysed on a regular basis. The analy-
sis has not identified any systematic disadvantages for 
women. Rather, differences in remuneration are due 
to qualifications, years of service and function. 

The company provides a number of options designed 
to achieve a good work-life balance as part of its Job, 
Life & Family initiative:  

  Option to telework from home 
  Emergency childcare service, which was used in 

Germany on a total of 166 days in 2012 

  A holiday club for schoolchildren 
  An emergency parent-child office at the Eschborn 

and Luxembourg locations 

  Reservation of places for employees’ children aged 
between six months and three years at a daycare 
centre for children in Eschborn; the number of dedi-
cated places depends on demand in the company 
  An “Elder and Family Care” programme to facilitate 

care for needy family members 

  The ability to take sabbaticals – this option was 
used by five employees in Germany and Luxem-
bourg in 2012. 

A total of 28 male and 37 female employees took  
parental leave in financial year 2012. This figure in-
cluded three male employees in management posi-
tions. In 2012, 24 male and 43 female employees 
returned to the company from parental leave. Out of 
these totals, one male and three female employees 
left the company after their parental leave. 

In the year under review, Deutsche Börse Group sup-
ported its employees by subsidising childcare in the 
amount of €692 thousand (2011: €576 thousand). 
Financial subsidies for childcare have gone up as 
2012 marks the first year that employees in manage-
ment positions also received subsidies. Employees in 
management and non-management positions receive 
a monthly net sum of up to €255.65 per child up  
until the child is six years old or until it starts school. 

Moreover, presentations by specialists, workshops 
and coaching give employees information on a variety 
of issues relating to the topic of work-life balance as 
well as advice (e.g. on stress management, nutrition, 
or care for the sick and elderly). One of the aims of 
these measures is to maintain the health of employ-
ees in spite of high workloads and to keep the sick- 
ness rate in the company to a minimum. Deutsche 
Börse Group’s sickness rate averaged 2.8 days per 
employee in the year under review (2011: 2.8 days). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
150 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

As at 31 December 2012, 62.5 per cent of Deutsche 
Börse Group employees were graduates (2011: 
62.1 per cent). This figure is calculated on the basis 
of the number of employees holding a degree from a 
university, university of applied sciences, or profes-
sional academy; it also takes into account employees 
who have completed comparable studies abroad. 
Deutsche Börse Group offers its staff a broad portfolio 
of professional development opportunities in the form 
of internal and external training events. In total, the 
Group invested an average of 2.1 days per employee 
in staff training.  

Measured in terms of the average number of full-time 
equivalent employees in the year under review, net 
revenue per employee declined by 13 per cent to 
€566 thousand (2011: €647 thousand). Staff costs 
per employee, adjusted for efficiency programme 
costs, went down by 2 per cent to €117 thousand 
(2011: €120 thousand). The remuneration paid un-
der the company collective labour agreement in Ger-
many increased by 3.0 per cent in financial year 
2012. Salaries were also adjusted at the Group’s oth-
er locations. 

The average age of Deutsche Börse Group’s employ-
ees at the end of the year under review was 40.4 
years. The 
age structure as at 31 December 2012.  

 charts on the right show the employee 

207 employees left Deutsche Börse Group and 309 
joined the Group in the course of the year. The staff 
turnover rate was 5.7 per cent and therefore lower 
than in the previous year (2011: 8.9 per cent). The 
average length of service at the end of the year under 
review was 10.6 years. 

Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure 

by gender 

2,334

421

931

1,370

164

over 50 years

468

40–49 years

749

506

30–39 years

233

232

under 30 years

male

female

Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure  

by location 

3,704

1,598

585

363

1,399

1,255

465

Global

973

125

over 50 years

436

40–49 years

359

30–39 years

53

under 30 years

733

391

111

thereof in 
Germany

thereof in 
Luxembourg

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Performance indicators

151 

Code of conduct 
Important basic principles and values forming part  
of the Group’s corporate culture are set out in a code 
of conduct at Deutsche Börse Group, which serves  
as a guideline for all employees at every level of the 
Group. This includes, as a matter of course, respect 
for human and labour rights. For example, Deutsche 
Börse Group complies with international agreements 
such as the United Nations Universal Declaration of 
Human Rights, the OECD Guidelines for Multinational 

Enterprises and the standards issued by the Interna-
tional Labour Organisation. In addition, it has under-
taken to implement the ten principles of the UN 
Global Compact in the areas of human rights, labour 
standards, the environment and anti-corruption 
throughout the Group. The employees receive manda-
tory introductory training in this area. In 2012, 8 
training days of 8 hours took place and were attended 
by a total of 92 employees.  

Key figures on Deutsche Börse Group’s workforce as at 31 December 2012 

Part-time employees 

59  

343  

402 

Global 

thereof in Germany 

thereof in Luxembourg 

Male 

Female 

Total 

Male 

Female 

Total 

Male 

Female 

Total 

2,334  

1,370  

3,704 

1,011 

587 

1,598 

605  

368  

973 

152  

168  

23  

50  

175 

218 

2,014  

1,297  

3,311 

1  

2  

56  

31  

66  

3  

4  

6  

333  

18  

57  

9  

5 

8 

389 

49 

63 

12 

88 

81 

842 

29 

0 

1 

28 

28 

66 

3

123  

 108  

231 

112 

31  

47  

22  

196  

137  

2.1  

94  

36  

43  

21  

113  

70  

2.3  

63  

33 

46 

21 

309 

207 

2.1 

157 

20 

54 

26 

 53 

 30 

 2.1 

 47 

12 

20 

555 

185 

2 

3 

180 

18 

51 

9 

104 

24 

50 

26 

33 

17 

2.6 

20 

100 

101 

1,397 

214 

2 

4 

208 

46 

61 

12 

216 

22 

52 

26 

86 

47 

2.3 

67 

43  

44  

518  

26  

1  

1  

24  

3  

55  
– 

11  

14  

65  

21  

15  

25  

2.3  

32  

9  

17  

342  

130  

2  

3  

125  
– 

48  
– 

2  

18  

58  

24  

19  

15  

2.4  

19  

52 

61 

860 

156 

3 

4 

149 

3 

52 
–

13 

15 

63 

22 

34 

40 

2.3 

51 

Employees 

Upper and middle 
management 

Lower management 

Staff 

Upper and middle 
management 

Lower management 

Staff 

Disabled employees 

Proportion of graduates 
(%) 

Apprentices 

Interns and students1) 

Length of service 

Under 5 years (%) 

5–15 years (%) 

Over 15 years (%) 

Staff turnover  

Joiners 

Leavers 

Training days per staff 
member 

Promotions 

Employees covered by 
collective bargaining 
agreements1) 

1,151  

819  

1,970 

859 

561 

1,420 

292  

258  

550 

1) The global figures reported here refer solely to the locations in Germany, Luxembourg and the Czech Republic; this corresponds to 82 per cent of Group staff. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
152 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Corporate responsibility 

In its corporate responsibility (CR) strategy “Growing 
responsibly”, Deutsche Börse defines what it means 
by corporate responsibility and lays down the scope of 
activity for the entire Group. Deutsche Börse focuses 
its corporate responsibility activities on four areas: the 
economy, employees, the environment and corporate 
citizenship. This allows it to take due account of so-
cial, ethical and ecological aspects when implement-
ing its economic objectives. 

Economy  
As a capital market organiser, Deutsche Börse Group 
provides fair market access as well as liquid and 
transparent trading for investors. It reduces infor-
mation asymmetries and uses highly effective instru-
ments to manage its customers’ risks. In doing so, the 
Group makes its greatest value contribution to society 
in its primary core business of organising sound, 
transparent and secure capital markets worldwide.  

A key element of this is operating and developing its 
integrated business model. In accordance with this, 
top strategic priority is given to investments in the 
availability and reliability of trading systems, in ser-
vices and technologies to manage the risk and liquidi-
ty of market participants, and in initiatives aimed at 
applying the high standards of the regulated market to 
the largely unregulated off-exchange segment of the 
capital markets.  

Because Deutsche Börse Group sets standards in the 
market, effective corporate governance structures, 
sound business practice and compliance with all the 
laws, requirements and regulations in the operating 
business play a key role. For example, as a member 
of the UN Global Compact, Deutsche Börse Group is 
committed to implementing the ten principles of the 
UN Global Compact in the areas of human rights,  
labour, environmental protection and anti-corruption 
throughout the Group when designing its business 
processes. 

In addition, Deutsche Börse Group campaigns for 
greater transparency of sustainability information on 
the global capital markets – with measures ranging 
from introducing its own transparency initiatives to 
supporting the campaigns of other players in this area 
or promoting best practice in the market. Against this 
background, Deutsche Börse Group supports the 
German Sustainability Code and has published an 
annual declaration of compliance to this code, for  
the first time in 2011 and annually since then. 

Employees  
Deutsche Börse Group takes its responsibility as an 
employer seriously, because its business success is 
founded on the commitment and performance of its 
staff. To ensure that Deutsche Börse Group continues 
to attract responsible and motivated people in the fu-
ture and, ideally, retain them in the long term, it pur-
sues a responsible, sustainable human resources pol-
icy. The objectives include improving its employees’ 
work-life balance – a comprehensive “Job, Life & 
Family” programme has been developed for this  
purpose – and specifically promoting diversity (see  

 section on “Employees” for details). 

Environment  
Although Deutsche Börse Group is not a manufactur-
ing company and can therefore exert only little influ-
ence on climate change, it is aware of the significance 
of this issue: reductions in greenhouse gas emissions 
and the careful handling of resources are an impor-
tant part of its commitment to greater sustainability. 
The focus is on continuously improving the Group’s 
business ecology through environment-friendly IT 
management as well as on reducing its energy de-
mand, water and paper consumption, and waste (see  

 the following section on “Sustainability”). 

Corporate citizenship  
Deutsche Börse Group sees itself as a corporate citi-
zen and is committed to fulfilling this role, especially 
at its locations. Its activities in this area focus on edu-
cation and science, culture and social involvement. 
When selecting projects, it gives priority in particular 
to innovative ideas and concepts that also allow its 
staff to get involved. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Performance indicators

153 

All charitable contributions are subject to Group-wide 
corporate citizenship guidelines adopted by the Exec-
utive Board. They provide a binding framework that 
determines the nature and proper handling of contri-
butions. Sports, private individuals, religious institu-
tions or political parties are not eligible for support 
(exception: the Political Action Committee of the sub-
sidiary ISE). 

Sustainability 

Deutsche Börse Group also feels committed to sus-
tainable business activities in particular. Examples  
include initiatives to promote the transparency of  
holistic investment strategies on the one hand and 
measures to optimise its own sustainability perfor-
mance on the other. 

Initiatives to foster transparency in holistic 
investment strategies 

Sustainable index products  
Deutsche Börse Group develops index products that 
are used by investors as a basis for sustainable in-
vestments. The aim is to promote the transparency of 
holistic investment decisions by improving the avail-
able information and to demonstrate best practice 
across a diverse index portfolio. The indices focus the 
attention of capital market participants on the compa-
nies engaging in sustainable business practices.  

In 2012, STOXX Ltd., a subsidiary of Deutsche  
Börse AG, again expanded its range of sustainability 
indices to a total of 19 indices. The STOXX ESG 
Leaders Index family (ESG stands for “Environment, 
Social, Governance”) gives Deutsche Börse Group a 
range of sustainability indices; their selection model is 
based entirely on transparent criteria. On the basis of 
the “KPIs for ESG 3.0” standard published by the So-
ciety of Investment Professionals in Germany (DVFA) 
and data released by Sustainalytics, the leading pro-
vider of sustainability data, a uniform model has been 
developed under which all companies in the global 
STOXX® Global 1800 equity index are given a con- 

 www.stoxx.com website. Moreover, to en-

sistent and transparent score for the ESG criteria. 
The underlying catalogue of criteria can be accessed 
on the 
sure that the model is maintained and reviewed on an 
ongoing basis, the STOXX ESG Advisory Board has 
been set up, an international body of experts from  
research/science and business. This board includes 
one representative each from Deutsche Börse AG  
and Eurex.  

In addition to the STOXX ESG Leaders Indices, STOXX 
calculates and markets other indices that track sus-
tainable investments: an alliance with Sarasin, a 
Swiss private bank known in particular for its sustain-
ability research, has resulted in the DAXglobal® Sara-
sin Sustainability Indices for Germany and Switzer-
land, as well as the STOXX Europe Sustainability 
Index family – a series of pan-European sustainability 
indices. 

Emissions trading 
In cooperation with the European Energy Exchange 
(EEX) in Leipzig, Eurex operates a regulated, transpar-
ent marketplace for trading greenhouse gas (CO2) 
emissions, which helps companies to meet the cli-
mate change targets under the Kyoto Protocol. Market 
participants of both exchanges can trade on a com-
mon platform and hedge against the risks arising from 
their activities on the emissions market. In addition to 
emission rights, power, gas and coal derivatives are 
traded on the EEX.  

In addition, Deutsche Börse Group has published a 
Monthly Carbon Report since October 2010. This fills 
an information gap on the CO2 market and makes the 
actual extent of CO2 emissions in the energy sector 
and industry more transparent for analysts and traders. 

Information portal for sustainable securities 
Deutsche Börse’s 
securities supports both private and institutional in-
vestors in accounting for sustainability criteria in their 
investment decisions. This free service is part of  

 information portal for sustainable 

 www.boerse-frankfurt.de. It pools information on all  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
154 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

sustainable products tradeable at Deutsche Börse (i.e. 
equities, indices, investment funds and certificates) 
on a single platform. In addition to company-specific 
master data and key financial indicators of 1,800 
global companies in the STOXX universe, the master 
data sheets on the information portal contain supple-
mentary ESG indicators as well as data points from 
the Carbon Disclosure Project. The ESG data, which  
is provided by Sustainalytics, one of the world’s lead-
ing research providers, corresponds to the corporate 
ratings for the STOXX Global ESG Leaders index family. 
In addition, Deutsche Börse Group publishes a trans-
parency and a performance indicator reflecting each 
company’s contribution to climate protection. This  
indicator is determined by the Carbon Disclosure  
Project, a non-profit organisation which maintains  
the world’s largest database of company-relevant  
climate information. 

Initiatives to optimise Deutsche Börse’s own 
sustainability performance 

Energy-efficient IT management 
Deutsche Börse Group fulfills its role as marketplace 
organiser primarily by developing and operating IT-
based solutions. Therefore, energy-efficient IT man-
agement offers the Group considerable scope for im-
proving its sustainability performance.  

The guiding principle of sustainable IT management 
at Deutsche Börse Group is to achieve the highest 
possible operating efficiency, i.e. optimised server and 
storage system utilisation and a reduction in back-up 
systems, as far as market requirements concerning 
system security and speed allow. Another objective is 
to ensure that the servers currently being deployed are 
used continuously if possible by actively distributing 
the load. 

A new flexible profile system has been selected for 
Deutsche Börse Group’s server rooms in Frank-
furt/Main. This system enables the strict separation of 
cold supply air and hot exhaust air, known as cold  

aisle containment, and thus prevents cold and warm  
air from mixing. In addition, the use of fibre-optic ra-
ther than copper cables and direct cooling lead to a 
sustained reduction in power consumption. In 2012, 
all servers at the data centre were supplied with 100 
per cent environmentally friendly hydroelectric power. 
At the Luxembourg location, Clearstream’s data centre 
is situated underneath the office building. This allows 
an especially efficient use of energy, as the office 
premises are heated with hot exhaust air from the 
servers. Further energy savings are achieved by cool-
ing the server rooms directly with fresh outdoor air. 

Outside the data centres, too, the focus is on sustain-
able, energy-efficient IT solutions. For example, thin 
clients (network computers without hard drives) are 
used throughout the Group and the hardware (award-
ed the “Energy Star” label) is selected specifically for 
its long lifespan and ecological certification. 

Resource-efficient business ecology 
For Deutsche Börse Group, environmental protection 
is an unconditional commitment to preserving the 
natural environment and resources. The Group there-
fore aims to record its own ecological footprint as ac-
curately as possible and to steadily reduce it.  

Facility management is highly relevant in this regard. 
As early as the planning stage for the Group’s head-
quarters in Frankfurt/Eschborn, attention was paid to 
the use of energy-efficient and environmentally-
friendly systems. The power generated by the compa-
ny’s own combined heat and power plant covers up to 
60 per cent of its energy requirements. With its eco-
logically innovative design, the building was the first 
German office building to be awarded the LEED 
(“Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design”) 
platinum standard, a US sustainability certificate, in 
2010. Clearstream’s building complex “The Square” 
was the first established property in Luxembourg to 
receive the “NF Bâtiments Tertiaires – Démarche HQE” 
sustainability certificate.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Performance indicators

155 

Other initiatives to improve the Group’s business ecol-
ogy focus on reducing greenhouse gas emissions, wa-
ter and paper consumption and waste. They include: 

office consumables, as well as small appliances that 
have been awarded “Blue Angel” or “Energy Star” en-
vironmental certification.  

  Using shuttle buses between the Eschborn and Lux-

embourg sites to cut down on individual trips 

  Offering job tickets for local public transport to staff 

in Eschborn  

  Using videoconferencing instead of business travel 
  Automatically presetting printers for double-sided 

printing  

  Reducing the number of printed publications 
  Sending letters and parcels at the Frankfurt site and 
parcels at the Luxembourg site via the Deutsche Post 
and DHL “Go Green” initiative 

  Organising Group-wide “Green Days” to raise 

awareness of environmental issues among staff  

Code of conduct for suppliers 
A sustainability agreement between Corporate Pur-
chasing and Deutsche Börse Group’s suppliers and 
service providers has been in place since the end of 
2009 and requires mandatory compliance with basic 
legal principles and rules of conduct, such as respect 
for human and employee rights. The agreement also 
imposes ecological and social requirements on the 
Group’s service providers. Suppliers accounting for 
around 94 per cent of the Group’s global purchasing 
volume had signed this code of conduct by the end of 
2012, or submitted voluntary obligations that cover  
or even exceed the issues listed. The suppliers are  
assessed at regular intervals as part of the business 
relationship. The evaluation criteria include aspects 
relating to economic, ecological and ethical sustain-
ability. 

Responsible procurement 
As early as the materials procurement stage, Deutsche 
Börse Group makes sure it buys exclusively environ-
mentally compatible products wherever possible. The-
se include FSC paper, recycled toners and other  

Sustainability ratings 
Sustainability ratings assess companies’ sustainability 
reporting and performance. They measure ecological, 
social and corporate governance performance and rate 
companies’ holistic management of opportunities and 
risks. For investors with a focus on sustainability, the 
results of these ratings increasingly play a role in their 
assessment of companies on the capital markets. 

Deutsche Börse Group is also regularly analysed by 
various service providers, such as Robeco SAM, Sus-
tainalytics, EIRIS, oekom, Vigeo and Sarasin. The 
Group’s positive performance in various sustainability 
ratings and rankings has repeatedly led to Deutsche 
Börse shares being included in the following sustain-
ability indices:  

  Dow Jones Sustainability Indices (DJSI): in DJSI 
World and DJSI Europe since 2005; result of 
Robeco SAM rating: company score 57; average 
score of sector 39 

  FTSE4Good Index: in the Global Index and the  
Europe Index since 2009; result of EIRIS/IMUG  
rating: absolute score 4 out of 5, supersector relative 
95 out of 100 points 

  Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index (CDLI): since 

2009; score: 89 out of 100 

  STOXX ESG Leaders Index: since 2011 (launch 
year). The entirely rule-based and transparent 
STOXX rating model means that there is no conflict 
of interests; result of sustainalytics rating: total score 
of 72 (E: 70, S: 66, G: 83), ranking: 4 out of 139 
companies 

  ECPI Ethical Index Euro: since 2008 
  MSCI World ESG Index: since 2010 (launch year)  
  Advanced Sustainability Performance Index (ASPI): 

since 2003  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
156 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Corporate Responsibility: key figures of Deutsche Börse Group 

Transparency 

Proportion of companies listed in the Prime Standard (for shares) as a percentage of all listed 
companies (by market capitalisation)1) 

Number of calculated indices 

thereof sustainability indices 

Safety 

System availability of trading systems (Xetra®/Eurex®) 

Market risk cleared via Eurex Clearing (gross monthly average) 

Supplier management 

Share of sales revenue generated with suppliers/service providers that have signed the Code of 
Conduct or have made voluntary commitments over and above those required under the Code 

Compliance 

Punished cases of corruption 

Proportion of business units reviewed for corruption risk 

Number of employees trained in anti-corruption measures2) 

Number of justified customer complaints relating to data protection 

Environment 

Energy consumption3) 

Greenhouse gas emissions 

thereof travel-based greenhouse gas emissions 

Water consumption4) 

Paper consumption5) 

Cash value of material administrative fines and total number of non-monetary penalties due to 
non-compliance with legal requirements in the environmental area 

Good Corporate Citizenship 

Corporate responsibility project expenses per employee6) 

Corporate volunteering days per employee 

2012 

2011 

%

83 

77

appr. 12,000 

appr. 8,600

19 

15

%

€bn

%

%

MWh

t

t

m³

t

€

€

days 

99,999 

7,507 

99,975

9,230

94.3 

91.1

0 

100 

1,133 

0 

69,120 

29,452 

6,304 

63,757 

113 

0 

850 

2 

0

100

248

1

68,073

29,799

7,315

63,144

122

0

900

2

1) Market capitalisation of companies listed in the Prime Standard (shares) in relation to the market capitalisation of all companies listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange 

(FWB®, Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse) 

2) In addition to initial training for new recruits, compliance training is performed at two-year intervals. As a result, the number of employees may differ significantly in a  

direct year-on-year comparison. 

3) The energy consumption reported comprises direct and indirect energy consumption. 
4) The water consumption reported comprises only the volume of water sourced from municipal utilities. 
5) The paper consumption reported only relates to office requirements. 
6) For memberships, donations, sponsoring and communication; does not include social benefits or special leave expenses for corporate volunteering. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

157 

Risk report 

Risk management is an integral component of man-
agement and control within Deutsche Börse Group. 
Effective and efficient risk management safeguards 
the Group’s continued existence and enables it to 
achieve its corporate goals in the long term. To this 
end, the Group has established a Group-wide risk 
strategy and a Group-wide risk management system 
which defines roles, processes and responsibilities 
and is binding for all staff and organisational entities 
within Deutsche Börse Group. 

structure, defined responsibilities, viable processes 
and continuous knowledge transfer to employees. 
  The responsible management levels must always  
be informed about the relevant risks and the risk 
profile of the Group in an open, timely and com-
plete manner. 

  Effective and efficient risk management supports 
Deutsche Börse Group in achieving its corporate 
goals and safeguards the company’s continued ex-
istence. The risk management system is designed to 
provide complete, timely and consistent risk-related 
information in order to ensure the identification, as-
sessment and monitoring and reporting of risks. 

Risk strategy 

Deutsche Börse Group’s risk strategy is based on its 
business strategy and sets limits specifying the maxi-
mum risk permitted for the Group’s operational, fi-
nancial, and business risks as well as its overall risk. 
This is done by laying down corresponding require-
ments for the management, control and limitation of 
risk. The Group ensures that appropriate measures 
are taken to avoid, reduce and transfer, or intentional-
ly accept risk. The principles of this strategy apply to 
all business segments within the Group.  

The risk strategy enables risks to be controlled in a 
timely and adequate manner. Information needed for 
risk management is captured and assessed on the 
basis of structured, consistent procedures. The results 
of the assessment are collated in a reporting system, 
which is used to systematically analyse and control 
the risks. Relevant reports are prepared on both a 
regular and an ad-hoc basis, and cover existing as 
well as potential risks. 

Deutsche Börse Group’s risk management is based on 
the following principles: 

  Each Group Executive Board bears the ultimate re-
sponsibility for the risk management of Deutsche 
Börse Group and its companies. 

  An awareness of risk and the associated risk culture 

are ensured by means of a clear organisational  

Risk management system 

The Group’s risk management system ensures that  
all management committees within Deutsche Börse 
Group are able to control the risk profile of the entire 
Group or of a single legal entity, as well as specific 
material risks, in a timely manner. The aim is to iden-
tify developments that could threaten the Group and 
to take appropriate countermeasures promptly. 

Governance 
Through the governance structure of its risk manage-
ment system, Deutsche Börse Group ensures a strong 
awareness of risk throughout the entire Group and the 
effectiveness and efficiency of the risk management 
system. 

The Executive Board of Deutsche Börse AG is respon-
sible for Group-wide risk management. The Super-
visory Board monitors the effectiveness of the risk 
management system. In addition, the Finance and 
Audit Committee of the Supervisory Board monitors 
the Group’s risk strategy and the effectiveness of the 
risk management system, and also examines the  
quarterly reports from Group Risk Management 
(GRM). These reports contain assessments of existing 
and new risks. The full Supervisory Board is informed 
in writing of the content of these reports. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
158 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The Chief Financial Officer and business areas are 
jointly responsible for risk management at the seg-
ment level. The Group-wide Risk Committee of 
Deutsche Börse Group acts as the steering committee, 
chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer. The cen-
tral task of the Risk Committee is to support the Ex-
ecutive Board in monitoring Deutsche Börse Group’s 
risk profile. The Committee is made up of the leader-
ship of the relevant business areas as well as repre-
sentatives of the Chief Financial Officer, such as 
Group Risk Management, a central function which 
coordinates the work carried out by the Committee. 
The Risk Committee monitors the validity and reliabil-
ity of the risk strategy, the risk management system 
including the various methods used, and the risk 
management process. It also promotes Group-wide 
awareness of risk and examines current risk assess-
ments. The Risk Committee proposes actions where  
it is required to reduce or avoid risks. 

The business areas identify risks and report these 
promptly to GRM. The business areas also perform 
risk control, inform their respective management 
about developments in risk indicators and continu-
ously improve the quality of the risk management 
processes. 

GRM ensures that the comprehensive risk manage-
ment system is applied and that it complies with the 
same minimum standards in all companies belonging 
to Deutsche Börse Group. 

In addition to the Finance and Audit Committee, GRM 
also reports to Deutsche Börse AG’s Executive Board 
on a quarterly and ad-hoc basis where required. GRM 
proposes the risk strategy and its formation in the 
form of guidelines for risk management to the Risk 
Committee and Deutsche Börse Group’s Executive 
Board. 

In addition, other areas within Deutsche Börse Group 
assume relevant risk management functions. For ex-
ample, representatives of the Chief Financial Officer 
are responsible for central credit and treasury matters. 
Furthermore, Financial Accounting & Controlling is-
sues reports to the supervisory authorities in compli-  

ance with regulatory guidelines. It is also responsible 
for the entire Group’s budget controlling. Independent 
audits by the Internal Auditing function ensure that 
the risk control and risk management functions are 
adequately organised and that they perform their du-
ties. Deutsche Börse AG’s early risk warning system is 
controlled by the external auditor in accordance with 
legal requirements. 

Risk management process 
Deutsche Börse Group’s risk management system is 
used to implement the risk strategy for which the Ex-
ecutive Board is responsible. To this end, all potential 
losses must be identified in good time, captured cen-
trally, assessed (i. e. quantified in financial terms  
as far as possible), reported to the Executive Board 
together with recommendations, and controlled. 
Deutsche Börse Group’s risk management process 
therefore comprises five stages (see 
 chart on the 
next page).  

Step 1: Risk identification 
In this initial step, threats and causes of losses or 
malfunctions are identified. Risks can arise as a re-
sult of internal activities or because of external fac-
tors. All matters that could have a material impact  
on Deutsche Börse Group’s business or that might 
change the risk profile must be recognised as early as 
possible. It is the responsibility of all business areas 
and their employees to identify these potential risks.  

Step 2: Risk notification 
All business areas must inform GRM regularly and,  
in urgent cases, on an ad hoc basis of the risks they  
have identified and quantified. This procedure guar-
antees that all potential risks and threats are captured 
centrally.  

Step 3: Risk assessment  
GRM assesses the risk potential in a quantitative and 
qualitative manner based on the information available. 
The VaR method is used for the quantitative assess-
ment of a potential risk (see 
 section on “Risk man-
agement methods” of this consolidated management 
report). Deutsche Börse Group uses a risk matrix for 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

159

Governance structure of risk management 

Supervisory Board
Monitoring of risk management system effi ciency

Audit and Finance Committee
Assessment of risk strategy and risk management system

Executive Board
Responsible for the Group-wide risk management

Group-wide Risk Committee 1)
Monitoring of Deutsche Börse Group’s risk profi le

Group Risk Management
Risk assessment and reporting to Executive Board and 
Supervisory Board

Risk management functions 2)
Risk identifi cation, risk surveillance as well as risk reporting

1)  Representatives from relevant CFO areas, relevant business areas

as well as Group Risk Management

2)  Among them Credit, Treasury and Financial Accounting & Controlling

the qualitative assessment of specific risks, in particu-
lar regulatory requirements. This matrix allows risks to 
be observed over a period exceeding the usual obser- 
vation period of twelve months. This helps to ensure 
that the risk situation of the entire Group is observed 
in a comprehensive manner over several years. 

Step 4: Risk control 
All business areas and their employees are responsi-
ble for risk control and for taking measures to limit 
loss. The possible responses are risk mitigation, de-
liberate risk acceptance, external risk transfer, or risk 
avoidance. The business areas decide on and imple-
ment the most appropriate alternative in each case. 
The internal control system (ICS) that the Executive  

Board has set up for Deutsche Börse Group (for de-
tails see 
 section on “Goals and strategies” of this 
consolidated management report) is used to help pre-
vent risks. Along with other measures, the ICS is de-
signed to ensure the effectiveness and efficiency of 
the Group’s business operations, avert or uncover fi-
nancial losses and thus protect all Deutsche Börse’s 
business assets. It comprises both integrated and in-
dependent control and safety measures. The ICS is 
an integral part of the risk management system and is 
continuously being enhanced and adjusted to reflect 
changing conditions. 

Step 5: Risk reporting 
The responsible Executive Board members and com-
mittees are informed of any material risks, their as-
sessment and possible immediate countermeasures;  
if appropriate, they receive further recommendations 
so that they can set suitable steps in motion.  

In addition, GRM sends an “Internal Capital Adequacy 
Assessment Process” (ICAAP) report to the Executive 
Boards of the Clearstream Holding group and Eurex 
Clearing AG once a year, thus fulfilling the provisions 
of the second pillar of the Basel II regulatory frame-
work. In this report, GRM reports on the current risk 
situation and assesses the capital resources of the 
Clearstream Holding group and Eurex Clearing AG. In 
accordance with the third pillar of Basel II, the Clear-
stream Holding group and Eurex Clearing AG also 
meet a broad obligation to report their business activi-
ties in their capacity as financial institutions. In par-
ticular, the companies regularly report to the supervi-
sory authorities on the methods of their risk manage-
ment and the assessment of capital resources.

Five-stage risk management system with central and decentral responsibility 

Responsibiliy of
Responsibiliy of
Executive Board
Executive Board

Risk management strategy
Risk management strategy

Responsibility of
Responsibility of
Group Risk Management
Group Risk Management

Risk management process
Risk management process

3. Assessment
3. Assessment

5. Reporting
5. Reporting

Responsibility of
Responsibility of
business areas
business areas

1. Identifi cation
1. Identifi cation

2. Notifi cation
2. Notifi cation

4. Control
4. Control

160 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

An example for the course of the risk management 
process 
A subsidiary of Deutsche Börse Group receives a cus-
tomer claim for compensation for a loss. The depart-
ment concerned first identifies the reason for this 
claim for compensation and the person responsible 
for operational risk at this department (operational 
risk representative) evaluates the potential impact of 
the event (1). If the amount of the claim for compen-
sation exceeds a certain threshold, the operational 
risk representative records the event and its impact  
in the operational risk event database, as well as the 
compensation for the loss if the claim for compensa-
tion is justified. In this way, GRM receives notification 
of the event (2). GRM analyses the available infor-
mation, assesses the case and, if appropriate, pro-
poses measures (3). If necessary, line management 
then makes improvements and takes the appropriate 
measures (4). GRM informs the Executive Board of 
the event, its details and analysis, as well as any 
measures already planned, in the report for the fol-
lowing quarter or, if necessary, ad hoc (5). 

Risk management methods 
Deutsche Börse Group uses various quantitative and 
qualitative risk management methods to monitor and 
control the risk profile. The combination of different 
methods is intended to provide as complete a picture 
of the current risk situation as possible. This allows 
Deutsche Börse Group to take appropriate measures 
to safeguard the Group’s continued existence. The fol-
lowing section illustrates the central risk management 
instruments used by Deutsche Börse Group.  

Value at risk  
Deutsche Börse Group uses a standardised approach 
– value at risk (VaR) – for measuring and reporting all 
risks across the Group, including entities that are not 
subject to regulation by supervisory authorities. VaR is 
a comprehensive way of presenting and controlling 
the general risk profile. It quantifies risks and lays  
down, for the specified confidence level, the maxi-
mum cumulative loss Deutsche Börse Group could 

face if certain loss events materialised over a specific 
period. Likewise potential concentration risks can also 
be identified by way of VaR analyses. 

The Group determines the VaR in three stages: 

  Stage 1: Determining the loss distribution for each 

individual risk. This is performed for each individual 
risk on the basis of historical data (such as market 
data, default, claim, or outage history) or risk sce-
narios. This loss distribution may be, for example, a 
lognormal distribution (often used for risks arising 
from service deficiencies) or a Bernoulli distribution 
(used, for example, to simulate counterparty default 
in credit risk). 

  Stage 2: Simulating losses using the Monte Carlo 

method. A Monte Carlo simulation is used to 
achieve a stable VaR calculation by simulating as 
many loss events as possible in line with the distri-
bution assumptions made. This produces a spread 
of possible total losses. 

  Stage 3: Calculating VaR on the basis of the Monte 

Carlo simulation. To do this, the losses calculated by 
the Monte Carlo simulation are arranged by size in 
descending order, and the corresponding losses are 
determined for the specified confidence levels. 

Economic capital 
The Group’s economic capital (EC) can be determined 
using the VaR. EC measures the amount of capital 
that is required in order to be able to cover extreme 
events as well over a period of twelve months. Eco-
nomic capital is calculated at a confidence level of 
99.98 per cent. This means that losses within the 
next twelve months will not exceed the calculated EC 
with a probability of 99.98 per cent. Deutsche Börse 
Group uses two different EC concepts for this. These 
differ with respect to the assumed diversification be-
tween individual risks and between segments. 

  Required economic capital: The required economic 

capital does not take into account any diversification 
effects, i.e. a correlation of 1 is assumed between  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

161 

the individual risks as well as for the inter-company 
correlation. Deutsche Börse Group uses the most 
conservative approach for this purpose. 

  Diversified required economic capital: Diversification 

effects between the individual risks are included 
when calculating the diversified required economic 
capital. 

Expected shortfall 
Deutsche Börse Group uses the expected shortfall 
concept as a complementary method to EC. The ex-
pected shortfall is defined as the average of losses ex-
ceeding EC. The objective of this concept is to sup-
plement the focus on EC by obtaining information 
regarding potential losses exceeding EC. 

Stress tests 
Deutsche Börse Group also carries out stress test cal-
culations for operational as well as financial risks for 
the Clearstream and Eurex segments, along with their 
respective legal entities. These stress tests simulate 
the occurrence of extreme losses or an accumulation 
of major losses in one year. Since the Group has not 
incurred any major losses to date, potential risk sce-
narios are defined for this purpose. These risk scenar-
ios describe possible loss events and their probability 
as well as the potential amount of loss, which is es-
timated. The values determined in the stress tests are 
compared with the limits defined as part of the risk-
bearing capacities. Both historical as well as hypo-
thetical scenarios are calculated.  

Reverse stress tests 
Reverse stress tests have also been performed since 
2011. This instrument is used to determine loss sce-
narios that would have to occur in order to exceed 
risk-bearing capacities.  

Regulatory requirements 
Having received regulatory approval from the Luxem-
bourg supervisory authority CSSF (Commission de 
Surveillance du Secteur Financier), Clearstream Bank-
ing S.A. and Clearstream Banking AG have applied 
the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) since  
1 January 2008 to calculate their capital require-
ments for operational risk under the Solvabilitäts- 

verordnung (SolvV, German Solvency Regulation) 
based on the Basel II regulatory framework, while 
Clearstream Holding AG has used this approach at 
Group level since receiving the approval of the Ger-
man Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin, 
Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht) on  
7 October 2010. Eurex Clearing AG uses the Basic 
Indicator Approach to calculate its capital require-
ments in relation to operational risk. For credit and 
market price risks, the standardised approach is used 
throughout the Group. 

Risk-bearing concepts 
The Group uses two risk-bearing concepts. Risk-
bearing capacity assumes the liquidation of the Group 
(gone concern), whereas risk appetite assumes the 
continuation of the Group (going concern). 

GRM reports to the Risk Committee, Executive Board 
as well as the Finance and Audit Committee on a 
quarterly basis regarding the results of the risk appe-
tite and risk-bearing capacity concepts. This proce-
dure guarantees that the risk limits laid down by the 
Executive Board in its risk strategy are monitored and 
complied with on a sustainable basis. 

Risk-bearing capacity  
Deutsche Börse Group calculates the required eco-
nomic capital in order to determine the risk-bearing 
capacity. The most conservative approach is pursued 
for the required economic capital in order to show the 
dependencies. A value of 1 is assumed for both the 
correlation of inter-risk diversification effects as well 
as for the inter-company correlation, that is these po-
tential risks occur at the same time and are therefore 
accumulated. Deutsche Börse Group uses the share-
holders’ equity recognised under IFRS as the risk-
bearing capacity for its economic capital, adjusted, 
among others, by an amount to reflect the risk of not 
being able to liquidate intangible assets at their carry-
ing amounts in a stress situation. The Clearstream 
Holding group uses its regulatory capital as the risk-
bearing capacity for its economic capital (for details 
see 
ments).  

 note 20 to the consolidated financial state-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
162 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Required eco-economic capital is compared with the 
available risk-bearing capacity. Deutsche Börse Group 
also calculates required economic capital at the level 
of individual risks and business segments. These are 
compared against limits representing a percentage of 
the available risk-bearing capacity defined for each 
individual risk. 

Risk appetite 
The risk appetite concept is used in order to ensure 
the Group’s continued existence. Diversified required 
economic capital is determined initially for this pur-
pose. It is calculated in the same way as required 
economic capital. However, diversification effects be-
tween individual risks and between business seg-
ments are taken into account for this purpose. These 
arise because losses do not occur for all individual 
risks at the same time, so that the VaR is lower for 
the overall risk than for the total of VaR values of the 
individual risks. The projected EBIT for the following 
year is defined as risk appetite. This represents the 
risk limit for the Group in order to achieve its corpo-
rate goals. Compliance with the limit is reviewed both 
at Group level as well as segment level. 

Risk management as a contribution to 
sustainability 
Deutsche Börse Group aims to make a sustainable 
contribution to society with its range of risk manage-
ment services. In its role as a capital market organiser, 
Deutsche Börse primarily does this by ensuring the 
security and integrity of the markets and by increasing 
the allocation efficiency of the markets through its 
pricing function. Deutsche Börse Group also assumes 
important risk management functions for its custom-
ers and, in doing so, contributes to the efficiency and 
systemic stability of the capital markets. 

  Since 2011, for example, the Client Asset Protection 
solution has allowed client assets within the clearing 
house to be clearly assigned to the participant con-
cerned if a trading partner defaults. 

  The systematic expansion of the central counter-

party service will enable Deutsche Börse Group to 
better hedge against risks in OTC derivatives trading  
in future.  

  Via its Clearstream subgroup, Deutsche Börse man-
ages and holds securities in custody on behalf of its 
customers in the most secure form possible, usually 
electronically. The Global Liquidity Hub guarantees 
that the securities deposited are used efficiently. 
Deutsche Börse Group also enables the settlement 
of anonymous, collateralised money market transac-
tions through GC Pooling. 

Deutsche Börse Group’s internal risk management 
guarantees that it can offer these services without in-
terruption (for details see 
 section on “Business con-
tinuity management”).  

Risk description and assessment 

Risk structure 
Deutsche Börse Group distinguishes between opera-
tional, financial, business and project risk. These in-
dividual risks constitute substantial risks for the Group. 
They are described in this risk report both generally 
as well as at Deutsche Börse Group segment level. 

Operational risks 
In the operational risk category, a distinction is made 
between availability risk, service deficiencies, dam-
age to physical assets, legal offences and business 
practices. 

  Availability risk results from the possible failure  
of operating resources essential to the services  
Deutsche Börse Group offers, making it impossible 
to deliver services on time or at all. This risk consti-
tutes the greatest operational risk for Deutsche 
Börse Group. 

  The category of service deficiencies includes risks 
that could materialise if a service for customers of 
Deutsche Börse Group is performed inadequately, 
for example due to product and process defects, 
processes being performed incorrectly, or errors  
in manual processing. Manual work continues to  
be necessary, despite the many automated systems 
and efforts aimed at delivering straight-through  
processing. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

163 

  Damage to physical assets is included under risks 
due to accidents and natural disasters, as well as 
terrorism and sabotage.  

  Risk associated with legal offences includes losses 
that could arise as a result of non- or inappropriate 
compliance with new or existing laws, losses from 
insufficient contract terms or from court decisions 
not adequately taken into account during normal 
business operations, as well as losses from fraud.  
  Business practice risk includes losses resulting from 

inadequate control measures to prevent money 
laundering, violations of competition regulations, or 
breaches of banking secrecy. Business practice risk 
also includes human resources risk. Deutsche Börse 
Group’s success is founded on the commitment and 
performance of its employees. The Group is there-
fore exposed to the risk of important employees in 
key positions leaving the company, or of positions 
not being filled adequately.  

Deutsche Börse Group devotes considerable attention 
to mitigating the different types of operational risk 
mentioned above with the aim of reducing the fre-
quency and amount of potential financial losses aris-
ing from corresponding risk events. To this end, vari-
ous quality and control measures are taken to protect 
the Group’s business from all kinds of fraud and op-
erational business losses. In addition to compliance 
with international quality standards, these measures 
include a careful analysis of operational risk events 
that have occurred so that steps can be defined to re-
duce the probability of their recurrence. Apart from  

this, Deutsche Börse Group has defined a large num-
ber of business continuity measures to be taken when  
or after an emergency occurs. Furthermore, Deutsche  
Börse Group has entered into insurance contracts to 
reduce the financial consequences of loss events.  

Against the background of the human resources risks 
described above, Deutsche Börse Group aspires to be 
perceived as an attractive employer by implementing 
a range of human resources policy measures (for de-
tails see 

 section on “Employees”). 

Moreover, the Group complies with international qual-
ity standards (such as certification according to ISO 
9001/TickIT and ISO/IEC 20000) to reduce opera-
tional risk – in particular the Group’s availability risk. 

Business continuity management: Deutsche Börse 
Group endeavours to deliver its products and services 
as reliably as possible. For this reason, it attaches the 
greatest importance to maintaining its business op-
erations and protecting them against emergencies and 
disasters. Since the non-availability of its core pro-
cesses and resources poses a substantial risk to 
Deutsche Börse Group and is a potential systemic risk 
for the financial markets in general, Deutsche Börse 
Group has established a Group-wide business conti-
nuity management (BCM) system. The BCM system 
encompasses all the precautionary processes to en-
sure that business continues as normal if a crisis oc-
curs, thus substantially reducing availability risk. It 
covers arrangements for all key resources (systems,  

Risk structure of Deutsche Börse Group 

Operational risks

  Availability risk

  Service defi ciencies

  Damage to physical assets

  Legal offences and business practices

Project risks

Risk positions of the Group

Financial risks

  Credit risk

  Market price risk

  Liquidity risk

  Risk associated with regulatory 
parameters

Business risks

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
164 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

rooms, staff, suppliers/service providers), including 
the redundant design of all critical IT systems and the 
technical infrastructure, as well as backup workspac-
es in each of the main operational centres for em-
ployees in critical functions. Examples of these provi-
sions can be found in the 
measures” diagram.  

 “Business continuity 

  Functional effectiveness – the measures must work 

from a technical point of view. 

  Executability – employees must be familiar with the 
emergency procedures and be able to execute them. 

  Recovery time – the emergency measures must en-
sure that operations are restored within the sched-
uled time. 

An emergency and crisis management process has 
been implemented within the Group to ensure a 
prompt response and a coordinated approach to any 
emergencies. The process is designed to minimise 
their impact on business processes and the market 
and to facilitate a swift return to business as usual. 
Emergency managers have been appointed as central 
points of contact in all business areas to assume re-
sponsibility in cases of emergency or crisis. The 
emergency managers inform and/or alert the Execu-
tive Board (depending on the severity of the incident). 
In cases of crisis, the Executive Board member re-
sponsible for the area concerned acts as the crisis 
manager. 

The business continuity measures are tested regularly 
by simulating emergency situations realistically. These 
tests are normally carried out unannounced. GRM re-
ports all problems encountered as well as its test re-
sults and recommendations to the Executive Board. 
The test results are assessed according to the follow-
ing criteria: 

Compliance function: Moreover, the Group Compli-
ance function and the business segments have the 
task to protect the Group against possible loss or 
damage resulting from failure to comply with applica-
ble laws, regulations and good corporate governance 
standards, with a particular focus on the following 
topics: 

  prevention of money laundering and terrorist  

financing  

  compliance with professional and banking secrecy 
  prevention of insider dealing 
  prevention of market manipulation  
  prevention of fraud 
  prevention of conflicts of interest and corruption  
  data protection 

Insurance policies: Any residual operational risk that 
Deutsche Börse Group does not wish to retain and 
that can be insured at a reasonable price is trans-
ferred by taking out insurance policies. All insurance  

Business continuity measures 

Incident and crisis management process

Systems

Workspace

Staff

Suppliers

  All trading, clearing and 
settlement systems as well as 
related networks are designed 
for continuous high-availability 
operations without loss of 
electronic data.

  Tha data centres are dupli-
cated locally to protect against 
a failure of an entire location.

  Backup workplaces are 
confi gured for mission critical 
functions.

  The backup locations are fully 
equipped and always ready 
for immediate use.

  Remote access facilities to 
the Group’s systems enable 
teleworking.

  In case of signifi cant staff 
unavailability in a specifi c 
location, critical operations 
can be shifted to other 
locations.

  Additional pandemic mitiga-
tion measures are in case of 
a pandemic outbreak.

  Service level agreements 
describe contingency proce-
dures with critical suppliers.

  Contingency procedures 
of suppliers are regularly 
reviewed through a due 
diligence process.

  If the suppliers cannot meet 
the requirements, alternative 
suppliers are used where 
possible.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

165 

policies are coordinated centrally, thereby ensuring  
that uniform insurance cover is available at all times 
for the entire Group at an attractive cost-benefit ratio. 
Insurance policies are individually reviewed and ap-
proved by the Chief Financial Officer of Deutsche 
Börse AG. 

Financial risk 
Deutsche Börse Group breaks down financial risk into 
credit, market price and liquidity risk as well as the 
risk of not meeting regulatory parameters.  

  Credit risk describes the risk of a counterparty de-
faulting and not being able to meet its liabilities to-
wards Deutsche Börse Group in full or at all. Credit 
risk at Deutsche Börse Group mainly relates to the 
companies in the Clearstream Holding group and to 
Eurex Clearing AG. In addition, Deutsche Börse 
Group’s cash investments and receivables are sub-
ject to credit risk. 

the competitive environment. In addition, it includes  
the Group’s strategic risk, which relates to the impact 
of risk on the business strategy and any resulting ad-
justment to the strategy. This risk is expressed in rela-
tion to EBIT. Business risk can impact sales revenue 
and/or cost trends, for example causing a decline in 
actual sales revenue compared to target figures, 
and/or a rise in costs. This could lead to intangible 
assets being partially or fully written down following 
an impairment test. In addition, external factors such 
as the performance and volatility of the capital mar-
kets or a lack of investor confidence in the financial 
markets may impact financial performance. Business 
risk is not broken down further.  

Detailed information on the relevant regulatory initia-
tives and their potential impact on the Group or the 
companies of the business segments, as far as can be 
estimated from today’s perspective, is provided in the 
 “Regulatory environment” section of this consoli-

  Market price risk can arise in the form of interest 

dated management report. 

rate or currency risk in business operations as a re-
sult of collecting net revenues denominated in for-
eign currency and in connection with cash invest-
ments or borrowing as a result of fluctuations in 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The Group 
avoids outstanding currency positions wherever pos-
sible. Further market price risks may arise in con-
nection with contractual trust arrangements (insol-
vency-proof fund assets related to Deutsche Börse 
Group’s existing pension plans). 

  Liquidity risk arises if there is insufficient liquidity to 
meet daily payment obligations or when increased 
refinancing costs are incurred in the event of liquidi-
ty bottlenecks. 

  Risk associated with regulatory parameters compris-
es losses that could arise if specified ratios are not 
met. Details on the regulatory parameters for each 
company are given in 
financial statements. 

 note 20 to the consolidated 

Project risks 
Project risk can arise as a result of implementing pro-
jects (launching new products, processes or systems), 
which may have a significant impact on one of the 
three other risk categories (operational, financial and 
business risk). Project risk is assessed by Group Risk 
Management and addressed in the early stages of 
major projects. Project risk is not, however, broken 
down further. 

Clearstream segment 
Operational, financial, business and project risk are 
described and assessed at the Clearstream segment 
level in the following. 

Operational risks 
Service deficiencies, availability risk and legal risks 
constitute substantial operational risks for the Clear-
stream segment. 

Business risks 
Business risk reflects the sensitivity of the Group to 
macroeconomic developments and its vulnerability to 
event risk, such as regulatory initiatives or changes in  

Service deficiencies: Service deficiencies constitute 
the greatest operational risk for the Clearstream seg-
ment. The greatest danger is that human errors may  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
166 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

lead to service deficiencies and thus loss for Clear-
stream. The risk is that client instructions are not pro-
cessed correctly, are processed too late or are not pro-
cessed at all. Customers who are affected by such an 
error would have to be compensated for any associat-
ed losses. In order to avoid this risk, Clearstream is  
continuously improving its systems and procedures to 
process customer instructions. In addition, all incom-
plete instructions and conflicting instructions are re-
jected. The various companies of the Clearstream 
Holding group also work together with their customers 
on standardising the procedure for handling customer 
instructions. There is also the risk that information  
is not transmitted or only transmitted incorrectly to 
clients. This may result from technical faults as well 
as human error. If customers suffer a loss, then this 
would need to be reimbursed by Clearstream. A num-
ber of different technical solutions have been imple-
mented to mitigate this risk. In addition, all processes 
that potentially generate new information about spe-
cific events that is of relevance for clients must be 
 reviewed by a second person (four-eyes principle).  
In the reporting year there were no material losses. 

Availability risks: The risk that the services and 
products offered by the companies of the Clearstream 
Holding group may not be available constitutes a sub-
stantial risk for Clearstream. This includes the risk 
that critical IT systems of the international central se-
curities depository fail. This could mean that basic 
business activities of companies of the Clearstream 
Holding group cannot be conducted for a specific pe-
riod of time. This risk is mitigated by extensive BCM 
measures, including a redundant hardware and net-
work infrastructure. In order to ensure the effective-
ness of these measures, business continuity measures 
are also tested regularly. No material losses due to 
availability risk were determined in the reporting year. 

In September 2007, the plaintiffs in a civil action ob-
tained a default judgement against Iran in US courts. 
In June 2008, the plaintiffs commenced enforcement 
proceedings in the United States District Court for the 
Southern District of New York to satisfy this judgment 
by restraining certain client positions held in Clear-
stream Banking S.A.’s securities omnibus account 
with its US depository bank, Citibank NA. The re-
strained positions are allegedly owned by an Iranian 
government entity. Consistent with its custodial obli-
gations, Clearstream Banking S.A. defended itself 
against the restraints and filed a motion to vacate the 
restraints on various grounds. In October 2010, the 
plaintiffs commenced a lawsuit which seeks to have 
the restrained positions of approximately US$2 billion 
turned over to the plaintiffs. An amended complaint 
was received by Clearstream Banking S.A. in Luxem-
bourg on 7 January 2011. This includes a cause  
of action directly against Clearstream Banking S.A. 
amounting to damages of US$250 million in connec-
tion with purportedly fraudulent conveyances related 
to the restrained positions. In summer 2011, Citibank 
NA included other potential judgment creditors of Iran 
in the litigation. At the direction of the court, Clear-
stream Banking S.A. renewed its motion to vacate the 
restraints. This renewed motion remains pending be-
fore the court. On 7 December 2011, the plaintiffs 
filed a second amended complaint, adding claims  
for damages against Clearstream Banking S.A. and 
others of US$2 billion, plus punitive damages to be 
determined at trial and attorney’s fees. Clearstream 
Banking S.A. considers the plaintiffs’ claims against  
it to be legally and factually without merit, as Clear-
stream Banking S.A. will establish in the course of lit-
igation. Should the case proceed, Clearstream Bank-
ing S.A. intends to defend itself vigorously to the 
fullest extent, in line with its custodial obligations.  

Legal risks: Clearstream is also exposed to legal  
risks that manifest themselves in particular in legal 
disputes that are ongoing at present.  

Clearstream Banking S.A. is cooperating with the US 
export control authority, the Office of Foreign Assets 
Control (OFAC), on its ongoing investigation of “Irani-
an Transaction Regulations” in connection with the  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

167 

transfer of assets via Clearstream’s processing system.  
On 9 January 2013, Deutsche Börse AG reported in 
an ad-hoc announcement that the Office of Foreign 
Assets Control (OFAC) had contacted Clearstream 
Banking S.A. with regard to certain securities trans- 
fers associated with the closure of accounts main-
tained by Iranian customers. OFAC’s preliminary 
views are that (1) apparent violations of US sanctions 
may have occurred in 2008 in connection with the 
aforementioned securities transfers, and (2) if OFAC 
were to issue a civil pre-penalty notice, the penalty 
specified would be in amount of approximately 
US$340 million. These estimates were shared with 
Clearstream for discussion purposes only and are sub-
ject to potential significant change in favour of Clear-
stream, depending on the outcome of discussions 
with OFAC. Clearstream continues to believe that its 
actions were in compliance with any applicable US 
sanctions and regulations and considers OFAC’s pre-
liminary figure to be unwarranted and excessive. 
Clearstream will take the opportunity during the sub-
stantive discussions to explain why a penalty should 
not be imposed or, if a settlement payment is agreed 
upon, why it should be in a far lesser amount.  

Other risks: There are also risks arising from the loss 
of employees in key positions as well as through 
damage to physical assets. No material losses were 
determined in 2012 for these risks either. 

Stress test: Stress test calculations are performed 
within the Clearstream segment for operational risk. 
These stress tests simulate the occurrence of extreme 
operational losses or an accumulation of major opera-
tional losses in one year. Since Clearstream has not 
incurred any major losses to date, potential risk sce-
narios are defined for this purpose. These risk sce-
narios describe possible operational loss events and 
their probability as well as the potential amount of 
loss, which is estimated by internal experts from the 
respective business areas. The following extreme loss 
situations are simulated for the stress test on the  

basis of these risk scenarios and compared with the 
available risk-bearing capacity for operational risk:  

  the risk scenario with the largest estimated maxi-
mum loss, irrespective of its expected probability 
  the combination of the two largest maximum losses, 
each with a probability estimated at one or more 
events per 100 years  

  the combination of the three largest maximum loss-
es, each with a probability estimated at more than 
one event per 100 years 

The stress tests for operational risk conducted in the 
financial year did not identify any need to increase 
the available risk-bearing capacity for the Clearstream 
segment. 

Financial risks 
Substantial financial risks for the Clearstream seg-
ment are detailed below. 

Credit risks: Credit risk is the material financial risk 
for Clearstream. 

To increase the efficiency of securities transaction set-
tlement, Clearstream Banking S.A. and Clearstream 
Banking AG extend credit to their customers. This 
type of credit business is, however, fundamentally  
different from the classic credit business. Firstly, cred-
it is extended solely on a very short-term basis, nor-
mally intraday. Secondly, it is largely collateralised 
and granted to customers with good credit ratings. 
Furthermore, credit lines granted can be revoked at 
any time. 

Clearstream Banking S.A. is also exposed to credit 
risk arising from its strategic securities lending trans-
actions (ASLplus). Only selected banks operate as 
borrowers. All lending transactions are fully collat-
eralised and only selected bonds are permitted as  
collateral. The minimum rating for these issues is an 
A from Standard & Poor’s or a comparable rating from 
other agencies. A minimum rating of A–1 applies for 
issuers of short-term bonds without an issue rating.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
168 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The creditworthiness of potential customers is as-
sessed before entering into a business relationship 
with them. Clearstream Banking S.A. and Clearstream 
Banking AG establish customer-specific credit lines on 
the basis of both regular reviews of the customer’s 
credit and ad-hoc analyses. Clearstream Banking S.A. 
and Clearstream Banking AG define safety margins for 
securities provided as collateral to ensure that this is 
sufficient to cover risk exposure and test their ade-
quacy on an ongoing basis. To determine the safety 
margin, Clearstream takes all relevant risk factors into 
account. A specific margin is allocated to each indi-
vidual factor. The aggregate safety margin is calculat-
ed by adding together the individual margins of the 
relevant risk factors. 

In addition, Clearstream calculates credit risk concen-
trations by performing VaR analyses for the Clear-
stream Holding group to detect any risk clusters relat-
ing to individual counterparties. To this end, credit 
risk VaRs are calculated for individual counterpar- 
ties and compared with the overall credit risk VaRs.  
Because of the group’s business model, the compa-
nies in the group are almost exclusively focused on  
financial sector customers. However, no material 
credit risk concentrations were found for individual 
counterparties. 

Further credit risks can arise in relation to cash in-
vestments made by companies belonging to the 
Clearstream Holding group. This risk is reduced for 
the companies by spreading investments across a 
number of counterparties with exclusively good credit 
ratings, defining investment limits for each counter-
party, and making mostly short-term investments 
which are collateralised if possible. Maximum invest-
ment limits are established on the basis of regular  
assessments of creditworthiness and, if necessary, 
ad-hoc analyses. 

Credit risk stress tests are calculated for the Clear-
stream Holding group, Clearstream Banking S.A. and 
Clearstream Banking AG to analyse the impact of fur-
ther extreme scenarios, e. g. a default of the largest 
customer. A special stress test examines Clearstream 
Banking S.A.’s credit risk exposure from the Euroclear  

settlement process. In addition to classic stress tests,  
which analyse the impact of predefined stress scenar-
ios on the available risk-bearing capacity, the entities 
mentioned above have performed so-called reverse 
stress tests since 2011. This instrument is used to 
determine how many clients would have to default for 
the losses to exceed the risk-bearing capacities. 

The results of the stress tests and reverse stress tests 
can entail further analyses and the implementation of 
risk mitigation actions. The stress test calculations did 
not identify any material credit risks in the financial 
year 2012. 

Liquidity risk: Treasury guarantees the liquidity of the 
companies in the Clearstream Holding group. Its in-
vestment strategy is designed to ensure that customer 
deposits can be repaid at any time. The limits used to 
manage liquidity are therefore conservative. Extensive 
further sources of liquidity are available to provide 
additional security. The Clearstream Holding group 
had sufficient liquidity throughout 2012. 

Stress test calculations are performed on liquidity risk 
in the Clearstream Holding group. To this end, the 
Clearstream Holding group implemented scenarios 
that are calculated quarterly. In these scenarios, both 
the sources and the uses of liquidity are subjected to 
a stress test using historical as well as hypothetical 
scenarios. In addition, the Clearstream Holding group 
implemented so-called reverse stress tests on liquidity 
risk. The reverse stress tests analyse which scenarios 
would additionally have to occur to bring about a sit-
uation of insufficient liquidity. Based on the stress 
tests, the Clearstream segment had sufficient liquidity 
in 2012. 

Other risks: Clearstream is also exposed to market 
price risk and risk arising from regulatory parameters. 
The Clearstream Holding group is exposed to interest 
rate risk in connection with cash investments. These 
risks are mitigated by means of a limit system that 
only permits maturity transformation to a limited  
extent. Market price risk is immaterial to the Clear-
stream segment companies. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

169 

Business risks 
Business risks constitute a potential risk for the Clear-
stream segment companies. In particular, a possible 
escalation of the European sovereign debt crisis into 
an economic crisis in the euro zone represents a risk 
to the Clearstream segment. In light of the ongoing 
sovereign debt crisis and the deterioration in the eco-
nomic environment this might entail, there is the pos-
sibility that the segment’s financial performance could 
develop negatively. The companies analysed the po-
tential impact of different scenarios right up to a col-
lapse of the euro zone in order to be prepared for dif-
ferent developments. The various scenarios affect the 
segment in different ways. A collapse of the euro zone 
would have the greatest consequences. Its effects on 
both the financial markets and the European banking 
sector would lead to significant upheaval. The fore-
seeable deterioration in the financial markets and the 
expected bank defaults would negatively impact the 
segment. The segment companies are aware of these 
risks and arrangements have been made to counter 
the possible effects. Another material business risk  
for the Clearstream segment is a general interest rate 
level that remains low. There is also the risk that the 
authorities and institutions of the European Union are 
unable to reassure the markets and restore confidence 
in market participants. If international financial mar-
kets were to deteriorate significantly, there would be  
a negative impact on the business activities of the 
Clearstream segment companies.  

In addition, regulatory initiatives could exacerbate the 
Clearstream segment companies’ competitive envi-
ronment, thus negatively influencing their earnings. 
This includes in particular the planned regulation of 
CSDs (central securities depositories), the various re-
organisation and winding-up provisions, as well as 
another revision of the Capital Requirements Directive 
(CRD IV).  

Scenarios are established and quantitatively assessed 
for the Clearstream companies based on the most 
significant risk events. In addition, stress scenarios 
are defined to analyse the impact on EBIT of further 
extreme scenarios. Reverse stress tests are performed 
for the Clearstream Holding group, Clearstream Bank-
ing S.A. and Clearstream Banking AG, and their im-
pact on the available risk-bearing capacity is analysed. 
Results of the stress tests indicate that potential loss-
es arising from business risk are matched by ade-
quate risk-bearing capacity. 

Project risks 
The Clearstream segment is currently in the process 
of implementing the uniform European securities set-
tlement engine, TARGET2-Securities. This process is 
constantly monitored in order to detect potential risk 
at an early stage and enable appropriate measures. 

Eurex segment 
Like the Clearstream segment, the Eurex segment is 
exposed to operational, financial, business and pro-
ject risk. These are described and assessed as follows. 

Operational risks 
Availability risk, service deficiencies and legal risks 
constitute material operational risks for the Eurex 
segment companies.  

Availability risk: Availability risk results from the pos-
sible failure of operating resources, such as systems, 
rooms, employees and/or suppliers/service providers, 
which are essential to the services Eurex offers, mak-
ing it impossible to deliver services on time or at all. 
For example, defects in the CCP system could lead  
to processing delays at Eurex Clearing AG. Problems 
with the risk engine could lead to the incorrect calling 
of collateral to be assigned by the clearing participant. 
There is also the risk that the Eurex Frankfurt AG trad-
ing system is unavailable for a specific period of time. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
170 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Triggers could include hardware or software failure,  
operator or security errors, or physical damage to the 
data centres. In order to combat availability risk, the 
Eurex segment companies use comprehensive BCM 
measures that are formalised within the framework of 
the business continuity plan. The effectiveness of the 
various measures is monitored by regularly reviewing 
or testing these plans. No losses were incurred in 
2012 as a result of the failure of operating resources, 
nor was there any recognisable severe risk either. 

Service deficiency risk: This category includes risks 
that could materialise if a service for clients of com-
panies from the Eurex segment is performed inade-
quately, for example due to product and process de-
fects, processes being performed incorrectly, or errors 
in manual processing. Manual work continues to be 
necessary, despite the many automated systems and 
efforts aimed at delivering straight-through processing 
(STP). In addition, manual intervention in market and 
system management is necessary in special cases. In 
order to prevent service deficiencies, all such work 
processes are reviewed by at least two people, help-
ing to minimise the incidence of human error by em-
ployees. In addition, the technical systems are being 
continuously improved to preclude hardware and 
software failures. No material losses were incurred  
in 2012 as a result of service deficiencies. 

Legal offences: Eurex segment companies are ex-
posed to legal risks.  

On 26 November 2012, the insolvency administrator 
of Lehman Brothers Bankhaus AG (LBB AG) brought 
an action against Eurex Clearing AG. On the basis of 
German insolvency law, the insolvency administrator 
is demanding from Eurex Clearing AG the repayment 
of €113.5 million and payment of another amount  
of around €1.0 million plus interest of 5 percentage 
points above the base rate accrued on the total 
amount since 13 November 2008. Eurex Clearing AG 
considers the claim unfounded and is defending itself 
against the insolvency administrator’s action. The ac-
tion is against the background of payments in the 
amount of €113.5 million that LBB AG had made to 
Eurex Clearing AG on 15 September 2008. LBB AG  

was thereby effecting collateral payments (intraday 
margin payments) of Lehman Brothers International 
(Europe) (LBIE) from the underlying clearing relation-
ship to Eurex Clearing AG by acting as correspon- 
dence bank for the former clearing member LBIE.  
On the same day, administration proceedings were 
opened in the United Kingdom with respect to LBIE, 
and Bundesagentur für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht 
(BaFin, German Federal Financial Supervisory Author-
ity) issued a moratorium with regard to LBB AG. On 
13 November 2008, insolvency proceedings were 
opened with regards to LBB AG. 

In addition, on 12 November 2012, the Chicago 
Board Options Exchange (CBOE) brought an action 
against the International Securities Exchange (ISE) for 
patent infringements. CBOE is claiming damages of 
US$525 million for an alleged infringement of three 
patents on procedures to limit market maker-specific 
risks. ISE believes that the claim for damages made 
by CBOE is unfounded, as it has no factual or legal 
basis. ISE intends to defend itself in these court pro-
ceedings by all available means. ISE itself brought an 
action against the CBOE for patent infringements in 
November 2006. In this legal dispute which is still 
ongoing, and for which the main hearing is due to 
commence on 11 March 2013, ISE is claiming dam-
ages of US$475 million due to an infringement of  
an ISE patent on a procedure for the operation of  
an automated trading system. 

Other risks: Furthermore, the Eurex segment compa-
nies are exposed to human resources risks and the 
risk of material damage. However no material losses 
were determined in the year under review. 

Stress tests: In the course of their scenario validation, 
the Eurex segment entities perform stress tests. These 
stress tests simulate the occurrence of extreme opera-
tional losses or an accumulation of major operational 
losses in one year. Since no major losses have been 
incurred to date, potential risk scenarios are defined 
for this purpose. These risk scenarios describe possi-
ble operational loss events and their probability as 
well as the potential amount of loss, which is esti-
mated by internal experts from the respective busi- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

171 

ness areas. The following extreme loss situations  
are simulated for the stress test on the basis of these 
risk scenarios and compared with the available risk-
bearing capacity for operational risk:  

  the risk scenario with the largest estimated maxi-
mum loss, irrespective of its expected probability 
  the combination of the two largest maximum losses, 
each with a probability estimated at one or more 
events per 100 years  

  the combination of the three largest maximum loss-
es, each with a probability estimated at more than 
one event per 100 years 

In addition to these stress tests, which analyse the 
impact of predefined stress scenarios on available 
risk-bearing capacities, the Eurex segment companies 
have been performing so-called reverse stress tests 
since 2011. 

Financial risks 
Credit risk and liquidity risk constitute material finan-
cial risk for the Eurex segment companies. 

Credit Risks: In accordance with its clearing condi-
tions, Eurex Clearing AG conducts transactions with 
its clearing members only. Clearing relates to securi-
ties, pre-emptive rights, derivatives and emission al-
lowances that are traded on Eurex Deutschland and 
Eurex Zürich (“Eurex exchanges”), Eurex Bonds,  
Eurex Repo, Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (FWB, the 
Frankfurt Stock Exchange), the Irish Stock Exchange 
as well as the European Energy Exchange and for 
which Eurex Clearing AG as a central counterparty 
enters into initiated or executed transactions. In addi-
tion, Eurex Clearing AG may act as the central coun-
terparty for OTC derivatives transactions if these 
transactions correspond in substance to the deriva-
tives transactions in the aforementioned markets and 
if the clearing members decide to use the clearing 
system for their OTC transactions. In this context, Eu-
rex Clearing AG also provides clearing services for its 
clearing members for transactions executed on the in-
dividual markets or OTC transactions. In some cases, 
this is done in cooperation with another clearing  

house (link clearing house) and on the basis of a  
special agreement (clearing link agreement). 

Each clearing member must prove that it has liable 
capital equal to at least the amount stipulated by Eu-
rex Clearing AG for its clearing activities in the various 
markets. The amount of the proven capital depends 
on the risk involved. 

In order to protect Eurex Clearing AG against the risk 
of default by a clearing member before it has settled 
its outstanding transactions, clearing members are  
required, under the terms of the applicable version  
of the clearing conditions, to provide daily collateral  
in the form of cash or securities (margins) – plus  
additional intraday security margins if required – in  
an amount stipulated by Eurex Clearing AG. Margin  
calculations are performed separately for clearing 
members’ own accounts and the accounts of their  
clients. 

The intraday profit or loss arising from the price  
movement of the financial instruments is either set-
tled between the counterparties in cash (variation 
margin) or deposited by the seller with Eurex Clearing 
AG as collateral due to the change in value of the po-
sition (premium margin). In the case of bonds, repo, 
and equities transactions, the margin is collected  
either at the buyer or the seller (current liquidating 
margin), depending on the relationship between the 
purchase price and the current value of the financial 
instruments. In addition to offsetting profits and losses, 
these measures are intended to protect against the 
risk of the cost of closing out an account over the ex-
pected liquidation period, assuming the most unfa-
vourable price movement possible for the positions 
held in the account (additional margin). The method 
of calculating the additional margin is known as risk-
based margining and is essentially a VaR approach. 
First of all, the maximum cost of closure is calculated 
for each product individually. Opposite positions with 
the same risk profile are then offset against each oth-
er provided that they have been highly correlated over 
a significant period of time. The target confidence lev-
el for the additional margin is at least 99.0 per cent. 
Regular checks ensure that the margins correspond to 
the required confidence level. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
172 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Since 13 November 2012, Eurex Clearing AG has al-
so been offering clearing services for OTC interest rate 
swaps and forward rate agreements. As part of these 
services, bilateral transactions are settled via Eurex 
Clearing AG, the central counterparty, which acts as 
an intermediary between the transactions. Participa-
tion requires members to have their own clearing li-
cense. Eurex Clearing AG uses the new Prisma (port-
folio-based risk management) method to calculate 
margins. This method is based on the clearing mem-
ber’s entire portfolio and calculates the margin re-
quirement taking historical and stress scenarios into 
account. It takes correlation breaks into account and 
imposes margin premiums on concentrated or illiquid 
portfolios. The margin is basically calculated in such 
a way that market fluctuations are covered over the 
entire liquidation period. At the same time, Eurex 
Clearing AG expanded its default management pro-
cess to include the Prisma method. 

Eurex Clearing AG is planning to offer its clearing 
members Prisma as an alternative to risk-based  
margining for on-exchange products as well – for a 
limited period until it is replaced altogether. As soon 
as risk-based margining has been replaced entirely by 
portfolio-based risk management, on-exchange and 
off-exchange transactions can be netted out against 
each other in full.  

Eurex Clearing AG only admits selected collateral with 
a high credit rating to cover margin requirements.  
Eurex Clearing AG continually monitors the permitted 
collateral and sets safety margins to cover the market 
risks of the collateral at a confidence level of at least 
99.9 per cent. Eurex Clearing AG applies an addition-
al haircut to issuers from countries that have been 
classified as too risky; alternatively, they are excluded 
from the permissible collateral. The risk parameters 
used to set the safety margins are regularly reviewed 
and the safety margins recalculated on a daily basis 
for each security. All risk factors are taken into con-
sideration during this process. The safety margin cal-
culated in this way is then compared with a minimum 
safety margin. The higher of the two values is used as 
the safety margin. 

In addition to providing margins for current transac-
tions, each clearing member must contribute to a 
clearing fund depending on its individual risk. The 
fund provides collective protection against the finan-
cial consequences of any default of a clearing mem-
ber not covered by the individual margins of the clear-
ing members concerned, their contributions to the 
clearing fund as well as the revenue reserves of Eurex 
Clearing AG. Eurex Clearing AG has established a 
separate clearing fund for the clearing of credit default 
swaps. Eurex Clearing AG performs stress tests to es-
tablish whether its clearing funds are sufficient to 
cover the risk exposure. This involves subjecting all 
current transactions by clearing members and their 
collateral to market price fluctuations at a confidence 
level of at least 99.9 per cent. To facilitate the calcu-
lation of potential losses that exceed the individual 
margins of a clearing member, the impact of a poten-
tial default on the clearing fund is simulated. If the 
limits defined by Eurex Clearing AG are exceeded, it 
can take immediate action to adjust the volume of  
the clearing fund. 

If a clearing member does not meet its obligations to 
Eurex Clearing AG, the latter has the following lines  
of defence: 

1.  First, the outstanding positions and transactions  
of the clearing member concerned can be netted 
and/or closed from a risk perspective by entering 
into appropriate back-to-back transactions, or they 
can be settled in cash. 

2.  Any potential shortfall that might be incurred in 

connection with such a closing or cash settlement, 
as well as associated costs, would be covered in 
the first instance by the collateral provided by the 
clearing member concerned. As at 31 Decem- 
ber 2012, collateral amounting to €45,159.2 mil-
lion had been provided for the benefit of Eurex 
Clearing AG. This collateral was offset by credit 
risk amounting to €34,864.7 million. 

3.  Subsequently, the relevant clearing member’s  

contribution to the clearing fund would be used  
to cover the shortfall. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

173 

4.  Any remaining shortfall would initially be covered 
by the retained earnings of Eurex Clearing AG. 
These amounted to €7.0 million as at 31 Decem-
ber 2012. As at 4 January 2013, Eurex Clearing 
AG increased its contribution to the clearing funds 
to €50.0 million in total. 

5.  After this, a proportionate claim would be made 
on the contributions paid into the clearing funds 
by all other clearing members. As at 31 Decem-
ber 2012, the volume of Eurex Clearing AG’s 
clearing fund stood at €1,011 million. The sepa-
rate clearing fund established for the clearing of 
credit default swaps amounted to €2.0 million. 
Once this has been used up, Eurex Clearing AG 
may call in additional collateral from the clearing 
participants, up to twice the amount of the clear-
ing fund contribution originally requested.  

6.  Ultimately, remaining shortfalls would be covered 
by a letter of comfort issued by Deutsche Börse 
AG. In this letter of comfort, Deutsche Börse AG 
has issued a guarantee (“Patronatserklärung”) to 
Eurex Clearing AG to provide Eurex Clearing AG 
with the funds needed to cover the shortfall result-
ing from a default of or failure to pay a clearing 
member in excess of the above lines of defence. 
The undertaking has a cap of €700 million. 

Credit risk stress tests are calculated for Eurex Clear-
ing AG to analyse the impact of extreme scenarios, 
e.g. a default of the largest counterparty. The values 
determined in the stress tests are compared with the 
limits defined as part of the available risk-bearing ca-
pacities. In addition, credit risk stress tests are con-
ducted for Eurex Clearing AG to analyse the simulta-
neous default of several counterparties. In addition to 
classic stress tests, which analyse the impact of pre-
defined stress scenarios on the available risk-bearing 
capacity, Eurex Clearing AG has performed so-called 
reverse stress tests since 2011. This instrument is 
used to determine how many counterparties would 
have to default for the lines of defence to be no longer 
sufficient to absorb the losses. 

The results of the stress tests and reverse stress tests 
can entail further analyses and the implementation  

of risk mitigation actions. The credit risk stress test 
calculations did not identify any material risks in the 
financial year. 

In addition credit risks can arise in relation to cash in-
vestments. The function is performed by the central 
Treasury-function, which has Group-wide responsi-
bilities. Treasury reduces this risk for Eurex segment 
companies by spreading such investments across a 
number of counterparties with exclusively good credit 
ratings, defining investment limits for each counter-
party and making mostly short-term investments 
which are collateralised if possible. Maximum invest-
ment limits are established on the basis of regular  
assessments of creditworthiness and, if necessary,  
ad hoc analyses. 

The Eurex segment companies perform regulatory 
stress tests on the market price risk. Market price 
risks, however, are not material for the segment and 
its subsidiaries. Therefore, apart from the regulatory 
stress tests, no further stress tests of the market price 
risk are performed. Therefore, apart from the regula-
tory stress tests, no further stress tests of the market 
price risk are performed. 

Liquidity risks: Treasury monitors the daily and intra-
day liquidity of the companies and manages it with 
the help of a limit system. The Eurex segment com-
panies also perform operational and strategic liquidity 
management. Operational liquidity management en-
sures that payments to be made in the subsequent 
three months are covered while strategic liquidity 
management is geared towards longer-term planning 
and securing of liquidity as well as the financing of 
projects and investments. 

Strict internal liquidity requirements apply to Eurex 
Clearing AG due to its role as central counterparty. Its 
investment policy is therefore conservative. Regular 
analyses ensure the appropriateness of these liquidity 
requirements. Eurex Clearing AG is currently striving 
to extend its licence as a credit institution under the 
German Banking Act. As a result, Eurex Clearing AG 
will be able to enter into credit and deposit operations 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
174 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

with restrictions. Furthermore, the extension of Eurex 
Clearing AG’s licence will allow it to make use of the 
German Bundesbank’s permanent facilities. This will 
allow the segment to control its internal liquidity even 
better. It is hoped that the licence will be received in 
April 2013. 

Risk arising from regulatory parameters: The failure 
to meet regulatory parameters only constitutes an 
immaterial risk for Eurex segment companies. 

Business risks 
The Eurex segment companies are also affected by 
business risks. Material risks include a sharp decline 
in trading activity as a result of caution shown by  
customers and a possible escalation of the European 
sovereign debt crisis. There is also the risk of in-
creased competition between established derivatives 
exchanges or the entry of new competitors, which 
could potentially lead to the Eurex segment compa-
nies losing market share.  

Likewise there is the risk of a negative impact as a  
result of various regulatory initiatives such as the 
German act to regulate high-frequency trading.  

In addition, other regulatory initiatives could affect the 
Eurex segment and negatively influence the financial 
position. These initiatives include in particular a fi-
nancial transactions tax in eleven EU Member States, 
which would cause the migration of trading volumes 
to markets that are less regulated and less transparent, 
as well as the revision of the EU’s Markets in Finan-
cial Instruments Directive (MiFID) and the Markets in 
Financial Instruments Regulation (MiFIR). 

The European Market Infrastructure Regulation (EMIR) 
increases the requirements for central counterparties. 
Eurex Clearing AG is committed to dealing with the 
future requirements arising from EMIR. As a result, 
the required adjustments to the new provisions are 
being prepared for business operations in order to en-
sure prompt authorisation as a central counterparty 
under the new regulatory framework. This means  
therefore that Eurex Clearing AG is pro-actively  

making its contribution, as earmarked by the supervi-
sory authorities, to achieve the various G20 objectives. 

Scenarios are established and quantitatively assessed 
for the Eurex segment companies based on the most 
significant risk events. In addition, stress scenarios 
are defined to analyse the impact on EBIT of further 
extreme scenarios. Potential losses from the occur-
rence of improbable and large-loss scenarios associ-
ated with business risk are matched by adequate  
risk-bearing capacity. 

Project risks 
Eurex Clearing AG is due to implement the Prisma 
method in 2013. The implementation will be contin-
uously monitored in order to ensure that any potential 
risks which may arise as a result of this process can 
be identified at an early stage. 

Xetra segment 
Operational, business and project risks constitute  
material risks in the Xetra segment. Contrary to the 
Clearstream and Eurex segments, financial risks are 
not substantial for Xetra segment companies. The  
individual risks with respect to the Xetra business 
segment are described and assessed in the follow- 
ing sections. 

Operational risks 
In the same way as the Eurex segment, service defi-
ciencies and availability risks constitute material op-
erational risks for the Xetra segment companies. 

Service deficiency risks: Individual employee errors 
which may, for example, lead to errors with respect  
to the continuity of operations constitute a material 
risk within the framework of this risk class. This risk 
should be mitigated by way of measures such as the 
principle of four-eyes principle. 

Availability risks: There is the risk in the Xetra seg-
ment that trading or settlement systems are unavail-
able for a specific period of time due to technical 
faults or human error. The Xetra segment is aware of 
this risk and has implemented comprehensive BCM 
measures in order to mitigate this risk, including the  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Risk report

175 

redundant design of all critical IT systems and the 
technical infrastructure, as well as the setup of back-
up workspaces in each of the main operational trad-
ing centres for employees in critical functions. The  
efficiency and effectiveness of these measures is regu-
larly reviewed and safeguarded. 

Other risks: There are also legal risks for the Xetra 
segment along with the risk of damage to physical  
assets. However, these risks are immaterial to the 
segment. There are also human resources risks for 
the Xetra segment. 

No material losses from operational risks were in-
curred in the year under review. 

Financial risks 
Due to its economic orientation, financial risks for the 
Xetra segment are not substantial. 

Business risk 
In addition, external factors such as the performance 
and volatility of the stock markets or a lack of investor 
confidence in the financial markets may negatively 
impact financial performance. In particular, the pos-
sible escalation of the European sovereign debt crisis 
into an economic crisis in the euro zone represents a 
risk to the Xetra segment. 

There are also risks arising from regulatory initiatives. 
There is the risk in particular that the proposed Fed-
eral Act for the Prevention of Risks and the Abuse of 
High Frequency Trading (Gesetz der Bundesregierung 
zur Vermeidung von Gefahren und Missbrauch im 
Hochfrequenzhandel) has a deteriorating effect on 
business within the Xetra segment. The requirements 
of the act may mean that the trading activity of the 
majority of customers is reduced, thus leading to a 
deterioration in the financial position. The Xetra seg-
ment companies are aware of these risks and have 
taken appropriate measures to counter the possible 
consequences. In addition, the introduction of a fi-
nancial transactions tax in eleven EU Member States 
would presumably lead to a decline in trading vol-
umes. In the event a financial transactions tax is in- 

troduced, Xetra segment customers would shift part of 
their trading activities to markets that are less regulat-
ed and less transparent in order to avoid paying tax. 

Further regulatory projects that could impact the earn-
ings position or the competitive environment, respec-
tively, include in particular the revision of the EU’s 
Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID), 
the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation 
(MiFIR), as well as European Market Infrastructure 
Regulation, EMIR.  

The analysis of potential loss scenarios for 2012 
showed that potential losses are matched at any time 
by an adequate risk-bearing capacity. 

Project risks 
The Xetra segment is currently pursuing a project to 
develop a direct connection between the marketplace 
and customer groups, such as investment companies 
or pension funds. The objective is to facilitate better 
access to the trading system. This project is regularly 
monitored by Group Risk Management in order to  
be able to detect risks at an early stage and initiate 
appropriate measures. 

Market Data & Analytics segment 
Just like the Xetra segment, the risk profile of the 
Market Data & Analytics (MD&A) business segment is 
essentially characterised by operational, business and 
project risks. However, financial risks are not substan-
tial for the business segment. The individual risks of 
MD&A are illustrated and assessed in the following 
part. Overall the MD&A segment is characterised by  
a low risk profile. 

Operational risks 
Business practice risks and availability risks constitute 
the material operational risks for the MD&A segment. 

Business practice risks: There is the risk that the 
business segment incurs losses resulting from failure 
to comply with statutory provisions or the use of unli-
censed products. This risk is mitigated by introducing 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
176 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

and constantly developing various control measures. 
The central Group Compliance function should in par-
ticular ensure compliance with the various statutory 
provisions. 

Availability risks: The risk that the services offered 
are not available constitutes a material risk for the 
MD&A segment. It is possible that specific data or da-
ta packages, such as information regarding index lev-
els, cannot be transmitted to customers as a result of 
technical faults or manual errors. The risk therefore  
is that customers may submit compensation claims to 
a segment company. 

Other risks: Damage to physical assets, human re-
sources risks and service deficiencies constitute other 
risks for the segment. 

No material losses from operational risks were in-
curred in the financial year 2012. 

Financial risks 
Financial risks are not substantial for the MD&A busi-
ness segment. 

Business risks 
A sustained or increased consolidation process within 
the banking sector constitutes a material business risk 
for the MD&A segment. This could have a negative 
impact on customer demand for products or services 
within this segment, thus leading to a reduction in 
revenue. In the same way as other segments, there  
is also the risk of a possible escalation of the Euro-
pean sovereign debt crisis which would also have 
negative consequences for the financial position of 
the MD&A segment. 

In addition, the Markets in Financial Instruments 
Regulation (MiFIR) could negatively impact the MD&A 
segment. Potential new and/or more stringent require-
ments for publishing market data could constitute a 
risk for the MD&A segment. Furthermore, the intro-
duction of a financial transaction tax in eleven Euro-
pean countries would also have negative implications 
for the segment. 

A number of different scenarios were taken into ac-
count for the segment in order to analyse potential  

losses. This scenario analysis showed that poten- 
tial losses are matched by adequate available risk-
bearing capacity. 

Project risks 
The MD&A segment is currently reorganising struc-
tures within the business segment. This means that 
the departments should be more closely intercom-
nected with IT. The objective is to further expand the 
technological leadership of Deutsche Börse Group. 
This project is regularly monitored. As a result, all 
project-related risks should be identified at an early 
stage in order to be able to initiate appropriate 
measures. 

Overall assessment by the Executive Board 

In its function as responsible body, the Executive 
Board of Deutsche Börse AG reviews the Group-wide 
risk management. The resulting conclusion of the  
Executive Board and the outlook for the coming finan-
cial year is illustrated in the following part. 

Summary 
In the past financial year, further external risk factors 
for Deutsche Börse Group’s business emerged. How-
ever, the Group identified new risks at an early stage 
and took appropriate measures to encounter them.  
As a result of these measures, the risk profile of 
Deutsche Börse Group did not change significantly.  
In the year under review, the risks to which Deutsche 
Börse Group was exposed were matched at all times 
by adequate risk-bearing capacities. As at 31 Decem-
ber 2012, Deutsche Börse Group’s required economic 
capital amounted to €1,451 million and was opposed 
by an available risk-bearing capacity amounting to 
€2,407 million. The Executive Board of Deutsche 
Börse AG firmly believes in the effectiveness of its risk 
management system. To further boost the manage-
ment of operational risk, comprehensive risk man-
agement software was introduced at the Clearstream 
Holding group in the past year.  

Outlook 
The Group evaluates its risk situation on an ongoing 
basis. Taking into account the stress test calculations 
performed, the resulting economic capital, and the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on opportunities

177 

risk management system, which it considers to be ef-
fective, the Executive Board of Deutsche Börse AG 
concludes that the available risk-bearing capacity is 
sufficient. Moreover, it cannot identify any risk that 
could jeopardise the Group’s viability as a going con-
cern. 

Further developments in the area of risk management 
are scheduled for 2013. Moreover, 2013 will see an 
increased number of assessments of business and in 
particular regulatory risks that could impact Deutsche 
Börse Group beyond the one-year period used to cal-
culate economic capital. In addition, the Group is 
planning to extend its Group-wide credit risk consoli-
dation systems. In the coming year, Eurex Clearing AG 
und the Clearstream Holding group will also imple-
ment the new requirements under the revised Mini-
mum Requirements for Risk Management (MaRisk) 
published on 14 December 2012. It is possible that 
Eurex Clearing AG and the Clearstream Holding group 
will fall under the legislation on protection against 
risks and on planning the reorganisation and winding 
up of banks and financial groups which is currently 
planned. In this case, Eurex Clearing AG and Clear-
stream Holding group will develop a recovery plan for 
their institutions.  

Report on opportunities 

Management of opportunities 

Deutsche Börse Group’s management of opportunities 
aims to identify and assess opportunities as early as 
possible and to initiate appropriate measures in order 
to take advantage of opportunities and transform 
them into business success. 

Deutsche Börse Group evaluates organic growth op-
portunities specifically as part of its annual budget 
planning process and on an ongoing basis in the 
course of the year, as required. These evaluations are 
based on the proposals for new products, services, or 
technologies developed in the Group’s business areas.  

The process begins with a careful analysis of the 
market environment, taking into account not only cus-
tomer wishes, but also factors such as market devel-
opments, competitors and regulatory changes. This 
draws on a range of opportunity development tools 
such as a strengths and weaknesses analysis or in-
side-out and outside-in approaches.  

The ideas for growth initiatives are fleshed out using 
uniform, Group-wide templates and subjected to a 
profitability analysis. Qualitative aspects are docu-
mented in the form of a business plan, and expenses 
and revenues are projected in detail for several years. 

The business plan includes, for example, information 
about the product or service that is to be offered, as 
well as about target customers and competitors, mar-
ket size, barriers to market entry and the positioning 
of the product or service on the market. It also out-
lines the resources required, the implementation ap-
proach including the marketing/sales strategy, and 
highlights potential risks.  

The profitability analysis is based on absorption cost-
ing. A distinction is made between expense- and ex-
penditure-related variables, allowing the effect on 
both the Group’s income statement and its cash flow 
statement to be modelled. 

Investment appraisal tools are used to assess whether 
the proposed growth initiative is of economic benefit 
to the Group. Deutsche Börse Group uses the dis-
counted cash flow method to do this. Alongside the 
net present value, the appraisal also uses the internal 
rate of return and the payback period. The discount 
rate, which is essential for calculating the net present 
value, is calculated on the basis of Deutsche Börse 
Group’s cost of equity and aggregates project-specific 
risk premiums that are determined using a stand-
ardised process. For example, premiums must be 
charged if a growth initiative expands into new geo-
graphic regions or involves the development of com-
pletely new products and services that Deutsche 
Börse Group does not have any prior experience with. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
178 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Once the business plan and profitability analysis have 
been prepared for the individual growth initiatives,  
a decision is made as to their implementation. This  
is made by the Executive Board of Deutsche Börse 
Group as part of the annual budget planning process. 
The Executive Board starts by setting the budget for 
growth initiatives; this depends on general business 
performance. This budget is then allocated to the in-
dividual business areas on the basis of various factors 
(such as a business area’s contribution to the Group’s 
EBIT). The relevant growth initiatives are then priori-
tised within the business areas. Prioritisation is based 
on the profitability analysis. It also takes risks into  
account and assesses the contribution of individual 
growth initiatives to business area and Group strate-
gies. Economies of scope (where a growth initiative 
offers benefits for several business areas) also play a 
role in the prioritisation of growth initiatives. The ini-
tiatives that make the highest value contribution and 
that can be financed within the scope of the budget 
allocated to the business area are selected by the  
Executive Board and incorporated into the budget.  

Budgeting for growth initiatives involves reserving a 
full-year budget in the form of cash outflows and ex-
penditures for each selected growth initiative included  
in the investment portfolio. The budget is approved by 
the Executive Board of Deutsche Börse Group in the 
course of the year and is classified by project phases. 
This ensures that funding approval is linked to project 
progress and that projects are reviewed regularly. It 
also gives the Executive Board the opportunity to ad-
just the deployment of the funds reserved for the year 
as a whole and to react to general business perfor-
mance – if required, for example, new growth initia-
tives can be approved and budgeted in the course of 
the year.  

Monitoring of growth initiatives within the scope of 
the intraperiod budget approval process is comple-
mented by regular reporting. As a rule, Deutsche  

Börse Group’s Executive Board receives a monthly re-
port on the status and progress of initiatives currently 
being implemented. The report is coordinated by cen-
tral functions in cooperation with the individual pro-
jects from the business areas and compares planned 
costs and revenues with actual budget usage and  
the revenues actually generated. In addition, finan-
cial planning is adjusted, forecasts are updated and 
changes to the scope of the project are made trans-
parent. Milestones are also tracked and project-
specific risks and the countermeasures taken are  
described. Project management and the supporting 
central functions report to the Executive Board on  
the status of the project.  

Organic growth opportunities 

Specifically, Deutsche Börse Group is currently focus-
ing on growth initiatives in relation to OTC derivatives 
clearing and liquidity management. 

Clearing of OTC-traded derivatives (Eurex) 
In the light of experience gained during the 2008  
financial crisis, which was triggered by the non-
settlement of highly risky, bilateral over-the-counter 
(OTC) transactions entered into on an unsecured ba-
sis, the leading industrialised nations (G20) agreed  
to create an effective regulatory environment to make 
off-exchange derivatives transactions more transpar-
ent and secure. In response, the European Union has 
developed the European Market Infrastructure Regula-
tion (EMIR), which is aimed at regulating OTC trading 
with derivatives. EMIR stands for: 

  An obligation to clear standardised OTC derivatives 

transactions using a central counterparty 

  Special risk management requirements for trans-

actions in non-standardised derivatives 

  An obligation to report the transactions to a trade 

repository 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on opportunities

179 

EMIR entered into force on 16 August 2012 and is 
currently being implemented. To help market partici-
pants meet the requirements of EMIR, Eurex Clearing 
has developed a central counterparty for clearing OTC 
derivatives transactions; it is known as “EurexOTC 
Clear” and has been available to the market since  
13 November 2012. This offering, which may later 
be extended to other asset classes, is aimed primarily 
at institutional customers and their interest rate deriv-
atives transactions (interest rate swaps). It focuses in 
particular on security and efficiency, allowing custom-
ers to profit from the full benefit of Eurex Clearing’s 
risk and collateral management services for their OTC 
transactions as well. 

Collateral and liquidity management  
(Clearstream) 
The liquidity management offering developed as part 
of the Global Liquidity Hub growth initiative enables 
Clearstream to help its customers cope with structural 
changes, such as those resulting from the additional 
liquidity requirements under Basel III and the new 
clearing obligations under EMIR. The Global Liquidity 
Hub allows banks to use the assets that Clearstream 
holds in custody on their behalf more efficiently 
across different platforms and countries. Since this is 
a key issue worldwide, Clearstream has started to 
market its collateral management system to third par-
ties and has entered into outsourcing agreements with 
various market infrastructure operators around the 
world. This service – the Liquidity Hub GO (Global 
Outsourcing) – is at different stages of development 
with Clearstream’s international partners. In addition 
to central securities depositories, Clearstream has also 
signed agreements with agent banks to leverage their 
collateral management expertise. 

External growth opportunities 

In addition to organic growth, the company regularly 
pursues external growth opportunities, which are sub-
jected to the same kind of stringent analysis as the 
organic growth initiatives. For this reason, only few of 
the opportunities analysed are ultimately realised.  

Examples of external growth in the past few years in-
clude the acquisition of all the shares in Eurex from 
SIX Group AG, of a majority interest in the European 
Energy Exchange and of additional shares in the index 
provider STOXX Ltd. Deutsche Börse Group is also 
open to cooperations in Asia – examples can be found 
in the 
 section “Eurex segment”. In general, how-
ever, given that the company already offers a very 
comprehensive range of products and services along 
the entire value chain, the focus is squarely on or-
ganic growth. 

Cyclical and structural opportunities 

Alongside organic and external growth opportunities, 
the company has identified a number of possible cy-
clical developments that could have a positive impact 
on Deutsche Börse Group: 

  In the cash and derivatives market segments (Xetra 
and Eurex), sustained positive economic develop-
ment, an improvement in the situation of the south-
ern EU member states, a lasting rise in investor con-
fidence in the capital markets and, as a result, a 
renewed rise in risk appetite among market partici-
pants as well as greater stock market volatility could 
stimulate trading activity by market participants and 
boost trading volumes.  

  The volumes of interest rate derivatives traded on 
the Group’s derivatives markets could pick up fur-
ther as a result of increasing speculation about the 
trend in long-term interest rates on German and 
other European government bonds, if key interest 
rates actually rose and if the spread between the 
various European government bonds narrowed.  
  In the post-trading segment, Clearstream, a reduc-
tion in the liquidity supplied by the central banks 
could encourage bond issuance and thus cause cus-
tody volumes to rise. Moreover, this could increase 
demand for Clearstream’s range of collateral and liq-
uidity management services. Net interest income 
from banking would benefit from a rise in short-term 
interest rates in the euro zone and the USA.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
180 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

  In the market data business, an increase in the 

number of employees at companies active on the  
financial markets could lead to growing demand  
for data packages. 

regulatory requirements and the persistent loss of 
confidence among market participants the Group 
anticipates a structural increase in demand for col-
lateral and liquidity management services. 

However, Deutsche Börse Group is convinced that 
structural rather than cyclical factors will dominate in 
the long term and impact business success.  

  For the Eurex derivatives segment, the company has 

identified opportunities arising from growing de-
mand for European derivatives among investors and 
trading houses based outside Europe, for example in 
Asia. This is primarily related to growing investment 
volumes and increasing portfolio diversification in 
those regions.  

  As a result of the European legal and administrative 
framework relating to certain undertakings for col-
lective investment in transferable securities (UCITS 
III), the company also expects that traditional in-
vestment funds will increasingly include derivatives 
in their portfolio strategies.  

  Since the importance of risk management has been 
rising as a consequence of the financial crisis, the 
company expects market participants to make great-
er use of the Group’s clearing services to settle 
transactions in different asset classes, such as OTC-
traded derivatives, and in this way to eliminate 
counterparty risk.  

  For Clearstream’s post-trading activities, the compa-
ny anticipates that in the long term companies will 
increasingly raise capital through equity and debt fi-
nancing on the capital markets. This is related to 
the higher capital and liquidity requirements for 
banks and the resulting negative impact on the total 
volume of available credit. For Clearstream, this 
could have a positive effect on custody volumes, es-
pecially in the international bond segment. In addi-
tion, given the growing internationalisation of the 
capital markets, the company continues to predict a 
sharper rise in the volume of bonds issued interna-
tionally compared with fixed-income securities is-
sued domestically. Moreover, because of changed  

Report on expected developments 

The report on expected developments describes  
how Deutsche Börse Group is expected to perform in 
financial year 2013. It contains statements and in-
formation on events in the future. These forward-
looking statements and information are based on the 
company’s expectations and assumptions at the time 
of publication of this report. In turn, these are subject 
to known and unknown opportunities, risks and un-
certainties. Numerous factors influence the Group’s 
success, its business strategy and financial results. 
Many of these factors are outside the company’s con-
trol. Should opportunities, risks, or uncertainties ma-
terialise or one of the assumptions made turn out to 
be incorrect, the actual development of the Group 
could deviate either positively or negatively from the 
expectations and assumptions contained in the for-
ward-looking statements and information contained in 
this report on expected developments. 

Development of the operating environment 

Deutsche Börse Group anticipates that the business 
environment will continue to be difficult worldwide 
during the forecast period. The company also expects 
that the uncertainty surrounding the creditworthiness 
and liquidity of certain euro zone countries will con-
tinue to influence the capital markets. On this basis, 
the company does not believe that the confidence of 
capital market participants will improve significantly 
in the short term. With regard to interest rate devel-
opments, the company does not expect the central 
banks in Europe and the USA to fundamentally aban-
don the prevailing low interest rate policy. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on expected developments

181 

In its forecast of economic development for 2013 
published in January 2013, the International Mone-
tary Fund (IMF) predicts a decline of around 0.2 per 
cent in the euro zone and growth of around 0.6 per 
cent in Germany. The difference between the euro 
zone and Germany is a result of the renewed contrac-
tion anticipated in countries such as Italy and Spain. 
Expectations for the United Kingdom and the United 
States are higher than for the euro zone. In 2013, the 
economy is forecast to grow by around 1.0 per cent 
in the UK and by around 2.0 per cent in the USA. 
The highest growth by far in 2013 – approximately  
7 to 8 per cent – is again expected in Asian countries 
(and especially China) in anticipation of high domes-
tic demand. Given the extremely varied estimates  
for the different economic regions, global economic 
growth is projected to be around 3.5 per cent in 2013. 

will continue to pursue during the period under re-
view in the context of its integrated business model,  
which focuses on trading, clearing, settlement and 
custody of securities and derivatives. Based on this 
successful business model, which covers the entire 
process chain for financial market transactions and 
the key asset classes, Deutsche Börse will continue to 
observe the trends on the financial markets worldwide 
and to leverage them to enhance its products and 
services. The Group’s key strategic goal is to provide 
all customers with outstanding services. With its scal-
able electronic platforms, Deutsche Börse believes it 
remains in an excellent position to compete with other 
providers of trading and settlement services. 

Regulatory environment 

Governments and central banks are currently working 
on strengthening regulation of the financial markets to 
further stabilise the financial sector and prevent future 
crises of this degree of severity. The measures envi-
sioned, and in some cases already initiated, range 
from revising the legal framework for banking busi-
ness and capital requirements to improving financial 
market supervision (for more information, please see 
 the “Regulatory environment” section of this report 

on expected developments). For Deutsche Börse 
Group’s customers, the impact of these far-reaching 
regulatory reform projects on market structures and 
business models is difficult to gauge accurately at 
present. Deutsche Börse anticipates that this uncer-
tainty will continue to weigh on the business activities 
of market participants during the forecast period. For 
the Group itself, the different regulatory projects will 
have both positive and negative consequences. Over-
all, however, the company sees the changing regula-
tory environment as an opportunity to expand its 
business further. 

In 2012, Deutsche Börse Group announced that it 
would channel its energies in three directions as part 
of its growth strategy (see   the “Strategy” section of 
this combined management report) that the Group 

One consequence of the global financial market crisis 
is that work is now underway at an international level 
on regulatory initiatives in a wide variety of areas, 
with the aim of creating a more transparent and more 
stable financial system. The main focus is on new 
regulations for banks, although the financial market 
infrastructure and the settlement of securities, deriva-
tives and other financial instruments are also affected 
in some instances. The supervisory structures have 
also changed as a result of these regulations: the  
European supervisory authorities created on 1 Janu-
ary 2011 and the European Systemic Risk Board now 
play a much more significant role, while the scope  
for decisions at national level has declined. The intro-
duction of a financial transaction tax is also being  
discussed within the European Union. To this end, 
several EU member states have agreed “increased  
cooperation” aimed at introducing uniform taxation of 
financial transactions. The introduction of such a tax 
would negatively impact Deutsche Börse’s business 
performance. The extent to which this tax would  
impact on business performance depends on which  
asset classes would be included, how it would be  
applied and what the tax rates would be. It is not 
possible to predict the concrete impact on the Group 
from the current status of the discussions.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
182 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Market infrastructure regulation 
With respect to the changes to the regulatory frame-
work, three EU legislative packages are of central rel-
evance to the Group, in addition to a large number of  
smaller initiatives: the current revision of the Markets 
in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID), the regu-
lation by the European Parliament and the European 
Council on OTC derivatives, central counterparties 
and trade repositories (European Market Infrastructure 
Regulation, EMIR) and the regulation on central secu-
rities depositories (CSD Regulation). 

MiFID 
The European Commission published a draft revision 
of MiFID at the end of 2011. The aim is to increase 
the transparency and integrity of the markets and to 
further strengthen investor protection, among other 
things in the light of the financial market crisis. In 
addition, the European Commission is planning to 
apply the measures regulating high frequency trading 
and to tighten competition, particularly in the area of 
derivatives trading and clearing. For Deutsche Börse 
Group, the regulations originally proposed by the Eu-
ropean Commission regarding access to different links 
in the value chain could potentially intensify the com-
petition. Moreover, depending on the version ultimate-
ly adopted, the measures regulating high frequency 
trading could dampen trading activity by the Group’s 
customers. The regulation is expected to be imple-
mented in 2015. Some of the rules will take the form 
of a regulation (MiFIR) that is directly applicable 
throughout the EU. 

EMIR 
The regulation by the European Parliament and the 
European Council on OTC derivatives, central coun-
terparties and trade repositories aims to achieve a co-
ordinated set of rules for the operation and supervi-
sion of central counterparties (CCPs). The draft was 
presented by the European Commission in September 
2010 and the final version published at the end of 
July 2012. Among other things, the regulation aims 
to mandate the use of central counterparties for set-
tling a greater number of derivatives transactions – a 
proposal that offers an opportunity for Deutsche Börse  

Group to extend its clearing offering to OTC deriva-
tives. In addition, it introduces a reporting require-
ment for OTC derivatives using trade repositories. The 
supervision of these trade repositories by the Euro-
pean Securities Markets Authority (ESMA) is also a 
component of the planned regulation. However, the 
additional importance to be placed on central coun-
terparties in Europe will also entail increased capital 
requirements. In the case of the operator of Deutsche 
Börse Group’s central counterparty, Eurex Clearing AG, 
the company expects an additional capital require-
ment of up to €150 million. An amount of €110 mil-
lion was already injected in January 2013. The appli-
cation in practice of EMIR is only expected for 2014.  

CSD regulation 
With the CSD regulation, the European Commission 
aims to reform the European securities settlement and 
custody environment and, by doing so, to create a 
uniform European regulatory framework for central 
securities depositories for the first time. The European 
Commission submitted a proposal for this in March 
2012. The measures are expected to be passed in the 
second half of 2013. Depending on the outcome of 
the organisational regulations currently under discus-
sion in this context, these measures could have an 
impact on Clearstream’s business activities.  

The above-mentioned regulatory initiatives are sup-
plemented by the revision of the Capital Requirements 
Directive (CRD IV) and the regulatory project on the 
recovery and resolution of financial institutions (see  

 the following section entitled “Banking regulations”). 

A revision of European Securities Law Legislation 
(SLL) is also expected for 2013.  

Further regulatory changes designed to ensure finan-
cial market stability are being examined at national 
and international levels by the Basel Committee on 
Banking Supervision, the European Commission, the 
European Central Bank and the new European super-
visory authorities (ESMA, EBA and the European Sys-
temic Risk Board), among others. At a national level, 
the Hochfrequenzhandelsgesetz (German High Fre-
quency Trading Act) in particular will have some im-
plications for Deutsche Börse Group.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on expected developments

183 

Banking regulations 
With respect to banking regulation, which affects the 
Group both directly and indirectly, significant change 
projects are in the final phase of development or have 
already reached the implementation stage, with fur-
ther changes already on the horizon. This applies 
both to the international regulatory framework (the 
rules issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Su-
pervision) and to the European regulations (Capital 
Requirements Directive, CRD) and national regula-
tions that build on these. In addition, there are sup-
plementary initiatives at all three of the above levels 
that deal with issues such as corporate governance  
or recovery and resolution planning for (systemically 
important) institutions. 

Back in December 2010, the Basel Committee on 
Banking Supervision (BCBS) published details of the 
revised version of the collection of rules now known 
as Basel III. The BCBS issued an initial revision of the 
Basel III framework on 1 June 2011, which expand-
ed on individual aspects. On 25 July 2012, revised 
rules for the capitalisation of exposures to central 
counterparties were published. Finally, on 6 Janu- 
ary 2013, the BCBS endorsed further adjustments to 
the liquidity requirements, which were published on  
7 January 2013. 

In particular, Basel III includes a revised definition of 
capital, additional risk buffers for expected losses, the 
introduction of anticyclical capital buffers, the intro-
duction of a leverage ratio (put simply, a minimum  
ratio of capital to unweighted total assets plus off-
balance sheet risk positions), stricter liquidity man-
agement requirements and closer monitoring of liq-
uidity positions by supervisory authorities (in parti-
cular the introduction of two quantitative minimum 
ratios for short-term and medium-term liquidity). 
Phased introduction in the period up to 2019 is 
planned; certain subareas will be reviewed and, if 
necessary, modified during the transition process.  
The Basel III package also comprises a general revi-
sion of the capitalisation requirements for exposures 
to central counterparties. 

Taking into account various interim rules, the Basel III 
regulations have, in principle, been in force interna-
tionally since 1 January 2013. However, to enter into 
force in the EU, they must be implemented in EU and, 
if applicable, national law. 

In addition, the BCBS is currently discussing further 
fine-tuning or fundamental revisions of individual as-
pects of the Basel regulatory framework, including 
rules on allocating items to the trading or banking 
book, rules on organising the internal audit function 
in banks and adjustment modifications to the re-
quirements for the liquidity coverage ratio. Since 
2011, the BCBS has also been holding detailed dis-
cussions on additional capital requirements over and 
above the Basel III regulations for global and domes-
tic systemically important banks (G-SIBs/D-SIBs).  
The BCBS already issued guidelines on this on  
19 July 2011 and on 29 June 2012. Some of these 
additional rules are collectively known colloquially as 
“Basel III.5”. On the basis of purely qualitative indi-
cators, the supervisory authority responsible assigns 
the banks in its area of supervision to one of the two 
categories or to both. 

In the EU, the Basel III regulations, together with oth-
er aspects such as corporate governance issues and 
the implementation to a large extent of a single rule 
book, are to be incorporated in a revised regulatory 
framework for banks and securities service providers. 
To this end, the EU Directives 2006/48/EC (Banking 
Directive) and 2006/49/EC (Capital Adequacy Di-
rective), which up to now have been collectively re-
ferred to as the Capital Requirements Directives, are 
being completely revised and restructured to produce 
an integrated legislative package (commonly referred 
to as CRD IV) consisting of a directive (which will 
subsequently have to be implemented in national law) 
and a regulation (which will enter into force directly). 

The European Commission submitted a proposal on 
this on 20 July 2011. In May 2012, the European 
Council and the European Parliament set out their po-
sition on the European Commission’s proposal; since  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
184 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

then, the proceedings have since been in the trialogue 
phase. As the negotiations were not completed in 
2012, the regulations did not enter into force on the  
planned date, 1 January 2013. While the negotia-
tions are being finalised, current regulatory initiatives, 
such as the revised Basel rules on the counterparty 
weight for exposures to central counterparties, the  
extended capital requirements (Basel III.5), the rules 
for systemically important institutions (including the 
increased capital requirements for such institutions), 
capital buffers for systemic risk, the option to intro-
duce national rules setting stricter capital require-
ments and the revised Basel liquidity requirements  
of January 2013 are also being discussed and are 
expected to be incorporated into the final text of the 
regulations. The regulations are now not anticipated 
to enter into force before the later part of 2013 at the 
earliest, or even in 2014. 

Whereas the Basel III rules only apply directly to 
global commercial banks with an international remit, 
the EU rules apply to all banks that operate in the EU. 
CRD IV therefore partly addresses both regional and 
size-related issues, and provides specific or modified 
regulations for certain types of business. Based on the 
current status of the discussions, the future interac-
tion between EMIR, the CSD regulation, MiFID and 
the CRD is particularly relevant from Deutsche Börse 
Group’s point of view. 

Independently of the ongoing negotiations at EU level, 
the Federal Government started in spring to imple-
ment the provisions of CRD IV in German law. Follow-
ing consultation on the drafts, the Federal Govern-
ment introduced a draft bill implementing CRD IV into 
the parliamentary process on 15 October 2012. The 
bill has since been supplemented by consultations on 
subsequent regulations. The completion of the legis-
lative process is, however, dependent on the CRD IV 
package being finalised at a European level. 

Given the current status of the discussions on the 
provisions of CRD IV, the company does not expect 
any material effect on the equity base of its regulated 
companies in the short to medium term. Nevertheless,  

the Group will continue to analyse the capital re-
sources of the regulated entities – including the inter 
actions with the requirements for the Group’s central 
counterparties under EMIR – and will adjust them if 
necessary to strengthen risk coverage. Depending on 
business performance, the possible designation of 
Group companies as systemically important institu-
tions, the size of the relevant buffers and the setting 
of a leverage ratio (which may have a limiting effect 
in the future), it is, however, expected that the capital 
base will have to be gradually strengthened in the 
long term. On the basis of its internal analyses and 
forward-looking planning, the Group will take the 
necessary measures in good time. Since specific is-
sues – including the concrete application of the rules 
concerning the leverage ratio and liquidity ratios – 
have not yet been resolved and it is also unclear how 
the various regulations will interact in future, the ul-
timate impact on the Group’s business activities can-
not be assessed or predicted at the present time. 

The financial crisis triggered extensive discussions at 
the international and European level about the need 
to prepare recovery and resolution plans for financial 
sector institutions. As a result, in October 2011, the 
Financial Stability Board (FSB) adopted the Key At-
tributes of Effective Resolution Regimes for Financial 
Institutions (Key Attributes), which are aimed at re-
solving systemically important institutions without 
loss to the public purse, thus avoiding the “too big to 
fail” dilemma. The Key Attributes specify that resolu-
tion and recovery plans must be prepared at least for 
global systemically important financial institutions. 
The heads of state and government of the G20 coun-
tries have undertaken to implement the Key Attributes.  

At a European level, the European Commission pub-
lished a proposal on 6 June 2012 for a directive of 
the European Parliament and the European Council 
which defines a framework for the recovery and reso-
lution of credit institutions and securities firms (Re-
covery and Resolution Directive). The Recovery and 
Resolution Directive will establish European law and 
incorporate material components of the Key Attributes.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on expected developments

185 

On 2 November 2012, the Bundesanstalt für Finanz-
dienstleistungsaufsicht (BaFin, German Federal Finan-
cial Supervisory Authority) published a consultation 
draft entitled “Mindestanforderungen an die Ausge-
staltung von Sanierungsplänen” (Minimum Require-
ments for the Design of Recovery Plans, MaSan). On 
20 December 2012, the Federal Ministry of Finance 
published a draft bill for the recovery and resolution 
planning of credit institutions and financial groups.  

Deutsche Börse Group’s involvement in regulatory 
initiatives 
Deutsche Börse Group has been, and will continue  
to be, deeply involved in the above-mentioned poli-
tical and regulatory initiatives right from the start.  
The Group participates actively in the consultations,  
making sure that political decision-makers are aware 
of potential negative consequences for the market  
as a whole and the company affected in particular. 
Deutsche Börse Group also takes an appropriate 
stand regarding the above-mentioned political ini-
tiatives. In this way, it counteracts excessive effects 
for the Group or any of its subsidiaries and works to 
ensure that any affected business units are included 
appropriately. 

Development of results of operations 

Deutsche Börse Group continues to consider itself 
very well positioned and expects to see a positive 
trend in its results of operations in the long term. For 
the forecast period, however, the uncertainty about 
the future behaviour of capital market participants 
makes specific forecasts of the results of operations 
difficult. A recurrence of the disconnect observed in 
financial year 2012 between the performance of the 
stock markets and the real economy and trading on 
the Group’s cash and derivatives markets, which is 
linked to a loss of confidence among investors and 
market participants, cannot be ruled out for the fore-
cast period either. The company also expects continu-
ing uncertainty among market participants about the 
future form of the regulatory projects. As a result, the 
dampening effect on the business activities of the 
Group’s customers could persist in the forecast period. 

As part of its budget planning process, the company 
has therefore developed different possible scenarios 
for its results of operations in 2013. If the capital 
market environment and investor confidence fail to 
improve and the markets continue to be impacted by 
uncertainty regarding global economic performance 
and the future situation in the euro zone, business ac-
tivity would be on a level comparable to the second 
half of 2012. For full-year 2013, this would mean 
net revenue of around €1.8 billion, a potential decline 
of around 7 per cent compared with 2012. Should 
the capital market environment, investor confidence 
and the position of the southern EU member states 
improve significantly in 2013, the company would 
expect net revenue to increase moderately year-on-
year to more than €2.0 billion. The scenario used to 
forecast net revenue is to a significant extent deter-
mined by cyclical factors, which prevail in the short to 
medium-term and whose impact on business activity 
the company is unable to control. 

With regard to net interest income from banking busi-
ness, the company does not anticipate any funda-
mental change in interest rate policies in Europe and 
the USA. Since the market interest rates relevant to 
the Group declined in the course of 2012, the com-
pany expects net interest income to decrease in 2013.  

If, contrary to expectations, general conditions be-
come even worse than described above, or impact the 
company’s customers to an even greater extent, the 
company believes it is in a good position to continue 
to do business profitably due to its integrated busi-
ness model, the cost management that has already 
been implemented and measures planned, which are 
described in the following section. 

In the forecast period, the company aims to syste-
matically continue its successful operating cost man-
agement of the past few years. In February 2013,  
the Group announced that it will increase operating 
efficiency further by cutting staff costs and non-per-
sonnel costs by €70 million a year. The full effect of 
the efficiency improvements is expected to be felt 
from 2016 onwards. The company expects imple-
mentation costs associated with the measures to be  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
186 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

in a range of between €90 million and €120 million, 
of which probably most will be reflected in earnings 
in 2013 in the form of provisions. The additional  
savings are intended to offset at an early stage the in-
flation-linked cost increases expected in the forecast 
period and beyond. At the same time, they provide 
the Group with the freedom needed to continue its 
growth and infrastructure initiatives, which it intends 
to use to take advantage of opportunities presented  
by the structural and regulatory changes on the finan-
cial markets and to harness the potential offered by 
growth markets such as Asia. By doing this, the com-
pany is also adapting to changing customer require-
ments. Primarily as a result of increased investments, 
the company expects operating costs (adjusted for 
special effects such as efficiency programmes) to in-
crease moderately overall in the forecast period and 
beyond, starting in 2013. 

In terms of operating profit, the declining net revenue 
scenario would generate EBIT of around €0.8 billion, 
adjusted for special effects. In the scenario with a 
moderate rise in net revenue, adjusted EBIT would  
be approximately €1.0 billion (and hence similar to 
2012) because of the slight rise in operating costs.  

The Group anticipates an unchanged tax rate of ap-
proximately 26 per cent, adjusted for special effects, 
for the forecast period. 

Net income would amount to around €0.5 billion in 
the declining net revenue scenario and to around 
€0.7 billion in the scenario with moderately rising net 
revenue, adjusted for special effects in both cases. 
The refinancing of long-term financial liabilities which 
began in 2012 will positively impact net income be-
cause it will lead to a reduction of interest expenses 
as a result of lower interest rate levels. 

At the publication date of this combined manage-
ment report the company is expecting special effects 
of some €90 million, mainly relating to costs for  
efficiency measures, to contribute to operating costs.  

Additional costs might also be incurred due to the 
 risk report for  
current OFAC investigation (see 
details) and potential consolidation effects.  

The parent company Deutsche Börse AG has also 
considered the scenarios described above in its plan-
ning. For 2013, the company expects net revenue be-
tween €1.1 and €1.2 million and net profit of €0.5 
million, adjusted for special effects, in both scenarios.  

Xetra segment 
Net revenue in the Xetra cash market segment will 
continue to depend on equity market trends, equity 
market volatility and structural and cyclical changes 
in trading activity. The year 2012 saw a significant 
level of caution on the part of market participants be-
cause of the macroeconomic environment. Sustaina-
ble growth would require a significant improvement in 
investor confidence. However, there were only tenta-
tive signs of this at the time this management report 
was prepared. 

In addition to developing its own cash market, the 
company will continue to maintain a close watch on 
changes in the competitive environment for the Euro-
pean cash markets. As in the past, it considers itself 
well positioned to retain its status as the market lead-
er for trading German blue chips and to offer its cus-
tomers across the globe an attractive range of prod-
ucts and services for cash trading in German and 
European equities, as well as equities clearing. How-
ever, due to the stronger competition in the cash mar-
ket, further shifts in the market shares of all competi-
tors cannot be ruled out. 

Eurex segment 
In the past year, the described cyclical factors led to  
a significant decrease in trading volumes. However, 
Deutsche Börse Group still believes that structural 
growth factors will remain dominant over the long 
term, and that they will positively influence trading 
volumes in all product segments. These structural 
growth drivers are as follows: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on expected developments

187 

  Traditional investment funds are increasingly includ-
ing derivatives in their portfolio strategies as a re-
sult of the European legal and administrative frame-
work relating to certain undertakings for collective 
investment in transferable securities (UCITS III). 
  Due to the importance of risk management, more 
and more OTC transactions are shifting to Eurex 
Clearing for settlement so that counterparty risk can 
be eliminated through centralised clearing. 

  Demand for Eurex products from investors and  

trading houses from non-European areas such as 
Asia is growing. 

Eurex will continue to step up investments to enhance 
its technology and its product offering in the forecast 
period. The investment focus is on expanding risk 
management. For example, the Eurex segment is 
planning to expand its portfolio-based risk manage-
ment, which will offer customers the ability to net out 
on-exchange and off-exchange (OTC) transactions 
against each other. Among other things, this new fea-
ture is part of the functional preparations being made 
to enable Eurex to offer an expanded range of clearing 
services for OTC derivatives trading in future. In the 
medium to long term, the company expects this initia-
tive to deliver significant additional net revenue. Since 
the regulatory requirements to settle OTC derivatives 
transactions via a central counterparty will probably 
not finally enter into force until 2014, only a small 
additional contribution to net revenue is anticipated 
for 2013. 

Clearstream segment 
The Clearstream segment generates its net revenue 
primarily with the settlement and custody of interna-
tional bonds – a business that is much more stable 
and less subject to fluctuations on the capital markets 
than the trading business. Deutsche Börse continues 
to predict a sharper rise in the volume of bonds is-
sued internationally compared with fixed-income se-
curities issued domestically. In addition, in view of the 
regulatory requirements and the loss of confidence 
among market participants, the Group anticipates an 
increase in demand for collateral and liquidity man-
agement services. Alongside the products already  

successfully placed on the market such as GC Pooling 
– the collateralised money market jointly operated by 
Clearstream, Eurex Clearing and Eurex Repo – Clear-
stream is expanding its international Global Liquidity 
Hub offering: after connecting Brazil’s central securi-
ties depository Cetip in 2011, plans are in place to 
connect other providers, such as those in Australia 
and South Africa, in the forecast period. In the medi- 
um to long term, the company expects this initiative  
to deliver significant additional net revenue. However, 
since the different providers can only be connected 
consecutively, only a small additional contribution to 
net revenue is anticipated for 2013. 

With regard to its customer structure, the company 
continues to expect that consolidation in the financial 
sector will persist and that customers in Clearstream’s 
domestic and international business will merge. These 
larger customers would benefit from greater discounts, 
which would lead to a decline in average fees. Al-
though Deutsche Börse faces especially intense com-
petition in the areas of the settlement and custody of 
international bonds, the company does not expect this 
to have a major impact on its net revenue or to result 
in a loss of market share during the forecast period. 

Information Technology and Market Data & 
Analytics segment 
Since 1 January 2013, the Information Technology 
(IT) and Market Data & Analytics areas have been 
combined in a separate reporting segment together 
with selected external IT services. The aim of the new 
segment is to accelerate the expansion of Deutsche 
Börse’s technology leadership and expertise in the  
area of market data by pooling all the company’s rele-
vant resources in a dedicated market-driven business 
unit. The goal is to open up untapped growth oppor-
tunities in the medium to long term under uniform 
management and with separate profit and loss re-
sponsibility.  

For the forecast period, the company expects the new 
segment’s combined external IT net revenue to be 
stable. Net revenue in the Market Data & Analytics  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
188 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

area is largely dependent on demand for market data 
in the financial sector. The company anticipates that  
the environment in this business area will remain  
difficult during the forecast period. However, the seg-
ment intends to steadily expand its product range  
in all areas with new data services to offset these  
cyclical factors. 

Development of pricing models 
Deutsche Börse anticipates sustained price pressure 
in some of its business areas during the forecast peri-
od. The company’s objective is to mitigate this price 
pressure by continually improving its products and 
services and offering selective incentives for price-
elastic business.  

Over the long term, the average net revenue per unit 
concerned is expected to decline in all areas of the 
Group. This is a result of the laddered pricing models 
that lead to a decline in income per unit as customers’ 
business activities increase. 

Non-financial performance indicators 

Initiatives to promote the transparency and security of 
the markets will be a focus during the forecast period, 
ensuring Deutsche Börse Group’s value contribution 
to society. To live up to this goal, Deutsche Börse will 
continue to expand its Group-wide product and ser-
vice offering in the area of market transparency, for 
example by adding indices developed and calculated 
by the Group. Moreover, the investments in the trad-
ing and clearing infrastructure already made in 2012 
as well as those planned for the forecast period will 
ensure that the systems meet customer and market 
requirements. Against this background, the company 
anticipates that the availability of the different sys-
tems will be maintained at the very high level of pre-
vious years throughout the forecast period.  

Responsible management with a focus on long-term 
value creation has a high priority for Deutsche Börse 
Group as a service company. In particular in view of 
demographic change and the resulting shortage of 
specialist staff, the company aims to continue to posi-
tion itself adequately and therefore intends to increase 
the number of women in management positions. By 
2015, the proportion of women in middle and upper 
management is to be increased to 20 per cent, while 
the figure in junior management should be 30 per 
cent. The appointment of Hauke Stars means that the 
goal of having at least one female Executive Board 
member by 2015 was already met in 2012. 

Development of the Group’s financial position 

The company expects operating cash flow, which is 
Deutsche Börse Group’s primary funding instrument, 
to remain positive in the forecast period. With regard 
to liquidity, the Group expects two significant factors 
to influence its development. Firstly, with respect to 
its cash flow from investing activities, the company 
plans to invest in a magnitude of €150 million per 
year in intangible assets and property, plant and 
equipment during the forecast period on a consolidat-
ed basis. These investments will serve primarily to 
develop new products and services in the Eurex and 
Clearstream segments and enhance existing ones. 
The total mainly comprises investments in the trading 
infrastructure and risk management functionalities. 
Secondly, the Executive Board and Supervisory Board 
of Deutsche Börse AG will propose to the Annual 
General Meeting to be held in May 2013 that a divi-
dend of €2.10 per share should be paid. This would 
correspond to a liquidity outflow of €386.5 million. 
Apart from the above, no further material factors were 
expected to impact on the Group’s liquidity at the 
time the management report was prepared. As in pre-
vious years, the Group does not expect any liquidity  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

Report on expected developments

189 

squeezes due to its positive cash flow, adequate credit 
lines (see 
statements for details) and flexible management and 
planning systems. 

 note 36 to the consolidated financial 

Under its capital management programme, Deutsche 
Börse will react flexibly to a changing market environ-
ment in the forecast period. Both the general target 
dividend distribution ratio of 40 to 60 per cent of 
consolidated net income for the year and any share 
buybacks are subject to capital requirements, invest-
ment needs and general liquidity considerations.  

For 2013, the company expects to reach an interest 
coverage ratio of at least 16, the target at Group level. 
This would be possible even if net revenue were to 
decline, because the Group’s interest expense can al-
ready be reduced in 2013 as a result of the refinanc-
ing of its long-term financial liabilities, which began 
in 2012. The full benefit of this effect will be felt  
in 2014, so that the Group anticipates an interest 
coverage ratio clearly above 16. 

In addition, the aim is to achieve a ratio of interest-
bearing gross debt to EBITDA of 1.5 maximum on 
Group level. For 2013, the Group expects to slightly 
exceed the ratio of 1.5 depending on the potential  
development of net revenue. 

The parent company, Deutsche Börse AG, plans to in-
vest some €50 million in intangible assets and prop-
erty, plant and equipment during the forecast period.  

Overall assessment by the Executive Board 

The Executive Board of Deutsche Börse AG believes 
that, thanks to its comprehensive offering along the 
securities trading value chain and its innovative power, 
the company remains in an extremely good position 
compared with the international competition and ex-
pects to see a positive trend in its results of opera-
tions in the long term. For the forecast period, howev-
er, the uncertainty about the future behaviour of 
capital market participants in relation to economic 
and regulatory conditions makes it difficult for the Ex-
ecutive Board to make a specific forecast. By taking 
the additional efficiency measures resolved in 2013, 
the Executive Board has prepared the company at an 
early stage for the changing market and will be able 
to compensate for the expected inflation-linked cost 
increases after the forecast period. At the same time, 
this means the Executive Board has provided the 
freedom needed to continue the Group’s growth and 
infrastructure initiatives, which it intends to use to 
take advantage of opportunities presented by the 
structural and regulatory changes on the financial 
markets and to harness the potential offered by 
growth markets such as Asia. Primarily as a result of 
the increased level of investments, the Executive 
Board expects operating costs (after adjustments) to 
increase moderately in the forecast period and beyond. 
Overall, the Executive Board anticipates on this basis 
that cash flow from operating activities will remain 
clearly positive and, as in previous years, there will  
be no liquidity squeezes. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
190 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Deutsche Börse AG  
(Disclosures based on the HGB) 

In contrast to the consolidated financial statements, 
the single-entity financial statements of Deutsche 
Börse AG are not prepared in accordance with Inter-
national Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) but in 
accordance with the German Commercial Code (HGB) 
and the supplementary provisions of the German 
Stock Corporation Act (AktG). 

Business and operating environment 

General situation of the company 
Deutsche Börse AG is the parent company of 
Deutsche Börse Group. Its business activities com-
prise above all the cash and derivative markets as 
well as IT and Market Data & Analytics. The perfor-
mance of the Clearstream segment is reflected in the 
business performance of Deutsche Börse AG mainly 
because of the profit transfer agreement with Clear-
stream Holding AG. In view of this, the business and 
operating environment of Deutsche Börse AG is es-
sentially the same as that of Deutsche Börse Group. 
 “Mac-
These are described in detail in the section  
roeconomic and overall industry-specific conditions”. 

Sales revenue fell by 13 per cent to €1,110.3 million 
(2011: €1,280.7 million). The largest contribution to 
sales was provided by the Eurex segment, in which 
sales revenue amounted to €660.2 million (2011: 
€765.6 million).  

At €692.6 million, the company’s total costs (staff 
costs, impairment losses relating to intangible assets 
and property, plant and equipment, and other operat-
ing expenses) were 7 per cent lower than in the pre-
vious year (2011: €741.2 million). 

In 2012, the result from investments of Deutsche 
Börse AG was €307.6 million (2011: €207.0 mil-
lion). Income from the transfer of profit amounting to 
€215.4 million (2011: €173.4 million) and income 
from profit participation rights amounting to €15.0 
million (2011: €15.0 million) contributed to this re-
sult. There was also a partial reversal of the impair-
ment of the profit participation rights of Deutsche 
Börse AG in Eurex Frankfurt AG amounting to €56.7 
million (2011: €29.3 million). This reversal is a re-
sult of the profit generated by Eurex Frankfurt AG in 
financial year 2012. Income from investments also 
included dividends amounting to €23.1 million 
(2011: €10.2 million).  

Overview of Deutsche Börse AG’s business 
development in the year under review 
Deutsche Börse AG’s profit in 2012 was lower than in 
financial year 2011 primarily because of the worsen-
ing market conditions.  

Earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) fell by 2 per 
cent to €844.6 million (2011 adjusted: €864.4 mil-
lion). Net income amounted to €605.7 million, falling 
by 11 per cent (2011: €679.7 million) in particular 
because of merger-related special effects in 2011 
amounting to €60.1 million.  

Performance figures of Deutsche Börse AG 

Sales revenue 

Total costs 

Result from investments 

EBIT 

Result from ordinary 
business activity (EBT) 

Net income 

Earnings per share (€) 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

Change 
% 

1,110.3 

1,280.7 

– 13

692.6 

307.6 

844.6 

726.3 

605.7 

3.231) 

741.2 

207.0 

864.4 

760.1 

679.7 

3.661)

– 7

49

– 2

– 4

– 1

– 12

1) Calculation based on weighted average of shares outstanding. 

Results of operations of Deutsche Börse AG 

Deutsche Börse AG's revenue fell in 2012 by 13 per 
cent to €1,110.3 million (2011: €1,280.7 million). 
The table on the next page shows how this revenue 
breaks down among the company’s segments.  

Information on the business development in the  
Xetra segment can mainly be found in the section  

 “Xetra segment”.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report
Deutsche Börse AG

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

191 

Sales revenue by segment 

Overview of total costs 

Xetra 

Eurex 

Market Data & Analytics 

Clearstream1) 

Total 

2012 
€m 

232.4 

660.2 

196.6 

21.1 

2011 
€m 

306.9 

765.6 

196.9 

11.3 

1,110.3 

1,280.7 

Change
% 

– 24

– 14

0

88

– 13

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

Change 
% 

Staff costs 

138.0 

146.5 

Depreciation/amortisation 

32.5 

28.4 

Other operating expenses 

522.1 

566.3 

Total 

692.6 

741.2 

– 6

14

– 8

– 7

1) The sales revenue attributable to the Clearstream segment results from IT services 
provided by Deutsche Börse AG for companies within the Clearstream Holding AG 
subgroup. 

Please refer to the section 
 “Eurex segment” for de-
tails of the performance of the Eurex derivatives seg-
ment. The reasons for any deviations from the infor-
mation in the above-mentioned section lie in the fact 
that developments in the US derivatives market ope-
rated by the International Securities Exchange (ISE) 
do not directly affect Deutsche Börse AG’s business. 
Furthermore, the increase in the revenues and costs 
generated as a result of the acquisition of the remain-
ing shares in Eurex Zürich AG in the year under re-
view do not have a direct impact on the annual finan-
cial statements of Deutsche Börse AG because the net 
revenues are passed on to the subsidiary Eurex Global 
Derivatives AG. Accordingly, Deutsche Börse AG con-
tinues to participate directly in 85 per cent of the 
economic result of Eurex Zürich AG. 

The results of operations in the Market Data & Analyt-
ics segment are essentially explained in the section 
 “Market Data & Analytics segment”. Please note 
that business developments at the subsidiary STOXX 
Ltd. have no direct impact on Deutsche Börse AG’s 
business performance. 

Other operating income decreased slightly in the year 
under review to €109.2 million (2011: €118.8 mil-
lion). This is above all due to the lower out-of-period 
income arising from the reversal of provisions, which 
have dropped to €6.9 million (2011: €19.5 million). 

In the year under review, total costs fell by 7 per  
cent compared to 2011 to €692.6 million (2011: 
€741.2 million) and are composed as follows: 

Staff costs fell year-on-year by 6 per cent to  
€138.0 million in the year under review, mainly due 
to lower costs for pensions and early retirement. 

In the year under review, amortisation and deprecia-
tion relating to intangible assets and property, plant 
and equipment increased by 14 per cent to €32.5 mil-
lion (2011: €28.4 million). This increase is essential-
ly due to higher depreciation on IT hardware amount-
ing to €22.0 million (2011: €18.3 million). 

Other operating expenses were reduced year-on-year 
by 8 per cent mainly due to lower advisory fees 
amounting to €101.5 million (2011: €146.9 million). 
The higher advisory fees in 2011 arose in particular 
due to the planned merger with NYSE Euronext. 

The result from ordinary business activity fell by 4 per 
cent to €726.3 million (2011: €760.1 million) com-
pared to the previous year.  

Development of profitability 
Deutsche Börse AG’s return on equity represents the 
ratio of the result after tax to the average equity that 
was at the disposal of the company in 2012. It fell 
compared to 2011, mainly because of the poorer  
result, from 31.5 per cent to 27.4 per cent. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
192 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Financial position of Deutsche Börse AG 

Cash flow statement (condensed) 

As at the reporting date on 31 December 2012,  
cash funds amounted to €281.1 million (2011: 
€596.0 million) including cash, current account  
balances at banks and fixed deposits. 

The company received dividends of €23.1 million 
(2011: €10.2 million). The rise is due above all  
to the higher dividend of €15.0 million (2011:  
€7.8 million) paid by STOXX Ltd. 

Deutsche Börse AG can draw on external credit lines 
amounting to €605.0 million (2011: €605.0 million), 
which had not been used as at 31 December 2012. 
In addition, the company has an opportunity for flexi-
ble, short-term financing provided by a commercial 
paper programme involving a total facility of €2.5 bil-
lion in various currencies. As in the previous year, no 
commercial paper was in circulation at the end of  
the year. 

Deutsche Börse AG uses a Group-wide cash pooling 
process to guarantee an optimal allocation of liquidity 
within Deutsche Börse Group, thus ensuring that all 
subsidiaries are able to meet their payment obliga-
tions at all times.  

In the past financial year, Deutsche Börse AG issued 
a corporate bond with a face value of €600 million. 
There are also other euro-denominated bonds  
with a face value totalling €797.8 million and US 
dollar bonds with a face value in the amount of 
US$460 million. 

Please see   section “Financial position” for more in-
formation on these bonds. 

In 2012, Deutsche Börse AG generated cash flow 
from operating activities amounting to €456.6 million 
(2011: €615.4 million). The decrease in operating 
cash flow was mainly due to higher cash outflows in 
connection with amounts owed to affiliated compa-
nies and trade payables. 

Cash flows from operating 
activities 

Cash flows from investing 
activities 

Cash flows from financing 
activities 

Cash and cash equivalents as at 
31 December 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

456.6 

615.4

– 371.0 

– 133.5

– 526.1 

– 496.8

– 241.7 

198.8

The cash flow from investing activities came to  
€–371.0 million (2011: €–133.5 million). The rise 
was mainly due to the higher investments in financial 
assets compared to the previous year.  

Cash flow from financing activities in the year under 
review was €–526.1 million (2011: €–496.8 million). 
The increase is predominantly due to the higher divi-
dend. The dividend rose from €2.10 to €2.30 per 
share; in addition, shareholders received a special 
distribution of €1.00 per share. This resulted for fi-
nancial year 2012 in a cash outflow of €622.9 mil-
lion (2011: €390.7 million). 

As at the reporting date, 31 December 2012, cash 
and cash equivalents amounted to €–241.7 million 
(2011: €198.8 million). They include liquid funds 
amounting to €281.1 million (2011: €596.0 million) 
minus liabilities from cash pooling amounting to 
€522.7 million (2011: €397.2 million) and liabil-
ities to banks in the amount of €0.1 million (2011: 
€0.0 million).  

Net assets of Deutsche Börse AG 

As at 31 December 2012, the non-current assets of 
Deutsche Börse AG amounted to €4,221.7 million 
(2011: €3,572.4 million). The largest part was ac- 
counted for by shares in affiliated companies amount-
ing to €3,086.3 million (2011: €2,496.2 million), 
primarily from the investment in Clearstream Hol- 
ding AG and from loans to affiliated companies of 
€996.9 million (2011: €942.8 million).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report
Deutsche Börse AG

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

193 

Non-current assets (condensed) 

Intangible assets 

Tangible assets 

Financial assets 

2012 
€m 

13.5 

77.8 

2011 
€m 

9.6

78.0

4,130.4 

3,484.8

In the year under review, net working capital came  
to €–438.1 million (2011: €–350.4 million). The 
change is primarily attributable to an increase in lia-
bilities towards affiliated companies arising from cash 
pooling by Deutsche Börse Group. 

Non-current assets as at 31 
December 

4,221.7 

3,572.4

Employees of Deutsche Börse AG 

Shares in affiliated companies rose by €590.2 million, 
mainly as a result of the acquisition of Eurex Global 
Derivatives AG for the amount of €552.9 million. 
€295.0 million of the purchase price was paid in 
cash and €255.9 million by delivery of shares in 
Deutsche Börse AG to SIX Group AG. Furthermore, 
ancillary acquisition costs of €2.0 million were capi-
talised. 

Loans to affiliated companies in the year under review 
were up by €54.1 million, above all due to the rever-
sal of the write-down on the profit participation rights 
of Eurex Frankfurt AG in the amount of €56.7 million.  

In the year under review, investments by Deutsche 
Börse AG in intangible assets and property, plant  
and equipment amounting to €36.4 million (2011: 
€34.1 million) exceeded write-downs; these came to 
€32.5 million (2011: €28.4 million).  

Receivables from and liabilities towards affiliated 
companies include charges for Group-internal services 
and the amounts invested by Deutsche Börse AG 
within the scope of cash pooling arrangements. Re-
ceivables from affiliated companies are mainly due as 
a result of the existing profit transfer agreement with  
Clearstream Holding AG; they amount to €215.4 mil-
lion. Liabilities towards affiliated companies mainly 
arise from cash pooling in the amount of €509.5 mil-
lion (2011: €384.7 million). 

Deutsche Börse AG receives fees for most of its ser-
vices shortly after the end of each month. Accordingly, 
trade receivables as at the end of the year amounted 
to €118.8 million (2011: €119.9 million). 

In the year under review, the number of employees  
at Deutsche Börse AG increased by 16 to 1,012 as  
at 31 December 2012 (31 December 2011: 996). 
On average, 1,001 employees worked for Deutsche 
Börse AG during financial year 2012. 

In the course of financial year 2012, 38 employees 
left Deutsche Börse AG, resulting in a fluctuation rate 
of 3.8 per cent. 

As at 31 December 2012, Deutsche Börse AG em-
ployed personnel at eight locations throughout the 
world. The following table shows a breakdown by 
countries and regions: 

Employees per country/region 

Germany 

United Kingdom 

Rest of Europe 

Asia 

31 Dec 2012 

956 

42 

13 

1 

Total Deutsche Börse AG  

1,012 

% 

94.5

4.1

1.3

0.1

100

The employee age structure at Deutsche Börse AG as 
at 31 December 2012 was as follows: 

Age structure of employees 

Under 30 years 

30 to 39 years 

40 to 49 years 

Over 50 years 

31 Dec 2012 

54 

242 

463 

253 

% 

5

24

46

25

Total Deutsche Börse AG  

1,012 

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
194 

 Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The following table illustrates the length of service of 
the company’s employees as at 31 December 2012: 

Employees length of service 

Less than 5 years 

5 to 15 years 

Over 15 years 

Total Deutsche Börse AG 

31 Dec 2012 

214

506

292

1,012

% 

21

50

29

100

As at 31 December 2012, 67 per cent of Deutsche 
Börse AG’s employees were graduates. This figure is 
calculated on the basis of the number of employees 
holding a degree from a university, university of ap-
plied sciences, or professional academy, and employ-
ees who have completed studies abroad. 

mation. Deutsche Börse AG’s share of the opportuni-
ties and risks of its equity investments and subsidiar-
ies is fundamentally proportionate to the size of its 
shareholding. Risks that threaten the existence of the 
Eurex Clearing AG subsidiary have a direct impact on 
Deutsche Börse AG as it has issued a guarantee 
("Patronatserklärung"). Further information on the 
guarantee issued to Eurex Clearing AG is available  
in the section 
not included in the balance sheet” contained in the 
notes to the annual financial statements of Deutsche 
Börse AG. 

 “Other obligations and transactions  

The description of the internal control system (ICS) 
stipulated in section 289 (5) HGB is given in the  

 “Internal management control” section. 

Report on events after the balance sheet date at 
Deutsche Börse AG 

In total, the company invested an average of 2.8 days 
per employee in staff training.  

The key events that have occurred after the balance 
sheet date correspond to the events described in the 

 “Report on post-balance sheet date events” 

section. 

Remuneration report of Deutsche Börse AG 

As the structure and design principles of the remu-
neration system correspond to those of Deutsche 
Börse Group, please refer to the 
 Remuneration  
Report in this Corporate Report.  

Corporate governance declaration in accordance 
with section 289a HGB 

The corporate governance declaration in accordance 
with section 289a HGB applies to Deutsche Börse 
Group and Deutsche Börse AG, please refer to 
 the 
corporate governance declaration made on behalf of 
the Group.  

Opportunities and risks facing Deutsche Börse AG 

As the opportunities and risks facing Deutsche  
Börse AG and the measures and processes for dealing 
with them are essentially the same as for Deutsche 
Börse Group, please refer to the sections 
report” and 

 “Opportunities report” for more infor- 

 “Risk  

Report on expected developments at Deutsche 
Börse AG 

This report describes the expected development of 
Deutsche Börse AG in financial year 2013. It contains 
statements and information on events in the future. 
These forward-looking statements and information are 
based on the company’s expectations and assump-
tions at the time of publication of this report on ex-
pected developments. In turn, these are subject to 
known and unknown opportunities, risks and uncer-
tainties. Numerous factors influence the company’s 
success, business strategy and financial results. Many 
of these factors are outside the company’s control. 
Should one of the opportunities, risks or uncertainties 
materialise or one of the assumptions made turn out 
to be incorrect, the actual development of the compa-
ny could deviate either positively or negatively from 
the expectations and assumptions detailed in the for-
ward-looking statements and the information given in 
this report. 

Strategic perspectives |  The exchange |  Responsibility

|  Governance  |  Management report
Deutsche Börse AG

|  Financial statements 

|  Notes

195 

Development of the operating and regulatory 
environment 
As Deutsche Börse AG’s business, operating and 
regulatory environment is essentially the same as that 
of Deutsche Börse Group, please refer to the relevant 
 “Report on expected developments” for 
parts in the 
an assessment of future developments.  

Development of Deutsche Börse AG’s results of 
operations 
In its expected business development Deutsche  
Börse AG is generally impacted by the same factors 
as Deutsche Börse Group. They are described in the 
 „Report on expected developments“ which also in-
cludes quantitative statements on Deutsche Börse AG.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deutsche Börse AG has prepared its consolidated 
financial statements and the notes to the consoli-
dated financial statements in accordance with the 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) 
and the related interpretations issued by the Inter­
national Accounting Standards Board (IASB).  
All sections of the financial report were audited by 
KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft and 
gran ted an unqualified audit opinion. 

Consolidated financial 
statements/notes

198   Consolidated income statement

199   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

200   Consolidated balance sheet

202   Consolidated cash flow statement

204   Consolidated statement of changes in equity

206   Basis of preparation

232   Consolidated income statement disclosures

241   Consolidated balance sheet disclosures

283   Other disclosures

313   Responsibility statement by the Executive Board

314   Auditor’s report

315   Summarised annual financial statements of Deutsche Börse AG

317   Proposal on the appropriation of the unappropriated surplus

198 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Consolidated income statement 

for the period 1 January to 31 December 2012 

Sales revenue 

Net interest income from banking business 

Other operating income 

Total revenue 

Volume-related costs 

Net revenue (total revenue less volume-related costs) 

Staff costs 

Note 

4

4

4

4 

4 

5

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 

11, 12

Other operating expenses 

Operating costs 

Result from equity investments 

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 

Financial income 

Financial expense 

Earnings before tax (EBT) 

Income tax expense 

Net profit for the year 

thereof shareholders of parent company (net income) 

thereof non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share (basic) (€) 

Earnings per share (diluted) (€) 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2,145.3 

2,233.3

52.0 

11.7 

75.1

57.0

2,209.0 

2,365.4

– 276.7 

1,932.3 

– 414.2 

– 105.0 

– 439.4 

– 958.6 

– 4.3 

969.4 

12.3 

– 145.0 

836.7 

– 244.0

2,121.4

– 385.8

– 91.4

– 485.0

– 962.2

3.6

1,162.8

135.1

– 138.9

1,159.0

6

8

9

9

10

– 166.9 

– 281.2

669.8 

645.0 

24.8 

3.44 

3.43 

877.8

855.2

22.6

4.60

4.59

34

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Comprehensive income

199 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  

for the period 1 January to 31 December 2012 

Net profit for the year reported in consolidated income statement 

Exchange rate differences1) 

Remeasurement of cash flow hedges 

Remeasurement of other financial instruments 

Changes from defined benefit obligations 

Deferred taxes 

Other comprehensive expense 

Total comprehensive income 

thereof shareholders of parent company 

thereof non-controlling interests 

Note 

20

10, 20

2012 
€m 

669.8 

– 23.2 

– 10.4 

23.3 

– 53.7 

22.9 

– 41.1 

628.7 

603.9 

24.8 

2011 
€m 

877.8 

31.2 

– 13.7 

– 32.2 

– 9.0 

– 8.7 

– 32.4 

845.4 

839.5 

5.9 

1)  Exchange rate differences include €–0.3 million (2011: €1.9 million) taken directly to accumulated profit as part of the result from equity investments.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
200 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Consolidated balance sheet 

as at 31 December 2012 

Assets 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS 

Intangible assets 

Software 

Goodwill 

Payments on account and construction in progress 

Other intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Fixtures and fittings 

Computer hardware, operating and office equipment 

Payments on account and construction in progress 

Financial assets 

Investments in associates 

Other equity investments 

Receivables and securities from banking business 

Other financial instruments 

Other loans1) 

Other non-current assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Total non-current assets 

CURRENT ASSETS 

Receivables and other current assets 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

Receivables and securities from banking business 

Trade receivables 

Associate receivables 

Receivables from other related parties 

Income tax receivables2) 

Other current assets 

Assets held for sale 

Restricted bank balances 

Other cash and bank balances 

Total current assets 

Note 

31 Dec 2012
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

1 Jan 2011 
€m 

11

12

13

10

15

16

17

18

132.7

2,078.4

85.4

882.3

101.2 

2,095.2 

56.3 

911.1 

50.2

2,059.6

65.2

914.9

3,178.8

3,163.8 

3,089.9

43.6

82.9

1.7

128.2

204.8

26.7

46.0 

85.0 

0.1 

39.0

70.2

29.0

131.1 

138.2

158.1 

111.7 

172.6

64.7

1,485.0

1,404.6 

1,555.6

21.5

0.1

16.6 

0.6 

12.1

1.0

1,738.1

1,691.6 

1,806.0

9.0

59.8

9.6 

24.2 

17.5

19.2

5,113.9

5,020.3 

5,070.8

178,056.5

183,618.1 

128,823.7

12,808.2

14,144.1 

211.8

224.3 

2.1

0.9

102.7

138.6

1.0

2.7 

5.1 

27.3 

173.9 

0  

7,706.9

212.1

5.6

4.4

25.6

141.4

0

191,321.8

198,195.5 

136,919.7

19

19,450.6

13,861.5 

641.6

925.2 

6,064.2

797.1

211,414.0

212,982.2 

143,781.0

Total assets 

216,527.9

218,002.5 

148,851.8

1)  Thereof €0.1 million (31 December 2011: €0.6 million) in associate receivables 
2)  Thereof €10.6 million (31 December 2011: €12.4 million) with a remaining maturity of more than one year from corporation tax credits in accordance with 

section 37 (5) of the Körperschaftsteuergesetz (KStG, the German Corporation Tax Act) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Consolidated balance sheet

201 

Equity and liabilities 

EQUITY 

Subscribed capital 

Share premium 

Treasury shares 

Revaluation surplus 

Accumulated profit 

Shareholders’ equity 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Provisions for pensions and other employee benefits 

Other non-current provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Interest-bearing liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Tax provisions 
(thereof income tax due: €202.3 million; 2011: €162.6 million) 

Other current provisions 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

Liabilities from banking business1) 

Other bank loans and overdrafts 

Trade payables 

Payables to associates 

Liabilities to other related parties 

Cash deposits by market participants 

Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

1 Jan 2011 
€m 

Note 

20

193.0

1,249.0

– 448.6

14.3

1,938.9

2,946.6

223.0

3,169.6

95.4

80.3

274.7

1,160.0

6.0

195.0 

1,247.0 

– 691.7 

46.7 

2,123.0 

2,920.0 

212.6 

195.0 

1,247.0 

– 586.5 

91.3 

1,972.1 

2,918.9 

458.9 

3,132.6 

3,377.8 

47.2 

77.4 

323.0 

55.1 

86.6 

297.7 

1,458.3 

1,455.2 

10.9 

9.6 

1,616.4

1,916.8 

1,904.2 

22

23, 24

10

25

23, 26

23, 27

15

28

252.2

88.9

219.6 

105.4 

345.0 

134.8 

178,056.5

183,618.1 

128,823.7 

12,880.3

14,169.6 

7,822.0 

0.1

108.2

15.1

1.6

0.4 

114.6 

13.2 

528.7 

20.1 

96.5 

4.0 

13.6 

29

30

19,450.6

13,861.5 

6,064.2 

888.4

322.0 

245.9 

211,741.9

212,953.1 

143,569.8 

213,358.3

214,869.9 

145,474.0 

Total equity and liabilities 

216,527.9

218,002.5 

148,851.8 

1) Thereof €0.1 million (31 December 2011: €0.1 million) liabilities to associates 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
202 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Consolidated cash flow statement 

for the period 1 January to 31 December 2012 

Net profit for the year 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 

Decrease in non-current provisions 

Deferred tax (income)/expense 

Other non-cash expense/(income) 

Changes in working capital, net of non-cash items: 

Increase in receivables and other assets 

Increase/(decrease) in current liabilities 

Decrease in non-current liabilities 

Net loss/(net gain) on disposal of non-current assets 

Cash flows from operating activities excluding CCP positions 

Changes in liabilities from CCP positions 

Changes in receivables from CCP positions 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Payments to acquire intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 

Payments to acquire intangible assets 

Payments to acquire property, plant and equipment 

Payments to acquire non-current financial instruments 

Payments to acquire investments in associates 

Payments to acquire subsidiaries, net of cash acquired 

Proceeds from the disposal of shares in associates 

Net decrease in current receivables and securities from banking business  
with an original term greater than three months 

Proceeds from disposals of available-for-sale non-current financial instruments 

Proceeds from the disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Note 

11, 12

10

33

2012 
€m 

669.8 

105.0 

– 2.3 

– 56.9 

50.7 

– 42.0 

– 43.7 

12.6 

– 10.9 

1.9 

726.2 

– 39.1 

20.6 

707.7 

– 145.7 

– 101.2 

– 44.5 

– 265.4 

– 1.9 

– 295.5  

21.51) 

27.4 

392.2 

0 

Cash flows from investing activities 

33

– 267.4 

2011 
€m 

877.8

91.4

– 27.5

6.7

– 70.8

– 177.4

– 4.2

– 170.2

– 3.0

– 0.2

700.0

– 36.2

121.8

785.6

– 115.6

– 74.0

– 41.6

– 345.0

– 66.2

– 2.8

23.71)

770.1

558.3

0.7

823.2

Purchase of treasury shares 

Proceeds from sale of treasury shares 

Payments to non-controlling interests 

Net cash received from non-controlling interests 

Repayment of long-term financing 

Proceeds from long-term financing 

Repayment of short-term financing 

Proceeds from short-term financing 

Dividends paid 

Cash flows from financing activities 

– 198.2 

– 111.7

1.2 

– 14.6 

0 

– 309.2 

600.0 

– 796.2 

789.3 

– 622.9 

– 550.6 

0

– 7.9

9.7

– 5.0

0

0

0

– 390.7

– 505.6

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

– 110.3 

1,103.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Consolidated cash fl ow statement

203 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents (brought forward) 

Effect of exchange rate differences2) 

Cash and cash equivalents as at beginning of period3) 

Cash and cash equivalents as at end of period3) 

Interest income and other similar income4) 

Dividends received4) 

Interest paid4) 

Income tax paid 

1)  Return of capital of Direct Edge Holdings, LLC 
2)  Primarily includes the exchange rate differences arising on translation of the ISE subgroup 
3)  Excluding cash deposits by market participants 
4)  Interest and dividend payments are allocated to cash flows from operating activities. 

Note 

33

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

– 110.3 

1,103.2 

– 2.9 

657.2 

544.0 

12.7 

12.9 

– 118.2 

– 258.4 

– 0.5 

– 445.5 

657.2 

53.9 

7.9 

– 120.4 

– 401.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
204 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

for the period 1 January to 31 December 2012  

Subscribed capital 

Balance as at 1 January 

Retirement of treasury shares 

Balance as at 31 December 

Share premium 

Balance as at 1 January 

Retirement of treasury shares 

Balance as at 31 December 

Treasury shares 

Balance as at 1 January 

Purchase of treasury shares 

Retirement of treasury shares 

Sales within the Group Share Plan 

Acquisition of the interest of non-controlling 
shareholders in Eurex Zürich AG 

Balance as at 31 December 

Revaluation surplus 

Balance as at 1 January 

Changes from defined benefit obligations 

Remeasurement of cash flow hedges 

Remeasurement of other financial instruments 

Increase in share-based payments 

Deferred taxes 

Balance as at 31 December 

Accumulated profit 

Balance as at 1 January 

Dividends paid 

Retirement of treasury shares 

Acquisition of the interest of non-controlling 
shareholders in Eurex Zürich AG 

Net income 

Exchange rate differences and other 
adjustments 

Deferred taxes 

Balance as at 31 December 

Note 

2012 
€m 

195.0

– 2.0

193.0

2011 
€m 

195.0

0

195.0

1,247.0

1,247.0

2.0

0

1,249.0

1,247.0

– 691.7

– 198.2

119.3

6.8

315.2

– 448.6

46.7

– 53.7

– 10.4

23.3

– 2.4

10.8

14.3

2,123.0

– 622.9

– 119.3

– 72.1

645.0

– 26.9

12.1

– 586.5

– 111.7

0

6.5

0

– 691.7

91.3

– 9.0

– 13.7

– 32.2

– 2.2

12.5

46.7

1,972.1

– 390.7

0

– 332.9

855.2

40.5

– 21.2

1,938.9

2,123.0

20

10

20

21

10

thereof included in total 
comprehensive income 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

– 53.7 

– 10.4 

23.3 

0 

10.8 

0 

0 

0 

– 9.0

– 13.7

– 32.2

0

12.5

0

0

0

645.0 

855.2

– 23.2 

12.1 

47.9

– 21.2

Shareholders’ equity as at 31 December 

2,946.6

2,920.0

603.9 

839.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

205 

Shareholders’ equity (brought forward) 

   Note 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2,946.6

2,920.0

2012 
€m 

603.9 

2011 
€m 

839.5 

thereof included in total 
comprehensive income 

Non-controlling interests 

Balance as at 1 January 

Acquisition of the interest of non-controlling 
shareholders in Eurex Zürich AG 

Changes due to capital increases/(decreases) 

Changes due to share in net income of 
subsidiaries for the period 

Exchange rate differences and other 
adjustments 

Balance as at 31 December 

212.6

458.9

0

– 14.6

– 252.5

1.3

24.8

22.6

0.2

223.0

– 17.7

212.6

0 

0 

24.8 

0 

24.8 

0 

0 

22.6 

– 16.7 

5.9 

Total equity as at 31 December 

3,169.6

3,132.6

628.7 

845.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
206 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
Basis of preparation 

1. General principles 

Deutsche Börse AG (“the company”) is incorporated as a German public limited company (“Aktien-
gesellschaft”) and is domiciled in Germany. The company’s registered office is in Frankfurt / Main.  

The 2012 consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with International Finan-
cial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and the related interpretations issued by the International  
Accounting Standards Board (IASB), as adopted by the European Union in accordance with Regulation  
No. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the application of International  
Accounting Standards. As at 31 December 2012, there were no effective standards or interpretations  
not yet adopted by the European Union affecting the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly,  
the consolidated financial statements also comply with IFRSs issued by the IASB.  

The disclosures required in accordance with Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB, German Commercial Code)  
section 315a (1) have been presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements and the  

 remuneration report, which forms part of the combined management report. The consolidated finan-

cial statements are also based on the interpretations issued by the Rechnungslegungs Interpretations 
Committee (Accounting Interpretations Committee) of the Deutsches Rechnungslegungs Standards 
Committee e.V. (Accounting Standards Committee of Germany), to the extent that these do not contradict 
the standards and interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Commit-
tee (IFRIC) or the IASB. 

New accounting standards – implemented in the year under review 

The following standards and interpretations issued by the IASB and adopted by the European Commis-
sion became effective for Deutsche Börse AG as at 1 January 2012 and were applied for the first time  
in the 2012 reporting period: 

Amendment to IAS  19 “Employee Benefits” (June 2011) 
Deutsche Börse Group is applying IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”, which was issued by the IASB on 16 
June 2011 and adopted by the EU on 5 June 2012, ahead of schedule in financial year 2012 in order  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

207 

to improve transparency with respect to its defined benefit obligations. The accounting policies for em-
ployee benefits have been adapted in line with this as follows: the return on plan assets is assumed to 
be the discount rate used to measure the pension obligation. Actuarial gains and losses are now recog-
nised directly in the revaluation surplus; the corridor method is no longer used. Past service cost result-
ing from retrospective plan amendments is expensed immediately and in full. Additionally, as from 1 
January 2012, Deutsche Börse Group reports the net interest cost previously presented in staff costs in 
the financial result. Prior-year figures have been adjusted accordingly. Gains and losses resulting from 
the adjustment of the prior-year figures and the expense recognised for the defined benefit obligations 
are presented in 
 note 22. The change, and in particular the discontinuation of the corridor method, 
leads firstly to increased equity volatility and secondly to the recognition of the entire pension obligations 
less the fair value of the plan assets. 

Amendments to IFRS  7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures – Transfers of Financial Assets” 
(October 2010) 
The amendments require enhanced disclosures on transactions that lead to the transfer of financial 
assets. They aim to create greater transparency with regard to risks that are retained by the transferor. 
The amendments are effective for financial years, which began on or after 1 July 2011. 

Amendments to IAS  12 “Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets” (December 2010) 
In accordance with IAS 12, deferred taxes on assets measured using the fair value model of IAS 40 
should take into account the varying tax consequences that follow from the different ways of recovering 
the carrying amount of the asset through sale or through use. The amendments to the standard presume 
that the carrying amount will normally be recovered by selling the asset. The amendments must be ap-
plied for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2013.  

New accounting standards – not yet implemented 

The following standards and interpretations, which are relevant to Deutsche Börse Group and which 
Deutsche Börse Group did not adopt in 2012 prior to the effective date, have been published by the 
IASB prior to the publication of this annual report and partially adopted by the European Commis-
sion. 

IFRS  9 “Financial Instruments” (November 2009) 
IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for the classification and measurement of financial assets. These 
stipulate that all financial assets that have to date fallen within the scope of IAS 39 are either recognised at 
amortised cost or at fair value. The standard is, taking account of the changes made in 2011, effective for 
financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2015; earlier application is permitted. The standard has 
not been adopted by the EU yet. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
208 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Amendments to IFRS  9 “Financial Instruments” (October 2010) 
The amendments extend IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” to include rules on accounting for financial 
liabilities. If the fair value option is applied to financial liabilities, revisions to the recognition of changes 
in an entity’s own credit risk must be taken into account: a change in credit risk must now be recognised 
in other comprehensive income rather than in profit or loss. The amendments are effective, taking into 
account the changes made in December 2011, for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 
2015. Earlier application is permitted if the rules on accounting for financial assets are also applied. 
The standard has not been adopted by the EU yet. 

Amendments to IFRS  9 and IFRS  7 – “Mandatory Effective Date and Transition Disclosures in  
the Notes” (December 2011) 
In addition to the amendments to IFRS 9 listed above, the IASB has issued further amendments to 
IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” and IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”. This also had the effect 
of postponing the requirement to apply the amended IFRS 9 for financial years beginning on or after  
1 January 2015. In addition, IFRS 9 (rev. 2011) includes exceptions that allow an entity to make addi-
tional disclosures in the notes on transition to IFRS 9 instead of adjusting prior-period financial state-
ments. Depending on the adoption date, the following arrangements apply: entities adopting IFRS 9 for 
the first time for reporting periods  

  which began before 1 January 2012 are not required to adjust prior periods or provide additional  

transition disclosures in the notes.  

  which began between 1 January 2012 and 31 December 2012 must adjust prior periods, unless they 

provide the additional transition disclosures in the notes.  

  beginning on or after 1 January 2013 are not required to adjust prior periods, but are in all cases 

required to provide the additional transition disclosures in the notes.  

The additional disclosures in the notes required in IFRS 9 have been added as an amendment to IFRS 7: 
the disclosures required include in particular recognition and measurement for the first reporting period 
in which IFRS 9 is adopted, the changes in carrying amounts resulting from the transition to IFRS 9, 
unless they relate to measurement effects at the time of transition, as well as the changes in carrying 
amounts attributable to such effects. In addition, it must be possible, on the basis of the information 
disclosed, to reconcile the measurement categories according to IAS 39 and IFRS 9 to individual line 
items in the financial statements or classes of financial instruments. The amendments to the two stan-
dards have not yet been adopted by the EU. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

209 

IFRS  10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” and IAS  27 (2011) “Separate Financial Statements” 
(May 2011) 
IFRS 10 replaces the guidance on control and consolidation contained in IAS 27 (2009) “Consolidated 
and Separate Financial Statements” and SIC-12 “Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities” by uniform 
principles and accounting requirements that are applied to all companies to determine control. In future, 
IAS 27 will only contain requirements governing separate financial statements. The standards have been 
adopted by the EU on 11 December 2012 and are effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 
January 2014. Earlier application is permitted.  

If IFRS 10 is adopted early, the standards IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12 and the amendments to 
IAS 27 and IAS 28 as well as the interpretation SIC-12 must be applied collectively. 

IFRS  11 “Joint Arrangements” (May 2011) 
The standard introduces two types of joint arrangement: “joint operations” and “joint ventures”. It super-
sedes IAS 31 “Interests in Joint Ventures” and SIC-13 “Jointly Controlled Entities – Non-Monetary Con-
tributions by Venturers”. The previous option to use proportionate consolidation for jointly controlled 
entities has been abolished. Venturers in a joint venture must use the equity method of accounting. 
IFRS 11 has been adopted by the EU on 11 December 2012. This standard must be applied for finan-
cial years beginning on or after 1 January 2014.  

IFRS  12 “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities” (May 2011) 
IFRS 12 defines the required disclosures for entities that apply IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial State-
ments” and IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements”: these entities must disclose information that enables users of 
their financial statements to evaluate the nature of, and the risks associated with, their interests in other 
entities and the effects of those interests on their financial position, financial performance and cash flows. 
The standard has been adopted by the EU on 11 December 2012 and is effective for financial years 
beginning on or ofter 1 January 2014.  

IFRS  13 “Fair Value Measurement” (May 2011) 
This standard describes how to determine fair value and extends the related disclosures. Fair value is 
defined in IFRS 13 as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. This standard must be applied 
for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2013. IFRS 13 has been adopted by the EU on 11 
December 2012. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
210 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Amendments to IAS  28 “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” (May 2011) 
As part of the amendments to IAS 28, accounting disclosures for joint ventures were included in the 
standard; the basic approach for assessing the existence of significant influence and rules for applying 
the equity method have been retained. The amendments to the standard were adopted by the EU on 11 
December 2012 and must be applied together with IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12 and IAS 27. The stan-
dard is effective for financial years beginning on or after January 2014. 

Amendments to IAS  1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” (June 2011) 
The amendments to IAS 1 henceforth require entities to classify expenses and income recognised in 
other comprehensive income into two categories. The classification will depend on whether or not 
the item is reclassified (recycled) to profit or loss in the future. Items that are not recycled to the 
income statement must be presented separately from items that are recognised in profit or loss in the 
future. The amendments to the standard have been adopted by the EU on 5 June 2012 and are 
effective for financial years, which began on or after 1 July 2012. In accordance with IAS 8 “Account-
ing Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors”, the amendments must be applied retrospec-
tively. 

Amendments to IAS  32 and IFRS  7 – “Offsetting of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” 
(December 2011) 
The IASB has revised the guidance for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities and published 
the results in the form of amendments to IAS 32 “Financial Instruments: Presentation” and to IFRS 7 
“Financial Instruments: Disclosures”.  

The offsetting requirements laid down in IAS 32 have been retained in principle, and additional guidance 
has been provided for clarification. In this guidance, the IASB emphasises firstly that an unconditional, 
legally enforceable right of offsetting must exist, even if one of the parties involved is insolvent. Secondly,  
it lists illustrative criteria under which gross settlement of a financial asset and a financial liability never-
theless leads to offsetting. The additional guidance is effective retrospectively for financial years begin-
ning on or after 1 January 2014. The amendments have been adopted by the EU on 13 December 
2012. 

Amendments to IFRS  7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures” (December 2011) 
The amendments introduce new disclosure requirements for certain offsetting arrangements: the disclo-
sure requirement applies regardless of whether the offsetting arrangement has in fact led to the financial 
assets and financial liabilities being offset. In addition to a qualitative description of the rights of set-off,  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

211 

the guidance specifically also requires quantitative disclosures. The amendments to IFRS 7 are effective 
retrospectively for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The amendments have been 
adopted by the EU on 13 December 2012.  

Changes resulting from the “Annual Improvements Project” (May 2012) 
Six amendments affecting five standards are planned. The amendments must be applied for financial 
years beginning on or after 1 January 2013. 

Changes in the transition guidance for IFRS  10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”, IFRS  11 
“Joint Arrangements” and IFRS  12 “Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities” (June 2012) 
The IASB has published a clarification to the transition guidance for IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial 
Statements”, which specifies that 1 January 2013 is the date of first-time adoption for entities whose 
financial year is the calendar year. No retrospective adjustments need to be made for subsidiaries sold in 
the prior-year period. The amendments to the three standards require that, on initial application, the 
comparative information and the disclosures in respect of the individual financial statement line items 
affected set out in IAS 8.28 (f) be restated for the immediately preceding comparative period only. 
The amendments are effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The amend-
ments have not yet been adopted by the EU. 

Changes in the transition guidance for IFRS  10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”, IFRS  12 
“Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities” and IAS  27 “Separate Financial Statements” (2011) 
(October 2012) 
The amendments relate to the consolidation requirements for certain subsidiaries of investment entities. 
IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” defines an investment entity and sets out the exception to 
consolidating particular subsidiaries of an investment entity. IFRS 10 supersedes SIC-12 “Consolidation 
– Special-purpose Entities”. In future, qualifying investment entities will not consolidate subsidiaries but 
will recognise them at their fair value. The amendments are effective for financial years beginning on or 
after 1 January 2014. The amendments have not yet been adopted by the EU. 

Deutsche Börse Group cannot assess conclusively what the impact of the application of the new and 
amended standards will be at this stage. In addition to extended disclosure requirements, a material 
effect on the consolidated financial statements is expected especially from the initial application of 
IFRS 9, IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12, IAS 27 and IAS 28.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
212 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

2. Basis of consolidation  

Deutsche Börse AG’s equity interests in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures as at 31 Decem- 
ber 2012 included in the consolidated financial statements are presented in the following tables. Unless 
otherwise stated, the financial information in these tables is presented in accordance with the generally 
accepted accounting principles in the companies’ countries of domicile.  

Fully consolidated subsidiaries 

Company 

Clearstream Holding AG 

Clearstream International S.A. 

Clearstream Banking S.A. 

Clearstream Banking Japan, Ltd. 

  REGIS-TR S.A. 

Clearstream Banking AG 

Clearstream Services S.A. 

Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. 

Clearstream Operations Prague s.r.o 

LuxCSD S.A. 

Deutsche Börse Services s.r.o 

Deutsche Boerse Systems, Inc. 

Eurex Global Derivatives AG 

Eurex Zürich AG 

Eurex Frankfurt AG 

Eurex Bonds GmbH 

Eurex Clearing AG 

Eurex Repo GmbH 

Eurex Services GmbH 

  U.S. Exchange Holdings, Inc. 

International Securities Exchange Holdings, Inc. 

ETC Acquisition Corp. 

International Securities Exchange, LLC 

Longitude LLC 

Longitude S.A. 

Finnovation S.A. 

Infobolsa S.A. 

  Difubolsa, Serviços de Difusão e Informaçao de Bolsa, S.A. 

Infobolsa Deutschland GmbH 

  Open Finance, S.L. 

Market News International Inc. 

  MNI Financial and Economic Information (Beijing) Co. Ltd. 

  Need to Know News, LLC 

Risk Transfer Re S.A. 

STOXX Ltd. 

Tradegate Exchange GmbH 

Domicile 

Germany 

Luxembourg 

Luxembourg 

Japan 

Luxembourg 

Germany 

Luxembourg 

Ireland 

Czech Republic 

Luxembourg 

Czech Republic 

USA 

Switzerland 

Switzerland 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

Germany 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

USA 

Luxembourg 

Luxembourg 

Spain 

Portugal 

Germany 

Spain 

USA 

China 

USA 

Luxembourg 

Switzerland 

Germany 

Equity interest 
as at 31 Dec 2012 
direct (indirect) 
% 

100.00

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(50.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(50.00)

100.00

100.00

100.00

(100.00)3

(100.00)

(79.44)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

(100.00)

100.00

50.00

(50.00)

(50.00)

(31.00)

100.00

(100.00)

(100.00)

100.00

50.10

76.235)

1)  Includes capital reserves and retained earnings, accumulated gains or losses and net profit or loss for the year and, if necessary, further components according  

to the respective local GAAP 

2)  Before profit transfer or loss absorption 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

213 

Currency 

Ordinary share 
capital 
thousands 

Equity1)
thousands 

Total assets 
thousands 

Sales revenue 
2012
thousands 

Net profit/loss 
2012 
thousands 

Initially 
consolidated 

101,000  

2,115,314  

2,332,780  

0  

215,4212) 

€ 

€ 

€ 

JPY 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

CZK 

€ 

CZK 

US$ 

CHF 

CHF 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

€ 

US$ 

US$ 

US$ 

€ 

CHF 

€ 

25,000  

57,808  

6,500  

3,600  

25,000  

30,000  

500  

819,349  

845,188  

76,097  

533,929  

14,279,897  

501,942  

35,252  

2,163  

53,899  

3,548  

276,259  

1,384,882  

62,377  

119,056  

586  

2,666  

68,928  

2  

335,086  

194,093  

1,209  

160,200  

182,961  

222,461  

297,900  

– 10,303  

86  

10 Oct 2012 

5,465  

33  

163,946  

484,479  

5,335  

84,372  

4,091  

282,455  

305,016  

5,248  

283,006  

326,890  

130,259  

– 208,399  

1 Jan 2012 

984,318  

1,719,010  

7,515  

8,641  

25,000

139,416 

19,828,221

6,000  

200  

400  

100  

10,000  

6,000  

3,600  

100

25

1,000  

0  

0  

0  

0  

1,100  

9,072  

41,400  

0  

4,505  

0

5,720  

0  

10,714  

8,226  

160  

102  

2,671  

18,103  

1,111  

7,355  

1,585  

83,863  

1,426  

550 

12,709

13,449

1,182,469 

1,269,236

0  

1,055,243  

1,721,482  

2,265,931  

0

0  

0  

3,639  

61,261  

3,945  

454  

3,639  

125  

148,891  

262,228  

5,910  

1,033  

141,400  

121,183  

145,480  

331  

50  

100  

4  

11,867  

13,558  

155  

1,296  

1,040  

192  

1,309  

1,604  

9,911  

20,600  

21,039  

0  

4,193  

1,225  

1,000  

500  

237  

5,425  

1,225  

543  

8,463  

11,621  

88,044  

103,215  

913  

1,135  

235,619  

125,044  

5,564  

– 635  

87,318  

9,351  

– 365  

28,760  

602  

2007 

2002  

2002  

2009  

2010  

2002  

2002  

2008 

2010  

2006  

2000  

4,565  

86,8514) 

1,429  

1,1862) 

11,0982) 

86,7542) 

– 1,722  

13,091  

125  

44,011  

3,923  

1998  

1998  

2001  

1998 

2001 

2007 

2003  

2007  

2007  

2007  

2007  

– 646  

28 Jun 2012 

– 1,785  

581  

18  

70  

396  

816  

94  

– 261  

0  

19,255  

230  

2008 

2002  

2002  

2003  

31 Jan 2011 

2009  

3 Mar 2011 

2009  

2004  

2009  

2010  

3)  Thereof, 50 per cent are directly held and 50 per cent are indirectly held via Eurex Global Derivatives AG. 
4)  Including income from profit pooling agreements with its subsidiaries amounting to €98,246 thousand 
5)  Thereof, 1.23 per cent are indirectly held via Tradegate AG Wertpapierhandelsbank. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
214 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

As at 31 December 2012, Deutsche Börse AG held 50 per cent of the voting rights of Infobolsa S.A. The 
key decision-making body of Infobolsa S.A. is the Board of Directors, where the Chairman’s casting vote 
gives Deutsche Börse AG the majority of the votes. 

Deutsche Börse AG indirectly holds 50 per cent of the voting rights in LuxCSD S.A. Since Deutsche 
Börse’s subsidiary Clearstream International S.A., which holds 50 per cent of the voting rights, has the 
right to appoint the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, who also has a casting vote, there is a presump-
tion of control. 

Moreover, Deutsche Börse AG indirectly holds 50 per cent of the voting rights in REGIS-TR S.A. Since 
Deutsche Börse’s subsidiary Clearstream Banking S.A., which holds 50 per cent of the voting rights, has 
the right to appoint the Chairman of the Supervisory Board, who in turn has a casting vote, there is a 
presumption of control. 

Changes to consolidated subsidiaries 

As at 1 January 2012 

Additions 

Disposals 

As at 31 December 2012 

Germany 

Foreign 

Total 

9

 0

 0

9

24 

 3 

 0 

27 

33

3

0

36

On 7 June 2011, Deutsche Börse AG, SIX Group AG and SIX Swiss Exchange AG had entered into a 
share purchase agreement under which SIX Swiss Exchange AG contributed the Swiss derivatives busi-
ness relating to Eurex Zürich AG to Eurex Global Derivatives AG, a newly formed subsidiary , and dis-
tributed 100 per cent of the shares of this subsidiary as a non-cash dividend to SIX Group AG. SIX 
Group AG sold these shares to Deutsche Börse AG on 30 April 2012. The purchase price was settled in 
cash in the amount of €295.0 million as well as by delivery of 5,286,738 shares of Deutsche Börse AG; 
on delivery, the shares had a market value of €255.9 million. In accordance with the share purchase 
agreement, the shares were sold with economic effect as at 1 January 2012. Since the material condi-
tions for closing the transaction were met in the first quarter of 2012, sales revenue has accrued to 
Deutsche Börse Group since that quarter.  

On 28 June 2012, International Securities Exchange Holdings, LLC, New York, USA, formed Longitude 
S.A., which is domiciled in Luxembourg, Luxembourg. As a wholly-owned subsidiary, Longitude S.A. has 
been included in full in the consolidated financial statements since the second quarter. 

Effective 10 October 2012, Clearstream International S.A., Luxembourg, Luxembourg, acquired the class 
A shares of Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd., Dublin, Ireland, bearing 100 per cent of the voting 
rights. The purchase price for these class A shares was €0.5 million. Subsequent to the acquisition, 
Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. issued additional class A shares amounting to €0.5 million 
which were also purchased by Clearstream International S.A. Furthermore, Clearstream International 
S.A. entered into three put options which will be settled by delivery of class B, C and D shares of Clear-
stream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. The first option will be exercisable in 2013, the second by the end of 
2014/beginning of 2015 and the third option by the end of 2017/beginning of 2018. Whereas the 
exercise price of the current option is not variable but subject to the achievement of certain conditions, 
the exercise prices of the two non-current options are variable and depend on the expected performance 
of Clearstream Fund Services Ireland, Ltd.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

215 

The total fair value of the three options amounted to €3.4 million. Goodwill amounting to €4.0 million 
resulted from these transactions. The subsidiary has been fully consolidated since the fourth quarter of 
2012. No significant amount of non-controlling interest existed at the acquisition date and no significant 
profit or loss of Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. has been included in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income for the reporting period. The company  aims to expand Clearstream’s existing 
services for hedge funds. The goodwill recognised primarily reflects revenue synergies with existing busi-
ness and the gain of knowledge in the area of third-party order-routing and -processing of shares in 
hedge funds. 

Associates and joint ventures 

Equity 
interest as 
at 31 Dec 
2012 
direct 

Segment 

(indirect)  Currency 

% 

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
thousands 

Assets 
thousands 

Liabilities 
thousands 

Sales 
revenue 
2012 
thousands 

Net 
profit/loss 
2012 
thousands 

Associate 
since 

Xetra 

16.20 

€ 

1,000 2,180,2441) 2,177,0891)

5,3541)

1,5031)

2007 

Eurex 

(56.14) 

€ 

40,050

808,7931)

695,0971)

47,9211)

11,8131)

1999 

Eurex 

25.01 

€ 

10

2,8671)

7591)

2,2221)

7611)

2010 

Market Data 
& Analytics 

13.02 

GBP 

0

8954)

2194)

284)

– 8754) 24 Jun 2011 

Xetra 

50.01 

€ 

100

32,0791)

5,2631)

46,0971)

6,5671)

2009 

Company, 
domicile 

Deutsche Börse 
Commodities 
GmbH,  
Germany 

European 
Energy 
Exchange AG, 
Germany2) 3) 

ID’s SAS,  
France 

Digital Vega  
FX Ltd., United 
Kingdom 

Scoach  
Holding S.A., 
Luxembourg2) 3) 

Indexium AG, 
Switzerland 

Market Data 
& Analytics 

49.90 

CHF 

100

12,648

18,162

6,927

– 844 

2009 

Phineo gAG, 
Germany 

Direct Edge 
Holdings, LLC, 
USA 

The Options 
Clearing Corpo-
ration, USA 

Hanweck Asso-
ciates, LLC, 
USA 

Tradegate AG 
Wertpapier-
handelsbank, 
Germany8) 

Xetra 

12.005) 

€ 

50

1,3321)

1091)

1561)

– 1981)

2010 

Eurex 

(31.54) 

US$ 

126,2906)

211,073

84,783

474,220

17,135 

9 Feb 2012 

Eurex 

(20.00) 

US$ 

6007) 3,151,8247) 3,139,3927) 150,2997)

1,8297)

2007 

Eurex 

(26.44) 

US$ 

1266)

9121)

6391)

2,6691)

– 9511)

2010 

Xetra 

4.93 

€ 

24,525 

37,9281)

10,8191)

18,8341)

– 2,7081)

2010 

1)  Preliminary figures 
2)  Subgroup figures 
3)  There is no control.  
4)  Shortened financial year; period ended 30 November 2012 
5)  In addition, Deutsche Börse AG holds an interest in Phineo Pool GbR, Berlin, Germany, which holds a 48 per cent stake in Phineo gAG. This interest is  

jointly managed. 

6)  Value of equity 
7)  Figures as at 31 December 2011 
8)  As at the balance sheet date the fair value of the stake in the listed company amounted to €5.7 million. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
216 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

On 22 December 2011, the US Department of Justice approved, subject to conditions, the transaction 
planned at the time between Deutsche Börse Group and NYSE Euronext. Deutsche Börse AG and NYSE 
Euronext agreed to these conditions on the same date. These included in particular the requirement to 
dispose of the interest in Direct Edge Holdings, LLC. With effect from the announcement, the significant 
influence over Direct Edge was no longer allowed to be exercised; in particular, the members of the 
management and supervisory bodies of Direct Edge appointed by Deutsche Börse Group were no longer 
allowed to participate in decisions or receive non-public information from Direct Edge. As a result of this 
relinquishment of significant influence, the company was no longer classified as an associate as at 
31 December 2011. Following the European Commission’s prohibition of the transaction, the US De-
partment of Justice, invalidated its judgement with all conditions included therein on 9 February 2012. 
Since therefore Deutsche Börse Group attained power to excercise significant influence on Direct Edge 
Holdings, LLC again, the company has been again classified as an associate and accounted for using 
the equity method.  

With publication of the 2011 annual financial statements of ID’s SAS, Paris, France, on 21 March 2012, 
it was officially announced that the EBIT target in accordance with the agreement on preemptive rights 
between ID’s SAS and Deutsche Börse AG had not been achieved. This gave Deutsche Börse AG the 
right to exercise the options for the 2011 tranche. Consequently, Deutsche Börse AG purchased an addi-
tional 10.52 per cent of ID’s SAS on 19 April 2012 for a purchase price of €1,235.00, increasing its 
total interest to 25.01 per cent. As Deutsche Börse AG had already exercised significant influence within 
the meaning of IAS 28.7 (a) by virtue of its membership of the board of directors, the company contin-
ues to be classified as an associate and is accounted for using the equity method. 

Effective 29 March 2012, International Securities Exchange Holdings, LLC, New York, USA, acquired  
an additional 6.54 per cent stake in Hanweck Associates, LLC, New York, USA, for a purchase price of 
US$ 1.0 million, bringing its total interest to 26.44 per cent. Since International Securities Exchange 
Holdings, LLC exercises significant influence within the meaning of IAS 28, Hanweck Associates, LLC 
has been classified since then as an associate and is accounted for using the equity method. 

Within the framework of a plan disclosed on 24 October 2012 concerning a cooperation between Link-
Up Capital Markets, S.L., Madrid, Spain and S.W.I.F.T. SCRL, La Hulpe, Belgium, SWIFT has entered 
into contract negotiations with Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt, Germany, to purchase shares in Link-
Up Capital Markets, S.L. In the course of the preparations for the transaction, SWIFT has estimated the 
Link-Up Capital Markets, S.L. at a market value of €4.6 million for 100 per cent. Since all criteria men-
tioned in IFRS 5 were fulfilled in Q4/2012, Link-Up Capital Markets, S.L. was classified as a non-
current asset held for sale. 

Where Deutsche Börse Group’s share of the voting rights in a company amounts to less than 20 per cent, 
Deutsche Börse Group’s significant influence is exercised in accordance with IAS 28.7 (a) at least 
through the Group’s representation on the Supervisory Board or the board of directors of the following 
companies as well as through corresponding monitoring systems:  

  Deutsche Börse Commodities GmbH, Frankfurt/Main, Germany 
  Digital Vega FX Ltd., London, United Kingdom 
  Phineo gAG, Berlin, Germany 
  Tradegate AG Wertpapierhandelsbank, Berlin, Germany  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

217 

3. Accounting policies 

Deutsche Börse AG’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in euros, the functional 
currency of Deutsche Börse AG. Unless stated otherwise, all amounts are shown in millions of euros (€m). 
The annual financial statements of subsidiaries included in the consolidated financial statements have 
been prepared on the basis of the Group-wide accounting principles based on IFRSs that are described 
in the following.  

Adjustments to accounting policies  

Since 1 January 2012, credit balances at central banks that are subject to minimum reserve require-
ments are no longer reported as restricted but as receivables and securities from banking business; prior-
year amounts have been adjusted accordingly. 

Recognition of revenue and expenses 

Trading, clearing and settlement fees are recognised on the trade day and billed on a monthly basis. 
Custody revenue and revenue for systems development and systems operation are generally recognised 
ratably and billed on a monthly basis. Sales of price information are billed on a monthly basis. Fees 
charged to trading participants in connection with International Securities Exchange, LLC’s expenses for 
supervision by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) are recognised at the settlement date. 

International Securities Exchange, LLC earns market data revenue from the sale of trade and quote in-
formation on options through the Options Price Reporting Authority, LLC (OPRA, the regulatory authority 
responsible for distributing market data revenues among the US options exchanges). Pursuant to SEC 
regulations, US exchanges are required to report trade and quote information to OPRA. International 
Securities Exchange, LLC earns a portion of the income of the US option exchange association based on 
its share of eligible trades for option securities. Revenue is recorded as transactions occur on a trade 
date basis and is collected quarterly. 

As a rule, rebates are deducted from sales revenue. They are recognised as an expense under volume-
related costs to the extent that they exceed the associated sales revenue. This item also comprises 
expenses that depend on the number of certain trade or settlement transactions, the custody volume,  
or the Global Securities Financing volume, or that result from revenue sharing agreements or maker-taker 
pricing models. Volume-related costs no longer occur if the corresponding revenue is no longer generated. 

Interest income and expenses are recognised using the effective interest method over the respective 
financial instrument’s term to maturity. Interest income is recognised when it is probable that the eco-
nomic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the entity and the income can be measured 
reliably. Interest expenses are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred. Interest 
income and expenses from banking business are netted in the consolidated income statement and dis-
closed separately in 

 note 4.  

Dividends are recognised in the result from equity investments if the right to receive payment is based 
on legally assertable claims. 

The consolidated income statement is structured using the nature-of-expense method. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
218 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Research and development costs 

Research costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Development costs are capitalised, 
provided that they satisfy the recognition criteria set out in IAS 38. These development costs include 
direct labour costs, costs of purchased services and workplace costs, including proportionate overheads 
that can be directly attributed to the preparation of the respective asset for use, such as costs for the 
software development environment. Development costs that do not meet the requirements for capitalisa-
tion in accordance with IAS 38 are recognised in the consolidated income statement. Interest expense 
that cannot be allocated directly to one of the developments is recognised in profit or loss in the year 
under review and not included in capitalised development cost. If research and development costs can-
not be separated, the expenditures are recognised as expenses in the period in which they are incurred. 

All development costs (both primary costs and costs incurred subsequently) are allocated to projects. 
The projects are broken down into the following phases in order to decide which cost components need 
capitalising and which do not: 

Non-capitalised phases 
1. Design: 
  Definition of product design 
  Specification of the expected economic benefit 
  Initial cost and revenue forecast 

Capitalised phases 
2. Detailed specifications: 
  Compilation and review of precise specifications 
  Troubleshooting process 

3.  Building and testing: 
  Software programming 
  Product testing 

Non-capitalised phases 
4.  Acceptance:   
  Planning and implementation of acceptance tests 

5.  Simulation:   
  Preparation and implementation of simulation 
  Compilation and testing of simulation software packages 
  Compilation and review of documents 

6.  Roll-out:   
  Planning of product launch 
  Compilation and dispatch of production systems 
  Compilation and review of documents 

In accordance with IAS 38, only tasks belonging to the “detailed specifications” and “building and  
testing” phases are capitalised. All other earlier or later phases of software development projects  
are expensed. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

219 

Intangible assets 

Capitalised development costs are amortised from the date of first use of a software using the straight-
line method over its expected useful life. The useful life of internally developed software is generally 
assumed to be five years; a useful life of seven years is used as the basis in the case of newly developed 
trading platforms. 

Purchased software is carried at cost and reduced by systematic amortisation and, where necessary, 
impairment losses. Amortisation is charged using the straight-line method over the expected useful life  
or at most until the right of use has expired.  

Useful life of software 

Asset 

Standard software 

Purchased custom software 

Internally developed custom software 

Amortisation 
period 

3 to 10 years 

3 to 6 years 

3 to 7 years 

Intangible assets are derecognised on disposal or when no further economic benefits are expected to 
flow from them. 

The amortisation period for intangible assets with finite useful lives is reviewed at least at the end of 
each financial year. If the expected useful life of an asset differs from previous estimates, the amortisa-
tion period is adjusted accordingly. 

Goodwill is recognised at cost and tested at least once a year for impairment. 

The cost of the other intangible assets acquired in the course of business combinations corresponds to 
the fair value as at the acquisition date. Assets with a finite useful life are amortised using the straight-
line method over the expected useful life. Assets with an indefinite useful life are tested for impairment 
at least once a year. 

Useful life of other intangible assets arising out of business combinations 

Asset 

ISE's exchange licence  

Member relationships 

Customer relationships 

ISE trade name  

STOXX trade name  

Historical data 

Restrictions on competition 

Amortisation 
period 

indefinite 

30 years 

12, 30 years 

10 years 

indefinite 

5 years 

1 to 3 years 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
220 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

As ISE’s exchange licence has an indefinite term and ISE expects to retain the licence as part of its over-
all business strategy, the useful life of this asset is classified as indefinite. The STOXX trade name includes 
the trade name itself, the index methodologies and the Internet domains because these can generally not 
be transferred separately. There are no indications that time limitations exist with regard to the useful life 
of the STOXX trade name. A review is performed each reporting period to determine whether the events 
and circumstances still justify classifying as indefinite the useful lives of ISE’s exchange licence and the 
STOXX trade name. 

Property, plant and equipment 

Depreciable property, plant and equipment is carried at cost less cumulative depreciation. The straight-
line depreciation method is used. Costs of an item of property, plant and equipment comprise all costs 
directly attributable to the production process, as well as an appropriate proportion of production over-
heads. Financing costs were not recognised in the year under review, as they could not be directly allo-
cated to any particular development.  

Useful life of property, plant and equipment 

Asset 

Computer hardware 

Office equipment 

Leasehold improvements  

Depreciation 
period

3 to 5 years

5 to 25 years

based on lease term

Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.  

If it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with an item of property, plant and equip-
ment will flow to the Group and the cost of the respective asset can be reliably determined, expenditure 
subsequent to acquisition is added to the carrying amount of the asset as incurred. The carrying 
amounts of the parts of the asset that have been replaced are derecognised. 

Financial assets  

Financial assets comprise investments in associates and financial assets as described in the 
instruments” section.  

 “Financial 

Investments in associates consist of investments in joint ventures and other associates. They are 
measured at cost on initial recognition and accounted for using the equity method upon subsequent 
measurement.  

Impairment testing 

In accordance with IAS 36, specific non-current non-financial assets are tested for impairment. At each 
balance sheet date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that an asset may be im-
paired. In this case, the carrying amount is compared with the recoverable amount (the higher of 
value in use and fair value less costs to sell) to determine the amount of any potential impairment. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

221 

The value in use is estimated on the basis of the discounted estimated future cash flows from continu-
ing use of the asset and from its ultimate disposal, before taxes. For this purpose, discount rates are esti-
mated based on the prevailing pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. If no recoverable amount can be 
determined for an asset, it is allocated to a cash-generating unit, for which the recoverable amount is 
calculated. 

Irrespective of any indications of impairment, intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and intangible 
assets not yet available for use must be tested for impairment annually at least. Impairment tests are 
performed where there are indications of impairment. If the estimated recoverable amount is lower than 
the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised, and the net book value of the asset is reduced  
to its estimated recoverable amount. 

Goodwill is allocated to identifiable groups of assets (cash-generating units) or groups of cash-generating 
units that create synergies from the respective acquisition. This corresponds to the lowest level at which 
Deutsche Börse Group monitors goodwill. An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of the 
cash-generating unit to which goodwill is allocated (including the carrying amount of this goodwill) is 
higher than the recoverable amount of this group of assets. The impairment loss is first allocated to the 
goodwill, then to the other assets in proportion to their carrying amounts. 

A review is conducted at every balance sheet date to see whether there is any indication that an impair-
ment loss recognised on non-current assets (excluding goodwill) in the previous years no longer applies. 
If this is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased and the difference is recognised in profit 
or loss.The maximum amount of this reversal is limited to the carrying amount that would have resulted 
if no impairment loss had been recognised in previous periods. In accordance with IAS 36, impairment 
losses on goodwill are not reversed. 

Financial instruments 

Financial instruments comprise financial assets and liabilities. For Deutsche Börse Group, financial as-
sets are, in particular, other equity investments, receivables and securities from banking business, other 
financial instruments and other loans, receivables and other assets as well as bank balances. Financial 
liabilities relate primarily to interest-bearing liabilities, other non-current liabilities, liabilities from bank-
ing business, financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG, cash deposits by market participants as well as 
trade payables. 

Recognition of financial assets and liabilities 
Financial assets and liabilities are recognised when a Group company becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.  

Financial assets and liabilities are generally recognised at the trade date. Loans and receivables from 
banking business, available-for-sale financial assets from banking business as well as purchases and 
sales of equities via the central counterparty (i.e. Eurex Clearing AG) are recognised at the settle-
ment date. 

Financial assets are initially measured at fair value; in the case of a financial asset that is not measured 
at fair value through profit or loss in subsequent periods, this includes transaction costs.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
222 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Subsequent measurement of financial assets and liabilities 
Subsequent measurement of financial instruments follows the categories to which they are allocated in 
accordance with IAS 39 and which are described below. As in previous years, Deutsche Börse Group 
did not take advantage of the option to allocate financial assets to the “held-to-maturity investments” 
category in the year under review. In addition, the Group waived the possibility to designate financial 
assets or liabilities at fair value through profit and loss (fair value option). 

Assets held for trading 
Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments as well as financial instruments of Eurex 
Clearing AG (see details below) are measured at fair value through profit or loss. Apart from financial 
instruments of Eurex Clearing AG this category includes in particular interest rate swaps, currency swaps 
and forward foreign exchange transactions.  

Fair value of these derivatives is calculated based on observable current market rates. If resulting from 
banking business, realised and unrealised gains and losses are immediately recognised in the consoli-
dated income statement as “other operating income” and “other operating expenses” or, if incurred out-
side the banking business, as “financial income” and “financial expenses”.  

Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables comprise in particular current and non-current receivables from banking business, 
trade receivables as well as other current receivables. They are recognised at amortised cost, taking into 
account any potential impairment losses, if applicable. Premiums and discounts are included in the 
amortised cost of the instrument concerned and are amortised using the effective interest method; they 
are contained in “net interest income from banking business” if they relate to banking business, or in 
“financial income” and “financial expense”. 

Available-for-sale financial assets 
Non-derivative financial assets are classified as “available-for-sale financial assets”, if they cannot be 
allocated to the “loans and receivables” and “assets held for trading” categories. These assets comprise 
debt and equity investments recognised in the “other equity investments” and “other financial instruments” 
items as well as debt instruments recognised in the current and non-current receivables and securities 
from banking business items. 

Available-for-sale financial assets are generally measured at the fair value observable in an active market. 
Unrealised gains and losses are recognised directly in equity in the revaluation surplus. Impairment and 
effects of exchange rates on monetary items are excluded from this general rule; they are recognised in 
profit or loss.  

Equity instruments for which no active market exists are measured on the basis of current comparable 
market transactions, if these are available. If an equity instrument is not traded in an active market and 
alternative valuation methods cannot be applied to that equity instrument, it is measured at cost, subject 
to an impairment test.  

Realised gains and losses are generally recognised under financial income or financial expense. Interest 
income is recognised in the consolidated income statement in net interest income from banking business  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

223 

based on the effective interest rate method. Other realised gains and losses are recognised in the con-
solidated income statement in “other operating income” and “other operating expenses”. 

If debt instruments of banking business are hedged instruments under fair value hedges, hedge account-
ing is applied for fair value adjustments corresponding to the hedged item (see 
below).  

 “Fair value hedges” 

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities 
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to the cash flows expire or when substan-
tially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial assets are transferred. Financial liabilities are 
derecognised when the obligations specified in the contracts are discharged or cancelled. 

Clearstream Banking S.A. acts as principal in securities borrowing and lending transactions in the context 
of the ASLplus securities lending system. Legally, it operates between the lender and the borrower with-
out being an economic contracting partner (transitory items). In these transactions, the securities borrowed 
and lent match each other. Consequently, these transactions are not recognised in the consolidated  
balance sheet. 

Netting of financial assets and liabilities 
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and only the net amount is presented in the consolidated balance 
sheet when a Group company currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts 
and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

Impairment of financial assets 
Financial assets that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss are reviewed at each balance 
sheet date to establish whether there is any indication of impairment.  

Deutsche Börse Group has laid down criteria for assessing whether there is evidence of impairment. 
These criteria primarily include significant financial difficulties on the part of the debtor and breaches  
of contract.  

The amount of an impairment loss for a financial asset measured at amortised cost is the difference 
between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the 
original effective interest rate. A subsequent reversal is recognised at a maximum at the carrying amount 
that would have resulted if no impairment loss had been recognised. 

The amount of an impairment loss for a financial asset measured at cost (equity instruments that are 
non-listed) is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows, discounted at a current market interest rate. Subsequent reversal is not permitted. 

In the case of available-for-sale financial assets, the impairment loss is calculated as the difference  
between cost and fair value. Any reduction in fair value already recognised in equity is reclassified to 
profit or loss upon determination of the impairment loss. A subsequent reversal may only be recognised 
for debt instruments if the reason for the original impairment loss no longer applies. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
224 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value through profit and loss 

Financial liabilities not held for trading are carried at amortised cost. These liabilities comprise issued 
bonds and private placements. The borrowing costs associated with the placement of financial liabilities 
are included in the carrying amount, within the framework of the effective interest method, if they are 
directly attributable. Discounts reduce the carrying amount of liabilities and are amortised over the term 
of the liabilities. 

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit and loss 

A forward transaction with a non-controlling shareholder for the acquisition of non-controlling interests 
that is settled in cash or by delivering other financial assets is a financial liability recognised at fair value. 
It is subsequently measured at fair value through profit and loss. The equity interest attributable to a 
non-controlling shareholder underlying the transaction is accounted for as if it had already been acquired 
at the time of the transaction. 

Derivatives and hedges 

Derivatives are used to hedge interest rate risk or foreign exchange risk. All derivatives are carried at their 
fair values. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined on the basis of current observable market 
interest rates. The fair value of forward foreign exchange transactions is determined on the basis of for-
ward foreign exchange rates at the balance sheet date for the remaining period to maturity. 

Hedge accounting is applied for derivatives that are part of a hedging relationship determined to be 
highly effective under IAS 39 and for which the conditions of IAS 39.88 are met, as follows. 

Cash flow hedges 
The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument determined to be highly effective is recognised 
directly in equity. This gain or loss ultimately adjusts the value of the hedged cash flow, i.e. the gain or 
loss from the hedging instrument is recognised in profit or loss when the hedged item is recognised in 
the balance sheet or in profit or loss. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognised immediately 
in the consolidated income statement. 

Fair value hedges 
The gain or loss on the hedging instrument, together with the gain or loss on the hedged item (underlying) 
attributable to the hedged risk, is recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. Any 
gain or loss on the hedged item adjusts its carrying amount. 

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation  
The effective portion of the gain or loss from a hedging transaction that is designated as a highly effec-
tive hedge is recognised directly in equity. It is recognised in profit or loss when the foreign operation 
is sold. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognised immediately in the consolidated income 
statement.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

225 

Derivatives that are not part of a hedging relationship 
Gains or losses on derivative instruments that are not part of a highly effective hedging relationship are 
recognised immediately in the consolidated income statement. 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG (central counterparty) 

Eurex Clearing AG acts as the central counterparty and guarantees the settlement of all transactions 
involving futures and options on the Eurex exchanges (Eurex Deutschland and Eurex Zürich AG). As the 
central counterparty, it also guarantees the settlement of all transactions for Eurex Bonds (bond trading 
platform) and Eurex Repo (repo trading platform), certain exchange transactions in equities on Frankfurter 
Wertpapierbörse (FWB, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange) and certain cash market transactions on the Irish 
Stock Exchange. In addition, Eurex Clearing AG guarantees the settlement of all OTC (over-the-counter, 
i.e. off-exchange) transactions entered in the trading system of the Eurex exchanges, Eurex Bonds, Eurex 
Repo, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and the Irish Stock Exchange. These transactions are only executed 
between Eurex Clearing AG and a clearing member.  

In accordance with IAS 39.38, purchases and sales of equities via the central counterparty are recog-
nised and simultaneously derecognised at the settlement date.  

For products that are marked to market (futures and options on futures), Eurex Clearing AG recognises 
gains and losses on open positions of clearing members on each exchange day. By means of the variation 
margin, profits and losses on open futures positions resulting from market price fluctuations are settled 
on a daily basis. The difference between this and other margin types is that the variation margin 
does not comprise collateral, but is a daily offsetting of profits and losses in cash. In accordance with 
IAS 39.17 (a) and IAS 39.39, futures are therefore not reported in the consolidated balance sheet. 
For future-style options, the option premium is not required to be paid in full until the end of the term or 
upon exercise. Option premiums are carried in the consolidated balance sheet as receivables and liabili-
ties at their fair value on the trade date.  

“Traditional” options, for which the buyer must pay the option premium in full upon purchase, are carried 
in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. Correspondingly, credit default swaps are also carried at 
fair value. Fixed-income bond forwards are recognised as derivatives and carried at fair value until 
the settlement date. Receivables and liabilities from repo transactions are classified as held for trading 
and carried at fair value. Receivables and liabilities from variation margins and cash collateral that is 
determined on the reporting date and only paid on the following day are carried at their nominal 
amount.  

The fair values recognised in the consolidated balance sheet are based on daily settlement prices. 
These are calculated and published by Eurex Clearing AG in accordance with the rules set out in 
the contract specifications (see also the 

 Clearing conditions of Eurex Clearing AG).    

Cash or securities collateral of Eurex Clearing AG 

As Eurex Clearing AG guarantees the settlement of all traded contracts, it has established a multi-level 
collateral system. The central pillar of the collateral system is the determination of the overall risk per 
clearing member (margin) to be covered by cash or securities collateral. Losses calculated on the basis 
of current prices and potential future price risks are covered up to the date of the next collateral payment.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
226 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

In addition to these daily collateral payments, each clearing member must make contributions to the 
clearing fund (for further details, see the 
 risk report in the combined managment report). Cash collat-
eral is reported in the consolidated balance sheet under “cash deposits by market participants” and the 
corresponding amounts under “restricted bank balances”.  

In accordance with IAS 39.20 (b) in conjunction with IAS 39.37, securities collateral is not derecog-
nised by the clearing member providing the collateral, as the transfer of securities does not meet the 
conditions for derecognition.  

Treasury shares 

The treasury shares held by Deutsche Börse AG at the reporting date are deducted directly from share-
holders’ equity. In accordance with IAS 32.33, gains or losses on treasury shares are taken directly to 
equity. The transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition of treasury shares are accounted for 
as a deduction from shareholders’ equity (net of any related income tax benefit).  

Other current assets 

Receivables, other assets, and cash and cash equivalents are carried at their nominal amount. Adequate 
valuation allowances take account of identifiable risks.  

Restricted bank balances include cash deposits by market participants which are invested largely over-
night, mainly in the form of reverse repurchase agreements with banks.  

Non-current assets held-for-sale 

Non-current assets that are available for immediate sale in their present condition and whose sale is 
highly probable within a reasonable period of time are classified as “non-current assets held for sale”. A 
transaction is highly probable if measures for the sale have already been initiated and the relevant bod-
ies have adopted the corresponding resolutions. 

Pensions and other employee benefits 

Pensions and other employee benefits relate to defined contribution and defined benefit pension plans. 

Defined contribution pension plans 

There are defined contribution plans as part of the occupational pension system via pension funds and 
similar pension institutions, as well as on the basis of the 401(k) plan. In addition, contributions are 
paid to the statutory pension insurance scheme. The level of contributions is normally determined in 
relation to income. No provisions are recognised for defined contribution plans. The contributions paid 
are reported as pension expenses in the year of payment.  

There are defined contribution pension plans for employees working in Germany, Luxembourg, the Czech 
Republic, the UK and the USA. In addition, the employer pays contributions to employees’ private pen-
sion funds. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

227 

Defined benefit plans 
Provisions for pension obligations are measured, separately for each pension plan, using the projected 
unit credit method on the basis of actuarial reports. The fair value of plan assets, taking into account the 
asset ceiling rules if there are any surplus plan assets, is deducted from the present value of pension 
obligations. This results in the net defined benefit liability or asset. Net interest for the financial year is 
calculated by applying the discount rate determined at the beginning of the financial year to the net 
defined benefit liability determined as at that date. 

The relevant discount rate is determined by reference to the return on long-term corporate bonds with a 
rating of at least AA (Moody’s Investors Service, Standard & Poor’s, Fitch Ratings and Dominion Bond 
Rating Service) on the basis of the information provided by Bloomberg, and a maturity that corresponds 
approximately to the maturity of the pension obligations. Moreover, the bonds must be denominated in 
the same currency as the underlying pension obligation. Measurement of the pension obligations in 
euros is based on a discount rate of 3.5 per cent, which is determined according to the Towers Watson 
Global RATE:Link methodology (updated in line with the current market trend). If the pension obligations 
had been measured at the reporting date using a discount rate of 3.0 per cent as determined according 
to the method used in the previous year, the pension obligations would have been around €28 million 
higher. 

Actuarial gains or losses resulting from changes in expectations with regard to life expectancy, pension 
trends, salary trends, or the discount rate as compared with the estimate at the beginning of the period 
or compared with the actual development during the period are recognised directly in other comprehen-
sive income. Actuarial gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income may not be reclassi-
fied to profit or loss in subsequent periods. Similarly, differences between the (interest) income on plan 
assets determined at the beginning of the period and the return on plan assets actually recorded at the 
end of the period are also recognised directly in other comprehensive income. The actuarial gains or 
losses and the difference between the expected and the actual return or loss on plan assets are recog-
nised as revaluation surplus. 

Other long-term benefits for employees and members of executive boards (total disability pension, tran-
sitional payments and surviving dependents’ pensions) are also measured using the projected unit credit 
method. In accordance with IAS 19.127, actuarial gains and losses and past service cost are recognised 
immediately and in full through profit or loss.  

Other provisions 

Provisions are recognised if the Group has a present obligation from an event in the past, an outflow of 
resources with economic benefit to settle the obligation is probable and it is possible to reliably estimate 
the amount of this obligation. The amount of the provision corresponds to the best possible estimate of 
the expense which is necessary to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date. A provision for restruc-
turing is only recognised when an entity has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and has raised 
a valid expectation in those affected that the restructuring measures will be implemented, for example 
by starting to implement that plan or announcing its main features to those affected by it. Contingent 
liabilities are not recognised, but disclosed unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying 
economic benefits is remote. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
228 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Group Share Plan (GSP) and Stock Bonus Plan (SBP) 

Accounting for the Group Share Plan and the Stock Bonus Plan follows IFRS 2 “Share-based payment”. 

Group Share Plan 
Under the Group Share Plan, shares are granted at a discount to the market price. The expense of this 
discount is recognised in the income statement at the grant date. Options granted follow the accounting 
principles for share-based payments for which Deutsche Börse AG has a choice of settlement in cash 
and equity instruments. In 2010, the company resolved the cash settlement of all GSP tranches in exis-
tence at that time.  

The options in the 2006 GSP tranche expired on 30 June 2012, when the plan ended. 

The cost of the GSP shares offered to the employees of the US subsidiary International Securities  
Exchange Holdings, Inc. at a discount is recognised in the income statement at the grant date. GSP share 
grants are accounted for as equity-settled share-based payments. The GSP shares are measured at their 
fair value at the grant date and recognised in the income statement over a three-year vesting period, 
with a corresponding increase in shareholders’ equity. The remaining options in the 2009 GSP tranche 
were exercised in financial year 2012 following expiration of the vesting period. 

Stock Bonus Plan (SBP) 
The SBP shares are generally accounted for as share-based payments for which Deutsche Börse AG has 
a choice of settlement in cash and equity instruments. In financial year 2012, and as in the previous 
years, the company resolved to settle the tranches due in each following year in cash. Under these cir-
cumstances, there is at present a presumption in accordance with IFRS 2 that all SBP shares will be 
settled in cash. Accordingly, Deutsche Börse Group has measured the SBP shares as cash-settled share-
based payment transactions.The cost of the options is estimated using an option pricing model (fair 
value measurement) and recognised in staff costs in the income statement. Any right to payment of a 
stock bonus only vests after the expiration of the three-year performance period on which the Plan is 
based. 

A separate variable share-based payment has been agreed for Deutsche Börse AG’s Executive Board 
since financial year 2010. The number of virtual shares for each Executive Board member is calculated 
on the basis of Deutsche Börse AG’s average share price in the two months preceding the point in time 
at which the Supervisory Board establishes the 100 per cent target value for the variable share compo-
nent. The calculation of the subsequent payout amount of the stock bonus depends on the change in 
relative shareholder return and Deutsche Börse AG’s share price performance. Claims under this stock 
bonus programme are settled in cash after the expiration of the three-year performance period. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

229 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed using the balance sheet approach in accordance with 
IAS 12. The deferred tax calculation is based on temporary differences between the carrying amounts  
in the tax accounts and the carrying amounts in the IFRS financial statements that lead to a future tax 
liability or benefit when assets are used or sold or liabilities are settled. 

The deferred tax assets or liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are currently expected to apply 
when the temporary differences reverse, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the reporting date. Deferred tax assets are recognised for the carryforward of unused tax 
losses only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available. Deferred tax assets 
and deferred tax liabilities are offset where a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities exists and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority. 

Leases 

Leases are classified as operating leases or finance leases. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it 
transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset from the lessor to the 
lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases. 

Leased assets and the associated liabilities are recognised at the lower of fair value and the present 
value of the minimum lease payments if the criteria for classification as a finance lease are met. The 
leased asset is depreciated or amortised using the straight-line method over its useful life or the lease 
term, if shorter. In subsequent periods, the liability is measured using the effective interest method.  

Expenses incurred in connection with operating leases are recognised as an expense on a straight-line 
basis over the lease term. 

Consolidation  

All subsidiaries directly or indirectly controlled by Deutsche Börse AG are included in Deutsche Börse 
AG’s consolidated financial statements. This condition is generally met if Deutsche Börse AG directly or 
indirectly holds more than half of the voting rights or is otherwise able to govern the financial and oper-
ating policies of the other entity. 

Initial consolidation of subsidiaries in the course of business combinations uses the purchase method. 
The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are recognised at their fair values at 
the acquisition date. Any excess of cost over the acquirer’s interest in the fair value of the subsidiary’s 
net identifiable assets is recognised as goodwill. Goodwill is reported in subsequent periods at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
230 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Intragroup assets and liabilities are eliminated. Income arising from intragroup transactions is eliminated 
against the corresponding expenses. Profits or losses arising from deliveries of intragroup goods and 
services, as well as dividends distributed within the Group, are eliminated. Deferred taxes are recognised 
for consolidation adjustments where these are expected to reverse in subsequent years. 

Interests in equity attributable to non-controlling interest shareholders are carried under “non-controlling 
interests” within equity. Where these are classified as “puttable instruments”, they are reported under 
“liabilities”.  

Currency translation 

Foreign currency transactions are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the transaction date. 

At the balance sheet date, monetary balance sheet items in foreign currency are measured at the ex-
change rate at the balance sheet date, while non-monetary balance sheet items recognised at historical 
cost are measured at the exchange rate on the transaction day. Non-monetary balance sheet items 
measured at fair value are translated at the closing rate on the valuation date. Exchange rate differences 
are recorded as other operating income or expense in the period in which they arise unless the underlying 
transactions are hedged. Gains and losses from a monetary item that forms part of a net investment  
in a foreign operation are recognised directly in “accumulated profit”. 

The annual financial statements of companies whose functional currency is not the euro are translated 
into the reporting currency as follows: assets and liabilities are translated into euros at the closing rate. 
The items in the consolidated income statement are translated at the average exchange rates for the 
period under review. Resulting exchange differences are recognised directly in accumulated profit. When 
the relevant subsidiary is sold, these exchange differences are recognised in consolidated profit for the 
period in which the deconsolidation gain or loss is realised. 

The following euro exchange rates of consequence to Deutsche Börse Group were applied: 

Exchange rates 

Swiss francs 

US dollars 

Czech koruna 

Average rate 
2012 

Average rate 
2011

Closing price as 
at 31 Dec 2012 

Closing price as 
at 31 Dec 2011 

CHF 

USD (US$) 

CZK 

1.2043

1.2929

1.2270

1.4038

1.2073 

1.3196 

1.2165

1.2918

25.1182

24.6412

25.0960 

25.8195

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Basis of preparation

231 

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carry-
ing amounts of assets and liabilities arising from initial consolidation are reported in the functional 
currency of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.  

Key sources of estimation uncertainty and management judgements 

The application of accounting policies, presentation of assets and liabilities and recognition of income 
and expenses requires the Executive Board to make certain judgements and estimates. Adjustments in 
this context are taken into account in the period the change was made as well as in subsequent periods, 
where necessary. 

 Note 11 contains information on the assumptions applied in performing annual impairment tests 
on goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite useful life. In each case, the respective business 
plans serve as the basis for determining any impairment. These plans contain projections of the future 
financial performance of the cash-generating units. If their actual financial performance fails to meet 
these expectations, corresponding adjustments may be necessary. For further information on the impact 
incurred due to changes in the discount rate and further assumptions, please see  

 note 11. 

Accounting for provisions for pensions and similar obligations requires the application of certain actuarial 
assumptions (e. g. discount rate, staff turnover rate) so as to estimate their carrying amounts (see above). 
 Note 22 shows the present value of the obligations at each balance sheet date. These assumptions 
may fluctuate considerably, for example because of changes in the macroeconomic environment, and 
may thus materially affect provisions already recognised. A sensitivity analysis of the key factors is 
presented in 

 note 22. 

Deutsche Börse AG or its group companies are subject to litigation. Such litigation may lead to orders to 
pay against the entities of the group. If it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will occur, a 
provision will be recognised based on an estimate of the most probable amount necessary to settle the 
obligation if such amount is reasonably estimable. Management judgement includes the determination 
whether there is a possible obligation from past events, the evaluation of the probability that an out-
flow will occur and the estimation of the potential amount. As the outcome of litigation is usually uncer-
tain, the judgement is reviewed continuously. For further information on other risks please see 

 note 37. 

 Note 39 contains disclosures on the valuation model used for the stock options. Where the estimates  

of the valuation parameters originally applied differ from the actual values available when the options are 
exercised, adjustments are necessary; such adjustments are recognised in the consolidated income 
statement for the period if they relate to cash-settled share-based payment transactions. 

In addition, the probable utilisation applied when establishing provisions for expected losses from rental 
agreements is estimated (see 
certain assumptions were made with regard to, for example, fluctuation rate, discount rate and salary 
trends. Should the actual values deviate from these assumptions, adjustments may be necessary.  

 note 24). In the creation of personnel-related restructuring provisions, 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
232 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Consolidated income statement disclosures  

4. Net revenue 

Composition of net revenue 

Xetra 

Trading1) 

Clearing and settlement fees 

Connectivity 

Other2) 

Eurex 

Equity index derivatives 

Interest rate derivatives 

US options (ISE) 

Equity derivatives 

Other2) 

Clearstream 

Custody fees 

Transaction fees 

Global Securities Financing 

Net interest income 

Other assets 

Market Data & Analytics 

Sales of price information3) 

Indices 

Other assets 

Sales revenue 

2012 
€m 

108.9

34.5

23.2

63.5

230.1

402.5

170.9

157.7

41.9

139.4

912.4

438.2

111.1

89.4

0

135.2

773.9

153.8

83.6

26.5

263.9

Net interest income from banking 
business 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

52.0 

0 

52.0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

75.1

0

75.1

0

0

0

0

2011 
€m 

140.9

44.4

21.6

68.2

275.1

430.4

192.4

145.2

39.8

138.1

945.9

441.7

117.6

83.9

0

139.3

782.5

159.6

85.8

26.5

271.9

Total of all segments 

2,180.3

2,275.4

52.0 

75.1

Consolidation of internal revenue 

– 35.0

– 42.1  

Group 

2,145.3

2,233.3

52.0 

75.1  

1)  The „Trading“ item includes Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading (before 23 May 2011: floor trading) and the electronic Xetra trading system. 
2)  The „Other“ item also includes the allocated IT revenue.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

233 

Consolidated income statement

Other operating income 

Volume-related costs 

Net revenue 

Consolidation of 
internal net revenue 

External net revenue 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

0 

0 

0 

7.3 

7.3 

0 

0 

0 

0 

10.2 

10.2 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3.1 

3.1 

0 

2.6 

0.5 

3.1 

0 

0 

0 

13.0 

13.0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

40.1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

8.4 

8.4 

0 

0 

3.9 

3.9 

– 18.4 

– 15.8 

– 5.1 

– 6.2 

0 

0 

– 1.0 

– 0.9 

90.5

29.4

23.2

69.8

125.1

38.2

21.6

80.3

– 24.5 

– 22.9 

212.9

265.2

0

5.1

0

– 5.0

0.1

0

6.2

0

– 4.8

1.4

90.5 

34.5 

23.2 

64.8 

125.1 

44.4 

21.6 

75.5 

213.0 

266.6 

– 27.9 

– 30.9 

0 

0 

– 63.7 

– 30.0 

– 1.6 

– 8.3 

– 2.1 

– 15.1 

374.6

170.9

94.0

40.3

141.3

821.1

40.1 

– 101.5 

– 78.1 

– 103.7 

– 105.5 

334.5

– 12.1 

– 32.3 

0 

– 13.3 

– 27.4 

0 

– 15.4 

– 18.4 

– 163.5 

– 164.6 

99.0

57.1

52.0

122.9

665.5

399.5

192.4

115.2

37.7

163.1

907.9

336.2

104.3

56.5

75.1

129.3

701.4

24.2

30.1

0

0

0

– 2.3

21.9

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

2.0

32.1

0

0

0

0

398.8 

170.9 

94.0 

40.3 

429.6 

192.4 

115.2 

37.7 

139.0 

165.1 

843.0 

940.0 

334.5 

99.0 

57.1 

52.0 

336.2 

104.3 

56.5 

75.1 

– 4.6

– 4.6

– 6.1

– 6.1

118.3 

123.2 

660.9 

695.3 

– 20.8 

– 20.4 

133.0

139.2

– 9.1 

– 4.3 

– 4.8 

– 3.7 

77.1

22.7

81.0

26.7

– 34.2 

– 28.9 

232.8

246.9

9.1

– 23.9

– 2.6

– 17.4

5.2

142.1 

144.4 

– 29.8

– 2.8

– 27.4

53.2 

20.1 

51.2 

23.9 

215.4 

219.5 

23.7 

65.4 

– 323.7 

– 294.5 

1,932.3

2,121.4

– 12.0 

– 8.4 

47.0 

50.5 

0

0

11.7 

57.0 

– 276.7 

-244.0 

1,932.3

2,121.4

0

0

0

1,932.3 

2,121.4 

0 

0 

0

1,932.3 

2,121.4 

3)  As the products of Market News International Inc. and Need To Know News, LLC have been fully integrated, the sales revenue of these two companies is reported 

under the sales of price information for the Market Data & Analytics segment. Prior-year figures have been adjusted accordingly. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
234 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Since the first quarter of 2012, Deutsche Börse Group has been using net revenue as primary key per-
formance indicator for income. This consists of sales revenue plus external net interest income from 
banking business and other operating income deducing volume-related costs. On the one hand, the 
change was made in connection with actual and expected changes in fee models increasing sales reve-
nue and volume related costs without having an impact on earnings. On the other hand, other operating 
income significantly decreased due to the complete purchase of shares in Eurex Zürich AG from SIX 
Group AG.  

Composition of net interest income from banking business 

Loans and receivables 

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 

Available-for-sale financial assets 

Financial assets or liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss: 

Interest income 

Interest expense 

Interest income – interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Interest expense – interest rate swaps – fair value hedges 

Total 

Composition of other operating income 

Income from agency agreements 

Income from exchange rate differences 

Gains on the disposal of equity investments and subsidiaries 

Rental income from sublease contracts 

Miscellaneous 

Total 

2012 
€m 

84.2 

– 58.0 

15.1 

14.5 

– 2.2 

0.5 

– 2.1 

52.0 

2012 
€m 

0.9 

1.4 

0 

1.3 

8.1 

11.7 

2011 
€m 

134.8

– 68.5

23.6

5.5

– 18.0

1.1

– 3.4

75.1

2011 
€m 

29.1

7.5

4.7

2.6

13.1

57.0

Income from agency agreements results largely from the operational management of the Eurex Zürich 
derivatives market for SIX Swiss Exchange AG. The reason for the decrease in 2012 is the absence of 
the reimbursement of expenses of SIX Group for the operation of Eurex by Deutsche Börse Group due  
to the complete purchase of shares in Eurex Zürich AG by Deutsche Börse AG. 

Gains on the disposal of equity investments and subsidiaries amounting to €4.7 million in 2011 result 
from the complete disposal of the interest in Bolsa Mexicana de Valores, S.A. de C.V. amounting to 1 per 
cent. 

For details of rental income from sublease contracts see 

 note 38. 

Miscellaneous other operating income includes income from cooperation agreements and from training  
and valuation adjustments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

235 

Consolidated income statement

Volume-related costs comprise partial or advance concessions which Deutsche Börse Group obtains from 
third parties, which it markets as part of its own value chain, and which indirectly depend on the devel-
opment of volume trends and sales revenue. 

5. Staff costs 

Composition of staff costs 

Wages and salaries 

Social security contributions, retirement and other benefits 

Total 

2012 
€m 

345.7 

68.5 

414.2 

2011 
€m 

310.1 

75.7 

385.8 

Staff costs include costs of €14.4 million (2011: €–6.7 million) recognised in connection with  
efficiency programmes. 

6. Other operating expenses 

Composition of other operating expenses 

Costs for IT services providers and other consulting services 

IT costs 

Premises expenses 

Non-recoverable input tax 

Advertising and marketing costs 

Travel, entertainment and corporate hospitality expenses 

Insurance premiums, contributions and fees 

Cost of agency agreements 

Non-wage labour costs and voluntary social benefits 

Supervisory Board remuneration 

Cost of exchange rate differences  

Miscellaneous 

Total 

2012 
€m 

156.1 

81.4 

78.5 

34.5 

23.1 

19.5 

12.2 

11.7 

11.7 

4.4 

2.5 

3.8 

439.4 

2011 
€m 

192.5 

75.8 

71.2 

39.9 

21.3 

19.4 

12.3 

15.5 

11.6 

4.6 

2.1 

18.8 

485.0 

Costs for IT services providers and other consulting services relate mainly to expenses in conjunction 
with software development. An analysis of development costs is presented in 
contain costs of strategic and legal consulting services as well as of audit activities. The unusually high 
level in 2011 is primarily due to the cost of the planned combination of Deutsche Börse Group and 
NYSE Euronext, which was prohibited on 1 February 2012. 

 note 7. These costs also 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
236 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Composition of fees for the auditor1) 

Statutory audit 

Other assurance or valuation services 

Tax advisory services 

Other services 

Total 

2012 
€m 

1.5  

0.7  

0.5  

0.9  

3.6 

2011 
€m 

2.2

0.7

0.7

1.0

4.6

1) With companies of KPMG Europe LLP Group. There are further assignments with other companies of KPMG, in particular in Singapore, the Czech Republic and 

the USA. 

7. Research and development costs 

Own expenses capitalised relate solely to development costs of internally developed software, involving 
the following systems and projects in the individual segments: 

Research and development costs 

Xetra 

Xetra software 

New trading platform Xetra/Eurex 

CCP releases 

Eurex 

Eurex software 

New trading platform Xetra/Eurex 

Eurex Clearing Prisma 

New trading platform ISE 

EurexOTC Clear 

Clearstream 

Collateral Management and Settlement 

Custody 

Connectivity 

Investment funds 

Market Data & Analytics 

Research expense 

Total 

Total expense for 
software development 

of which capitalised 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

5.1

0

3.4

8.5

12.8

27.5

18.8

5.2

28.8

93.1

41.0

12.2

4.4

4.3

61.9

4.1

1.0

6.9

1.6

2.1

10.6

17.3

14.7

8.8

10.9

4.6

56.3

21.8

12.9

1.9

4.2

40.8

2.5

1.4

0.3 

0 

0.6 

0.9 

4.2 

14.7 

12.6 

4.1 

11.8 

47.4 

20.9 

7.7 

3.1 

2.7 

34.4 

0.5 

0 

3.7

0.4

0

4.1

5.9

11.8

5.2

7.5

1.1

31.5

14.6

7.9

1.3

1.3

25.1

0.7

0

168.6

111.6

83.2 

61.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

237 

Consolidated income statement

8. Result from equity investments 

Composition of result from equity investments 

Equity method-accounted result of associates 

Scoach Holding S.A. 

Direct Edge Holdings, LLC1) 

European Energy Exchange AG 

Deutsche Börse Commodities GmbH 

ID’s SAS 

Tradegate AG Wertpapierhandelsbank 

Total income from equity method measurement 

Indexium AG 

Link-Up Capital Markets, S.L. 

Digital Vega FX Ltd. 

Hanweck Associates, LLC 

Total expenses2) from equity method measurement from associates 

Result from associates 

Result from other equity investments 

Result from equity investments 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

4.5 

1.9 

0.5 

0.3 

0.1 

0 

7.3 

– 4.0 

– 0.5 

– 0.1 

– 0.1 

– 4.7 

7.7 

1.5 

6.8 

0.2 

0.1 

0.2 

16.5 

– 3.4 

– 0.3 

– 0.2 

0 

– 3.9 

2.6 

12.6 

– 6.9 

– 9.0 

– 4.3 

3.6 

1)  Direct Edge Holdings, LLC has been classified again as an associate since the restoration of significant influence on 9 February 2012. 
2)  Including impairments  

The result from associates in financial year 2012 contains impairment losses of €2.5 million (2011: 
€3.0 million). These relate to the loan granted to Indexium AG by Deutsche Börse AG, whose recovera-
bility was partially eroded due to the continuing loss situation and the losses in excess of the carrying 
amount of the investment in Indexium AG. 

The result from other equity investments includes impairment losses of €10.8 million (2011: 
€17.2 million) relating to the investment in Quadriserv Inc. The negative performance is attributable to 
the continuing difficult capital market environment and the company’s declining market share during 
financial year 2012.  

Dividends of €10.1 million (2011: €5.8 million) were received from interests in associates and 
€2.8 million (2011: €2.2 million) from interests in other equity investments in the year under review.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
238 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

9. Financial result 

Composition of financial income 

Interest on reverse repurchase agreements categorised as “loans and receivables”  

Income from available-for-sale securities 

Interest on bank balances categorised as “loans and receivables”  

Other interest and similar income 

Interest income from associate receivables categorised as “loans and receivables” 

Interest-like income from revaluation of derivatives held for trading 

Interest-like income for subsequent measurement of the liability to SIX Group AG 

Total 

Composition of financial expense 

Interest on non-current loans1) 

Expenses from the unwinding of the discount on and the subsequent measurement of the liability to SIX 
Group AG 

Interest on taxes 

Expenses from the unwinding of the discount on the pension provisions 

Interest-like expenses for exchange rate differences on liabilities1) 

Transaction costs of non-current liabilities1) 

Interest-like expenses for derivatives held as hedging instruments 

Interest on current liabilities1) 

Interest paid on Eurex participants’ cash deposits 

Other costs 

Total 

1)  Measured at amortised cost 

10. Income tax expense 

Composition of income tax expense (main components) 

Current income taxes: 

of the year under review 

from previous years 

Deferred tax (income)/expense on temporary differences 

Total 

2012 
€m 

10.4 

0.7 

0.7 

0.2 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

12.3 

2012 
€m 

99.7 

27.4 

6.1 

4.3 

1.8 

1.7 

0.9 

0.9 

0 

2.2 

145.0 

2012 
€m 

224.1 

– 0.3 

– 56.9 

166.9 

2011 
€m 

51.2

0.5

1.5

0.6

0.1

0.4

80.8

135.1

2011 
€m 

86.3

3.4

9.5

2.5

0.5

1.4

1.0

0.5

30.6

3.2

138.9

2011 
€m 

278.0

– 3.5

6.7

281.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

239 

Consolidated income statement

The total current tax expenses in the amount of €223.8 million include domestic tax expenses of 
€156.2 million and foreign tax expenses of €67.6 million (2011: domestic tax expenses €201.8 million, 
foreign tax expenses €72.7 million). The total deferred tax income in the amount of €56.9 million in-
clude domestic tax expenses of €6.3 million and foreign tax income of €63.2 million (2011: domestic 
tax expenses €10.7 million, foreign tax income €4.0 million). 

As in the previous year, a tax rate of 26 to 28 per cent was used in the reporting period to calculate 
deferred taxes for the German companies. This reflects trade income tax at multipliers of 280 to 460 per 
cent (2011: 280 to 460 per cent) on the tax base value of 3.5 per cent (2011: 3.5 per cent), corpora-
tion tax of 15 per cent (2011: 15 per cent) and the 5.5 per cent solidarity surcharge (2011: 5.5 per 
cent) on the corporation tax.  

A tax rate of 28.80 per cent (2011: 28.80 per cent) was used for the Luxembourgian companies, re-
flecting trade income tax at a rate of 6.75 per cent (2011: 6.75 per cent) and corporation tax at 
22.05 per cent (2011: 22.05 per cent).  

Tax rates of 17 to 45 per cent were applied to the companies in the UK, Portugal, Singapore, Switzer-
land, Spain, the Czech Republic and the USA (2011: 17 to 45 per cent). 

The following table shows the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as the related 
tax expenses recognised in income or directly in equity.  

Composition of deferred taxes 

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Exchange
rate 
differences

Deferred  
tax expense/(income) 

Tax expense/(income) 
recognised directly in 
equity 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

Pension provisions 
and other employee 
benefits 

Other provisions 

Interest-bearing 
liabilities 

Intangible assets 

Intangible assets 
from purchase price 
allocation 

Non-current assets 

Investment securities 

Other non-current 
assets 

Losses carried 
forward 

Exchange rate 
differences 

43.4 

5.4 

28.5 

7.3 

0

0

0

0

– 1.4

1.3

0

0

1.3

0.6

0.2

3.9

0.9

8.2

– 0.4

3.0

– 0.9

– 13.9

– 0.7

– 10.0

0 

0 

0 

0.3 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

– 248.1

– 274.1

– 3.9

– 22.1

– 7.0

2.7 

– 3.6

0

– 3.6

0

– 0.1

– 3.9

– 0.4

1.2

1.7

0

0

0

4.4 

1.5 

36.4 

0 

0 

0 

0

0

– 38.3

– 50.4

0

0

0

– 0.1

– 0.9

– 2.81) 

– 3.21) 

– 36.4

0

0

0

0 

0 

– 12.12) 

21.22) 

– 14.81) 

– 2.51) 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

6.81) 

– 6.81) 

Gross amounts 

89.9 

40.0 

– 304.8

– 338.8

– 4.1

– 56.9

6.7

– 22.9 

8.7 

Netting of deferred 
taxes 

– 30.1 

– 15.8 

30.1

15.8

Total 

59.8 

24.2 

– 274.7

– 323.0

– 4.1

– 56.9

–

6.7

– 

– 22.9 

– 

8.7 

1)  Separate disclosure in the consolidated statement of changes in equity under “revaluation surplus” 
2)  Separate disclosure in the consolidated statement of changes in equity under “accumulated profit” 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
240 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Changes taken directly to equity relate to deferred taxes on changes in the measurement of securities 
carried at fair value (see also 

 note 20) and changes in the measurement of pension provisions.  

€67.4 million (2011: €28.5 million) of deferred tax assets and €242.7 million (2011: €268.5 million) 
of deferred tax liabilities have an expected remaining maturity of more than one year. 

Deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised in respect of the tax on future dividends that may be 
paid from retained earnings by subsidiaries and associated companies. In accordance with section 8b (5) 
of the Körperschaftsteuergesetz (KStG, the German Corporation Tax Act), 5 per cent of dividends and 
similar income received by German companies is treated as non-deductible expenses for tax purposes.  

Reconciliation between the expected and the reported tax expense 

Expected income taxes derived from earnings before tax 

Tax losses utilised and tax ineffective losses carried forward 

Recognition of deferred taxes on losses carried forward 

Tax increases due to other non-tax-deductible expenses 

Effects resulting from different tax rates 

Tax decreases due to dividends and income from the disposal of equity investments 

Exchange rate differences 

Other 

Income tax expense arising from current year 

Prior-period income taxes 

Income tax expense 

2012 
€m 

217.5 

22.4 

– 36.4 

7.8 

– 21.7 

– 21.5 

– 0.6 

– 0.3 

167.2 

– 0.3 

166.9 

2011 
€m 

301.3

11.5

0

4.6

7.1

– 24.7

– 14.7

– 0.4

284.7

– 3.5

281.2

To determine the expected tax expense, earnings before tax have been multiplied by the composite tax 
rate of 26 per cent assumed for 2012 (2011: 26 per cent). 

At the end of the financial year, accumulated unused tax losses amounted to €176.3 million (2011: 
€97.6 million), for which no deferred tax assets were recognised. The unused tax losses amounting to 
€176.3 million are attributable to domestic losses totalling €7.2 million and to foreign tax losses total-
ling €169.1 million (2011: domestic tax losses €5.9 million, foreign tax losses €91.7 million). Tax 
losses of €1.4 million were utilised in 2012 (2011: €1.3 million). 

The losses can be carried forward in Germany subject to the minimum taxation rules, and in Luxem-
bourg indefinitely as the law now stands. Losses in other countries can be carried forward for periods 
of up to 20 years.  

Tax decreases due to dividends and the disposal of equity investments for 2012 which include a one-off 
increase of €7.1 million resulting from the remeasurement of the purchase price liability to be settled in 
shares for the acquisition of the Swiss derivatives business (2011: one-off decrease of €20.1 million 
resulting from the remeasurement of the purchase price liability to be settled in shares for the acquisition 
of the Swiss derivatives business). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

241 

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated balance sheet disclosures 

11. Intangible assets 

Intangible assets 

Historical cost as at  
1 Jan 2011 

Changes in the basis of 
consolidation2) 

Additions 

Disposals 

Reclassifications 

Exchange rate differences 

Historical cost as at  
31 Dec 2011 

Changes in the basis of 
consolidation3) 

Additions 

Disposals 

Reclassifications 

Exchange rate differences 

Historical cost as at  
31 Dec 2012 

Amortisation and impairment losses 
as at 1 Jan 2011 

Amortisation 

Disposals 

Reclassifications 

Exchange rate differences 

Amortisation and impairment losses 
as at 31 Dec 2011 

Amortisation 

Disposals 

Exchange rate differences 

Amortisation and impairment losses 
as at 31 Dec 2012 

Carrying amount  
as at 1 Jan 2011 

Carrying amount  
as at 31 Dec 2011 

Carrying amount  
as at 31 Dec 2012 

Purchased 
software 
€m 

Internally 
developed 
software
€m 

Payments on 
account and 
construction 
in progress1) 
€m 

Other 
intangible 
assets 
€m 

Goodwill
€m 

Total 
€m 

306.2 

762.5

2,070.3

65.2

1,931.5 

5,135.7 

0 

10.3 

– 15.3 

2.7 

0.3 

0

4.4

– 83.1

66.3

1.4

3.1

1.6

– 0.7

0

31.6

0

57.0

0

– 65.7

– 0.2

0 

0.7 

– 0.9 

0 

49.0 

3.1 

74.0 

– 100.0 

3.3 

82.1 

304.2 

751.5

2,105.9

56.3

1,980.3 

5,198.2 

0 

17.9 

– 36.3 

0 

– 0.2 

0

8.7

– 38.4

45.4

– 0.6

4.0

0.1

0

0

– 20.9

0

74.5

0

– 45.4

0

0 

0 

– 3.1 

0 

– 31.8 

4.0 

101.2 

– 77.8 

0 

– 53.5 

285.6 

766.6

2,089.1

85.4

1,945.4 

5,172.1 

289.4 

10.9 

– 15.3 

– 0.5 

0 

284.5 

10.1 

– 36.2 

– 0.1 

729.1

22.7

– 83.1

0.5

0.8

670.0

29.9

– 38.3

– 0.4

10.7

0

0

0

0

10.7

0

0

0

258.3 

661.2

10.7

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1,016.6 

2,045.8 

18.4 

– 0.8 

0 

35.0 

52.0 

– 99.2 

0 

35.8 

1,069.2 

2,034.4 

19.5 

– 3.1 

– 22.5 

59.5 

– 77.6 

– 23.0 

1,063.1 

1,993.3 

16.8 

19.7 

33.4

2,059.6

81.5

2,095.2

27.3 

105.4

2,078.4

65.2

56.3

85.4

914.9 

3,089.9 

911.1 

3,163.8 

882.3 

3,178.8 

1)  Additions in payments on account and construction in progress in the year under review relate exclusively to internally developed software. 
2)  This relates exclusively to additions as part of the acquisition of Open Finance, S.L. 
3) This relates exclusively to additions as part of the acquisition of Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
242 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Software, payments on account and construction in progress 

Additions to and reclassifications of software relate primarily to the development of software products for 
the Clearstream segment and to the development of the new derivatives platform and risk margining and 
clearing systems of the Eurex segment. 

Carrying amounts of software and construction in progress as well as remaining amortisation periods  
of software  

Carrying amount  
as at 

Remaining amortisation period  
as at 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

31 Dec 2012 
years 

31 Dec 2011 
years 

Xetra (software applications) 

Xetra Release 12.0 

Xetra Release 10.0 

Eurex (software applications) 

ISE trading platform including applications 

CCP 7.0 Securities Lending 

EurexOTC Clear 

Eurex 14.0 – Rappidd 

Eurex (construction in progress) 

Derivatives trading platform 

Eurex Clearing Prisma 

Eurex Release 14.0 Clearing 

Clearstream (software applications) 

Custody 

Settlement 

Global Securities Financing (GSF) 

Investment funds 

Clearstream (construction in progress) 

Settlement 

Custody 

Investment funds 

Global Securities Financing (GSF) 

Other software assets and construction in progress1) 

2.7

1.0

3.7

36.6

5.9

4.9

1.9

49.3

27.9

17.8

10.0

55.7

18.2

15.7

7.0

1.2

42.1

12.9

6.5

3.7

2.3

25.4

14.6

3.9 

1.5 

4.3 

4.9 

4.9 

4.9 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

4.9

2.5

5.3

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

4.7 

2.7– 3.7 

2.2– 4.2 

3.2 

n.a.

3.7– 4.7

1.5– 4.5

1.5– 4.2

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

n.a.

3.4

1.7

5.1

41.6

1.8

1.1

1.7

46.2

13.2

5.2

2.1

20.5

11.4

21.2

9.1

1.5

43.2

1.3

n.a.

0.9

n.a.

2.2

20.6

Total 

190.8

137.8

1)  Each with a carrying amount of less than €1.0 million as at 31 December 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

243 

Consolidated balance sheet

Goodwill 

Changes in goodwill 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2012 

Changes in the basis of consolidation 

Exchange rate differences 

Additions 

Clearstream 
€m 

1,063.8

0

0

0

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 

1,063.8

ISE 
€m 

982.0

0

– 20.7

0

961.3

STOXX 
€m 

32.6

0

0

0

32.6

Other 
€m 

Total goodwill 
€m 

16.8 

4.0 

– 0.2 

0.1 

20.7 

2,095.2 

4.0 

– 20.9 

0.1 

2,078.4 

The impairment test was performed by allocating the goodwill to the following groups of cash-generating 
units (CGUs): 

Goodwill allocation to the groups of cash-generating units (CGUs) 

CGU 
Clearstream 
segment 
€m 

CGU Eurex 
segment 
€m 

CGU Market 
Data & 
Analytics 
segment 
€m 

CGU 
Clearstream 
Ireland 
€m 

CGU Infobolsa 
€m 

Total goodwill 
€m 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 

1,063.8 

961.3

43.3

4.0

6.0 

2,078.4 

Goodwill, the stock exchange licence acquired as part of the acquisition of ISE as well as the acquired 
trade name of STOXX Ltd. are intangible assets with an indefinite useful life. The recoverable amounts  
of the cash-generating units with allocated goodwill were based either on their values in use (CGU Clear-
stream segment and CGU Eurex segment) or on their fair value less costs to sell (CGU Market Data & 
Analytics segment, CGU Infobolsa and CGU Clearstream Ireland). Only in cases in which one of these 
values (value in use or fair value less costs to sell) does not exceed the carrying amount, the respective 
other value is calculated. Since there is no active market for the cash-generating units, a discounted 
cash flow method was used to calculate both value in use and fair value less costs to sell. 

The key assumptions made to determine the recoverable amounts vary depending on the cash-
generating unit concerned. Pricing or market share assumptions are based on past experience or market 
research. Other key assumptions are mainly based on external factors. Significant macroeconomic indi-
cators include, for instance, equity index levels, volatility of equity indices, as well as interest rates, ex-
change rates, GDP growth, unemployment levels and government debt. The discount rate is based on a 
risk-free interest rate between 2.0 and 2.1 per cent and a market risk premium of 6.5 per cent. It is 
used to calculate individual discount rates for each cash-generating unit that reflect the beta factors, the 
cost of debt and capital structure of the peer groups concerned. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
244 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Each calculation of the sensitivities stated below was based on the adaption of a parameter (discount 
rate, sales revenue and growth rate of a perpetual annuity), by assuming that all other parameters in the 
evaluation model remain unchanged. Possible correlations between the parameters were not considered. 

Eurex  
The goodwill resulting from the acquisition of ISE is allocated to a group of cash-generating units in the 
Eurex segment.  

Since the ISE goodwill had been calculated in US dollars, an exchange rate difference of €–20.7 million 
occurred in 2012 (2011: €31.2 million).  

Assumptions on volumes of index and interest rate derivatives and volumes in the US equity options 
market, which were derived from external sources, were the key criteria applied to determine the value 
in use with the discounted cash flow method. 

Cash flows were projected over a five-year period (2013 to 2017) for European as well as US activities. 
Cash flow projections beyond this period were, as in the previous year, extrapolated assuming a 1.0 per 
cent growth rate. The pre-tax discount rate used was 13.0 per cent (2011: 12.4 per cent). 

Neither an increase in the discount rate by 1.0 per cent nor a reduction in the planned sales revenue by 
5.0 per cent per year nor a decrease in the growth rate of the perpetual annuity to 0 per cent would lead 
to a goodwill impairment in the cash-generating unit Eurex. 

Clearstream  
The “Clearstream” goodwill is allocated to the Clearstream cash-generating unit. The recoverable amount 
is determined on the basis of the value in use applying the discounted cash flow method. Assumptions 
on assets held in custody, transaction volumes and market interest rates were the key criteria used to 
determine value in use. 

Cash flows were projected over a three-year period (2013 to 2015). Cash flow projections beyond 2015 
were extrapolated assuming a perpetual annuity with a growth rate of 2.5 per cent (2011: 2.5 per cent). 
The pre-tax discount rate used was calculated on the basis of the cost of equity and amounted to 
13.1 per cent (2011: 11.8 per cent). 

Neither an increase in the discount rate by 1.0 per cent nor a reduction in the planned sales revenue by 
5.0 per cent per year nor a decrease in the growth rate to 0 per cent would lead to a goodwill impair-
ment in the cash-generating unit Clearstream. 

Clearstream Ireland 
The goodwill from the acquisition of Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. is allocated to the separate 
cash-generating unit, “Clearstream Ireland”. The recoverable amount is determined on the basis of fair 
value less costs to sell, applying the discounted cash flow method. Cash flows were projected over a  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

245 

Consolidated balance sheet

five-year period (2013 to 2017). To reach a steady state, the detailed planning period was extrapolated 
to 2020 and no further growth was assumed for the perpetual annuity thereafter. The after-tax discount 
rate used was calculated on the basis of the cost of equity and amounted to 14.5 per cent.  

Neither an increase in the discount rate by 1.0 per cent nor a reduction in the planned sales revenue by 
5.0 per cent per year nor a decrease in the growth rate of the perpetual annuity to 0 per cent would lead 
to a goodwill impairment in the cash-generating unit Clearstream Ireland. 

Market Data & Analytics 
The goodwill arising from the acquisition of STOXX Ltd., Zurich, Switzerland, in 2009 was allocated to  
a group of cash-generating units in the Market Data & Analytics segment. It results primarily from the 
strong position of STOXX Ltd. in European indices as well as from growth prospects in the production 
and sale of tick data for indices, the development, maintenance and enhancements of index formulas 
and from the customising of indices. 

The goodwill of US$7.9 million that arose in the course of the acquisition of Market News International 
Inc. (MNI), New York, USA, by Deutsche Börse AG in 2009 was allocated to the Market Data & Analyt-
ics segment and relates to access to global, trade-related information such as news from public authori-
ties and supranational organisations. 

The goodwill of US$3.0 million that arose in the course of the acquisition by MNI of 100 per cent of the 
shares in Need to Know News, LLC, Chicago, USA, was also allocated to the Market Data & Analytics 
segment. 

The recoverable amount of the Market Data & Analytics segment is determined on the basis of the fair 
value less costs to sell. The key assumptions made related to the expected development of future data 
and licence income as well as of the customer base; these are based both on external sources of infor-
mation and on internal expectations that correspond to the budget values for financial year 2013. Cash 
flows were planned over a five-year period, with projections for periods beyond this assuming a perpetu-
al annuity with a growth rate of 2.0 per cent (2011: 2.5 per cent). The after-tax discount rate used was 
9.2 per cent (2011: 8.4 per cent).  

Neither an increase in the discount rate by 1.0 per cent nor a reduction in the planned sales revenue by 
5.0 per cent per year nor a decrease in the growth rate of the perpetual annuity to 0 per cent would lead 
to a goodwill impairment in the cash-generating unit Market Data & Analytics. 

Infobolsa 
The goodwill from the acquisition of the Infobolsa subgroup (including the goodwill from the acquisition 
of the shares in Open Finance S.L.) was allocated to the Infobolsa cash-generating unit. The recoverable 
amount was determined on the basis of fair value less costs to sell, applying the discounted cash flow 
method. The assumptions on which the calculation is based are derived from external sources of infor-
mation and internal management expectations. Cash flows were planned over a five-year period, with 
projections for periods beyond this assuming a perpetual annuity with a growth rate of 2.0 per cent 
(2011: 2.5 per cent). The after-tax discount rate used was 9.2 per cent (2011: 8.4 per cent).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
246 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Neither an increase in the discount rate by 1.0 per cent nor a decrease in the growth rate of the perpet-
ual annuity to 0 per cent would lead to a goodwill impairment in the cash-generating unit Infobolsa. A 
reduction in the planned sales revenue by 5.0 per cent per year would lead to a goodwill impairment in 
the cash-generating unit Infobolsa amounting to €0.7 million. 

Other intangible assets 

Changes in other intangible assets 

ISE’s  
exchange  
licence  
€m 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2012 

115.2 

0 

– 2.4 

Amortisation 

Exchange rate differences 

Balance  
as at 31 Dec 2012 

Remaining amortisation 
period (years) 

Market 
data
customer 
relation-
ships of 
ISE
€m 

18.2

– 0.7

– 0.4

Member
relation-
ships
of ISE
€m 

317.7

– 12.2

– 6.5

ISE trade 
name 
€m 

4.7

– 0.8

– 0.1

Customer  
relation-

ships  
of STOXX 
Ltd. 
€m 

30.8 

– 3.1 

0 

Miscel-
laneous  
intangible  
assets 
€m 

4.5 

– 2.7 

0.1 

STOXX 
trade 
name 
€m 

420.0

0

0

Total 
€m 

911.1

– 19.5

– 9.3

112.8 

299.0

17.1

3.8

420.0

27.7 

1.9 

882.3

− 

25

25

5

−

9 

Other intangible assets: ISE  
ISE’s other intangible assets were tested for impairment at the end of the year. The recoverable amount 
of these assets was calculated on the basis of the value in use of the ISE cash-generating unit, which is 
attributable to the Eurex segment. The cash-generating unit of the ISE subgroup is the US options ex-
change International Securities Exchange, LLC. 

The key assumptions made, which are based on analysts’ estimates, relate to expected volumes and 
transaction prices on the US options market. Cash flows were projected over a five-year period (2013  
to 2017). A 2.5 per cent growth rate was assumed beyond 2017 (2011: 2.5 per cent). The pre-tax 
discount rate used was 16.2 per cent (2011: 16.6 per cent). 

Exchange licence of ISE  
In the course of the purchase price allocation carried out in December 2007, the fair value of the ex-
change licence was determined. The exchange licence, granted in 2000 by the U.S. Securities and 
Exchange Commission, permits the ISE subgroup to operate as a regulated securities exchange in the 
United States. The exchange licence held by the ISE subgroup is estimated to have an indefinite useful 
life, because the licence itself does not have a finite term and Eurex management expects to maintain  
the licence as part of its overall business strategy. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

247 

Consolidated balance sheet

The exchange licence does not generate cash flows largely independent from those generated by  
the ISE subgroup as a whole. Consequently, the exchange licence is allocated to the ISE subgroup  
as the cash-generating unit.  

Member relationships and market data customer relationships of ISE  
In the context of the purchase price allocation, the fair values of member and customer relationships 
were calculated. Both assets are being amortised over a period of 30 years using the straight-line meth-
od. Cash flows do not result from either the member or the customer relationships which would be inde-
pendent of the entire ISE subgroup. Consequently, both items are allocated to the cash-generating unit 
“ISE subgroup”.  

ISE trade name 
The ISE trade name is registered as a trade name and therefore meets the IFRS criterion for recognition 
separately from goodwill. In accordance with the purchase price allocation of December 2007, the asset 
is being amortised over a period of ten years using the straight-line method. As there are no cash inflows 
that are generated independently from the ISE subgroup, the trade name is also allocated to the cash-
generating unit “ISE subgroup”.  

An increase in the discount rate by 1.0 per cent, a reduction in the planned sales revenue by 5.0 per 
cent per year or a decrease in the growth rate of the perpetual annuity to 0 per cent would lead to an 
impairment in the other intangible assets in the cash-generating unit ISE amounting to a volume of 
€20 million to €50 million. A more positive development of the parameters in future could, in contrast  
to the assumptions above, result in a reversal of impairment of the other intangible assets of ISE. 

Other intangible assets: STOXX 
The STOXX trade name, the company’s customer relationships as well as fully amortised non-compete 
agreements and other intangible assets were identified as part of the acquisition of STOXX Ltd. and allo-
cated to the STOXX cash-generating unit, as they do not generate cash independently. The STOXX cash-
generating unit was allocated to the Market Data & Analytics segment. 

The impairment test was based on fair value less costs to sell, taking into account expected develop-
ments in the licence and sales fees for indices and data. Cash flows were projected over a five-year 
period (2013 to 2017). Cash flow projections beyond 2017 were extrapolated assuming a 2.0 per cent 
(2011: 2.0 per cent) growth rate. The after-tax discount rate amounted to 10.2 per cent (2011: 9.4 per 
cent). 

STOXX trade name 
The STOXX trade name includes the trade name itself, the index methodologies and the Internet domains 
because these can generally not be transferred separately. As the trade name is registered, it meets the 
IFRS criterion for recognition separately from goodwill. An indefinite useful life was assumed for the 
STOXX brand name given its history and the fact that it is well known on the market. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
248 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Customer relationships of STOXX 
STOXX Ltd. has relationships with customers, which are based on signed contracts and thus meet the 
identifiability criterion for recognition separately from goodwill. 

Neither an increase in the discount rate by 1.0 per cent nor a reduction in the planned sales revenue by 
5.0 per cent per year nor a decrease in the growth rate of the perpetual annuity to 0 per cent would lead 
to a goodwill impairment in the other intangible assets in the cash-generating unit STOXX. 

12. Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment 

Historical cost as at 1 Jan 2011 

Additions 

Disposals 

Reclassifications 

Exchange rate differences 

Historical cost as at 31 Dec 2011 

Additions 

Disposals 

Reclassifications 

Exchange rate differences 

Historical cost as at 31 Dec 2012 

Depreciation and impairment losses as at 1 Jan 2011 

Depreciation 

Disposals 

Exchange rate differences 

Depreciation and impairment losses as at 31 Dec 2011 

Depreciation 

Disposals 

Exchange rate differences 

Depreciation and impairment losses as at 31 Dec 2012 

Carrying amount as at 1 Jan 2011 

Carrying amount as at 31 Dec 2011 

Carrying amount as at 31 Dec 2012 

Computer 
hardware, 
operating and 
office 
equipment 
€m 

Payments on 
account and  
construction  
in progress 
€m 

Fixtures and 
fittings 
€m 

87.7

1.8

– 25.6

10.0

1.5

75.4

6.6

– 3.4

0.1

– 0.2

78.5

48.7

6.0

– 25.6

0.3

29.4

7.6

– 2.0

– 0.1

34.9

39.0

46.0

43.6

300.7

38.3

– 17.9

9.6

0.4

331.1

36.2

– 37.3

0

– 0.2

329.8

230.5

33.4

– 17.5

– 0.3

246.1

37.9

– 37.0

– 0.1

246.9

70.2

85.0

82.9

29.0 

1.5 

– 5.2 

– 22.9 

– 2.3 

0.1 

1.7 

0 

– 0.1 

0 

1.7 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

29.0 

0.1 

1.7 

Total 
€m 

417.4

41.6

– 48.7

– 3.3

– 0.4

406.6

44.5

– 40.7

0

– 0.4

410.0

279.2

39.4

– 43.1

0

275.5

45.5

– 39.0

– 0.2

281.8

138.2

131.1

128.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

249 

Consolidated balance sheet

13. Financial assets 

Financial assets 

Historical cost as at 1 Jan 2011 

Additions 

Disposals 

Addition/(reversal) premium/discount 

Reclassifications 

Exchange rate differences 

Historical cost as at 31 Dec 2011 

Additions 

Disposals 

Addition/(reversal) premium/discount 

Reclassifications 

Exchange rate differences 

Historical cost as at 31 Dec 2012 

Revaluation as at 1 Jan 2011 

Disposals of impairment losses 

Dividends 

Net income from equity method measurement2) 

Currency translation differences recognised directly in 
equity 

Currency translation differences recognised in profit or loss 

Other fair value changes recognised directly in equity 

Other fair value changes recognised in profit or loss 

Market price changes recognised directly in equity 

Market price changes recognised in profit or loss 

Reclassifications 

Revaluation as at 31 Dec 2011 

Disposals of impairment losses 

Dividends 

Net income from equity method measurement2) 

Currency translation differences recognised directly in 
equity 

Currency translation differences recognised in profit or loss 

Other fair value changes recognised directly in equity 

Other fair value changes recognised in profit or loss 

Market price changes recognised directly in equity 

Market price changes recognised in profit or loss 

Reclassifications 

Revaluation as at 31 Dec 2012 

Carrying amount as at 1 Jan 2011 

Carrying amount as at 31 Dec 2011 

Carrying amount as at 31 Dec 2012 

Investments in 
associates 
€m 

Other equity 
investments 
€m 

Receivables and 
securities from 
banking 
business 
€m 

Other financial 
instruments and 
loans 
€m 

170.5

66.1

– 23.7

0

– 83.2

2.8

132.5

2.2

– 21.5

0

68.8

0.5

182.5

2.1

0

– 5.8

15.6

– 0.8

– 0.6

– 1.7

0

0

0

16.8

25.6

0

– 10.1

7.0

1.3

0.1

0

0

– 2.0

0

0.4

22.3

172.6

158.1

204.8

68.7

2.8

– 11.1

0

83.2

0.6

144.2

2.6

– 2.6

0

– 82.4

– 2.9

58.9

– 4.0

0.3

0

0

0

0

– 0.8

6.0

0

– 17.2

– 16.8

– 32.5

10.4

0

0

0.4

0

0.3

0

0

– 10.8

0

– 32.2

64.7

111.7

26.7

1,550.7 

330.0 

– 210.8 

– 0.3 

– 236.11) 

– 1.9 

1,431.6 

80.5 

0 

0 

– 25.01) 

– 0.1 

1,487.0 

13.0 

12.2 

– 0.5 

0 

– 4.0 

0.9 

21.6 

7.23) 

– 1.3 

0 

0 

– 0.2 

27.3 

4.9 

0.1 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

– 26.4 

– 1.7 

– 3.81) 

– 27.0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

25.0 

0 

0 

– 2.0 

1,555.6 

1,404.6 

1,485.0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

– 3.0 

– 1.5 

0 

0 

– 4.4 

0 

0 

0 

0.3 

0 

0 

– 2.5 

0.9 

0 

0 

– 5.7 

13.1 

17.2 

21.6 

1)  Reclassified as current receivables and securities from banking business 
2)  Included in the result from equity investments 
3) Thereof part of a pledge agreement with the Industrie- und Handelskammer (IHK, the Chamber of Commerce) Frankfurt/Main: €5.0 million. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
250 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

For details on revaluations and market price changes recognised directly in equity, see also 
Other equity investments include available-for-sale shares. 

 note 20. 

In the year under review, impairment losses amounting to €13.3 million (2011: €20.2 million) were 
recognised in the income statement. €2.5 million (2011: 3.0 million) of these impairment losses relate  
to loans which were impaired as part of the equity method measurement of Indexium AG and 
€10.8 million (2011: €17.2 million) to unlisted equity instruments. See 

 note 8 for further details. 

Composition of receivables and securities from banking business 

Fixed-income securities 

from other credit institutions 

from multilateral banks 

from regional or local public bodies 

from sovereign issuers 

Other receivables1) 

Total 

1)  Secured through total return swaps 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

858.2 

467.1 

159.7 

0 

–  

763.7

425.3

40.6

0

175.0

1,485.0 

1,404.6

Securities from banking business include financial instruments listed on a stock exchange amounting to 
€1,485.0 million (2011: €1,229.6 million). 

14. Derivatives and hedges  

Deutsche Börse Group generally uses derivative financial instruments to hedge existing or highly probable 
forecast transactions. The derivatives are included in the positions “other non-current assets”, “other 
non-current liabilities” as well as “receivables and securities from banking business”, “liabilities from 
banking business” and “other current liabilities”. 

Derivatives (fair value) 

   Note 

Assets 

Note 

Liabilities 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

Fair value hedges 

long-term 

short-term 

Cash flow hedges 

long-term 

short-term 

Derivatives held for trading 

long-term 

short-term 

Total 

– 

–

–

0.4

–

0.1

0.5

– 

–

0.9

–

–

45.8

46.7

28

–  

– 

– 

30

– 14.6 

28

– 

– 16.7 

– 31.3 

– 

– 1.2

– 4.8

–

–

–

– 6.0

16 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

251 

Consolidated balance sheet

As a result of the acquisition of Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd., Clearstream International S.A. 
entered into three written put options which will be settled by delivery of equity instruments of Clear-
stream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. As at 31 December 2012, these options had a fair value of 
€3.4 million and are reported under “other non-current liabilities” and “other current liabilities” in the 
consolidated balance sheet. 

Fair value hedges 

Interest rate swaps, under which a fixed interest rate is paid and a variable rate is received, have been 
used to hedge the value of certain fixed-rate available-for-sale financial instruments. 

The following table gives an overview of the notional amount of the positions covered by fair value hedges 
at 31 December 2012: 

Outstanding positions fair value hedges 

Notional amount of pay-fixed interest rate swaps 

Fair value of pay-fixed interest rate swaps  

Net hedging ineffectiveness 

Losses on hedged items 

Gains on hedging instruments 

Cash flow hedges 

Development of cash flow hedges 

Cash flow hedges as at 1 January 

Amount recognised in equity during the year 

Amount recognised in profit or loss during the year 

Premium paid  

Realised losses 

Cash flow hedges as at 31 December 

31 Dec 2012 

31 Dec 2011 

€m 

– 

– 

– 0.2 

– 1.0 

0.8 

2012 
€m 

– 3.9 

– 9.4 

– 

– 

– 0.9 

– 14.2 

€m 

81.4 

– 1.2 

0.1 

– 1.8 

1.9 

2011 
€m 

9.9 

– 12.3 

– 0.5 

–  

– 1.0 

– 3.9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
252 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The following table gives an overview of the notional amount of the positions covered by cash flow 
hedges at 31 December 2012: 

Outstanding positions cash flow hedges 

Number 

Notional amount 

Fair value 

Forward rate agreement 

Foreign exchange transactions 

31 Dec 2012 

31 Dec 2011 

31 Dec 2012 

31 Dec 2011 

€m

€m

2

300.0

– 14.6

2

300.0

– 3.9

12 

24.9 

0.4 

–

–

–

In 2013, some of the bonds issued by Deutsche Börse AG will mature. To partially hedge future re-
financing transactions which will occur in all probability, a forward interest rate payer swap and a payer 
swaption were used to (conditionally) lock in prevailing (forward) interest rate levels which were judged 
to be attractive.  

In October 2012, the Clearstream subgroup entered into twelve forward foreign exchange transactions 
amounting to US$2.7 million each, maturing at the end of each month in the period from January 2013 
to December 2013 to hedge part of the expected US dollar sales revenue by converting it into euro 
thereby mitigating the risk of a devaluation of the US dollar. The contracts had a positive fair value of 
€0.4 million as at 31 December 2012. This positive fair value was included in the “receivables and 
 note 16. 
securities from banking business” item, see 

Hedges of a net investment 

In connection with the private placements in the USA, the bonds of the series A to C were designated as 
hedges against currency risk arising from the translation of the foreign functional currency US dollar into 
euro in order to hedge the net investment in the ISE subgroup.  

Composition of private placements1) 

Type 

Issue volume  Equivalent 

Term 

Series A 

Series B 

Series C 

Total 

US$m 

170.0 

220.0 

70.0 

460.0 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

as at emission 
€m 

from  

until 

128.8

166.7

53.1

348.6

131.6

170.3

54.2

356.1

110.2

12 June 2008 

10 June 2015

142.7

12 June 2008 

10 June 2018

45.4

12 June 2008 

10 June 2020

298.3

1)  Presented under “interest-bearing liabilities”. See 

 section “Results of operations” of the combined management report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

253 

Consolidated balance sheet

Effective exchange rate differences from the private placements are reported in the balance sheet item 
“accumulated profit”, as are exchange rate differences from the translation of foreign subsidiaries.  
€50.0 million (2011: €57.5 million) has been recognised cumulatively in this item directly in equity. 
There was no ineffective portion of the net investment hedges in 2012 and 2011.  

Derivatives held for trading 

Foreign exchange swaps as at 31 December 2012 expiring in less than three months with a notional 
value of €2,302.9 million (2011: €2,684.0 million) had a negative fair value of €16.7 million (2011: 
positive fair value of €45.8 million). These swaps were entered into to convert foreign currencies re-
ceived through the issue of commercial paper by the banking business into euros, and to hedge short-
term foreign currency receivables and liabilities in euros economically. These are reported under “cur-
rent receivables and securities from banking business” and “liabilities from banking business” in the 
balance sheet (see also 

 note 16 and 28). 

As at 31 December 2012, there was one forward exchange transaction in US dollars classified as 
held for trading. The forward contract of US$10 million matures on 1 August 2013. This transaction 
intends to economically hedge a future foreign currency receivable within the Group that has not yet 
arisen at the balance sheet date.  

Outstanding positions derivatives transactions 

Number 

Notional amount 

Notional amount 

Positive fair value 

Negative fair value 

   Foreign exchange swaps 

Foreign exchange futures 

31 Dec 2012 

31 Dec 2011 

31 Dec 2012 

31 Dec 2011 

€m

US$m

€m

€m

77

61

2,302.9

2,684.0

–

–

– 16.7

–

45.8

–

1 

– 

10.0 

0.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

15. Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

Composition of financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

Forward transactions in bonds and repo transactions 

Options 

Other 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

162,533.1 

159,604.5 

15,430.3 

23,384.4 

93.1 

629.2 

178,056.5 

183,618.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
254 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Receivables and liabilities that may be offset against a clearing member are reported net.  

 note 36 for details on the deposited collateral held by Eurex Clearing AG relating to its financial 

See 
instruments.  

16. Current receivables and securities from banking business 

In addition to non-current receivables and securities from banking business that are classified as non-
current financial assets (see 
attributable solely to the Clearstream subgroup, were classified as current assets as at 31 December 2012. 

 note 13), the following receivables and securities from banking business, 

Composition of current receivables and securities from banking business 

Loans to banks and customers 

Reverse repurchase agreements 

Money market lendings 

Balances on nostro accounts 

Overdrafts from settlement business 

Available-for-sale debt instruments 

Interest receivables 

Forward foreign exchange transactions1) 

Total 

1)  See   note 14. 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

2,847.4 

7,729.6 

1,975.4 

228.4 

5,567.8

5,907.5

1,810.9

559.6

12,780.8 

13,845.8

25.0 

2.0 

0.4 

242.1

10.4

45.8

12,808.2 

14,144.1

Overdrafts from settlement business represent short-term loans of up to two days’ duration that are 
usually secured by collateral. Potential concentrations of credit risk are monitored against counterparty 
credit limits (see 

 note 36).  

Remaining maturity of loans to banks and customers 

Not more than 3 months 

More than 3 months but not more than 1 year 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

12,780.8 

13,455.2 

0 

390.6

12,780.8 

13,845.8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

255 

Consolidated balance sheet

All of the securities held as at 31 December 2012 and 2011 were listed and issued by sovereign or 
sovereign-guaranteed issuers.  

Remaining maturity of available-for-sale debt instruments 

Not more than 3 months 

3 months to 1 year 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

 31 Dec 2011 
€m 

0 

25.0 

25.0 

38.7 

203.4 

242.1 

17. Development of allowance against trade receivables 

As in the previous year, there were no trade receivables due after more than one year as at 
31 December 2012. 

Allowance account 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2011 

Additions 

Utilisation 

Reversal 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2011 

Additions 

Utilisation 

Reversal 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 

€m 

7.1 

1.7 

– 0.8 

– 0.5 

7.5 

1.5 

– 0.1 

– 0.8 

8.1 

In the current year irrecoverable receivables of €0.7 million were written off, for which no provision for 
doubtful debts had been recognised. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
256 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

18. Other current assets 

Composition of other current assets 

Other receivables from CCP transactions 

Tax receivables (excluding income taxes) 

Prepaid expenses 

Receivables from insurance companies 

Receivable from forward foreign exchange transaction 

Collection business 

Debt instrument1) 

Miscellaneous 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

87.7 

21.5 

20.8 

2.0 

0 

0 

0 

6.6 

138.6 

108.3

18.3

24.1

1.6

7.3

4.4

4.0

5.9

173.9

1) Relates to a release of pledge and pledge agreement with IHK Frankfurt / Main (the Frankfurt / Main Chamber of Industry and Commerce) 

Miscellaneous other current assets include a certificate of deposit of €1.4 million (2011: €1.4 million) 
used as collateral for two letters of credit. 

19. Restricted bank balances 

Amounts reported separately under liabilities as cash deposits by market participants are restricted.  
Such amounts totalling €19,450.6 million (2011: €13,861.5 million) are mainly invested via bilateral  
or triparty reverse repurchase agreements and in the form of overnight deposits at banks (restricted bank 
balances). Government or government-guaranteed bonds, mortgage bonds and bank bonds with an 
external rating of at least AA– are accepted as collateral for the reverse repurchase agreements. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

257 

Consolidated balance sheet

20. Equity 

Changes in equity are presented in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. As at 31 Decem- 
ber 2012, the number of no-par value registered shares of Deutsche Börse AG issued was 193,000,000 
(31 December 2011: 195,000,000). Transaction costs of €–0.1 million incurred in connection with  
the buy-back of 4,724,005 no-par value registered shares were recognised directly in equity (2011: 
€0.1 million).  

Subject to the agreement of the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board is authorised to increase the 
subscribed share capital by the following amounts: 
 an Arbeitnehmer der Gesellschaft oder der mit ihr verbundenen Unternehmen im Sinne der §§ 15ff. Aktiengesetz (AktG) erfolgt, wobei ein 

anteiliger Betrag des Grundkapitals von bis zu 3 Mio. € nicht überschritten werden darf. 

Composition of authorised share capital 
Date of authori-
sation by the 
shareholders 

Amount in € 

Expiry date 

Existing shareholders’ pre-emptive rights may be disapplied for 
fractioning and/or may be disapplied if the share issue is: 

Authorised share  
capital I 

Authorised share  
capital II 

5,200,000 

12 May 2011 

11 May 2016 

27,800,000 

27 May 2010 

26 May 2015 

 against non-cash contributions for the purpose of acquiring 
companies, parts of companies, or interests in companies,  
or other assets.  

 for cash at an issue price not significantly lower than the stock 
exchange price up to a maximum amount of 10 per cent of the 
nominal capital to issue new shares. 

 to employees of the company or affiliated companies with the 
meaning of sections 15ff. of the Aktiengesetz (AktG, German 
Stock Corporation Act), with the pro rata amount of the share 
capital not allowed to exceed €3 million. 

 against non-cash contributions for the purpose of acquiring 
companies, parts of companies, interests in companies, or 
other assets. 

Authorised share  
capital III 

Authorised share  
capital IV 

19,500,000 

27 May 2010 

26 May 2015 

n.a. 

6,000,000 

16 May 2012 

15 May 2017 

 for the issuance of up to 900,000 new shares per year to 
Executive Board members and employees of the company  
as well as to the management and employees of affiliated 
companies within the meaning of sections 15ff. of the AktG. 

In addition to authorised share capital I, II, III and IV, the company has contingent capital I that  
was created to issue up to 6,000,000 shares to settle stock options under the Group Share Plan  
(see 

 note 39). 

There were no further subscription rights for shares as at 31 December 2012 or 31 December 2011.   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
258 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Revaluation surplus 

The revaluation surplus results from the revaluation of securities and other current and non-current finan-
cial instruments at their fair value less deferred taxes, as well as the value of the stock options under the 
Group Share Plan for which no cash settlement was provided at the balance sheet date (see 
This item also contains reserves from an existing investment in an associate, which were recognised in 
connection with the acquisition of further shares, as the company was fully consolidated as of this date. 
Following the revision of the accounting policies for defined benefit obligations, actuarial gains and loss-
es are directly recognised in revaluation surplus. See also 

 note 1. 

 note 39). 

Recognition of hidden 
reserves from fair value 
measurement 
€m 

Other equity 
investments (financial 
assets) 
€m 

Securities from
 banking business 
(financial assets) 
€m 

Revaluation surplus 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2011 (gross) 

Changes from defined benefit obligations 

Fair value measurement 

Increase in share-based payments 

Reversal to profit or loss 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2011 (gross) 

Changes from defined benefit obligations 

Fair value measurement 

Increase in share-based payments 

Reclassification taken directly to equity 

Reversal to profit or loss 

103.7

0

0

0

0

103.7

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 (gross) 

103.7

Deferred taxes 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2011 

Additions 

Reversals 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2011 

Additions 

Reversals 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2011 (net) 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2011 (net) 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 (net) 

0

0

0

0

0 

0 

0

103.7

103.7

103.7

8.8 

0 

– 0.8 

0 

– 4.9 

3.1 

0  

0.4 

0  

0  

– 1.6 

1.9 

– 0.5 

0 

– 0.1 

– 0.6 

0.1  

0  

– 0.5 

8.3 

2.5 

1.4 

– 0.2

0

– 27.7

0

1.2

– 26.7

0 

25.0

0 

0

0 

– 1.7

0.1

7.4

0

7.5

0 

– 7.2 

0.3

– 0.1

– 19.2

– 1.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

259 

Consolidated balance sheet

Other financial 
instruments 
(financial assets) 
€m 

Current securities 
from banking 
business 
€m 

Cash flow hedges 
€m 

GSP and SBP 
options 
€m 

Defined benefit 
obligations 
€m 

0.2 

0 

– 1.5 

0 

0 

– 1.3 

0  

0.9 

0  

0  

0  

– 0.4 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0  

0  

0 

0.2 

– 1.3 

– 0.4 

0 

0 

2.6 

0 

– 1.1 

1.5 

0  

– 1.6 

0  

 0  

0.2 

0.1 

0 

0 

– 0.5 

– 0.5 

0.4  

0  

– 0.1 

0 

1.0 

 0 

10.5

0

– 12.3

0

– 1.4

– 3.2

0 

– 10.0

0 

0 

– 0.4

– 13.6

– 2.3

3.4

– 0.2

0.9

2.8

– 0.1

3.6

8.2

– 2.3

– 10.0

4.6

0

0

– 2.2

0

2.4

0 

0 

– 2.4

0 

0 

0

0

0

0

0

0 

0 

0

4.6

2.4

0

– 45.1

– 9.0

0

0

0

– 54.1

– 53.7

0 

0 

0 

0 

– 107.8

11.5

2.5

0

14.0

14.8 

0 

28.8

– 33.6

– 40.1

– 79.0

Total 
€m 

82.5 

– 9.0 

– 39.7 

– 2.2 

– 6.2 

25.4 

– 53.7 

14.7 

– 2.4 

0 

– 1.8 

– 17.8 

8.8 

13.3 

– 0.8 

21.3 

18.1 

– 7.3 

32.1 

91.3 

46.7 

14.3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
260 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Accumulated profit 

The “accumulated profit” item includes exchange rate differences amounting to €82.3 million (2011:  
€105.5 million). €30.7 million was withdrawn due to currency translation for foreign subsidiaries in the 
year under review (2011: additions €59.3 million) and €7.5 million was added relating to a net invest-
ment hedge that was used to hedge the net investment in ISE against currency risk (2011: withdrawal 
€11.4 million). 

Regulatory capital requirements and regulatory capital ratios 

Clearstream Banking S.A., Clearstream Banking AG and Eurex Clearing AG as well as the regulatory 
Clearstream group are subject to solvency supervision by the German or Luxembourg banking super-
visory authorities (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht, BaFin, and Commission de Surveil-
lance du Secteur Financier, CSSF, respectively). All companies that are subject to this supervision are 
non-trading-book institutions. Market price risk positions consist only of a relatively small open foreign 
currency position. As a result of these companies’ specific businesses, their risk-weighted assets are 
subject to sharp fluctuations and their solvency ratios are correspondingly volatile. Thereby, the volatility 
of the ratio within the Clearstream subgroup is significantly higher than at Eurex Clearing AG and is 
subject to major fluctuations on a day-to-day basis in the course of the year. Due to a high degree of 
collateralised or zero-weighted cash investments, the capital requirements for credit and market price 
risks of Eurex Clearing AG are relatively stable. 

The capital requirements are subject to the national regulations of the individual companies. These are 
based on EU Banking and Capital Requirements Directives which are ultimately based on “Basel II”. The 
companies concerned homogeneously apply the standardised approach for credit risk. For calculating 
the operational risk charge, Eurex Clearing AG uses the basic indicator approach, while the Clearstream 
companies apply the AMA (advanced measurement approach). 

Of the companies subject to solvency supervision, only Clearstream Banking S.A. has a very limited 
amount of Tier 2 regulatory capital from the revaluation surplus under the relevant IFRS treatment. A 
minimum solvency ratio of 8 per cent applies. The individual companies’ capital resources sufficiently 
reflect the fluctuation in risk-weighted assets. Stress considerations are used to determine the capital 
required for expected peaks and additional reserves for unexpected events are added. The capital require-
ments determined in this way are met through the capital resources. As the actual capital requirements 
are below the expected peaks – significantly so under normal circumstances – this may lead to a very 
high technical closing date solvency ratio. 

The capital requirements of the Clearstream companies rose in the year under review. This was mainly 
driven by increased capital requirements for operational risk that arose during the annual review of the 
risk scenarios, as well as by higher business volumes at Clearstream Banking AG, combined with slightly 
lower capital requirements for credit and market risk at Clearstream Banking S.A. The reduction in the 
regulatory capital of the Clearstream Holding Group (under HGB) and the simultaneous increase in the 
equity of Clearstream Banking S.A. (under IFRSs) are primarily the result of different accounting re-
quirements, especially in relation to the timing of measurement gains or losses recognised directly in 
equity. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

261 

Consolidated balance sheet

The change in equity at Clearstream Banking AG is mainly attributable to additions to retained earnings 
with the approval of the annual financial statements 2011. The increase in equity at Clearstream Bank-
ing S.A. was primarily driven by the effects of dividends and fluctuations in the revaluation surplus. 

The deposited cash collateral at Eurex Clearing AG fluctuated in the course of the year, rising overall to 
an equivalent value significantly in excess of €20 billion. This is due, among other factors, to the interest 
rate situation on the money and capital markets, especially with respect to the Swiss franc, which now 
has negative interest rates. However, since cash investments with central banks in Germany or Switzer-
land are risk-free from a regulatory perspective and most other collateralised cash investments are 
backed by prime collateral, the increase in cash deposits and, by implication, also in bank balances  
did not lead to a noticeable absolute increase in regulatory capital requirements for credit risk at Eurex 
Clearing AG. 

Eurex Clearing AG’s internal risk model assumes higher capital requirements for operational risk than 
does the accounting-based basic indicator approach in accordance with regulatory requirements. For this 
reason, Eurex Clearing AG has always maintained a capital buffer for these types of risk over and above 
the minimum regulatory requirements. Against this background, the banking supervisory authorities 
encouraged Eurex Clearing AG in 2011 to expand the basis for calculating the regulatory capital re-
quirements to include an adequate clearing portion of the fees collected for the account of the operating 
companies. This resulted in an increase of around €61 million in its regulatory capital requirements to 
€70 million in 2011. The capital requirements for operational risk are calculated once a year on the 
basis of a three-year average of historical income, including the assumed clearing fees, and are therefore 
not subject to daily fluctuations. Compliance with the minimum supervisory ratio is maintained at all 
times due to the sufficient capital buffer for uncollateralised cash investments. To further strengthen its 
capital base, Eurex Clearing AG increased its own funds in 2012 by adding €25 million to capital re-
serves. Moreover, in anticipation of further increases in the capital requirements for Eurex Clearing AG as 
a central counterparty under the EMIR regime, Eurex Clearing AG increased its equity by another 
€110 million in January 2013 by making a further contribution to capital reserves. 

Composition of own funds requirements 

Own funds requirements for 
operational risk 

Own funds requirements for credit 
and market price risk 

Total capital requirements  

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

31 Dec 2012 
% 

31 Dec 2011 
% 

Clearstream Holding group 

195.1  

181.3

73.9 

79.3

 269.0 

262.8 

Clearstream Banking S.A. 

Clearstream Banking AG 

116.7  

74.4  

111.0

68.9

67.9 

25.8 

72.5

18.5

 184.6 

 100.2 

183.5 

87.4 

Eurex Clearing AG 

69.3  

69.9

3.8 

2.7

 73.1 

72.6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
262 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Regulatory capital ratios 

Own funds requirements 

Regulatory equity 

Solvency ratio 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

31 Dec 2012 
% 

31 Dec 2011 
% 

Clearstream Holding group 

269.0 

260.6

783.0

821.1

 23.3 

25.2

Clearstream Banking S.A. 

Clearstream Banking AG 

184.6 

100.2 

183.5

87.4

 459.9

 188.1

426.0

183.1

 19.9 

 15.0 

Eurex Clearing AG 

73.1 

72.6

 138.6

113.0

 15.21) 

1) Including the €110 million increase in its own funds at the beginning of January 2013, the solvency ratio for Eurex Clearing AG is 27.2 per cent. 

18.6

16.8

12.5

Eurex Clearing AG has been accredited by the Financial Services Authority (FSA) in the UK as a Recog-
nised Overseas Clearing House (ROCH). The FSA expects regulatory capital equivalent to at least half  
the operating expenses of the previous year to be maintained; the resulting regulatory minimum capital 
required by the FSA amounted to €48.0 million as at 31 December 2012 (2011: €32.8 million). 

In principle, the regulatory minimum requirements were complied with at all times by all companies 
during the year under review and in the period up to the preparation of the consolidated financial state-
ments. The situation on the money markets, especially in Swiss francs, has brought about a change in 
customer behaviour: cash receipts stay with the Clearstream companies for longer than usual and, as a 
result, credit balances accumulate in Clearstream Banking S.A.’s nostro accounts, which are maintained 
for securities settlement. In combination with the strict large-exposure rules for the interbank business in 
force since 31 December 2010, this led to isolated short-term breaches of the large-exposure limits, 
both at Clearstream Banking S.A. and at the level of the Clearstream group. Given the difficult market 
environment, the Group took appropriate countermeasures. 

21. Shareholders’ equity and appropriation of net profit  

of Deutsche Börse AG 

The annual financial statements of the parent company Deutsche Börse AG, prepared as at 31 Decem-
ber 2012 in accordance with the provisions of the Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB, the German Commercial 
Code), report net profit for the year of €605.7 million (2011: €679.7 million) and shareholders’ equity 
of €2,301.5 million (2011: €2,255.9 million). 

Net profit for the year is significantly lower year-on-year, primarily due to a decrease in revenue. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

263 

Consolidated balance sheet

Proposal on the appropriation of the unappropriated surplus 

Net profit for the year 

Appropriation to other retained earnings in the annual financial statements 

Unappropriated surplus 

Proposal by the Executive Board: 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

605.7 

– 205.7 

400.0 

679.7 

– 29.7 

650.0 

Distribution of a regular dividend to the shareholders of €2.10 per share for 184,051,513 no-par 
value shares carrying dividend rights (in 2012 from net profit for 2011: €2.30 plus a special 
dividend of €1.00 per share) 

Appropriation to retained earnings 

386.5 

13.5 

622.91) 

27.12) 

1)  Restated to reflect actual distribution (proposal for 2012: €605.4 million) after resolution of the Annual General Meeting on 16 May 2012 due to the adjusted 

number of shares carrying dividend rights to 188,753,670 
2)  Restated to reflect actual appropriation to retained earnings 

No-par value shares carrying dividend rights 

Number of shares issued as at 31 December 2012 

Number of shares acquired under the share buy-back programme up to the balance sheet date  

Number of shares outstanding as at 31 December 2012 

Number 

193,000,000 

– 8,921,326 

184,078,674 

Number of shares acquired under the share buy-back programme up to the date of signing of these financial statements 

– 27,161 

Total 

184,051,513 

The proposal on the appropriation of the unappropriated surplus reflects treasury shares held directly  
or indirectly by the company that are not eligible to receive dividends under section 71b of the Aktien-
gesetz (AktG, the German Stock Corporation Act). The number of shares eligible to receive dividends  
can change until the Annual General Meeting through the repurchase or sale of further treasury shares. 
In this case, without changing the dividend of €2.10 per eligible share, an amended resolution for the 
appropriation of the unappropriated surplus will be proposed to the Annual General Meeting.  

22. Provisions for pensions and other employee benefits 

Defined benefit pension plans 

The defined benefit obligations of the companies of Deutsche Börse Group relate primarily to final salary 
arrangements and pension plans based on ‘capital components’, which guarantee employees a choice of 
either life-long pensions or capital payments on the basis of the final salary paid. In Switzerland, there 
are guaranteed defined contribution plans. Deutsche Börse Group uses external trust solutions to cover 
some of its pension obligations.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
264 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The following retirement benefit plans exist to provide retirement benefits to employees in the Group: 

There has been an employee-financed deferred compensation plan for employees of Deutsche Börse 
Group in Germany since 1 July 1999. This plan gives employees the opportunity to convert parts of 
their future remuneration entitlements into benefit assets of equal value. The benefits consist of a capital 
payment on reaching the age of 65 or earlier, if applicable, in the case of disability or death; when due, 
the payment is made in equal annual payments over a period of three years. The benefit assets earn 
interest at a rate of 6 per cent p.a. As a rule, new commitments are entered into on the basis of this 
deferred compensation plan; employees with pension commitments under retirement benefit arrange-
ments in force before 1 July 1999 were given an option to participate in the deferred compensation plan 
by converting their existing pension rights.  

Individual commitment plans exist for members of the executive boards of Group companies; they are 
based on the plan for senior executives described below, i.e. in each calendar year the company pro-
vides an annual contribution to a “capital component” calculated in accordance with actuarial principles. 
The benefit assets equal the total of the acquired capital components of the individual years and are 
converted into a lifelong pension once the benefits fall due. In addition, retirement benefit agreements 
are in place with members of the executive boards of Group companies, under which they are entitled to 
pension benefits on reaching the age of 63 and following reappointment. When the term of office began, 
the replacement rate was 30 per cent of individual pensionable income. It rose by five percentage points 
with each reappointment, up to a maximum of 50 per cent of pensionable income. Details of the pen-
 remu-
sion commitments for members of Deutsche Börse AG’s Executive Board can be found in the 
neration report. 

In the period from 1 January 2004 to 30 June 2006, senior executives in Germany were offered the 
opportunity to participate in the following pension system based on “capital components”: the benefit is 
based on annual income received, composed of fixed annual salary and the variable remuneration. Every 
year, participating Group companies provide for an amount that corresponds to a certain percentage of 
the pensionable income. This amount is multiplied by a capitalisation factor depending on age, resulting 
in the “annual capital component”. The benefit assets equal the total of the acquired capital components 
of the individual years and are converted into a lifelong pension once the benefits fall due. This benefit 
plan was closed to new staff on 30 June 2006; the senior executives who were employed in the above 
period can continue to earn capital components. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

265 

Consolidated balance sheet

The employees of the Clearstream subgroup in Luxembourg participate in separate defined benefit pen-
sion plans. The defined benefit pension plan in favour of Luxembourg employees of Clearstream Interna-
tional S.A., Clearstream Banking S.A. and Clearstream Services S.A. is funded by means of cash contri-
butions to an “association d’épargne pension” (ASSEP) organised in accordance with Luxembourg law. 
The benefits consist of a one-off capital payment, which is generally paid on reaching the age of 65. The 
benefit plan does not cover disability or death in service. Contributions to the “association d’épargne 
pension” are funded in full by the participating companies. The contributions are determined annually 
on the basis of actuarial reports and the amount of the obligation is calculated in accordance with Lux-
embourg law.  

The employees of STOXX Ltd. participate in a separate defined benefit pension plan. They are insured by 
a pension fund of SIX Swiss Exchange AG at PREVAS Sammelstiftung, Zurich.  

Since 1 January 2012, there have been a separate pension plan (basic pension plan) and a supplemen-
tary benefits plan (bonus plan) for employees of Eurex Zürich AG; both plans are based on insurance 
policies and, in addition to retirement benefits, comprise disability benefits and dependants’ pensions. 
The contributions to the basic pension plan are paid by the employee and the employer, based on pro-
gressive percentages of the insured wage (annual wage less coordination deduction). For the bonus plan, 
the contributions are determined as a percentage of the bonus; it is also funded by contributions from 
employees and the employer. The retirement age is 65. The beneficiaries can choose between pension 
payments and a one-off payment.  

The present value of defined benefit obligations can be reconciled as follows with the provisions shown 
in the balance sheet: 

Net liability of defined benefit obligations 

Present value of the defined benefit obligations that are at least partly financed in advance 

Fair value of plan assets 

Funded status 

Present value of unfunded obligations 

Net liability of defined benefit obligations 

Impact of minimum funding requirement/asset ceiling 

Amount recognised in the balance sheet 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

326.2 

– 233.4 

243.4 

– 197.6 

92.8 

2.0 

94.8 

0.6 

95.4 

45.8 

1.4 

47.2 

0 

47.2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
266 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Changes in the net defined benefit obligations 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2011 

Current service cost 

Interest expense/(income) 

Past service cost and gains and losses on 
settlements 

Remeasurements 

Present value 
of obligations 
€m 

228.9

13.8

10.8

2.7

27.3

Fair value of 
plan assets 
€m 

– 173.8

0

– 8.3

0

– 8.3

Losses on plan assets, excluding amounts 
already recognised in interest income 

–

13.6

Gains from changes in demographic 
assumptions 

Gains from changes in financial 
assumptions 

Experience gains 

Effect of exchange rate differences 

Contributions: 

Employers 

Plan participants 

Benefit payments 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2011 

Current service cost 

Interest expense/(income) 

Past service cost and gains and losses on 
settlements 

Remeasurements 

Return on plan assets, excluding amounts 
already recognised in interest income 

Losses from changes in financial assumptions 

Experience gains 

Change in asset ceiling, excluding amounts 
included in interest expense 

Effect of exchange rate differences 

Contributions: 

Employers 

Plan participants 

Benefit payments 

Settlements 

– 0.2

– 2.7

– 1.7

– 4.6

0.7

0

0.7

– 8.2

244.8

14.3

11.9

0.9

27.1

–

66.9

– 5.5

–

61.4

0.3

–

0.7

– 6.2

0.1

–

–

–

13.6

– 0.2

– 36.4

– 0.7

8.2

– 197.6

 –

– 9.6

–

– 9.6

– 8.3

–

–

–

– 8.3

0

– 23.4

– 0.7

6.2

0

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 

328.2

– 233.4

Impact of 
minimum 
funding 
requirement/ 
asset ceiling 
€m 

0 

– 

– 

– 

0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0 

0 

– 

– 

– 

0 

– 

– 

– 

0 

– 

– 

– 

0.6 

0.6 

0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.6 

Total 
€m 

55.1

13.8

2.5

2.7

19.0

13.6

– 0.2

– 2.7

– 1.7

9.0

0.5

– 36.4

0

0

47.2

14.3

2.3

0.9

17.5

– 8.3

66.9

– 5.5

0

53.1

0.3

– 23.4

0

0

0.1

94.8

Total 
€m 

55.1

13.8

2.5

2.7

19.0

13.6

– 0.2

– 2.7

– 1.7

9.0

0.5

– 36.4

0

0

47.2

14.3

2.3

0.9

17.5

– 8.3

66.9

– 5.5

0.6

53.7

0.3

– 23.4

0

0

0.1

95.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

267 

Consolidated balance sheet

In financial year 2012, employees converted a total of €3.1 million (2011: €4.5 million) of their varia-
ble remuneration into deferred compensation benefits. 

Assumptions 
Provisions for pension plans and other employee benefits are measured annually at the balance sheet 
date using actuarial methods. The following assumptions were applied to the calculation of the actuarial 
obligations for the pension plans:  

Actuarial assumptions 

   31 Dec 2012 

   31 Dec 2011 

Discount rate 

Salary growth 

Pension growth 

Staff turnover rate 

Germany 
% 

Luxembourg 
% 

Switzerland 
% 

Germany 
% 

Luxembourg 
% 

Switzerland 
% 

3.50 

3.50 

2.00 

2.00 

3.50

3.50

2.00

2.00

2.00

1.00

0

n.a.1)

5.00

3.50

2.00

2.00

5.00 

3.50 

2.00 

2.00 

2.25 

1.00 

0 

n.a.1)

1)  Staff turnover rate in accordance with the Bundesgesetz über die berufliche Alters-, Hinterlassenen- und Invalidenvorsorge (BVG, Swiss Federal Occupational 

Retirement, Survivors’ and Disability Pension Plans Act) 

In Germany, the “2005 G” mortality tables (generation tables) developed by Prof Dr Klaus Heubeck are 
used, modified by statistical information gathered by the German Federal Statistical Office and Deutsche 
Rentenversicherung (the German statutory pension insurance scheme) in the years 2006 to 2008. For 
Luxembourg, generation tables of the Institut national de la statistique et des etudes économiques du 
Grand-Duché du Luxembourg are used. For Switzerland, the BVG 2010 generation tables are used.  

Adjustment of prior-year amounts 
Because of the first-time application of the revised IAS 19, the prior-year figures have changed as follows: 

Adjustments to defined benefit obligations and revaluation surplus 

Net liability as at 31 December 2010 (corridor method) 

Adjustment taken directly to equity 

Accumulated profit 

Net liability as at 31 December 2010 (OCI method) 

Revaluation surplus as at 31 December 2010 (OCI method) 

Net liability as at 31 December 2011 (corridor method) 

Adjustment taken directly to equity 

Increase in interest expense 

Reduction in staff costs 

Net liability as at 31 December 2011 (OCI method) 

Revaluation surplus as at 31 December 2011 (OCI method) 

€m 

11.1 

45.1 

– 1.1 

55.1 

– 45.1 

1.7 

54.1 

2.5 

– 11.1 

47.2 

– 54.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
268 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Sensitivity analysis 
The sensitivity analysis presented in the following considers the change in one assumption at a time, 
leaving the other assumptions unchanged from the original calculation, i.e. possible correlation effects 
between the individual assumptions are not taken into account. Because of the early application of 
IAS 19 (2011) in financial year 2012, no comparative prior-period figures are provided for the sensitivity 
analysis. 

Sensitivity of defined benefit obligations to changes in the principal 
actuarial assumptions 

Change in actuarial assumption 

Present value of the obligations1) 

Discount rate 

Increase by 1.0 percentage point 

Recution by 1.0 percentage point 

Salary growth 

Increase by 0.5 percentage points 

Pension growth 

Increase by 0.5 percentage points 

Reduction by 0.5 percentage points 

Life expectancy 

Reduction by 0.5 percentage points 

Increase by 1 year  

Reduction by one year 

1)  Present value of the obligations using assumptions in accordance with the table “actuarial assumptions” 

Impact on defined benefit 
obligations 

Defined benefit 
obligations 
€m 

328.2 

278.7 

388.1 

340.0 

318.7 

337.8 

319.6 

335.4 

320.5 

Change 
% 

–

– 15.1

18.3

3.6

– 2.9

2.9

– 2.6

2.2

– 2.3

Composition of plan assets 
In Germany, the plan assets are held by a trustee in safekeeping for individual companies of Deutsche 
Börse Group and for the beneficiaries. At the company’s instruction, the trustee uses the funds trans-
ferred to acquire securities on a trust basis, without any consulting on the part of the trustee. The contri-
butions are invested in accordance with an investment policy, which may be amended by the companies 
represented in the investment committee in agreement with the other members. The trustee may refuse 
to carry out instructions if they are in conflict with the fund’s allocation rules or the payment provisions. 
In accordance with the investment policy, about 50 per cent of fund assets are invested in shares with 
the aim of replicating the STOXX Europe 600 Index. A total return approach is pursued for the remaining 
fund assets, and investments can be made in different asset classes. 

In Luxembourg, the Board of Directors of the Clearstream Pension Fund is responsible for determining 
the investment strategy, with the aim of maximising returns in relation to a benchmark. This benchmark 
is derived in equal parts from the return on five-year German federal government bonds and the return 
on the EURO STOXX 50 Index. According to the investment policy, the fund may only invest in fixed-
income securities, shares and listed investment fund units, and it may hold cash. 

Since 1 January 2012, the assets of the pension funds of Eurex Zürich AG and Eurex Global Derivatives 
AG have been invested with AXA Stiftung Berufliche Vorsorge and are therefore reported under “qualify-
ing insurance policies”. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

269 

Consolidated balance sheet

Overview on plan assets 

Equity instruments – Europe 

Financial institutions 

Manufacturing and Industrial 

Energy and commodities 

Technology companies 

Other 

Equity instruments – other 

Financial institutions 

Manufacturing and Industrial 

Energy and commodities 

Technology companies 

Other 

Bonds 

Government bonds 

Corporate bonds 

Derivatives 

Stock index futures 

Interest rate futures 

Property 

Europe 

Other 

Investment funds 

Other 

Total listed 

Qualifying insurance policies 

Property – Europe 

Cash 

Total not listed 

Total plan assets 

   31 Dec 2012 

31 Dec 2011 

% 

37.0

0.3

€m 

86.3

16.3

19.2

15.4

6.4

29.0

0.6

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.2

104.0

44.6

87.6

16.4

0

0.2

– 0.2

0.7

0.6

0.1

19.0

0.1

210.7

7.9

0

14.8

22.7

0

0.3

8.1

0

90.3

3.4

0

6.3

9.7

€m 

70.9 

12.8 

14.3 

13.8 

7.6 

22.4 

0.5 

0.1 

0.1 

0 

0 

0.3 

88.1 

76.4 

11.7 

0.7 

0.6 

0.1 

0.3 

0.3 

0 

15.7 

0.2 

176.4 

0.2 

0.3 

20.7 

21.2 

% 

35.8 

0.3 

44.6 

0.4 

0.1 

8.0 

0.1 

89.3 

0.1 

0.2 

10.4 

10.7 

233.4

100.0

197.6 

100.0 

As at 31 December 2012, plan assets included financial instruments of the Group amounting to 
€0.1 million. They did not include any property occupied or other assets used by the Group.  

Risks 
In addition to the general actuarial risks, the risks associated with the defined benefit obligations relate 
especially to financial risks in connection with the plan assets, including in particular counterparty credit 
and market risks.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
270 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Market price risk 
The return on plan assets is assumed to be the discount rate determined on the basis of corporate bonds 
with an AA rating. If the actual rate of return on plan assets is lower than the discount rate used, the net 
defined benefit liability increases accordingly. However, due to the equity ratio, in particular in the plan 
assets held in Germany, the actual return is expected to exceed the return on corporate bonds with a 
good credit rating in the medium to long term – although in the short term this may contribute to greater 
market price volatility of the plan assets.  

Deutsche Börse Group considers the share price risk resulting from the equity ratio of the plan assets to 
be appropriate. The company bases its assessment on the expectation that the overall volume of pay-
ments from the pension plans will be manageable in the next few years, that the total amount of the 
obligations will also be manageable and that it will be able to meet these payments in full from operating 
cash flows. Any amendments to the investment policy take into account the duration of the pension 
obligation as well as the expected payments over a period of ten years. 

Moreover, the level of the net liability is influenced by the discount rates in particular, whereby the cur-
rent low interest rates contribute to a relatively high net liability. A continued decline in returns on corpo-
rate bonds will lead to a further increase in defined benefit obligations, which can be only partially offset 
by the positive development of the fair values of the corporate bonds included in the plan assets. 

Inflation risk 
Possible inflation risks that could lead to an increase in defined benefit obligations exist because some 
pension plans or the “annual capital components” are directly related to the salaries, i.e. a significant 
increase in salaries would lead to an increase in the benefit obligation from the plans. In Germany, how-
ever, there are no contractual arrangements with regard to inflation risk for these pension plans. An in-
terest rate of 6 per cent p.a. has been agreed for the employee-financed deferred compensation plan; the 
plan does not include any arrangements for inflation, so that it has to be assumed that there will be little 
incentive for employees to contribute to the deferred compensation plan in times of rising inflation.  

In Luxembourg, salaries are adjusted for the effects of inflation on the basis of a consumer price index no 
more than once a year; this adjustment leads to a corresponding increase in the benefit obligation from 
the pension plan. Since the obligation will be met in the form of a capital payment, there will be no 
inflation-linked effects once the beneficiary reaches retirement age.  

In Switzerland, the benefit plans at AXA Stiftung Berufliche Vorsorge and PREVAS Sammelstiftung in-
clude the provision that the Board of the foundation decides annually whether the retirement pensions 
will be adjusted to price trends. The decision takes into account in particular the financial capability of 
the foundation. There are no arrangements for automatic adjustments to price increases over and above 
the legal requirements that apply to certain surviving dependants’ and disability pensions. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

271 

Consolidated balance sheet

Duration and expected maturities of the pension obligations 
The weighted duration of the pension obligations was 14.4 years as at 31 December 2012. 

Expected maturities of the undiscounted pension payments 

Less than 1 year 

Between 1 and 2 years 

Between 2 and 5 years 

More than 5 years up to 10 years 

Total 

1)  The expected payments in CHF were translated into euros at the closing rate on 31 December 2012. 

Expected pension payments1)
31 Dec 2012 
€m 

8.1 

7.5 

39.3 

59.9 

114.8  

The expected costs of defined benefit plans amount to approximately €19.9 million for the 2013 finan-
cial year, including interest expense. 

Defined contribution pension plans 

In the year under review, the costs of defined contribution plans amounted to €27.0 million 
(2011: €27.8 million).  

23. Changes in other provisions 

Changes in other provisions 

Balance as at 1 Jan 2012 

Reclassification 

Utilisation 

Reversal 

Additions 

Balance as at 31 Dec 2012 

1)  Primarily reclassification of provisions from non-current to current  
2)  Relates to the reclassification to liabilities 

Other non-
current 
provisions 
€m 

Tax provisions 
€m 

Other current 
provisions 
€m 

77.4

– 6.41)

– 8.6

– 4.9

22.8

80.3

219.6

– 0.3

– 3.6

– 4.8

41.3

252.2

105.4 

6.5 

– 36.6 

– 8.8 

22.4 

88.9 

Total 
€m 

402.4 

– 0.22) 

– 48.8 

– 18.5 

86.5 

421.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
272 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

24. Other non-current provisions 

Other non-current provisions have more than one year to maturity. 

Composition of other non-current provisions 

Restructuring and efficiency measures 

Pension obligations to IHK1) 

Bonus 

Stock Bonus Plan 

Anticipated losses 

Jubilee 

Early retirement 

Total 

thereof with remaining maturity between 1 and 5 years 

thereof with remaining maturity of more than 5 years 

1)  IHK = Industrie- und Handelskammer Frankfurt am Main (the Frankfurt/Main Chamber of Industry and Commerce) 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

42.3 

45.6

9.6 

8.6 

6.7 

6.1 

5.5 

1.5 

80.3 

61.1 

19.2 

8.9

4.9

7.6

2.5

5.3

2.6

77.4

60.7

16.7

Provisions for restructuring and efficiency measures include provisions amounting to €8.5 million (2011: 
€9.9 million) for the restructuring and efficiency programme resolved in September 2007 as well as 
€33.8 million (2011: €35.7 million) for the programme resolved in 2010 to increase operational per-
formance. Additions include discount effects amounting to €3.9 million (2011: €1.2 million) mainly 
from the passage of time.  

For details on the restructuring and efficiency programmes see 
systems” section in the combined management report. 

 “Internal management control – Control 

Provisions for pension obligations to the Industrie- und Handelskammer (IHK, the Chamber of Com-
merce) are recognised on the basis of the number of eligible employees. Provisions for early retirement 
benefits are calculated on the basis of the active and former employees involved. Additions include dis-
count rate effects amounting to €0.3 million (2011: €0.4 million) mainly from the passage of time. 

For details on the Stock Bonus Plan, see 

 note 39. 

As at 31 December 2012, the provisions for anticipated losses contain provisions for anticipated losses 
from rental expenses and restoration obligations amounting to €7.1 million (2011: €4.3 million), of 
which €1.0 million (2011: €1.8 million) are allocated to current provisions. The provisions classified as 
non-current are not expected to be utilised before 2014. €6.0 million of the non-current provisions re-
lates to restoration obligations. The remaining portion of €0.1 million is for vacancy provisions; discount 
effects from the discounted portion are therefore immaterial. The provisions are calculated on the basis 
of existing rental agreements for each building.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

273 

Consolidated balance sheet

25. Liabilities 

The euro and US dollar bonds as well as a hybrid bond denominated in euros issued by Deutsche Börse 
Group have a carrying amount of €1,737.4 million (2011: €1,458.3 million) and a fair value of 
€1,821.9 million (2011: €1,526.8 million). Thereof, €1,160.0 million are carried under Interest-
bearing liabilities and bonds maturing in financial year 2013 amounting to €577.4 million are recog-
nised under Other current liabilities. 

In the current financial year, Deutsche Börse AG issued a corporate bond with a nominal amount of 
€600 million. The bond has a term of ten years and a coupon of 2.375 per cent annually; the bond 
mainly serves to refinance a portion of the outstanding financial liabilities. In this context, the company 
made creditors of outstanding euro-denominated bonds an offer to repurchase those bonds. Deutsche 
Börse AG purchased bonds with a principal amount of €309.2 million as part of this repurchase. For 
further details, see the 
Börse AG” in the combined management report. 

 “Results of operations” section and the 

 table “Debt instruments of Deutsche 

The financial liabilities recognised in the balance sheet were not secured by liens or similar rights,  
neither as at 31 December 2012 nor as at 31 December 2011.  

26. Tax provisions 

Composition of tax provisions 

Income tax expense: current year 

Income tax expense: previous years 

Capital tax and value added tax 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

33.4 

168.9 

49.9 

252.2 

34.7 

127.9 

57.0 

219.6 

The estimated remaining maturity of the tax provisions is less than one year.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
274 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

27. Other current provisions 

Composition of other current provisions 

Interest on taxes 

Recourse, litigation and interest rate risks 

Claims for damages 

Stock Bonus Plan 

Restructuring and efficiency measures1) 

Rent and incidental rental costs 

Personnel expenses 

Anticipated losses 

Transaction costs advice2) 

Miscellaneous 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

43.1 

11.3 

10.1 

8.3 

5.6 

3.1 

2.3 

1.0 

0.1 

4.0 

88.9 

37.1

13.9

11.7

6.3

9.8

4.3

0.7

1.8

16.0

3.8

105.4

1)  Thereof provisions amounting to €0.4 million (2011: €0.5 million) for the restructuring and efficiency programme resolved in 2007 and provisions amounting  

to €3.6 million (2011: €7.9 million) for the programme to increase operational performance adopted in 2010 (for details see 
trol” of the combined management report) 

 section “Internal management con-

2)  Relating to the acquisition of the remaining shares of Eurex Zürich AG and the merger of Deutsche Börse AG and NYSE Euronext that was prohibited  

on 1 February 2012 

For details on share-based payments, see 

 note 39. For details on non-current anticipated losses, see  

 note 24. 

28. Liabilities from banking business 

The liabilities from banking business are attributable solely to the Clearstream subgroup. 

Composition of liabilities from banking business 

Customer deposits from securities settlement business 

Issued commercial paper 

Overdrafts on nostro accounts 

Forward foreign exchange transactions – held for trading 

Money market borrowing 

Interest liabilities 

Interest rate swaps – fair value hedges  

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

12,542.5 

13,900.9

208.3 

109.2 

16.7 

3.5 

0.1 

0 

204.3

33.8

0

26.7

2.7

1.2

12,880.3 

14,169.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

275 

Consolidated balance sheet

Remaining maturity of liabilities from banking business 

Not more than 3 months 

More than 3 months but not more than 1 year 

Total 

29. Cash deposits by market participants  

Composition of cash deposits by market participants 

Liabilities from margin payments to Eurex Clearing AG by members 

Liabilities from cash deposits by participants in equity trading 

Total 

30. Other current liabilities 

Composition of other current liabilities 

Euro bond 

Payables to Eurex participants 

Special payments and bonuses 

Interest payable 

Tax liabilities (excluding income taxes) 

Vacation entitlements, flexitime and overtime credits 

Derivatives 

Liabilities as part of social security 

Earn-out component 

Miscellaneous 

Total 

1) See 

 note 25 for further details.  

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

12,880.3 

14,167.1 

0 

2.5 

12,880.3 

14,169.6 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

19,447.4 

13,858.0 

3.2 

3.5 

19,450.6 

13,861.5 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

577.41) 

152.1 

37.7 

33.4 

24.5 

17.4 

14.6 

3.8 

1.2 

26.3 

888.4 

0 

155.2 

50.1 

42.0 

24.4 

14.4 

0 

4.4 

0 

31.5 

322.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
276 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

31. Maturity analysis of financial instruments 

Underlying contractual maturities of the financial instruments at the balance sheet date  

Contractual maturity 

2012 
€m 

0

0

Sight 

2011 
€m 

0

0

Not more than 3 months 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

0

0

0 

0 

12,651.7

13,960.4

211.9

205.2 

0

11.6

317.4

837.5 

Non-derivative financial liabilities 

Interest-bearing liabilities1) 

Other non-current financial liabilities 

Non-derivative liabilities from 
banking business 

Trade payables, payables to 
associates, payables to other related 
parties and other current liabilities 

Cash deposits by market participants 

19,450.6

13,861.5

Other bank loans and overdrafts 

0.1

0.4

0

0

0 

0 

More than 3 months but not 
more than 1 year 

2012 
€m 

877.3 

0 

0 

5.6 

0 

0 

2011 
€m 

87.1

0.1

1.3

9.2

0

0

32,102.4

27,833.9

529.3

1,042.7 

882.9 

97.7

21,255.7

23,202.7

120,780.9 

139,808.62) 

36,018.7 

20,606.8

– 21,255.7

– 23,202.7

– 120,780.9 

– 139,808.62) 

– 36,018.7 

– 20,606.8

Total non-derivative financial 
liabilities (gross) 

Derivatives and financial 
instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

Financial liabilities and derivatives of 
Eurex Clearing AG 

less financial assets and derivatives 
of Eurex Clearing AG 

Cash inflow – derivatives and 
hedges 

Cash flow hedges 

Fair value hedges 

0

0

0

0

6.1

0

0 

0 

Derivatives held for trading 

471.1

962.8

1,831.8

1,679.5 

Cash outflow – derivatives and 
hedges 

Cash flow hedges 

Fair value hedges 

Derivatives held for trading 

Total derivatives and hedges 

0

0

– 346.8

124.3

0

0

– 6.2

0

0 

– 0.3 

– 964.2

– 1,973.3

– 1,724.6 

– 1.4

– 141.6

– 45.4 

18.7 

0 

7.7 

– 18.7 

0 

– 7.6 

0.1 

0

3.4

0

0

0

0

3.4

1)  Included in non-current interest-bearing liabilities and other current liabilities 
2)  The prior-year figure includes the traditional options in the amount of €23,384.4 million because no analysis was provided for reasons of immateriality.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

277 

Consolidated balance sheet

Contractual maturity 

More than 1 year but not more 
than 5 years 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

244.8 

1,393.6 

895.2 

0.8 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0.4 

0 

0.7 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Over 5 years 

2011
€m 

245.3

0.5

0

0

0

0

Reconciliation to carrying 
amount  

Carrying amount 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

– 279.9

– 267.7

1,737.4 

1,458.3 

2.2

0

5.1

1.5

3.0 

6.1 

12,863.6 

14,168.4 

97.9

117.3

420.9 

976.3 

0

0

0

0

19,450.6 

13,861.5 

0.1 

0.4 

245.6 

1,394.7 

895.2 

245.8

– 179.8

– 143.8

34,475.6 

30,471.0 

0

0

0

0

178,056.5 

183,618.1 

– 178,056.5 

– 183,618.1 

1.2 

– 1.2 

5.6 

0 

0 

0 

0 

18.6 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1.4 

0 

0 

0

0

13.6

0

0

– 16.8 

– 26.1 

– 4.2 

– 17.4

0 

– 5.5 

– 16.7 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0

0

– 7.5 

– 2.8 

– 3.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
278 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

32. Classification of financial instruments under IAS 39 

The following table shows an analysis of the financial instruments in the balance sheet in accordance 
with their classification under IAS 39 as well as the corresponding carrying amounts: 

Classification of financial instruments 

Consolidated balance sheet item 
(classification) 

Note 

Category 

Measured at 

Carrying amount  

Other equity investments 

Non-current receivables and securities from 
banking business 

Other financial instruments 

Other loans 

Other non-current assets 

13 

13 

13 

13 

14 

AFS1) 

AFS1) 

AFS1) 

Loans and 
receivables 

AFS1) 

Loans and 
receivables 

Cash flow 
hedges 

Loans and 
receivables 

Historical cost 

Fair value 

Fair value 

Amortised cost 

Fair value 

Amortised cost 

Fair value 

Amortised cost 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

20.9 

5.8 

33.0

78.7

1,485.0 

1,229.6

0 

21.5 

0.1 

0 

3.8 

175.0

16.6

0.6

0.9

3.7

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

15 

Held for trading 

Fair value 

178,056.5 

183,618.1

Current receivables and securities from 
banking business 

14, 16 

AFS1) 

Fair value 

Trade receivables 

17 

Associate receivables 

Receivables from other related parties 

Cash flow 
hedges 

Loans and 
receivables 

Fair value 

Amortised cost 

Derivatives held 
for trading 

Fair value 

Loans and 
receivables 

Loans and 
receivables 

Loans and 
receivables 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Other current assets 

14, 18 

Held for trading 

Fair value 

Restricted bank balances 

19 

Other cash and bank balances 

Loans and 
receivables 

AFS1) 

Loans and 
receivables 

Loans and 
receivables 

Amortised cost 

Fair value 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

25.0 

242.1

0.4 

0

12,782.8 

12,657.3

0 

45.8

211.8 

224.3

2.1 

0.9 

0.1 

92.0 

0 

2.7

5.1

0

122.4

4.0

19,450.6 

15,060.4

641.6 

925.2

1)  Available-for-sale (AFS) financial assets 
2)  This relates to the private placements designated as hedging instruments of a net investment hedge (see 
3)  This relates to the put options issued by Clearstream International S.A. relating to Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. (see 

 note 14). 

 note 2). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

279 

Consolidated balance sheet

Consolidated balance sheet item 
(classification) 

Note 

Category 

Measured at 

Carrying amount 

Interest-bearing liabilities (excluding  
finance leases) 

14, 25 

Other non-current liabilities 

14 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Net investment 
hedge2) 

Cash flow 
hedges 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Puttable 
instruments3) 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Fair value 

Amortised cost 

Fair value 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

811.4 

1,102.2 

348.6 

356.1 

0 

1.7 

3.0 

4.8 

0 

0 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

15 

Held for trading 

Fair value 

178,056.5 

183,618.1 

Liabilities from banking business 

14, 28 

Other bank loans and overdrafts 

33 

Trade payables 

Payables to associates 

Payables to other related parties 

Cash deposits by market participants 

19 

Other current liabilities 

14, 25, 30 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Held for trading 

Fair value 

Fair value 
hedges 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Fair value 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Held for trading 

Fair value 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Liabilities at 
amortised cost 

Cash flow 
hedges 

Puttable 
instruments3) 

Amortised cost 

Amortised cost 

Fair value 

Fair value 

12,863.6 

14,168.4 

16.7 

0 

0.1 

0 

1.2 

0.4 

108.2 

114.6 

15.1 

13.2 

1.6 

0 

314.5 

214.2 

19,450.6 

13,861.5 

771.0 

197.6 

14.6 

0.4 

0 

0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
280 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The carrying amount of other loans, current receivables and other assets as well as current and non-
current receivables from banking business measured at amortised cost, restricted bank balances, and 
other cash and bank balances corresponds to their fair value. 

The “other equity investments” item, which is carried at historical cost less any impairment losses,  
comprises non-listed equity instruments whose fair value generally cannot be reliably determined on  
a continuous basis. For the year under review, their fair value is estimated to be close to their carry- 
ing amount.  

The bonds reported under interest-bearing liabilities and under other current liabilities have a fair value of 
€1,430.9 million (2011: €1,125.3 million). The fair values are the quoted prices of the bonds as at 
31 December 2012. The fair value of the private placements is €391.0 million (2011: 
€400.6 million). This figure was calculated as the present value of the cash flows relating to the private 
placements on the basis of market parameters. 

The carrying amount of current liabilities and cash deposits by market participants represents a reason-
able approximation of fair value. 

The financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value are to be allocated to the following 
three hierarchy levels: financial assets and liabilities are to be allocated to level 1 if there is a quoted 
price for identical assets and liabilities in an active market. They are allocated to level 2 if the inputs  
on which the fair value measurement is based are observable either directly (as prices) or indirectly 
(derived from prices). Financial assets and liabilities are allocated to level 3 if the fair value is deter-
mined on the basis of unobservable inputs. 

In financial year 2012, only puttable instruments with a carrying amount of €3.4 million were allocated 
to level 3. In the previous year, the investment in Direct Edge Holdings, LLC was disclosed as level 3. 
After obtaining significant influence, this investment is accounted as an associate in 2012. No profits or 
losses were involved relating to these instruments in 2012.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

281 

Consolidated balance sheet

As at 31 December 2012, the financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value were allo-
cated to the following hierarchy levels: 

Fair value hierarchy 

ASSETS 

Financial assets held for trading 

Derivatives 

Fair value as at 
31 Dec 2012 

thereof attributable to: 

€m 

Level 1 
€m 

Level 2 
€m 

Level 3 
€m 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

178,056.5

178,056.5

Current receivables and securities from banking business 

Other current assets 

Total 

Available-for-sale financial assets 

Equity instruments 

Other equity investments 

Total 

Debt instruments 

Other financial instruments 

Current receivables and securities from banking business 

Non-current receivables and securities from banking business 

Total 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Financial liabilities held for trading  

Derivatives 

0.4

0.1

0

0

178,057.0

178,056.5

5.8

5.8

21.5

25.0

0.5

0.5

21.5

25.0

1,485.0

1,531.5

1,485.0

1,531.5

0 

0.4 

0.1 

0.5 

5.3 

5.3 

0 

0 

0 

0 

179,594.3

179,588.5

5.8 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

178,056.5

178,056.5

Liabilities from banking business 

Other current liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities 

16.7

15.0

3.0

0

0

0

Total liabilities 

178,091.2

178,056.5

0 

16.7 

14.6 

0 

31.3 

0 

0 

0.41) 

3.01) 

3.4 

1)  This relates to the put options issued by Clearstream International S.A. relating to Clearstream Fund Services Ireland Ltd. (see 

 note 2). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
282 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

By comparison, the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value as at 31 December 2011 were 
allocated to the hierarchy levels as follows: 

Fair value hierarchy 

ASSETS 

Financial assets held for trading 

Derivatives 

Fair value as at 
31 Dec 2011 

thereof attributable to: 

€m 

Level 1 
€m 

Level 2 
€m 

Level 3 
€m 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

183,618.1

183,618.1

Current receivables and securities from banking business 

Other non-current assets 

Total 

Available-for-sale financial assets 

Equity instruments 

Other equity investments 

Total 

Debt instruments 

Other financial instruments 

Current receivables and securities from banking business 

Other current assets 

Non-current receivables and securities from banking business 

Total 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 

Financial liabilities held for trading  

Derivatives 

45.8

0.9

0

0

183,664.8

183,618.1

78.7

78.7

16.6

242.1

4.0

1,229.6

1,492.3

1.7

1.7

16.6

242.1

4.0

1,229.6

1,492.3

0 

45.8 

0.9 

46.7 

4.6 

4.6 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0

0

0

0

72.41)

72.4

0

0

0

0

0

185,235.8

185,112.1

51.3 

72.4

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG 

183,618.1

183,618.1

Liabilities from banking business 

Liabilities to other related parties 

Other non-current liabilities 

1.2

214.2

4.8

0

214.2

0

Total liabilities 

183,838.3

183,832.3

0 

1.2 

0 

4.8 

6.0 

0

0

0

0

0

1) Relates to Direct Edge Holdings, LLC (see 

 note 2) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

283 

Other disclosures 

33. Consolidated cash flow statement disclosures 

Cash flows from operating activities 

After adjustments to net profit for the year for non-cash items, cash flows from operating activities ex-
cluding CCP positions amounted to €726.2 million (2011: €700.0 million). After adjustment for the 
change in CCP positions cash flow from operating activities amounted to €707.7 million (2011:  
€785.6 million). 

The other non-cash income consists of the following items: 

Composition of other non-cash expenses/(income) 

Subsequent measurement of the liability from the acquisition of further shares of Eurex Zürich AG 

Impairment of other equity investments/loans 

Equity method measurement 

Fair value measurement of Direct Edge Holdings, LLC 

Fair value measurement of interest rate swaps 

Miscellaneous 

Total 

Cash flows from investing activities 

2012 
€m 

27.4 

11.4 

4.5 

0 

0.8 

6.6 

2011 
€m 

– 77.4 

20.2 

– 9.1 

– 6.0 

– 5.0 

6.5 

50.7 

– 70.8 

Investments in intangible assets include an amount of €0.1 million (2011: €2.4 million) relating to 
goodwill. Among the other investments in intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, the 
measures undertaken under the strategic growth initiatives and infrastructure projects are classified as 
expansion investments, while all remaining investments are reported as replacement investments. The 
other investments in intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are broken down as follows: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
284 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Payments for investments in intangible assets other than goodwill and 
property, plant and equipment 

Expansion investments 

Xetra 

Eurex 

Market Data & Analytics 

Clearstream 

Replacement investments 

Xetra 

Eurex 

Market Data & Analytics 

Clearstream 

Total  

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

1.0 

53.0 

0 

41.0 

95.0 

7.5 

20.6 

4.3 

18.2 

50.6 

0.1

34.3

0.1

28.0

62.5

12.9

13.7

4.9

19.2

50.7

145.6 

113.2

Of the investments in non-current financial instruments, an amount of €255.6 million 
(2011: €330.0 million) related to the purchase of variable-rate securities in the banking business. Secu-
rities and other non-current receivables in the amount of €392.2 million (2011: €558.3 million), of 
which €387.7 million (2011: €547.4 million) related to the banking business, matured or were sold in 
financial year 2012. 

In 2012, there were cash outflows of €295.5 million in connection with the acquisition of shares in 
subsidiaries. €295.0 million of this amount related to the acquisition of the shares in Eurex Global De-
rivatives AG, which holds 50 per cent of shares of Eurex Zürich AG. The purchase price was paid in 
cash in the amount of €295.0 million as well as by delivery of 5,286,738 shares of Deutsche Börse AG; 
at the time of delivery, the shares had a fair value of €255.9 million. 

The acquisition of shares in subsidiaries led to a cash outflow of €3.5 million in 2011. This related to 
the acquisition of shares in Open Finance, S.L. No non-current assets or liabilities were acquired as part 
of this transaction.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

285 

Reconciliation to cash and cash equivalents 

Reconciliation to cash and cash equivalents 

Restricted bank balances 

Other cash and bank balances 

less bank loans and overdrafts 

Reconciliation to cash and cash equivalents 

Current receivables and securities from banking business 

less available-for-sale debt instruments 

less derivatives 

Current liabilities from banking business 

Current liabilities from cash deposits by market participants 

Cash and cash equivalents 

34. Earnings per share 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

19,450.6 

13,861.5 

641.6 

– 0.1 

925.2 

– 0.4 

20,092.1 

14,786.3 

12,808.2 

14,144.1 

– 25.0 

– 0.4 

– 242.1 

0 

– 12,880.3 

– 14,169.6 

– 19,450.6 

– 13,861.5 

– 19,548.1 

– 14,129.1 

544.0 

657.2 

Under IAS 33, earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to 
shareholders of the parent company (net income) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding.  

In order to determine diluted earnings per share, potentially dilutive ordinary shares that may be ac-
quired under the Stock Bonus Plan (SBP) (see also 
shares. In order to calculate the number of potentially dilutive ordinary shares, the exercise prices were 
adjusted by the fair value of the services still to be provided.  

 note 39) were added to the average number of 

In order to determine diluted earnings per share, all SBP tranches for which cash settlement has not 
been resolved are assumed to be settled with equity instruments – regardless of actual accounting in 
accordance with IFRS 2.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
286 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The following potentially dilutive rights to purchase shares were outstanding as at 31 December 2012: 

Calculation of the number of potentially dilutive ordinary shares 

Tranche 

Exercise price 

20113) 

20123) 

Total 

Adjustment of the
exercise price ac-
cording to IAS 331)
€ 

Average number of 
outstanding 
options 
2012 

Average price for 
the period2) 
€ 

Number of 
potentially dilutive 
ordinary shares 
as at 31 Dec 2012 

15.31

29.24

124,852

94,232

43.69 

43.69 

81,101

31,166

112,267

€ 

0

0

1) According to IAS 33.47(a), the issue price and the exercise price for stock options and other share-based payment arrangements must include the fair value of any 

goods or services to be supplied to the entity in the future under the stock option or other share-based payment arrangement. 

2)  Volume-weighted average price of Deutsche Börse AG shares on Xetra for the period 1 January to 31 December 2012 
3)  This relates to rights to shares under the Stock Bonus Plan (SBP) for senior executives. 

As the volume-weighted average share price was higher than the adjusted exercise prices for the 2011 
and 2012 tranches, these stock options are considered dilutive under IAS 33 as at 31 December 2012. 

Calculation of earnings per share (basic and diluted) 

Number of shares outstanding as at beginning of period 

2012 

2011 

188,686,611 

185,942,801

thereof number of shares received by SIX Swiss Exchange AG effective 1 January 2012 

5,286,738 

0

Number of shares outstanding as at end of period 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding 

Number of potentially dilutive ordinary shares 

184,078,674 

183,399,873

187,379,239 

185,819,757

112,267 

219,042

Weighted average number of shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share 

187,491,506 

186,038,799

Net income (€m) 

Earnings per share (basic) (€) 

Earnings per share (diluted) (€) 

645.0 

3.44 

3.43 

855.2

4.60

4.59

1)  Due to the change in the accounting policy for defined benefit obligations under IAS 19 in Q1/2012, net profit for 2011 has been adjusted retrospectively. As a 

result of this adjustment, diluted earnings per share for 2011 increased from €4.56 to €4.59; basic earnings per share increased from €4.57 to €4.60.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

287 

35. Segment reporting 

Segment reporting is governed by the internal organisational and reporting structure, which is broken 
down by markets into the following four segments: 

Internal organisational and reporting structure 

Segment 

Xetra 

Eurex 

Clearstream 

Business areas 
 Cash market using the Xetra electronic trading system, Xetra Frankfurt specialist trading and 

Tradegate 

 Central counterparty for equities 
 Admission of securities to listing 

 Electronic derivatives market trading platform Eurex 
 Electronic options trading platform ISE 
 Over-the-counter (OTC) trading platforms Eurex Bonds and Eurex Repo  
 Central counterparty for bonds, on- and off-exchange derivatives and repo transactions (Eurex 
 Clearing) 

 Custody, administration and settlement services for domestic and foreign securities 
 Global securities financing services 
 Investment funds services 

Market Data & Analytics 

 Sales of price information and information distribution 
 Index development and sales 

In accordance with IFRS 8, information on the segments is presented on the basis of internal reporting 
(management approach).  

Sales revenue is presented separately by external sales revenue and internal (inter-segment) sales reve-
nue. Inter-segment services are charged on the basis of measured quantities or at fixed prices (e.g. the 
provision of data by Eurex to Market Data & Analytics). 

Due to their insignificance to segment reporting, the “financial income” and “financial expense” items 
have been combined to produce the “net financial result”. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
288 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Segment reporting 

External sales revenue 

Internal sales revenue 

Total sales revenue 

  Xetra 

Eurex 

Clearstream 

2012 
€m 

230.1

0

2011 
€m 

275.1

0

2012 
€m 

912.4

0

2011 
€m 

945.9 

0 

2012 
€m 

768.4 

5.5 

2011 
€m 

775.9

6.6

230.1

275.1

912.4

945.9 

773.9 

782.5

Net interest income from banking business 

Other operating income 

Total revenue 

0

7.3

237.4

0

13.0

288.1

0

10.2

922.6

0 

40.1 

986.0 

52.0 

3.1 

75.1

8.4

829.0 

866.0

Volume-related costs 

– 24.5

– 22.9

– 101.5

– 78.1 

– 163.5 

– 164.6

Net revenue (total revenue less volume-related 
costs) 

212.9

265.2

821.1

907.9 

665.5 

701.4

Staff costs 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 

Other operating expenses 

Operating costs 

– 55.9

– 13.8

– 56.9

– 53.3

– 12.5

– 82.6

– 126.6

– 148.4

– 133.6

– 129.5 

– 180.9 

– 165.8

– 48.2

– 194.0

– 375.8

– 42.2 

– 32.5 

– 26.8

– 216.0 

– 134.7 

– 133.4

– 387.7 

– 348.1 

– 326.0

Result from equity investments 

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 

Net financial result 

Earnings before tax (EBT) 

4.9

91.2

–2.7

88.5

8.6

125.4

– 1.9

123.5

– 4.72)

440.6

– 1.43)

518.8 

–125.54)

0.65)

315.1

519.4 

– 0.5 

316.9 

–3.4 

313.5 

– 0.3

375.1

–1.8

373.3

Investment in intangible assets and property, plant 
and equipment 

8.5

13.0

73.6

48.0 

59.2 

47.2

Employees (as at 31 December) 

436

448

1,034

999 

1,816 

1,749

EBIT margin (%)7) 

42.8

47.3

53.7

57.1 

47.6 

53.5

1)  The consolidation of internal net revenue column shows the elimination of intragroup sales revenue and profits. 
2)  Includes impairment losses totalling €10.8 million that account for the interest in Quadriserv Inc. 
3)  Includes impairment losses of €17.2 million attributable to the interest  

in Bombay Stock Exchange Ltd. 

4)  Includes loss on subsequent measurement of liabilities to SIX Group AG of €27.4 million. 
5)  Includes gain on subsequent measurement of liabilities to SIX Group AG of €77.4 million. 
6)  Excluding goodwill 
7)  EBIT margin is calculated on the basis of EBIT divided by net revenue. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

289 

Market Data & Analytics 

Total of all segments 

Consolidation of  
internal net revenue1) 

Group 

2012 
€m 

234.4 

29.5 

263.9 

0 

3.1 

2011 
€m 

236.4 

35.5 

271.9 

0 

3.9 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2,145.3 

2,233.3

35.0 

42.1

2,180.3 

2,275.4

52.0 

23.7 

75.1

65.4

267.0 

275.8 

2,256.0 

2,415.9

2012 
€m 

0

– 35.0

– 35.0

0

– 12.0

– 47.0

2011 
€m 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

0

2,145.3 

2,233.3 

– 42.1

– 42.1

0

– 8.4

– 50.5

0 

0 

2,145.3 

2,233.3 

52.0 

11.7 

75.1 

57.0 

2,209.0 

2,365.4 

– 34.2 

– 28.9 

– 323.7 

– 294.5

47.0

50.5

– 276.7 

– 244.0 

232.8 

246.9 

1,932.3 

2,121.4

– 43.8 

– 10.5 

– 53.8 

– 37.2 

– 9.9 

– 53.0 

– 108.1 

– 100.1 

– 414.2 

– 105.0 

– 439.4 

– 958.6 

– 385.8

– 91.4

– 485.0

– 962.2

– 4.0 

120.7 

–1.1 

119.6 

– 3.3 

143.5 

– 0.7 

142.8 

– 4.3 

969.4 

3.6

1,162.8

–132.7 

–3.8

836.7 

1,159.0

4.3 

5.0 

145.6 

113.2

418 

392 

3,704 

3,588

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1,932.3 

2,121.4 

– 414.2 

– 105.0 

– 439.4 

– 958.6 

– 385.8 

– 91.4 

– 485.0 

– 962.2 

– 4.3 

969.4 

3.6 

1,162.8 

–132.7 

–3.8 

836.7 

1,159.0 

145.66)

113.26)

3,704 

3,588 

51.8 

58.1 

50.2 

54.8

n.a.

n.a.

50.2 

54.8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
290 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

In the year under review, there were no extraordinary impairment losses (2011: nil). 

Non-cash valuation allowances and bad debt losses resulted from the following segments: 

Breakdown of non-cash valuation allowances and bad debt losses 

Xetra 

Eurex 

Clearstream 

Market Data & Analytics 

Total 

2012 
€m 

0 

0 

0.4 

0.3 

0.7 

2011 
€m 

0.4

0.2

0

0.6

1.2

Deutsche Börse Group’s business model – and that of its segments – is focused on an internationally 
operating participant base and pricing does not differ depending on the customer’s location. From a price, 
margin and risk perspective, this means that it is unimportant whether sales revenue is generated from 
German or non-German participants.  

The risks and returns from the activities of the subsidiaries operating within the economic environment 
of the European Monetary Union (EMU) do not differ significantly from each other on the basis of the 
factors to be considered in identifying information on geographical regions under IFRS 8. As a result, 
Deutsche Börse Group has identified the following information on geographical regions: the euro zone, 
the rest of Europe, America and Asia-Pacific. 

Sales revenue is allocated to the individual regions according to the customer’s domicile, while invest-
ments and non-current assets are allocated according to the company’s domicile and employees accord-
ing to their location. 

As described above, the analysis of sales is based on the direct customer’s billing address. This means 
for example: sales to an American investor trading a product with an Asian underlying via a European 
clearing member are classified as European sales. Thus, in addition to sales to customers based in the 
Asia Pacific region, Deutsche Börse Group also reports sales of products based on Asia Pacific underly-
ings. These include, for example, trading of the South Korean KOSPI index on Eurex, settlement and 
custody services for securities issued by Asian entities, and index products such as the STOXX China 
Total Market indices. Furthermore, the Group earns net interest income on Asian customer balances. In 
total, this Asia Pacific-driven business amounted to an additional €36.3 million in 2012 (2011: €34.2). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

291 

Information on geographical regions 

Sales revenue 

Investments3) 

Non-current assets 

Number of employees 

Rest of 
Europe 

America 

Asia/Pacific 

Total of all 
regions 

Consolidation 
of internal 
sales revenue 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

Euro zone 

1,076.81) 

1,103.11) 

727.81) 

295.11) 

80.6 

806.41) 

290.51) 

75.4 

2012
€m 

133.6

5.3

6.5

0.2

2011 
€m 

105.5

1.1

6.5

0.1

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

2012 

2011 

1,442.72)

1,382.92)

2,652 

2,613 

579.92)

585.22)

1,488.52)

1,483.92)

0.8

1.0

633 

308 

111 

557 

324 

94 

2,180.3 

2,275.4 

145.6

113.2

3,511.92)

3,453.0

3,704 

3,588 

– 35.0 

– 42.1 

Group 

2,145.3 

2,233.3 

145.6

113.2

3,511.92)

3,453.0

3,704 

3,588 

1)  Including countries in which more than 10 per cent of sales revenue were generated: Germany (2012: €571.0 million; 2011: €579.8 million), 

UK (2012: €571.0 million; 2011: €625.9 million), and USA (2012: €285.1 million; 2011: €278.3 million) 

2)  Including countries in which more than 10 per cent of non-current assets are carried: USA (2012: €1,488.5 million; 2011: €1,483.9 million),  

Germany (2012: €1,266.0 million; 2011: €1,256.7 million) and Switzerland (2012: €573.2 million; 2011: €582.0 million)  

3) Excluding goodwill 

36. Financial risk management 

Deutsche Börse Group presents the qualitative disclosures required by IFRS 7 in detail in the combined 
management report (see explanations in the risk report, which is part of the combined management 
report), such as the nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments, as well as the objec-
tives, strategies and methods used to manage risk. 

Financial risks arise at Deutsche Börse Group mainly in the form of credit risk. To a very small extent the 
Group is exposed to market price risk. Financial risks are quantified using the economic capital concept 
(please refer to the risk report for detailed disclosures). Economic capital is assessed on a 99.98 per 
cent confidence level for a one-year holding period. The economic capital is compared with the Group’s 
liable equity capital adjusted by intangible assets so as to test the Group’s ability to absorb extreme and 
unexpected losses. The economic capital for financial risk is calculated at the end of each month and 
amounted to €184 million as at 31 December 2012. It is largely determined by credit risk. The econom-
ic capital for credit risk is calculated for each business day. 

The Group evaluates its financial risk situation on an ongoing basis. In the view of the Executive Board, 
no threat to the continued existence of the Group can be identified at this time. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
292 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Credit risk 

Credit risks arise in Deutsche Börse Group from the following items: 

Classification of financial instruments 

Carrying amounts – 
maximum risk position 

Collateral 

Segment 

Note 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2012 
€m 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2011 
€m 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2012 
€m 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2011 
€m 

Collateralised cash investments 

Overnight money invested under 
securities repurchase agreements 

Eurex1) 

Interest-bearing receivables 

Clearstream 

13 

Reverse repurchase agreements 

Eurex1) 

   Clearstream 

16 

   Group1) 

Uncollateralised cash investments 

Money market lendings – central 
banks 

Eurex1) 

Money market lendings – other 
counterparties 

Eurex1) 

   Clearstream 

16 

1,499.9

1,000.0 

1,601.9 

1,064.3

0

5,287.5

2,847.4

133.2

175.0 

5,736.2 

5,567.8 

510.0 

0 

167.2

5,316.72) 

5,972.12)

2,842.63)4) 

5,586.53)4)

135.2 

516.9

9,768.0

12,989.0 

9,896.4 

13,307.0

12,862.7

6,530.7

7,178.0 

3,551.0 

29.6

154.4 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

   Clearstream 

16 

1,198.9

2,356.5 

   Group1) 

14.9

101.5 

Balances on nostro accounts 

Clearstream 

16 

1,975.4

1,810.9 

   Group1) 

Other fixed-income securities 

Clearstream 

Floating rate notes 

Clearstream 

13 

13 

Fund assets 

Eurex 

13 

   Group 

13, 18 

Loans for settling securities 
transactions 

264.3

5.8

106.6 

87.8 

1,504.2

1,383.9 

5.05)

8.8

4.0 

0 

24,400.3

16,734.6 

Technical overdraft facilities 

Clearstream 

16 

228.4

559.6 

n.a.6)

n.a.6)

Automated Securities Fails 
Financing7) 

Clearstream 

741.3

723.5 

800.4 

992.2

ASLplus securities lending7) 

Clearstream 

38,043.9

38,497.0 

38,071.3 

40,228.2

39,013.6

39,780.1 

38,871.7 

41,220.4

Total 

73,181.9

69,503.7 

48,768.1 

54,527.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

293 

Carrying amounts – 
maximum risk position 

Collateral 

Segment 

Note 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2012 
€m 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2011 
€m 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2012 
€m 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2011 
€m 

Balance brought forward 

73,181.9

69,503.7

48,768.1 

54,527.4 

Other receivables 

Other loans 

Other assets 

Trade receivables 

Associate receivables 

Receivables from other related 
parties 

Group 

Group 

Group 

Group 

Group 

Interest receivables 

Clearstream 

16 

0.1

93.5

211.8

2.1

0.9

2.0

310.4

0.6

126.15)

224.3

2.7

5.1

10.4

369.2

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Financial instruments of Eurex 
Clearing AG (central counterparty) 

34,864.78)

42,189.58)

45,881.29)10) 

51,306.99)10) 

Derivatives 

14 

0.5

46.7

Financial guarantee contracts7) 

11.7

0

0 

0 

0 

0 

Total 

108,369.2

112,109.1

94,649.3 

105,834.3 

1)  Presented in the items “restricted bank balances” and “other cash and bank balances” 
2)  Thereof, €0 repledged to central banks (2011: €503.0 million) 
3)  Thereof, €443.8 million repledged to central banks (2011: €2,832.7 million) 
4)  Total of fair value of cash (€0 million; 2011: €22.5 million) and securities collateral (€2,842.6 million; 2011: €5,564.0 million) received under reverse 

repurchase agreements 

5)  The amount includes collateral totalling €5.0 million (2011: €5.1 million). 
6)  The portfolio of deposited collateral is not directly attributed to any utilisation, but is determined by the scope of the entire business relationship and the limits 

granted. 

7)  Off-balance-sheet items 
8)  Net value of all margin requirements resulting from executed trades as at the balance sheet date; this figure represents the risk-oriented view of Eurex Clearing AG 
while the carrying amount of the position “financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG” in the balance sheet shows the gross amount of the open trades according 
to IAS 32. 

9)  Collateral value of cash and securities collateral deposited for margins covering net value of all margin requirements 
10)  The amount includes the clearing fund totalling €1,402.3 million (2011: €1,064.4 million). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
294 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Cash investments 
Deutsche Börse Group is exposed to credit risk in connection with the investment of cash funds. The 
Group mitigates such risks by investing short-term funds – to the extent possible – on a collateralised 
basis, e.g. via reverse repurchase agreements. 

According to the treasury policy, only bonds with a minimum rating of AA– issued or guaranteed by 
governments or supranational institutions are eligible as collateral.  

The fair value of securities received under reverse repurchase agreements (Clearstream subgroup, Eurex 
Clearing AG and Deutsche Börse AG) was €8,273.6 million (2011: €12,053.0 million). The Clear-
stream subgroup and Eurex Clearing AG are able to repledge the securities received to their central banks. 

The fair value of securities received under reverse repurchase agreements repledged to central banks 
amounted to €443.8 million as at 31 December 2012 (2011: €3,335.7 million). The contract terms 
are based on recognised bilateral master agreements. 

Uncollateralised cash investments are permitted only for counterparties with sound creditworthiness 
within the framework of defined counterparty credit limits or in the form of investments in money market 
or other mutual funds as well as US treasuries and municipal bonds with maturities of less than two 
years. The Clearstream subgroup assesses counterparty credit risk on the basis of an internal rating 
system. The remaining Group companies use external ratings available to them.  

Part of the available-for-sale fixed-income financial instruments and floating rate notes held by Clear-
stream are pledged to central banks to collateralise the settlement facilities obtained. The fair value of 
pledged securities was €1,352.0 million as at 31 December 2012 (2011: €1,431.1 million). 

Loans for settling securities transactions 
Clearstream grants customers technical overdraft facilities to maximise settlement efficiency. These set-
tlement facilities are subject to internal credit review procedures. They are revocable at the option of the 
Clearstream subgroup and are largely collateralised. Technical overdraft facilities amounted to 
€87.6 billion as at 31 December 2012 (2011: €102.3 billion). Of this amount, €2.8 billion (2011: 
€3.2 billion) is unsecured, whereby a large proportion relates to credit lines granted to central banks and 
other government-backed institutions. Actual outstandings at the end of each business day generally 
represent a small fraction of the facilities and amounted to €228.4 million as at 31 December 2012 
(2011: €559.6 million); see 

 note 16. 

Clearstream also guarantees the risk resulting from the Automated Securities Fails Financing programme 
it offers to its customers. However, this only applies when the risk is collateralised. In the absence of 
collateral, this risk is covered by third parties. Guarantees given under this programme amounted to 
€741.3 million as at 31 December 2012 (2011: €723.5 million).  

Under the ASLplus securities lending programme, Clearstream Banking S.A. had securities borrow- 
ings from various counterparties totalling €38,043.9 million as at 31 December 2012 (2011: 
€38,497.0 million). These securities were fully lent to other counterparties. Collateral received by  
Clearstream Banking S.A. in connection with these loans amounted to €38,071.3 million (2011: 
€40,228.2 million).  

In 2011 and 2012, no losses from credit transactions occurred in relation to any of the transaction types 
described. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

295 

Other receivables 
Trading, settlement and custody fees are generally collected without delay by direct debit. Fees for other 
services, such as the provision of data and information, are settled mainly by transfer. As a result of 
default by customers, receivables of €2.2 million (2011: €1.8 million) relating to fees for trading and 
provision of data and IT services are not expected to be collectable. 

Financial instruments of Eurex Clearing AG (central counterparty) 
To safeguard Eurex Clearing AG against the risk of default by a clearing member, the clearing conditions 
require the clearing members to deposit margins in the form of cash or securities on a daily basis or an 
intraday basis in the amount stipulated by Eurex Clearing AG. Additional security mechanisms of Eurex 
Clearing AG are described in detail in the risk report.  

The aggregate margin calls (after haircuts) based on the executed transactions was €34,864.7 million  
at the reporting date (2011: €42,189.5 million). In fact, collateral totalling €45,881.2 million (2011: 
€51,306.9 million) was deposited.  

Composition of Eurex Clearing AG’s collateral 

Cash collateral (cash deposits)1) 

Securities and book-entry securities collateral2) 3) 

Total 

Collateral value as at 31 Dec 2012 
€m 

Collateral value as at 31 Dec 2011 
€m 

19,447.4

26,433.8

45,881.2

13,858.0 

37,448.9 

51,306.9 

1)  The amount includes the clearing fund totalling €680.3 million (2011: €242.8 million). 
2)  The amount includes the clearing fund totalling €722.0 million (2011: €821.6 million). 
3)  The collateral value is determined on the basis of the fair value less a haircut. 

In contrast to the risk-oriented net analysis of the transactions via the central counterparty, the gross 
amounts are reported in the balance sheet, as the offsetting rules defined in IAS 32 cannot be met.  
For a detailed explanation of this balance sheet item, see 
 section “Financial instruments of Eurex 
Clearing AG (central counterparty)” in note 3 or note 15 for an analysis of the carrying amount of 
€178,056.5 million as at 31 December 2012 (2011: €183,618.1 million).  

Credit risk concentrations 
Deutsche Börse Group’s business model and the resulting business relationships with a large part of the 
financial sector mean that, as a rule, credit risk is concentrated on the financial services sector. Potential 
concentrations of credit risk on individual counterparties are limited by application of counterparty credit 
limits.  

The regulatory requirements, such as those arising under the Großkredit- und Millionenkreditverordnung 
(GroMiKV, ordinance governing large exposures and loans of €1.5 million or more) in Germany and the 
corresponding rules in Luxembourg arising under the revised CSSF circular 06/273, are in principle 
complied with.  

The German and Luxembourgian rules are based on the EU directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC 
(commonly known as CRD) as revised in 2009 with effect as at 31 December 2010. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
296 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

See also 

 note 20 for an explanation of regulatory capital requirements. 

Deutsche Börse Group carries out VaR calculations in order to detect credit concentration risks. In 2012, 
no significant credit concentrations were assessed. 

The economic capital for credit risk is calculated for each business day and amounted to €184 million  
as at 31 December 2012 (2011: €226 million). 

Market price risk 

As part of the annual planning, the treasury policy of Deutsche Börse Group requires that any net earn-
ings exposure from currencies be hedged through foreign exchange transactions, if the unhedged expo-
sure exceeds 10 per cent of consolidated EBIT. Foreign exchange exposures below 10 per cent of consol-
idated EBIT may also be hedged. 

During the year, actual foreign exchange exposure is monitored against the latest EBIT forecast. In case 
of an overstepping of the 10 per cent threshold, the exceeding amount must be hedged.  

In addition, the policy stipulates that intraperiod open foreign exchange positions are closed when they 
exceed €15.0 million. This policy was complied with as in the previous year; as at 31 December 2012, 
there were no significant net foreign exchange positions. 

Currency risks in the Group arise mainly from the operating results and balance sheet items of ISE, 
which are denominated in US dollars, plus that part of Clearstream’s sales revenue and interest income 
less expenses which is directly or indirectly generated in US dollars. As at 31 December 2012, ISE ac-
counted for 22 per cent of the Eurex segment’s sales revenue (2011: 20 per cent). In addition, the 
Clearstream segment generated 9 per cent of its sales revenue and interest income (2011: 8 per cent) 
directly or indirectly in US dollars.  

Acquisitions where payment of the purchase price results in currency risk are generally hedged. 

The Group has partially hedged its investment in ISE against foreign currency risks by issuing fixed-
income US dollar debt securities. The investment in ISE (hedged item) constitutes a net investment in  
a foreign operation. The US dollar securities designated as hedging instruments for the net investment 
hedge were issued in a nominal amount of US$460.0 million. 

Interest rate risks arise further from debt financing of acquisitions. The acquisition of ISE was financed 
through senior and hybrid debt. Senior debt was issued in euros and US dollars with tenors of five to 
twelve years and fixed coupons for the life of the instruments. The hybrid debt issue has a fixed coupon 
for the first five years to be refixed in case the instrument is not called. 

In October 2012, Deutsche Börse AG successfully issued a senior bond in an amount of €600 million 
that largely serves to refinance some of the outstanding long-term financial liabilities. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

297 

Equity price risks arise to a limited extent from contractual trust arrangements (CTAs) and from the 
Clearstream Pension Fund in Luxembourg. In addition, there are equity price risks arising from strategic 
equity investments in other exchange operators. 

Economic capital is calculated at the end of each month for market price risks that can arise in connec-
tion with cash investments or borrowing as a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange 
rates as well as through hedging corporate transactions. On 31 December 2012, the economic capital 
for market price risk was €1 million (2011: €7 million). 

In financial year 2012, impairment losses amounting to €13.3 million (2011: €20.2 million) were 
recognised in profit and loss for strategic investments that are not included in the VaR for market price 
risk.  

Liquidity risk 

For the Group, liquidity risk may arise from potential difficulties in renewing maturing financing, such as 
commercial paper and bilateral and syndicated credit facilities. In addition, required financing for unex-
pected events may result in a liquidity risk. Most of the Group’s cash investments are short-term to en-
sure that liquidity is available, should such a financing need arise. Eurex Clearing AG remains almost 
perfectly matched with respect to the durations of received customer cash margins and investments 
which in only limited amounts may have tenors of up to one month while the Clearstream subgroup may 
invest customer balances up to a maximum of one year under strict control of mismatch and interest rate 
limits (see 
reverse repurchase agreements against highly liquid collateral that can be deposited with the Luxem-
bourg Central Bank and can be used as a liquidity buffer in case of need.  

 note 31 for an overview of the maturity structure).Term investments can be transacted via 

Contractually agreed credit lines 

Company 

Purpose of credit line 

Currency 

Deutsche Börse AG 

Eurex Clearing AG 

working capital1) 

settlement 

settlement 

settlement 

Clearstream Banking S.A. 

working capital1) 

   working capital1) 

– interday 

– interday 

– intraday 

– interday 

– interday 

– interday 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2012 
m 

Amount as at 
31 Dec 2011 
m 

605.0 

670.0 

700.0 

200.0 

605.0 

670.0 

700.0 

200.0 

0 

1,000.0 

750.0 

0 

€

€

€

CHF

US$

€

1)  €400.0 million of Deutsche Börse AG’s working capital credit lines is a sub-credit line of Clearstream Banking S.A.’s €750 million working capital credit line. 

Clearstream Banking S.A. has a bank guarantee (letter of credit) in favour of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.  
issued by an international consortium to secure daily deliveries of securities between Euroclear  
and Clearstream. This guarantee amounted to US$2.75 billion as at 31 December 2012 (2011: 
US$2.75 billion). Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. has also issued a corresponding guarantee in favour of 
Clearstream Banking S.A. 

Furthermore, Eurex Clearing AG holds a credit facility of US$2.1 billion granted by Euroclear Bank 
S.A./N.V. in order to increase the settlement efficiency. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
298 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

A commercial paper programme offers Deutsche Börse AG an opportunity for flexible, short-term financ-
ing, involving a total facility of €2.5 billion in various currencies. As at year-end, there was no outstand-
ing commercial paper (2011: no outstanding commercial paper). 

Clearstream Banking S.A. also has a commercial paper programme with a programme limit of 
€1.0 billion, which is used to provide additional short-term liquidity. As at 31 December 2012, com-
mercial paper with a nominal value of €208.4 million had been issued (2011: €204.3 million). 

The rating agencies Fitch and Standard & Poor’s confirmed the existing credit ratings of the Group com-
panies in the course of the financial year. However, because of the weaker business environment, 
Standard & Poor’s added a negative outlook to Deutsche Börse AG’s rating on 20 December 2012. On  
1 February 2013, Fitch Ratings added a negative outlook to Clearstream Banking S.A.’s AA rating be-
cause of increased operational risk. 

As at 31 December 2012, Deutsche Börse AG was one of only two DAX-listed companies that had been 
given an AA rating by Standard & Poor’s.  

As at 31 December 2012, Deutsche Börse AG’s commercial paper programme was awarded the best 
possible short-term rating of A–1+. 

37. Financial liabilities and other risks 

For the coming financial years, the Group’s expenses in connection with long-term contracts relating to 
maintenance contracts and other contracts are presented in the following: 

Breakdown of future financial obligations 

Up to 1 year 

1 to 5 years 

More than 5 years 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

49.9 

63.4 

9.5 

49.7

51.5

8.9

122.8 

110.1

In connection with the cooperation agreement between SIX Swiss Exchange AG and Deutsche Börse AG 
with regard to both parties’ participation in Scoach Holding S.A., Deutsche Börse AG has the right and 
the obligation, at the end of the cooperation after expiration of the term or termination of the agreement, to 
retain the Scoach Holding S.A. (including the collateral participation in Scoach Europa AG, a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Scoach Holding S.A.) as sole shareholder. This obligation results in a contingent liability of 
Deutsche Börse AG to SIX Swiss Exchange AG to make a compensation payment if the net financial 
liabilities and non-operating assets of Scoach Holding S.A. (including Scoach Europa AG) are higher 
than those of Scoach Schweiz AG, which is being taken over by SIX Swiss Exchange AG. The reverse 
case will result in an obligation of SIX Swiss Exchange AG to Deutsche Börse AG. In December 2012, 
SIX Swiss Exchange AG gave notice of termination of the cooperation agreement effective 30 June 2013. 
Due to this termination of the cooperation agreement, the joint venture will end on 30 June 2013 and 
the markets contributed to the venture will be transferred back to the parent companies. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

299 

Other litigation and liability risks 

Contingent liabilities may result from present obligations and from possible obligations from events in the 
past. Deutsche Börse Group recognises provisions for the possible incurrence of losses only if there is a 
present obligation from an event in the past which is likely to cause an outflow of resources and if it is 
possible to reliably estimate the amount of such obligation. In order to determine for which proceedings 
the possibility of incurring a loss is more than unlikely as well as how the possible loss is estimated, 
Deutsche Börse Group takes into account a multitude of factors, including the nature of the claim and 
the facts on which it is based, the jurisdiction and course of the individual proceedings, the experience 
of Deutsche Börse Group, prior settlement talks (as far as have already taken place) as well as reports 
and evaluations of legal advisors. However, it is possible that a reliable estimate for a given proceedings 
could not be determined before the release of the consolidated financial statements, and that – as a 
result – no provisions are recognised. 

Eurex Clearing AG vs. Lehman Brothers Bankhaus AG  
On 26 November 2012, the insolvency administrator of Lehman Brothers Bankhaus AG (LBB AG), Dr 
Michael C. Frege, brought an action against Eurex Clearing AG before the Frankfurt/Main Regional Court. 
On the basis of German insolvency law, Dr Frege is demanding from Eurex Clearing AG the repayment of 
€113.5 million and payment of another amount of around €1.0 million plus interest of 5 percentage 
points above the base rate accrued on the total amount since 13 November 2008. Eurex Clearing AG 
considers the claim unfounded and is defending itself against the insolvency administrator’s action.  

LBB AG had made payments in the amount of €113.5 million to Eurex Clearing AG in the morning of 
15 September 2008. LBB AG was thereby effecting collateral payments (intraday margin payments) of 
Lehman Brothers International (Europe) (LBIE) from the underlying clearing relationship to Eurex Clear-
ing AG by acting as correspondence bank for the former clearing member LBIE. On 15 September 2008, 
administration proceedings were opened in the United Kingdom with respect to LBIE, and Bundesagen-
tur für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (BaFin, German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) issued a 
moratorium with regard to LBB AG in the course of 15 September 2008. On 13 November 2008, insol-
vency proceedings were opened with regards to LBB AG. 

Clearstream Banking S.A. vs. OFAC 
The U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) has contacted Clearstream Bank-
ing S.A. (Clearstream) regarding OFAC’s investigation under US Iran sanctions regulations of certain 
securities transfers within the Clearstream settlement system in 2008. These transfers implemented the 
decision taken by Clearstream in 2007 to close its Iranian customers’ accounts. OFAC had been in-
formed of the closing of the accounts in advance. 

OFAC has now invited Clearstream to pursue closure of the matter through substantive discussions and 
settlement in accordance with OFAC’s standard procedures. Thereupon Clearstream has decided to enter 
into such settlement discussions with OFAC on 9 January 2013. 

OFAC has communicated to Clearstream its preliminary views on the investigation. OFAC’s preliminary 
views are that (1) apparent violations of US sanctions may have occurred in 2008 in connection with 
the aforementioned securities transfers, and (2) if OFAC were to issue a civil pre-penalty notice based 
only on information currently available to it, such a pre-penalty notice would indicate an amount of  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
300 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

approximately US$340 million. These views were shared for discussion purposes only and are subject  
to potential significant change in favour of Clearstream depending on the outcome of discussions with 
OFAC. OFAC has not taken any final decision either on a finding of any violation or on any amount. Any 
settlement with OFAC would not constitute a finding of a violation. 

Clearstream continues to believe that its actions were in compliance with any applicable US sanctions 
regulations and considers OFAC’s preliminary figure to be unwarranted and excessive. Clearstream ap-
preciates the opportunity to engage in substantive discussions with OFAC on the facts and reasons why 
a penalty should not be imposed or, if a settlement payment is agreed upon, why it should be in a far 
lesser amount. 

Up until the release of these consolidated financial statements, the amount of a payment – also taking 
into account expert’s opinions and different evaluation methods – cannot be estimated reliably by 
Deutsche Börse Group (nor can a certain range be specified); as a result and in accordance with 
IAS 37.26 no provisions have been recognised. This approach reflects the information known at the 
time of the release of the consolidated financial statements; it may change over the course of time, in 
particular during the course of the proceedings or upon entering into settlement talks, as the case may 
be. 

Peterson vs. Clearstream Banking S.A., Citibank NA et al. 
Following a civil action against Iran, plaintiffs obtained a default judgement against Iran in September 
2007 in US courts. In June 2008, plaintiffs commenced enforcement proceedings in the United States 
District Court for the Southern District of New York to satisfy this judgement by restraining certain client 
positions held in Clearstream Banking S.A.’s securities omnibus account with its US depository bank, 
Citibank NA. The restrained positions are alleged to be beneficially owned by an Iranian government 
entity. Consistent with its custodial obligations, Clearstream defended against the restraints and filed a 
motion to vacate the restraints on various grounds. In October 2010, plaintiffs commenced a lawsuit 
which seeks to have the restrained positions turned over to plaintiffs. An amended complaint was re-
ceived by Clearstream in Luxembourg on 7 January 2011. The amended complaint includes a cause of 
action directly against Clearstream with a claim for US$250 million in connection with purportedly 
fraudulent conveyances related to the restrained positions. In summer 2011, Citibank NA interpleaded 
other potential judgement creditors of Iran into the litigation. At the direction of the court, Clearstream 
renewed its motion to vacate the restraints. This renewed motion remains pending before the court. On 
7 December 2011, the plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint, adding claims for damages against 
Clearstream and others of US$2 billion, plus punitive damages to be determined at trial and attorney’s 
fees. Clearstream considers the plaintiffs’ claims against it to be legally and factually without merit, as 
Clearstream will establish at the appropriate time in the litigation. Should the case proceed, consistent 
with its custodial obligations Clearstream intends to defend itself vigorously to the fullest extent. 

Heiser vs. Clearstream Banking S.A. 
In addition to existing enforcement proceedings in the Peterson case, another turnover proceeding was 
filed by another set of plaintiffs (the Heiser plaintiffs) in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District 
of New York in March 2011 in connection with the enforcement of the Heiser plaintiffs’ separate judge-
ment against Iran. The Heiser plaintiffs are seeking turnover of the same above mentioned client posi-
tions held in Clearstream Banking S.A.’s securities omnibus account with its US depository bank. The 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

301 

Heiser plaintiffs have been interpleaded into the Peterson case and the Heiser case has been stayed 
pending disposition of certain pending motions in the Peterson case. Clearstream Banking S.A. intends 
to defend itself vigorously to the fullest extent against this claim consistent with its custodial obligations, 
if the case proceeds.  

CBOE vs. ISE 
On 12 November 2012, the Chicago Board Options Exchange (CBOE) filed a patent infringement law-
suit against the International Securities Exchange (ISE). CBOE alleges $525 million in damages for in-
fringement of three patents, which relate to systems and methods for limiting market maker risk. ISE 
believes that CBOE’s damages claim lacks merit because it is unsupported by the facts and the law. ISE 
intends to vigorously defend itself in this lawsuit. In November 2006, ISE itself filed a patent infringe-
ment lawsuit against CBOE. In this on-going litigation, which is scheduled for trial on 11 March 2013, 
ISE alleges $475 million in damages for infringement of ISE’s patent which relates to systems and 
methods for operating an automated exchange. 

In addition to the matters described above and in prior disclosures, Deutsche Börse Group is from time 
to time involved in various legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business. Deutsche 
Börse Group recognises provisions for litigation and regulatory matters when it has a present obligation 
from an event in the past, an outflow of resources with economic benefit to settle the obligation is prob-
able and it is possible to reliably estimate the amount. In such cases, there may be an exposure to loss 
in excess of the amounts accrued. When these conditions are not met, Deutsche Börse Group does not 
recognise a provision. As a litigation or regulatory matter develops, Deutsche Börse Group evaluates on 
an ongoing basis whether the requirements to recognise a provision are met. Deutsche Börse Group may 
not be able to predict what the eventual loss or range of loss related to such matters will be. Deutsche 
Börse Group does not believe, based on currently available information, that the results of any of these 
various proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its financial statements as a whole.  

38. Leases 

Finance leases 

There were no minimum lease payments from finance leases for Deutsche Börse Group neither as at  
31 December 2012 nor as at 31 December 2011.  

Operating leases (as lessee) 

Deutsche Börse Group has entered into leases to be classified as operating leases due to their econom-
ic substance, meaning that the leased asset is allocated to the lessor. These leases relate mainly to 
buildings, IT hardware and software. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
302 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Minimum lease payments from operating leases 

Up to 1 year1) 

1 to 5 years1) 

More than 5 years1) 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

68.8 

176.6 

151.0 

396.4 

73.6

189.3

194.0

456.9

1)  The expected payments in US dollars were translated into euros applying the closing rate of 31 December 2012. 

In the year under review, €72.1 million (2011: €65.0 million) of minimum lease payments was recog-
nised as an expense. No expenses were incurred for subleases or contingent rentals in the year under 
review. 

Operating leases for buildings, some of which are subleased, have a maximum remaining term of 13 
years. The lease contracts usually terminate automatically when the lease expires. The Group has op-
tions to extend some leases. 

Rental income expected from sublease contracts 

Up to 1 year 

1 to 5 years 

Total 

31 Dec 2012 
€m 

31 Dec 2011 
€m 

1.0 

1.0 

2.0 

1.4

1.7

3.1

39. Stock Bonus Plan, Stock Plan and Group Share Plan 

Stock Bonus Plan (SBP) and Stock Plan 

In the year under review, the company established an additional tranche of the SBP. In order to partici-
pate in the SBP, a beneficiary must have earned a bonus. The number of stock options for senior execu-
tives is determined by the amount of the individual and performance-based SBP bonus for the financial 
year, divided by the average share price (Xetra closing price) of Deutsche Börse AG’s shares in the 
fourth quarter of the financial year in question. Neither the converted SBP bonus nor the stock options will 
be paid at the time the bonus is determined. Rather, the entitlement is generally received two years 
after having been granted (so-called “waiting period”). Within this period, beneficiaries cannot assert 
shareholder rights (in particular, the right to receive dividends and attend the Annual General Meeting). 
The beneficiaries’ claims resulting from the SBP are calculated on the first trading day following the 
last day of the waiting period. The current market price at that date (closing auction price of Deutsche 
Börse share in electronic trading on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange) is multiplied by the number of SBP 
shares.  

Since 1 January 2010, a different method has been applied to calculate the number of stock options for 
Executive Board members which is described below. 

To calculate the number of stock options for Executive Board members under the 2010 SBP tranche and 
all subsequent tranches, the Supervisory Board defines the 100 per cent stock bonus target in euros 
for each Executive Board member at the beginning of each financial year. Based on the 100 per cent 
stock bonus target defined by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of each financial year, the corre-
sponding number of virtual shares for each Executive Board member is calculated by dividing the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

303 

stock bonus target by the average share price (Xetra closing price) of Deutsche Börse AG’s shares in 
the two calendar months preceding the month in which the Supervisory Board adopts the resolution on 
the stock bonus target. Any right to payment of a stock bonus vests only after a performance period of 
three years. The year in which the 100 per cent stock bonus target is defined is taken to be the first 
performance year. 

The calculation of the subsequent payout amount of the stock bonus for the Executive Board depends  
on the development of two performance factors during the performance period: firstly, on the relative 
performance of the total shareholder return on Deutsche Börse AG’s shares compared with the total 
shareholder return of the STOXX Europe 600 Financials Index as the peer group, and secondly, on the 
performance of Deutsche Börse AG’s share price. This is multiplied by the number of virtual shares at 
the end of the performance period to determine the stock bonus. The share price used to calculate the 
cash payment claims of Executive Board members from the stock bonus is calculated as the average price 
of Deutsche Börse AG’s shares (Xetra closing price) in the two full calendar months preceding the end of 
the performance period.  

On 20 April 2009, the Luxembourgian Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) pub-
lished a circular on remuneration policies in the banking sector that addresses key aspects of remunera-
tion practices for sustainable corporate governance and support their implementation in banking institu-
tions’ day-to-day operations. According to this circular, every banking institution is required to introduce 
a remuneration policy that is in harmony with its business strategy and corporate goals and values as 
well as the long-term interests of the financial enterprise, its customers and investors, and which mini-
mises the institution’s risk position. Clearstream companies in Luxembourg have therefore revised their 
remuneration system for executive boards in line with the circular, and introduced a so-called stock plan. 
The exercise process of this stock plan stipulates the allocation of a stock bonus at the end of each 
financial year, which will be paid in three tranches of equal size with maturities after one, two and three 
years, respectively. There is a cash settlement obligation for claims under the stock plan. 

The number of stock options under the stock plan is determined by the amount of the individual, per-
formance-based bonus established for each Executive Board member, divided by the average market 
price (Xetra closing price) for Deutsche Börse AG shares in the fourth quarter of the financial year in 
question. As the contracts require the stock bonus to be exercised gradually, it is divided into three sepa-
rate tranches, which are measured according to their respective residual term using the corresponding 
parameters of the Stock Bonus Plan for senior executives. 

In April 2012, Eurex Frankfurt AG introduced a special remuneration component for its Executive Board 
members in the form of a separate SBP tranche with a term of 21 months.  

For the stock bonus of senior executives under the 2010 to 2012 tranches, Deutsche Börse AG has an 
option whether to settle a beneficiary’s claim in cash or shares. The company decided to settle the 2010 
tranche claims due in 2013 in cash. A cash settlement obligation exists for claims relating to the stock 
bonus of the Executive Board under the newly issued 2010, 2011 and 2012 SBP tranches, all future 
stock bonus programmes issued for the Executive Board and the stock plan for the executive board 
members of the Clearstream companies. 

In accordance with IFRS 2, the company uses an adjusted Black-Scholes model (Merton model) to cal-
culate the fair value of the stock options.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
304 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Valuation parameters for SBP shares 

Term until 

Risk-free interest rate 

Volatility of Deutsche Börse AG shares  

Dividend yield 

Exercise price 

Tranche 2012 

Tranche 20111) 

Tranche 2010 

31 Jan 2015

31 Jan 2013 –
 31 Jan 2015 

31 Jan 2013

%

%

%

€

– 0.04

 – 0.04 – 0.02 

31.50

8.90 – 31.50 

4.54

0

4.54 

0 

0.02

8.90

4.54

0

1)  The SBP 2011 tranche also includes SBP options of the Stock Plan for the executive board members of the Luxembourgian companies and SBP options for the 

Executive Board of Eurex Frankfurt AG. These options are evaluated using different parameters. 

The valuation model does not take into account exercise hurdles. The volatilities applied correspond to 
the market volatilities of comparable options with comparable maturities.  

Valuation of SBP shares 

Deutsche 
Börse AG 
share price 
as at 
31 Dec 2012 
€ 

46.21

46.21

46.21

Balance as at 
31 Dec 20121) 
Number 

177,564 

198,834 

109,4023) 

485,800 

Tranche 2010 

Tranche 2011 

Tranche 2012 

Total 

Intrinsic 
value/
option2) 
€ 

46.21

Fair value/
option2) 
€ 

46.03

46.21

42.11 – 46.03

46.21

42.11

Current 
provision as 
at 31 Dec 
2012 
€m 

Non-current 
provision as 
at 31 Dec 
2012 
€m 

8.0 

0.3 

0 

8.3 

0

5.3

1.4

6.7

Settlement 
obligation
€m 

8.2

8.8

4.6

21.6

1)  There were no exercisable SBP shares as at 31 December 2012. 
2)  As at the balance sheet date  
3)  As the grant date for the 2012 tranche for senior executives is not until financial year 2013, the number indicated for the balance sheet date may change subse-

quently.  

The stock options from the 2009 SBP were exercised in the year under review following expiration of the 
vesting period. The average exercise price for the 2009 tranche following expiration of the vesting period 
was €47.33 for the 2009 tranche. Shares of the SBP tranches 2009, 2010 and 2011 were paid to 
former employees as part of severance payments in the reporting year. The average exercise price 
amounted to €42.37 for the 2009 tranche, €43.26 for the 2010 tranche and €50.10 for the 2011 
tranche. 

The amount of provisions for the SBP results from the measurement of the number of SBP shares with 
the fair value of the closing auction price of Deutsche Börse shares in electronic trading at the Frankfurt 
Stock Exchange as at the balance sheet date and its proportionate recognition over the vesting period.  

Provisions amounting to €15.0 million were recognised as at the balance sheet date of 31 Decem- 
ber 2012 (31 December 2011: €13.9 million). Thereof, €6.7 million are non-current (2011: 
€7.6 million). Of total provisions amounting to €15.0 million, €5.9 million were attributable to mem-
bers of the Executive Board (2011: €4.0 million). The total cost of the SBP shares in the year under 
review was €8.7 million (2011: €7.7 million). Of that amount, an expense of €3.7 million was at-
tributable to active members of the Executive Board as at the balance sheet date (2011: 
€1.9 million). For the number of SBP shares granted to members of the Executive Board, please also 
refer to the 

 remuneration report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

305 

Change in number of SBP shares allocated 

Balance as at 
31 Dec 2011 

To the Executive Board 

To other senior executives 

178,707 

440,082 

Total 

618,789 

2,377

Disposals 
2010 
tranche 

Disposals 
2011 
tranche 

2,3771)

2,7221)

0

66,899

69,621

Additions 
2012 
tranche 

69,514

39,888

Options
exercised 

37,401

Options  
forfeited 

Balance as at 
31 Dec 2012 

0 

205,721 

128,391

4,601 

280,079 

109,4022)

165,792

4,601 

485,800 

1)  This relates to a decline in the number of SBP shares caused by a decline in the TSR compared to the 100 per cent value at the time the tranche was issued. 
2) As the grant date for the 2012 tranche for senior executives is not until financial year 2013, the number indicated for the balance sheet date may change subse-

quently. 

Group Share Plan (GSP) 

Employees of Deutsche Börse Group who are not members of the Executive Board or senior executives 
have the opportunity to subscribe for shares of Deutsche Börse AG at a discount of 30 or 40 per cent to 
the issue price under the Group Share Plan (GSP). This discount is based on the employee’s performance 
assessment and length of service. Under the 2012 GSP tranche, eligible employees were able to buy 
up to 100 shares of the company. The purchased shares must be held for at least two years. 

In 2004 to 2006, employees participating in the GSP received an additional stock option for each share 
acquired through the GSP, which they could exercise after two years at a fixed premium to the issue price. 

The options of the remaining 2006 GSP tranche expired on 30 June 2012 when the plan ended, be-
cause the exercise price of the options exceeded the closing auction price of Deutsche Börse shares. 

In the year under review, expense in the total amount of €0.6 million (2011: €0.1 million) was recog-
nised in staff costs for the Group Share Plan. 

Change in number of GSP options allocated 

Tranche 2006 

44,719

0

44,719 

0 

Balance as at 
31 Dec 2011 

Options 
exercised 

Options  
forfeited 

Balance as at 
31 Dec 2012 

ISE Group Share Plan  

As a component of remuneration with a long-term incentive effect the company also issued an annual 
tranche of the Group Share Plan for employees of the US subgroup ISE in the past. Under these tranch-
es of the ISE Group Share Plan, eligible employees had the opportunity to acquire a number of shares in 
Deutsche Börse AG based on their earned bonus plus an additional personal contribution. The purchase 
price for the shares, which was reduced by 90 per cent, was paid from the granted GSP bonus and an 
additional contribution by the beneficiary. For the 2009 tranche of the stock options, a three year vesting 
period was scheduled. Neither the GSP bonus nor the number of GSP shares were paid at the time the  
bonus was determined. Rather, the payments were made two years after the grant date of the 2009 
tranche. Within this period, beneficiaries could not assert shareholder rights (in particular, the right to 
receive dividends and attend the Annual General Meeting). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
306 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

The shares under the Group Share Plan were delivered no later than 45 days after the vesting period 
expired. The difference between the average purchase price and the reduced subscription price was 
charged to staff costs. 

ISE has not issued any further tranche for the ISE Group Share Plan. The stock options from the 2009 
tranche were exercised following expiration of the vesting period. The average share price for the 67,064 
stock options exercised was €46.34. 

Change in number of ISE GSP shares allocated 

Tranche 2009 

67,064

67,064

0 

0

Balance as at 
31 Dec 2011 

Options
exercised 

Options  
forfeited 

Balance as at 
31 Dec 2012 

After exercise of the 2009 tranche, there were no more provisions under the ISE’s GSP programme as at 
the balance sheet date on 31 December 2012 (2011: current provisions of €2.4 million). 

40. Executive bodies 

The members of the company’s executive bodies are listed in the 
Board” chapters of this corporate report.  

 “Executive Board” and “Supervisory 

41. Corporate governance 

On 10 December 2012, the Executive and Supervisory Boards issued the latest version of the declaration 
of conformity in accordance with section 161 of the Aktiengesetz (AktG, the German Stock Corporation 
Act) and made it permanently available to shareholders on the company’s website (see also 
 chapter 
“Corporate governance declaration” of this corporate report). 

42. Related party disclosures  

Related parties as defined by IAS 24 are members of the executive bodies of Deutsche Börse AG and the 
companies classified as associates of Deutsche Börse AG and other investors, and companies that are 
controlled or significantly influenced by members of the executive bodies. 

The remuneration of the individual members of the Executive and Supervisory Boards is presented in the 
remuneration report. The remuneration report is a component of the combined management report.  

Executive Board 

In 2012, the fixed and variable remuneration of the members of the Executive Board, including non-
cash benefits, amounted to a total of €14.3 million (2011: €14.8 million).  

In 2012, no expenses for non-recurring termination benefits for Executive Board members (2011: nil) 
were recognised in the consolidated income statement.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

307 

The actuarial present value of the pension obligations to Executive Board members was €31.7 million at 
31 December 2012 (2011: €27.3 million). Expenses of €1.4 million (2011: €1.3 million) were recog-
nised as additions to pension provisions. 

Former members of the Executive Board or their surviving dependents 

The remuneration paid to former members of the Executive Board or their surviving dependents amounted 
to €1.6 million in 2012 (2011: €1.6 million). The actuarial present value of the pension obligations 
was €41.5 million at 31 December 2012 (2011: €33.3 million).  

Supervisory Board 

The aggregate remuneration paid to members of the Supervisory Board in financial year 2011 was 
€2.1 million (2011: €1.8 million).  

Other material transactions with related parties 

The two following tables show the other material transactions with companies classified as related  
parties. All transactions were effected on an arm’s length basis. 

Material transactions with associates 

Loans from Scoach Holding S.A. to Deutsche Börse AG as part of cash 
pooling 

Loans from Scoach Europa AG to Deutsche Börse AG as part of cash 
pooling 

Services of Deutsche Börse AG for Scoach Europa AG 

Loans from Deutsche Börse AG to Indexium AG 

Loans from Deutsche Börse AG to Digital Vega FX Ltd. 

Operation of trading and clearing software by Deutsche Börse AG for 
European Energy Exchange AG and affiliates 

IT services and infrastructure by International Securities Exchange, LLC 
for Direct Edge Holdings, LLC2) 

Development and operation of the Link Up Converter system by 
Clearstream Services S.A. for Link Up Capital Markets, S.L. 

Material transactions within the framework of gold under custody 
between Clearstream Banking AG and Deutsche Börse Commodities 
GmbH 

Calculation services, provision of software solutions for indices and 
benchmark and operation of necessary software for Deutsche Börse AG 
by Indexium AG  

Calculation services, provision of software solutions for indices and 
benchmark and operation of necessary software for STOXX Ltd. by 
Indexium AG  

Other outstanding balances with associates 

Amount of the transactions 

Outstanding balances  

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

31 Dec 
2012 
€m 

31 Dec 
2011 
€m 

0

0

6.0

0.2

0

9.7

0.8

1.6

0.1

0

5.9

0.1

0

10.1

0.7

1.8

– 13.1 

– 11.8 

– 0.1 

– 0.8 

0.4 

01)

0.1 

0.7 

0.6 

0.2 

1.2 

0.6 

0 

0.3 

0.4 

0.5 

– 5.1

– 4.3

– 0.4 

– 0.4 

0

– 1.4

–

0

0

–

– 2.53)

– 1.64)

– 0.1 

0 

0 

0 

1)  Outstanding balance after impairment losses of €5.5 million on the loan granted to Indexium AG by Deutsche Börse AG 
2)  Direct Edge Holdings, LLC has been classified again as an associate since the restoration of significant influence on 9 February 2012. 
3) Thereof provisions for development costs amounting to €1.5 million 
4) Thereof provisions for development costs amounting to €1.3 million 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
308 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Material transactions with other related parties 

   Amount of the transactions 

Outstanding balances  

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

31 Dec 
2012 
€m 

31 Dec 
2011 
€m 

Office and administrative services by Eurex Zürich AG  
for SIX Swiss Exchange AG1) 

Loans from SIX Group AG provided to STOXX Ltd. as part of the 
acquisition and interest charges thereon1) 

Office and administrative services by SIX Group AG for STOXX Ltd.1) 

Office and administrative services by SIX Swiss Exchange AG for Eurex 
Zürich AG1) 

Office and administrative services by SIX Swiss Exchange AG  
for Eurex Frankfurt AG1) 

Transfer of revenue from Eurex fees by Eurex Zürich AG  
to SIX Swiss Exchange AG1) 

Operation and development of Xontro by Deutsche Börse AG 
for BrainTrade Gesellschaft für Börsensysteme mbH 

Operation of the floor trading system by BrainTrade  
Gesellschaft für Börsensysteme mbH for Deutsche Börse AG 

0

0

2.2

– 2.3

– 2.0

n.a.

9.6

2.4

28.0 

– 0.3 

– 1.3 

– 8.4 

– 7.2 

n.a. 

12.3 

4.9 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

n.a. 

0.9 

5.0

– 6.2

– 1.3

– 1.1

– 0.2

– 16.5

2.0

0 

– 0.3

1)  On 30 April 2012, SIX Group AG sold its remaining shares in Eurex Zürich AG to Deutsche Börse AG. Since then, SIX Group AG and its affiliates have not been 

considered as related parties within the meaning of IAS 24. 

Transactions with key management personnel 
Key management personnel are persons who directly or indirectly have authority and responsibility for 
planning, directing and controlling the activities of Deutsche Börse Group. The Group defines the mem-
bers of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board as key management personnel for the purposes 
of IAS 24.  

In the context of the proposed transaction between Deutsche Börse Group and NYSE Euronext, Deutsche 
Börse AG entered into contracts for the provision of advisory services with Deutsche Bank AG, Frank-
furt / Main, and Mayer Brown LLP, Washington. In the period under review, two members of the Supervi-
sory Board of Deutsche Börse AG also held key management positions in these companies. In the finan-
cial year ended 31 December 2012, Deutsche Börse Group paid Deutsche Bank AG and Mayer Brown 
LLP a total of €1.1 million (2011: € 3.0 million) for advisory services in connection with this transac-
tion. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

309 

Furthermore, Deutsche Börse AG has entered into a contract for the provision of advisory services with 
Richard Berliand Limited, whose Executive Director Richard Berliand is a member of Deutsche Börse AG’s 
Supervisory Board. Significant elements of this contract include strategies relating to the competitive 
positioning of Deutsche Börse AG’s new clearing business in the market as well as advisory services 
in connection with major strategic projects. Deutsche Börse Group made payments of €42.5 thousand 
to Richard Berliand Limited for advisory services in the year under review (2011: €161.4 thousand).  

In financial year 2012, the employee representatives on Deutsche Börse AG’s Supervisory Board re-
ceived salaries (excluding Supervisory Board remuneration) amounting to €0.7 million (2011: € 
0.5 million). The total consists of the respective total gross amounts for those employee representatives 
who drew salaries from Deutsche Börse AG in the year under review. 

Further transactions with related parties 
In the context of the transaction between Deutsche Börse AG, SIX Group AG and SIX Swiss Exchange AG 
described in detail in 
Deutsche Börse AG with effect from 1 January 2012; instead of the economic interest of 85 per 
cent of these amounts included in Deutsche Börse AG’s consolidated financial statements. In re-
turn, SIX Swiss Exchange AG received consideration of €295.0 million in cash and 5,286,738 shares 
of Deutsche Börse AG.  

 note 2, it was agreed that all of Eurex’s sales and profits will accrue to 

43. Shareholders 

Section 160 (1) no. 8 of the Aktiengesetz (AktG, German Stock Corporation Act) requires disclosure of 
the existence of long-term investments that have been notified to the entity in accordance with sec-
tion 21 (1) or section 21 (1a) of the Wertpapierhandelsgesetz (WpHG, German Securities Trading Act). 
The following table provides an overview of the disclosable investments as at 11 March 2013 that had 
been notified to the company. The information was taken in all cases from the most recent notifications 
provided by disclosers to the company. All notifications provided by the company concerning disclosure 
of investments in the year under review and thereafter until 11 March 2013 are accessible on  

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/ir_news. Please note that the information with regard to the percentages 

and voting rights held under these long-term investments may no longer be up-to-date. 

The company received the following notifications pursuant to section 21 of the WpHG: 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
310 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Discloser 

Deutsche Börse AG 

BlackRock Advisors Holdings, Inc. 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. 

BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc. 

Black Rock Group Limited 

BlackRock, Inc. 

Domicile and country in which 
the domicile or place of 
residence of the discloser is 
located 

Date investment 
reached, exceeded or 
fell below threshold 

Over-/ 
understepping 
(+/–) 

Frankfurt/Main, Germany 

17 Feb 2012 

New York, USA 

New York, USA 

Delaware, USA 

1 Dec 2009 

14 Apr 2011 

14 Apr 2011 

London, United Kingdom 

7 Dec 2012 

New York, USA 

12 Apr 2011 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

- 

- 

+ 

+ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc 

Edinburgh, United Kingdom 

16 May 2011 

Royal Bank of Scotland N.V. 

BR Jersey International Holdings, L.P. 

BlackRock International Holdings, Inc. 

RFS Holdings B.V. 

RBS Holdings N.V. 

Amsterdam, Netherlands 

16 May 2011 

St. Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands  8 Feb 2012 

New York, USA 

2 Aug 2012 

Amsterdam, Netherlands 

16 May 2011 

Amsterdam, Netherlands 

16 May 2011 

Capital Research and Management Company 

Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC 

Los Angeles, USA 

Washington, USA 

Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc. 

Boston, USA 

Sun Life Financial (U.S.) Investments LLC 

Sun Life Financial (U.S.) Holdings, Inc. 

Sun Life Global Investments Inc. 

Wellesley Hills, USA 

Wellesley Hills, USA 

Toronto, Canada 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada – U.S. Operations Holdings, Inc. Wellesley Hills, USA 

Sun Life Financial Inc. 

Massachusetts Financial Services Company (MFS) 

Toronto, Canada 

Boston, USA 

1 Oct 2011 

12 Oct 2011 

19 Dec 2011 

19 Dec 2011 

19 Dec 2011 

19 Dec 2011 

19 Dec 2011 

19 Dec 2011 

19 Dec 2011 

Credit Suisse Group AG 

Zurich, Switzerland 

23 May 2012 

Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited 

London, United Kingdom 

23 May 2012 

The Capital Group Companies 

Morgan Stanley 

Los Angeles, USA 

Delaware, USA 

2 Oct 2012 

29 May 2012 

Morgan Stanley International Holdings 

Delaware, USA 

29 May 2012 

Morgan Stanley International Limited 

London, United Kingdom 

29 May 2012 

Morgan Stanley Group Europe 

Morgan Stanley UK Group 

London, United Kingdom 

29 May 2012 

London, United Kingdom 

29 May 2012 

Morgan Stanley & Co International Plc 

London, United Kingdom 

29 May 2012 

Deka Bank Deutsche Girozentrale 

Frankfurt/Main, Germany 

11 May 2012 

+ 

Credit Suisse AG 

Zurich, Switzerland 

23 May 2012 

– 

Credit Suisse Investments UK 

London, United Kingdom 

23 May 2012 

Credit Suisse Investment Holdings UK 

London, United Kingdom 

23 May 2012 

Warburg Invest Kapitalanlagegesellschaft 

Hamburg, Germany 

21 May 2012 

– 

– 

– 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

Other disclosures

311 

Reporting 
threshold 

3.00%  n.a. 

Attribution in acc. with sections 22, 25 and 25a of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

5.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

5.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

Investment 
(%) 

Investment 
(voting rights) 

4.94% 

9,533,068 

3.35% 

6,526,163 

5.04% 

9,821,174 

5.04% 

9,821,174 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00030% 

5,790,525 

5.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

5.01% 

9,773,982 

3.00% 

1.50344 % of the voting rights in acc. with section 22 (1) sentence 1 of the WpHG and 0.00006 % of the voting 
rights in acc. with section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

1.50350% 

2,931,849 

3.00%  n.a. 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 1 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 1 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 in conjunction with section 22 (1) sentence 2 of the WpHG 

3.00%  section 22 (1) sentence 1 no. 6 of the WpHG 

5.00%    

   section 25a of the WpHG 

   section 25 of the WpHG 

   sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%  sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%  sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%    

   section 25a of the WpHG 

   section 25 of the WpHG 

   sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%    

   section 25 of the WpHG 

   sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%  section 25 of the WpHG 

5.00%  section 25 of the WpHG 

5.00%  section 25 of the WpHG 

5.00%    

   section 25a of the WpHG 

   section 25 of the WpHG 

5.00%    

   section 25 of the WpHG 

   sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%    

   section 25a of the WpHG 

   section 25 of the WpHG 

   sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%  sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

5.00%  sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

3.00%  sections 21, 22 of the WpHG 

1.50344% 

2,931,719 

3.58% 

6,981,055 

3.58% 

6,981,055 

1.50344% 

2,931,719 

1.50344% 

2,931,719 

2.88% 

5,562,043 

2.96% 

5,771,503 

2.92% 

5,699,639 

2.92% 

5,699,639 

2.92% 

5,699,639 

2.92% 

5,699,639 

2.92% 

5,699,639 

2.92% 

5,699,639 

2.92% 

5,699,639 

1.34% 

2,587,486 

0.02% 

0.04% 

39,420 

71,843 

1.28% 

2,476,223 

1.28% 

2,471,378 

2.75% 

5,310,796 

3.54% 

6,834,833 

2.31% 

4,462,194 

1.17% 

2,253,884 

0.06% 

118,755 

1.03% 

1,984,463 

1.00% 

1,930,473 

0.03% 

53,990 

0.88% 

1,693,951 

0.88% 

1,693,951 

0.88% 

1,693,951 

2.99% 

5,775,662 

2.11% 

4,081,711 

0.88% 

1,693,951 

5.70% 

11,008,669 

0.81% 

1,567,000 

4.89% 

9,441,669 

1.34% 

2,587,486 

0.02% 

0.04% 

39,420 

71,843 

1.28% 

2,476,223 

1.28% 

2,471,378 

1.28% 

2,471,378 

1.61% 

3,108,037 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
312 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

44. Employees 

Employees 

Average number of employees during the year 

Employed as at the balance sheet date 

FTE annual average 

2012 

3,654 

3,704 

2011 

3,522

3,588

3,416 

3,278

Of the average number of employees during the year, 9 (2011: 8) were classified as Managing  
Directors (excluding Executive Board members), 365 (2011: 373) as senior executives and  
3,280 (2011: 3,141) as employees.  

There was an average of 3,416 full-time equivalent (FTE) employees during the year (2011:  
3,278). Please refer also to the 

 “Employees” section in the combined management report. 

45. Events after the balance sheet date 

On 5 February 2013 Deutsche Börse AG has announced that the Executive Board of the company, sub-
ject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, is planning to accelerate the measures to increase the 
operating efficiency. For that purpose the company will identify and implement additional personnel and 
non-personnel cost savings of €70 million per annum. This will allow the company to compensate ex-
pected inflationary cost increases ahead of time. Furthermore, this ensures the necessary flexibility to 
continue the growth and infrastructure investments, which will allow the company to seize opportunities 
relating to structural and regulatory changes in financial markets and potential in markets like Asia. At 
the same time the company continues to adapt to evolving customer needs. All efficiency measures shall 
be fully realised by 2016. To achieve the efficiency improvements, the company is expecting implemen-
tation costs in a magnitude of €90 to €120 million. The majority of this amount is expected to be recog-
nised in the income statement in the form of provisions already in 2013. 

46. Date of approval for publication 

Deutsche Börse AG’s Executive Board approved the consolidated financial statements for submission to 
the Supervisory Board on 11 March 2013. The Supervisory Board is responsible for examining the con-
solidated financial statements and stating whether it endorses them. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

313 

Responsibility statement

Responsibility statement by  
the Executive Board 

To the best of our knowledge, and in accordance with the applicable reporting principles, the consolidat-
ed financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of the Group, and the combined management report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Group, together with a description of the principal 
opportunities and risks associated with the expected development of the Group. 

Frankfurt / Main, 11 March 2013 
Deutsche Börse AG 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
314 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Auditor’s report 

We have audited the consolidated financial statements prepared by Deutsche Börse Aktiengesellschaft, 
Frankfurt / Main, comprising the consolidated income statement, the statement of recognised income and 
expense, the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated cash flow statement, the consolidated statement 
of changes in equity and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, together with the combined 
management report for the business year from 1 January to 31 December 2012. The preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements and the combined management report in accordance with IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU, and the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant to § 315a Abs. 
[paragraph] 1 HGB [Handelsgesetzbuch “German Commercial Code”] are the responsibility of the parent 
company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial state-
ments and on the combined management report based on our audit. In addition we have been instructed 
to express an opinion as to whether the consolidated financial statements comply with full IFRS. 

We conducted our audit of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with § 317 HGB and Ger-
man generally accepted standards for the audit of financial statements promulgated by the Institut der 
Wirtschaftsprüfer [Institute of Public Auditors in Germany] (IDW). Those standards require that we plan 
and perform the audit such that misstatements materially affecting the presentation of the net assets, fi-
nancial position and results of operations in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the 
applicable financial reporting framework and in the combined management report are detected with rea-
sonable assurance. Knowledge of the business activities and the economic and legal environment of the 
Group and expectations as to possible misstatements are taken into account in the determination of audit 
procedures. The effectiveness of the accounting-related internal control system and the evidence supporting 
the disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and the combined management report are exam-
ined primarily on a test basis within the framework of the audit. The audit includes assessing the annual 
financial statements of those entities included in consolidation, the determination of entities to be included 
in consolidation, the accounting and consolidation principles used and significant estimates made by man-
agement, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements and the 
combined management report. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Our audit has not led to any reservations.  

In our opinion, based on the findings of our audit, the consolidated financial statements comply with IFRSs 
as adopted by the EU, the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant to § 315a Abs. 1 
HGB and full IFRS and give a true and fair view of the net assets, financial position and results of opera-
tions of the Group in accordance with these requirements. The combined management report is consistent 
with the consolidated financial statements and as a whole provides a suitable view of the Group’s position 
and suitably presents the opportunities and risks of future development. 

Frankfurt / Main, 13 March 2013 

KPMG AG  
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft 

Braun 
Wirtschaftsprüfer  
(German Public Auditor)   

Beier 
Wirtschaftsprüfer 
(German Public Auditor) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

315 

Summarised annual financial statements  
of Deutsche Börse AG 

A summary of Deutsche Börse AG’s financial statements prepared in accordance with the provisions of  
the Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB, the German Commercial Code) is presented below. In accordance with  
section 328 (2) HGB, the information is not presented in the legally required form of publication. A copy of  
the complete financial statements can be obtained from Deutsche Börse AG, Investor Relations, 60485 Frank-
furt / Main, Germany. A pdf version may be downloaded from the Internet at 
 www.deutsche-boerse.com/agm 
under the “Annual General Meeting” navigation point as part of the “Materials on the Annual General Meeting 
2013”.  

Income statement for the period 1 January to 31 December 

Sales revenue 

Other operating income 

Total costs 

Income from equity investments 

Income from profit pooling agreements 

Write-downs of non-current financial assets and current financial instruments 

Net financial result 

Profit before tax from ordinary activities 

Taxes 

Extraordinary income 

Extraordinary expense 

Extraordinary earnings 

Net profit for the year 

Appropriation to other retained earnings 

Unappropriated surplus 

2012 
€m 

1,110.3 

109.2 

– 692.6 

79.7 

215.4 

– 2.7 

– 93.0 

726.3 

2011 
€m 

1,280.7 

118.8 

– 741.2 

39.4 

173.4 

– 25.9 

– 85.1 

760.1 

– 120.6 

– 140.6 

0 

0 

0 

605.7 

– 205.7 

400.0 

60.3 

– 0.1 

60.2 

679.7 

– 29.7 

650.0 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
316 

Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

BBalance sheet as at 31 December 

Assets 

Fixed assets 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Equity and liabilities 

Equity 

Subscribed capital 

(thereof par value of shares acquired for retirement: €– 8.9 million; previous year: €–11.6 million) 

Share premium 

Other retained earnings 

Unappropriated surplus 

Provisions 

Liabilities 

Total equity and liabilities 

2012 
€m 

2011 
€m 

4,221.7 

749.8 

4,971.5 

3,572.5

981.9

4,554.4

184.1 

183.4

1,286.3 

1,284.3

431.1 

400.0 

2,301.5 

279.1 

2,390.9 

2,670.0 

4,971.5 

138.2

650.0

2,255.9

287.0

2,011.5

2,298.5

4,554.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
Strategic  perspectives  |  The  exchange  |  Responsibility  |  Governance  |  Management  report  |  Financial  statements  |  Notes

317 

Proposal on the appropriation of the  
unappropriated surplus 

The Executive Board proposes that the unappropriated surplus amounting to €400.0 million (2011: 
€650.0 million) reported in the annual financial statements of Deutsche Börse AG be appropriated  
as follows: 

Proposal on the appropriation of the unappropriated surplus 

Distribution of a regular dividend to the shareholders of €2.10 per share for 184,051,513 no-par value 
shares carrying dividend rights (in 2012 from net profit for 2011: €2.30 plus a special dividend of 
€1.00 per share) 

Appropriation to retained earnings 

Unappropriated surplus 

2012 
€m 

386.5 

13.5 

400.0 

2011 
€m 

622.91) 

27.12) 

650.0 

1)  Restated to reflect actual distribution (proposal for 2012: €605.4 million) after resolution of the Annual General Meeting on 16 May 2012 due to the adjusted 

number of shares carrying dividend rights to 188,753,670 
2)  Restated to reflect actual appropriation to retained earnings  

The proposal on the appropriation of the unappropriated surplus reflects treasury shares held directly  
or indirectly by the company that are not eligible to receive dividends under section 71b of the Aktien-
gesetz (AktG, the German Stock Corporation Act). The number of shares eligible to receive dividends can 
change up until the Annual General Meeting through the repurchase of further treasury shares (irre-
spective of whether or not such shares are subsequently retired) or through the sale of treasury shares. 
In this case, without changing the dividend of €2.10 an amended resolution for the appropriation of 
surplus will be proposed to the Annual General Meeting. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
318 Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Glossary

B

Basel III Recommendations by the Basel Committee on Banking Super - 
vision at the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland. 
The aim of the recommendations is to ensure the stability of the  
financial­system.­They­supplement­the­regulatory­framework­for­banks­
(Basel II recommendations) that were resolved in 2004; they update 
and complement the Basel II requirements especially to eliminate weak - 
nesses­of­the­framework­which­got­visible­during­the­global­financial­
and economic crisis.

Beta An indicator of the sensitivity of the price of an individual share 
to the performance of the market as a whole. Beta systematically 
denotes­the­relationship­between­the­risk­of­a­specific­investment­and­
the market risk.

C

Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) The Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) 
is­an­independent,­not-for-profit­organisation­which­has­the­world(cid:513)s­
largest database of climate-relevant company information. It provides 
the data for the capital markets and the general public.

CCP Central counterparty; also: clearing house. An institution that acts 
as a legal intermediary between the trading partners as a buyer or seller 
 netting, min - 
after a transaction has been completed, facilitating 
imising the default risk of a contracting party (margining and collate-
ralisation), and carrying out all process steps necessary for 

 clearing.

Central counterparty 

 CCP

Certificate­The­holder­of­a­certificate­participates­in­the­price­perform-
ance­of­an­underlying­to­which­the­price­performance­of­the­certificate­
is linked. This underlying can be a basket of shares compiled according 
to­specific­criteria,­for­example.­(cid:56)nderlyings­may­also­be­bonds,­indices,­
currencies, funds, precious metals, commodities, or real estate. From  
a legal perspective, an investor in a certificate acquires a legal obliga- 
tion­on­the­part­of­the­issuer.­Certificates­can­be­freely­traded.

 netting and 

 settlement of receivables and liabilities 
Clearing The 
arising from securities and derivatives transactions; determination of 
the bilateral net debt of buyers and sellers.

Collateral management Collateral comprises assets given as a guaran -
tee­by­a­borrower­(collateral­provider)­to­secure­a­loan­or­other­financial­
exposures­and­which­are­subject­to­utilisation­by­the­lender­(collateral­
taker) in the event of default. Collateral management encompasses the 
 custody­of­deposited­collateral­to­cover­financial­
administration and 
exposures,­for­example­resulting­from­
tions or derivatives transactions.

 securities lending transac- 

Commercial paper A debt security traded on the money market that 
has a short or medium term (mostly less than one year) and is issued 
by­issuers­with­a­high­credit­rating­to­finance­their­short-term­capital­
requirements.

Corporate bond In addition to bank loans, companies can also raise 
debt capital by issuing corporate bonds on the capital market. The 
interest that a company must pay investors who buy its bond is based 
on­the­company(cid:513)s­credit­quality,­among­other­things.

 OTC deriva-
Credit default swap A separate asset class and part of 
tives. Credit default swaps (CDSs) are used to hedge default risk and 
make it tradeable. The buyer of a CDS receives credit protection and is 
compensated by the CDS seller in the event of default. In return, the 
seller receives periodic payments from the CDS buyer.

CSD Central securities depository. Clearsteam Banking AG, Frankfurt/
Main,­acts­as­the­officially­recognised­German­bank­for­the­central­
depository of securities under the Depotgesetz (the German Securities 
Deposit Act), among other things. In this function, it offers a wide range 
of post-trade services relating to securities issued in Germany and 
other countries, both as a CSD for securities eligible for collective safe 
custody and as a custodian for other securities.

Custody The safekeeping and administration of securities for others.  
A custody account (similar to an account for money transactions) is  
established for each customer. The account information includes details 
of the types, nominal values or quantities, volumes, etc. of the securi-
ties held, as well as the name and address of the account holder.

E

EBA European Banking Authority, in London. Has  the aim of creating 
a common legal framework for the national banking supervisory author - 
 ESMA, it is part of the new European System of Finan - 
ities. Like the 
cial Supervision (ESFS).

 
Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |   Notes

319

 OTC 
 CCPs) and trade repositories, and 

EMIR The European Market Infrastructure Regulation regulates 
derivatives, central counterparties (
aims to improve security and integrity within the OTC 
derivatives market by promoting transparency and reducing risk. Among 
other things, the Regulation achieves this by introducing a 
obligation for eligible OTC derivatives, measures to reduce counterparty 
credit risk and operational risk for OTC derivatives not cleared via  
CCPs, as well as disclosure requirements for all derivatives. It also estab - 
lishes general requirements for CCPs and trade repositories.

 clearing 

EU prospectus Mandatory publication for the public offer and the  admis - 
sion of securities with all material information about the issuer and the 
securities. In addition to the issuer, its underwriting bank is also 
responsible and liable for the accuracy of the content. The mini mum 
requirements for prospectuses are derived from the EU prospectus 
regu lation.

F

Entry Standard Subsegment of the exchange-regulated market  
(Open Market) of Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (FWB ®, the Frankfurt 
Stock Exchange) with additional transparency requirements.

Forward rate agreement OTC, non-standardised interest rate deriva-
tive­in­which­both­parties­agree­on­a­fixed­rate­of­interest­to­be­paid­or­
received on an obligation beginning at a future start date.

ESG criteria ESG stands for “Environment, Social, Governance”. The 
composition of ESG indices such as the STOXX ® ESG Global Leaders 
Index­reflects­these­selection­criteria.

Future Standardised, exchange-traded derivatives contract in which 
sellers agree to deliver, and buyers agree to purchase, a certain quantity 
of an underlying at a predetermined price.

ESMA European Securities and Markets Authority, in Paris. Has the 
aim of creating a uniform legal framework for the national banking 
supervisory authorities. Like the 
System of Financial Supervision (ESFS).

 EBA, it is part of the new European 

ETC Exchange-traded commodity. Security on individual commodities 
or commodity baskets that can be traded on-exchange in the same way 
as a share via the Xetra ® trading system. Unlike 
 ETFs, ETCs are per-
petual debt instruments that are secured by the respective commodities.

ETF­Exchange-traded­fund.­Mutual­fund­with­indefinite­maturity­whose­
shares can be bought or sold in continuous trading on the exchange.  
It tracks the performance of the index on which it is based.

ETN Exchange-traded note. ETNs are exchange-traded bonds that 
track­the­performance­of­specific­market­indicators.­Examples­include­
volatility indices, foreign currencies, or equity indices. In contrast to  
 ETCs, ETNs track the performance of indices outside of the com-

mod ities sector.

Eurex Bonds ® Electronic platform for bond and basis trading. Eurex 
Clearing AG acts as the central counterparty (
on Eurex Bonds.

 CCP) for transactions 

Eurex Repo ® Electronic platform for trading general collateral (
Pooling ®), 
counterparty (

 repos and securities with Eurex Clearing AG as the central 

 CCP).

 GC 

G

GC Pooling ® Product segment developed by 
 Eurex Repo and Clear - 
stream Banking that is tailored to meet the needs of short-term collat-
eralised money market trading and offers collateralised short-term 
financing­and­efficient­collateral­management.

General Standard Transparency level on the EU-regulated market of 
Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (FWB ®, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange). 
In contrast to the 
mum statutory requirements (such as an annual report and ad hoc 
disclosures) to be admitted to and remain in the General Standard.

 Prime Standard, issuers need only meet the mini-

Global Liquidity Hub An integrated risk and liquidity management in 
 GSF­business­field.­The­Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub­offers­integrated­
the 
financing­services,­including­

 securities lending services and  

 collateral management for a range of major asset classes including 
fixed-income­securities­and­equities.­Through­the­Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub,­
customers­can­fulfil­their­
exposures.

 margin obligations and cover their global 

Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Independent­not-for-profit­organi-
sation that publishes guidelines for creating sustainability reports in 
cooperation with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). 
Transparency is the basis of reporting in accordance with the GRI, 
which aims to ensure that sustainability reports are standardised and 
comparable.

GSF Global Securities Financing; a business area within Deutsche 
Börse Group’s Clearstream segment that comprises automated  

 securities lending services and 

 collateral management in tripartite 

repo transactions.

320 Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

H

Hedge funds Alternative form of investment that allows fund manage-
ment­to­enjoy­a­significantly­greater­choice­of­investment­strategies­
than in the traditional investment fund business due to less regulation. 
This also allows highly speculative strategies, which, if successful, im-
prove­the­fund(cid:513)s­performance.­Hedge­funds­are­counterparties­in­risk­
transfer transactions, contributing to the ability of capital markets to 
operate and increasing liquidity in highly specialised market segments.

Hedging Method­of­securing­open­positions­exposed­to­price­risks­by­
entering­into­a­position­with­an­offsetting­risk­profile.­For­example,­an­
existing­portfolio­can­be­hedged­against­price­risks­through­the­use­of­
derivatives, such as 

 futures and 

 options.

I

Initial public offering (IPO)­An­I(cid:51)O­is­the­first­time­a­company­offers­
shares­to­the­public­and­places­them­on­a­stock­exchange.

Interbank market The­market­that­pools­banks(cid:513)­supply­and­demand­
for money, currencies and securities.

MiFID II MiFID II refers to the revision of the Markets in Financial 
Instru ments Directive (
is­to­make­financial­markets­more­efficient,­more­resilient­and­more­
transparent, and to provide new rules of procedure for algorithmic 
trading in addition to strengthening investor protection.

 MiFID). The overarching goal of the legislation 

MiFIR Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation. A supplementary 
 MiFID II. MiFIR regulates the disclosure of trade 
E(cid:56)­regulation­to­
transparency data to the public and transaction data to competent  
authorities and enables non-discriminatory access to 
ties and the mandatory trading of derivatives on organised venues.

 clearing facili-

Monthly Carbon Report (MCR) Deutsche Börse Group has published 
the MCR since October 2010. It provides analysts and traders with 
transparent­information­on­companies(cid:513)­carbon­footprint.

MTF Multilateral­trading­facility.­Securities­firm­or­market­operator­that­
represents the interests of a large number of persons in the buying  
and­selling­of­financial­instruments­within­the­system.­It­applies­defined­
provisions so as to lead to an agreement on the purchase of these 
financial­instruments.

M

N

Maker-taker model A maker-taker model is a pricing system that is used 
by­some­exchanges­and­
tional liquidity on the market by entering bid and offer orders, are ensured 
transaction fees at a discount from the operator; market participants 
who withdraw liquidity from the market (takers) pay higher fees.

 MTFs. Market makers, who provide addi-

Margin Collateral (cash or pledged security) deposited by the clearing 
member­(the­buyer­or­seller)­to­guarantee­the­fulfilment­of­a­derivatives­
transaction­and­cover­the­risk­exposure­of­the­clearing­house.

MiFID Markets in Financial Instruments Directive. MiFID establishes 
a regulatory framework for the provision of investment services in 
financial­instruments­(such­as­brokerage,­advice,­dealing,­portfolio­
management,­underwriting­etc.)­by­banks­and­investment­firms­and­
for the operation of regulated markets by market operators. The ove-
rarching objective is to promote the integration, competitiveness and 
efficiency­of­E(cid:56)­financial­markets.

Netting Offsetting buy and sell positions over a given period of time 
so that market participants only have to settle the balance. One of the 
functions and advantages of the 

 CCP.

O

Open Market In addition to the Regulated Market, Open Market is the 
second statutory market segment in Germany and is a private sector 
segment. Primarily foreign shares, bonds and funds from German and 
foreign issuers, 
Market in addition to German shares.

 certificates and warrants are traded on the Open 

Operating leases Operating­leases­are­a­financing­method­in­which­
the lessee is generally able to use equipment with a longer depreciation 
period (compared with the term of the lease).

Options Options convey the right, but not the obligation, to buy (call) 
or sell (put) a certain quantity of the associated underlying at the end 
of­the­term­at­a­specific­price.­As­the­buyer­is­not­obliged­to­exercise­
the option, it is referred to as a conditional forward transaction.

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |   Notes

321

OTC short­for:­over­the­counter,­off-exchange.­Describes­transactions­
between two or more trading parties that are not conducted on a 
regulated market. The OTC segment accounts for by far the largest part 
of the derivatives market.

P

Prime Standard Subsegment­of­the­E(cid:56)-regulated­market­of­Frankfurter­
Wertpapierbörse (FWB ®,­the­Frankfurt­Stock­Exchange)­for­companies­
that meet high transparency standards. A listing in the Prime Standard 
is­a­precondition­for­admission­to­one­of­Deutsche­Börse(cid:513)s­selection­
indices, such as DAX ®, MDAX ®, SDAX ® or TecDAX ®.

R

T

T2S short for: TARGET2-Securities. Initiative to create a single platform 
for transmitting securities within the euro zone. The objective of this 
platform is to reduce the cost of cross-border securities settlement 
within the euro zone. It will be operated by the European Central Bank. 
“TARGET” is short for “Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross 
Settlement­Express­Transfer­System”.­

U

United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI)
This­initiative,­launched­in­2005­by­the­(cid:56)nited­(cid:49)ations­and­a­network 
of­institutional­investors,­defines­six­principles­for­responsible­invest-
ment­and­helps­global­financial­system­players­to­put­these­into­practice 
and factor them into their daily decisions.

Repurchase agreement (Repo) The sale of securities with a simul-
taneous agreement to buy back securities of the same kind at a later 
date.

X

S

Securities lending Transfer of securities by a lender for a fee and on 
condition that the borrower returns securities of the same kind, quality 
and­amount­to­the­lender­at­the­end­of­a­fixed­term.

Settlement­The­completion­of­an­exchange­transaction,­i.­e.­the­trans-
fer of money and traded securities from the seller to the buyer and vice 
versa. Within Deutsche Börse Group, Clearstream is responsible for 
this post-trading function.

Specialist 

 Xetra® Frankfurt Specialist

Xetra ® Frankfurt Specialist
Supports trading in equities, bonds, funds and structured products 
using the Xetra trading system. These specialists ensure liquidity. Their  
function­is­to­guarantee­tradability,­for­example­of­less­liquid­securities, 
and they are committed to ensuring minimum spreads and avoiding 
partial­executions­that­are­not­economically­attractive.

322 Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

Deutsche­Börse­Group­(cid:509)­international­presence

Europe

Berlin
Representative­Office
Unter den Linden 36
10117 Berlin
Germany

Kurfürstendamm 119
10711 Berlin
Germany 1)

Berlin­Branch
(cid:51)ressehaus
Raum­1105,­1.­Stock
Schiffbauerdamm­40
10117 Berlin
Germany 2)

Brussels
Representative­Office
11–13, rue d’Idalie
1050 Bruxelles
Belgium

Dublin
13–17 Dawson Street
Dublin­2
Ireland 3)

Eschborn
The­Cube
Mergenthalerallee­61
65760­Eschborn
Germany
Postal address:
60485­Frankfurt(cid:18)Main
Germany

Frankfurt/Main
Börsenplat(cid:93)­4
60313­Frankfurt(cid:18)Main
Germany

Frankfurt­Branch
(cid:49)iedenau­45
60325­Frankfurt(cid:18)Main
Germany 2)

Leipzig
Augustusplatz 9
04109­(cid:47)eip(cid:93)ig
Germany 4)

London
Representative­Office
Floor­2
11­(cid:58)estferry­Circus
Canary­(cid:58)harf
London 
E14­4HE
United Kingdom

(cid:47)ondon­Branches
Floor­1
11­(cid:58)estferry­Circus
Canary­(cid:58)harf
London 
E14­4HE
United Kingdom 2),4),7)

Luxembourg
The­Square
42,­Avenue­(cid:45)F­(cid:46)ennedy
(cid:47)-1855­(cid:47)uxembourg

Madrid
(cid:51)alacio­de­la­Bolsa
Plaza de la Lealtad, 1
28014­Madrid
Spain 5)

Moscow
Representative­Office
Bolshaya­Tatarskaya­42
115184,­Moskva
Russia

Paris
Representative­Offices
17, rue de Surène
75008­(cid:51)aris
France

38,­rue­des­Blancs­Manteaux
75004­(cid:51)aris
France 2)

Prague
Futurama­Business­(cid:51)ark
Building B
Sokolovsk(cid:163)­662(cid:18)136b
18600­(cid:51)raha­8
C(cid:93)ech­Republic

Zurich
Löwenstrasse 3
P.O. Box
8021­Zurich
Switzerland

Selnaustrasse 30 
P.O. Box
8021­Zurich
Switzerland 6)

North America

Chicago
Willis Tower
233­South­(cid:58)acker­Drive
Suite­2455
Chicago,­I(cid:47)­60606
USA

Willis Tower
233­South­(cid:58)acker­Drive
Suite­2450
Chicago,­I(cid:47)­60606
USA 7)

New York
Representative­Office
60­Broad­Street­Floor­31
(cid:49)ew­(cid:60)ork,­(cid:49)(cid:60)­10004
USA

60­Broad­Street­Floor­26
(cid:49)ew­(cid:60)ork,­(cid:49)(cid:60)­10004
USA 8)

40­Fulton­Street­Floor­5
(cid:49)ew­(cid:60)ork,­(cid:49)(cid:60)­10038
USA 2)

Ottawa
Ottawa­Branch
130­Albert­Street­
Suite 705
Ottawa­O(cid:49)­(cid:46)1(cid:51)­5G4
Canada 7)

Washington, D.C.
Representative­Office
National Press Building
529­14th­Street­(cid:49)(cid:58)
Suite 1100
(cid:58)ashington,­D.C.­20005
USA 2)

529­14th­Street­(cid:49)(cid:58)
Suite 1100
(cid:58)ashington,­D.C.­20045
USA 7)

Asia

Be(cid:239)ing
Representative­Office
(cid:56)nit­01-06,­7(cid:18)F,­China­Central­
(cid:51)lace,­Tower­3
77­(cid:45)ianguo­Road­
100025­Be(cid:239)ing,­ 
Chaoyang­District
(cid:51).R.­China

3-1-41­Tayuan­DRC
1 Xindong Road
100600­Be(cid:239)ing,­ 
Chaoyang­District
(cid:51).R.­China 2) 

Dubai
Representative­Office
City­Tower­2
Sheikh­Zayed­Road­Flat­902
P.O. Box 27250
Dubai
(cid:56)nited­Arab­Emirates­

Hong Kong
Representative­Offices
2606-7­Two­Exchange­Square
8­Connaught­(cid:51)lace,­Central
Hong­(cid:46)ong

11(cid:18)F,­Room­1101­
1­Duddell­Street,­Central­­
Hong­(cid:46)ong­

Singapore
Singapore­Branches 
9­Raffles­(cid:51)lace
(cid:6)55-01­Republic­(cid:51)la(cid:93)a
Singapore­048619
Republic­of­Singapore

9­Raffles­(cid:51)lace
(cid:6)56-01­Republic­(cid:51)la(cid:93)a
Singapore­048619
Republic­of­Singapore

Representative­Office
50­Raffles­(cid:51)lace
#30-03 Singapore Land Tower
Singapore­048623
Republic­of­Singapore 2)

Tokyo
Representative­Offices
12(cid:18)F,­(cid:60)urakucho­ITOCiA­
2-7-1,­(cid:60)urakucho,­Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo­100-0006­
(cid:45)apan

9(cid:18)F,­Toranomon­4-chrome­MT­
Building II  
4-2-12,­Toranomon,­Minato-ku­­
Tokyo­105-0001­­­­­­­­­­­
(cid:45)apan

12(cid:18)F,­(cid:60)urakucho­ITOCiA­
2-7-1,­(cid:60)urakucho,­Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo­100-0006
(cid:45)apan 2)

1)­Tradegate­Exchange­GmbH 

5)­Infobolsa­S.A. 

2)­Market­(cid:49)ews­International­Inc. 

6) STOXX Ltd. 

3)­Clearstream­Fund­Services­Ireland­(cid:47)td.

7)­(cid:49)eed­to­(cid:46)now­(cid:49)ews,­(cid:47)(cid:47)C

4)­European­Energy­Exchange­AG 

8)­­International­Securities­ 

Exchange­Holdings,­Inc.

For­more­information­on­our­Group(cid:513)s­addresses­please­visit­our­website:­ 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com (cid:18)addresses

Strategic  perspectives    |    The  exchange    |    Responsibility    |    Governance    |    Management  report    |    Financial  statements    |    Notes

323

Imprint

Contact

Published by
Deutsche Börse AG
60485 Frankfurt/Main
Germany
www.deutsche-boerse.com 

Concept and layout
Deutsche Börse AG, Frankfurt/Main
wirDesign Berlin Braunschweig 

Photographs
Jörg Baumann, Frankfurt /Main (portrait of Reto Francioni)
Becker Lacour, Frankfurt/Main (cover)
Thorsten Jansen, Frankfurt /Main (portraits)
Patrick Raddatz, Frankfurt /Main (situational photographs)

Financial reporting system
Combined­management­report,­consolidated­financial­statements­ 
and notes produced in-house using FIRE.sys

Investor Relations
E-mail 
Phone 
Fax 

ir@deutsche-boerse.com
+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 16 70
+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 46 08

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/ir_e

Corporate Responsibility
E-mail 
Phone 
Fax 

corporate-responsibility@deutsche-boerse.com
+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 46 80
+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 80 20

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr_e

Marketing Communication
E-mail 
Phone 
Fax 

corporate.report@deutsche-boerse.com
+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 53 79
+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 37 81

Printed by
Kunst- und Werbedruck Hinrich H. Leonhardt Günther Wedekind 
GmbH & Co. KG, Bad Oeynhausen

Further information 

carbon neutral
natureOffice.com | DE-149-429763
print production

Publication date
15 March 2013

The German version of this report is legally binding. The company can-
not be held responsible for any misunderstanding or misinterpretation 
arising from this translation.
Reproduction – in total or in part – only with the written permission of 
the publisher

Notes from the editor
Where only the masculine form has been used to refer to groups  
of­people,­this­is­not­intended­to­be­gender-specific­but­merely­serves­
to enhance readability.

We would like to thank all colleagues and service providers who  
participated in the compilation of this report for their friendly support.

Publications service
Order number 1000-4380 (German)
Order number 1010-4381 (English)

The corporate report of Deutsche Börse Group is available here:

as pdf, html version and in a document library app on the Internet:  

 www.deutsche-boerse.com /annual_report and
 www.deutsche-boerse.com /order_reports

as print version at Deutsche Börse Group’s publications hotline:
Phone 
Fax 

+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 15 10
+49-(0) 69-2 11-1 15 11

Principles of sustainability reporting 
In compiling the information on sustainability in this corporate report, 
our aim is to achieve the highest possible degree of clarity and trans -
parency.­The­non-financial­facts­and­figures­published­generally­refer­
to­Deutsche­Börse­Group­as­a­whole.­Topics­that­are­specific­to­a­cer­- 
tain location or sustainability activities that are managed locally are 
identified­accordingly.

(cid:57)erification o(cid:73) non(cid:16)financial (cid:78)ey figures
The non-financial key figures as well as the qualitative statements in 
relation to corporate responsibility in this corporate report were sub ject 
to review by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, an indepen-
dent external auditor. The respective independent assurance is available 
 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr_e.  KPMG’s audi - 
on the Internet under 
tor(cid:513)s­report­on­the­con­solidated­financial­statements­and­the­combined 
management report of Deutsche Börse AG as at 31 December 2012 
can be found on 

 page 314 of this corporate report.

Assessment of the application level of the GRI guidelines
Companies that base their sustainability reports on the GRI guidelines  
can­define­the­level­to­which­they­have­applied­GRI­guidelines.­ 
Deutsche­Börse­Group­has­classified­its­report­in­this­way­and­had­ 
this­self-assessment­verified­by­the­GRI.­It­has­attained­level­A(cid:14).

Registered trademarks

AlphaFlash ®, CEF ®, DAX ®, DAXglobal ®, DivDAX ®, ERS ®, Eurex ®, Eurex 
Bonds ®, Eurex Clearing Prisma ®, Eurex Repo ®, FWB ®, GC Pooling ®, 
PROPRIS®, TRICE®, Tradegate®, Xetra®, Xetra-Gold®, XTF® are registered 
trademarks of Deutsche Börse AG.

EURO STOXX 50 ®, STOXX ® and STOXX 50 ® are registered trademarks 
of STOXX Ltd.  

Vestima ® is a registered trademark of Clearstream International S.A.

KRX and KOSPI are registered trademarks of Korea Exchange, Inc.

324 Deutsche Börse Group corporate report 2012

 Deutsche Börse Group at a glance
Our six services

Our four aspects of sustainability 

Listing p. 20

Trading p. 24

Clearing p. 30

Post-trade p. 34

IT services p. 40

Market data p. 44

Economy p. 152

Environment p. 152

Index of charts and tables
Charts 

Tables

Cover 
Financial­reporting­segments:­breakdown­of­net­revenue­­­C3(cid:18)4

Cover 
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­financial­highlights­­­C2

Stock exchanges bring companies 
from the real economy together with 
investors on the capital market. 
Both large, international enterprises 
and medium-sized companies raise 
equity or debt  capital via Deutsche 
Börse. They can choose from differ-
ent transparency segments. 

Benefits: Investors can share in the 
growth of the real economy – and 
promote it with their investments.

Exchange trading is as close as 
you­can­get­to­a­“perfect­market”:­
Deutsche Börse operates regulated 
markets for equities, derivatives and 
other instruments, based on its 
Xetra® and Eurex® electronic trad - 
ing systems.

Benefits: Prices are determined on 
exchanges on the basis of free buy 
and sell decisions, which then 
serve as guidelines for companies’ 
future prospects.

Clearing is used to net out claims 
and liabilities relating to financial 
instruments against each other. 
Eurex Clearing AG, Deutsche Börse 
Group’s clearing house, acts as a 
buyer for every seller and a seller for 
every buyer. Market participants 
provide collateral to manage the risk 
that arises in trading. 

After trading and clearing, Clear-
stream – Deutsche Börse Group’s 
post-trade services provider –  sup - 
ports market participants in settling 
their delivery obligations and in 
holding the securities pur chased in 
safe keeping. These securities can 
then be used as collateral.

Benefits: Clearing is comparable 
to insurance against counterparty 
default for market participants. 

Benefits: Post-trade services en-
able market participants to satisfy 
legislators’ regulatory requirements 
reliably­and­efficiently.

Our brands
  Deutsche Börse

  Xetra ®

Our brand
  Eurex Clearing

Our brands
  Clearstream

  Lux CSD

  REGIS-TR

Our brands
  Xetra ®

  Scoach ®

  Tradegate ®

  Eurex ®

  Eurex Bonds ®

  Eurex Repo ®

  International Securities Exchange

  European Energy Exchange

IT is the foundation for all exchange 
services. Deutsche Börse operates 
data centres for trading and settle- 
ment and programs the related soft - 
ware. It also builds and supervises 
the network linking participants.

Institutional and private investors 
base their decisions on market data – 
which in turn create new informa-
tion. Deutsche Börse produces and 
distributes price data from its Eurex 
and Xetra trading sys tems and indi-
ces on global market trends.

Benefits: Reliable trading and set tle - 
ment systems – and hence market 
security – are the top  priority for IT 
at Deutsche Börse.

Benefits: Thanks to their indepen-
dence, exchanges can deliver objec - 
tive measurements of market trends.

Our brand
  Deutsche Börse

Our brands
  DAX ®

  STOXX ®

Deutsche Börse Group’s core busi-
ness­includes­efficiently­organising,­
and providing stable systems for, 
capital markets. Standardisation, 
maximum transparency and a broad 
range of risk management services 
are the tools that it uses to reach 
these goals. The Group also focuses 
on making high-quality sustainabil-
ity information available to ensure 
that investors can make rounded 
investment decisions. 

As­a­financial­services­provider,­too, 
Deutsche Börse Group is respon si ble 
for ensuring an intact environ ment. 
The core objective of its eco logical 
commitment is to measure and moni - 
tor the effects its operating activi-
ties have on the environment and 
to minimise negative effects. Both 
employees and service providers are 
included in this.

  Market News International (MNI)

Employees p. 50

Corporate citizenship p. 60

  Need To Know News

Committed, competent staff are vital 
to Deutsche Börse Group’s busi ness 
success. This is why, in addi tion to 
offering attractive remuneration and 
above-average­­social­benefits,­its­
human resources policy concentrates 
on measures pro moting personal 
development and a better work-life 
balance. 

As a “good corporate citizen”, 
Deutsche Börse Group becomes in - 
volved in socially relevant topics. It 
is active primarily at a regional level 
and is guided by local needs at its 
various corporate locations. The 
Group-wide sponsorship guide lines 
focus on innovative, sustainable 
projects in the areas of education 
and science, culture and social 
involve ment.

Responsibilities of Executive Board members

CEO, CFO, Special Projects

Xetra, Eurex

Our­four­financial­reporting­segments:­ 
Breakdown of net revenue 1)

Xetra

10 %

Eurex

45 %

35 %

  Share of Deutsche Börse Group’s net revenue attributable to the segment concerned

1)  The external net revenue from the Information Technology (IT) segment and the costs for 

corporate services are allocated to the four segments. 

Clearstream

IT, Market Data & Analytics

Clearstream

Market Data & Analytics

10 %

Cover photograph: taken at the Frankfurter 
Wertpapierbörse (FWB®, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange)

Governance 
Executive­Board­remuneration­system­­­92
2012­expense­for­share-based­payments­­­93
2012­total­expense­­­94
(cid:57)aluation­parameters­­­95
(cid:49)umber­of­2012­phantom­shares­­­96
Total Executive Board remuneration for 2012, 
without­retirement­benefits­­­97
Retirement­benefits­­­99
Supervisory Board remuneration   103

Combined management report
Development­of­trading­activity­on­selected­European­cash­markets­­­117­
Development of contracts traded on selected derivatives markets   118 
Deutsche­Börse­Group­key­performance­figures­­­120
Overview of operating costs   121
(cid:46)ey­figures­by­quarter­­­122
EBIT­and­net­profitability­by­segment­­­123
Cash­market:­trading­volume­(single-counted)­­­125
Xetra­segment:­key­figures­­­125
Eurex­segment:­key­figures­­­126
Contract­volumes­in­the­derivatives­market­­­127
Clearstream­segment:­key­indicators­­­131
Clearstream­segment:­key­figures­­­131
Market­Data­(cid:9)­Analytics­segment:­key­figures­­­134
Deutsche Börse’s cost of capital   134
Consolidated­cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­136
Interest­coverage­ratio­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­137
Relevant­key­performance­indicators­­­137
Ratings of Deutsche Börse AG   138
Ratings of Clearstream Banking S.A.   138
Debt­instruments­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­139
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­ten-year­review­­­142 (cid:18)143
Exchange data of Deutsche Börse shares   144
Deutsche­Börse­AG­share:­key­figures­­­145
Employees by segment   148
Employees­per­countries(cid:18)regions­­­148
(cid:46)ey­figures­on­Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­workforce­as­at­31­December­2012­­­151
Corporate­Responsibility:­key­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­156
(cid:51)erformance­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190
Sales­revenue­by­segment­­­191
Overview­of­total­costs­­­191
Cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­192
(cid:49)on-current­assets­(condensed)­­­­193
Employees­per­country(cid:18)region­­­193
Age­structure­of­employees­­­193
Employees(cid:513)­length­of­service­­­194

Strategic perspectives   
The most complete business model worldwide   12
Strategic roadmap   15
Effective cost management  16 
Cost growth of key exchange organisations   16

The exchange
Our six services   18
Process “Listing”   20
Customised transparency – for shares and bonds   22
Process “Trading”   24
Xetra:­presence­in­Europe­and­beyond­­­26
Eurex:­a­global­network­­­28
Process “Clearing”   30
Clearing reduces and hedges risks   32 
Process “Post-trade”   34
Vestima ®:­access­to­more­than­100,000­funds­­­37
Process “IT services”   40 
Exchange trading accelerates   42
Process “Market data”   44
STOXX ® – setting the standard for markets around the world   46

Responsibility
Deutsche Börse Group’s corporate responsibility strategy   48 
Internal trainings, divided up according to topic   53
Summary of key stakeholders   55
Areas­for­action­at­Deutsche­Börse­­­57
(cid:46)ey­examples­of­dialogue­in­2012­­­58(cid:18)59

Governance
Regulatory and supervisory bodies for exchange trading   64
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­stock­bonus­­­94­­
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­cash­bonus­­­95
Supervisory Board remuneration in 2012 under the two  remuneration 
systems­applicable­for­the­financial­year­­­102­

Combined management report
Simplified­shareholding­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­ 
as­at­31­December­2012­­­107
(cid:47)eadership­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­as­at­1­(cid:45)anuary­2013­­­109
(cid:49)et­revenue­by­segment­­­119
EBIT by segment   121
Breakdown of net revenue in the Xetra segment   124
Breakdown­of­net­revenue­in­the­Eurex­segment­­­127
Breakdown of net revenue in the Clearstream segment   130
Origination of value added   141
Distribution of value added   141
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices in 2012   145
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices since listing   146
Share­of­international­shareholders­on­a­high­level­in­2012­­­147
Deutsche­Börse­AG:­analysts­predominantly­issue­ 
buy­recommendations­­­147
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by gender)   150
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by location)   150
Governance­structure­of­risk­management­­­159
Five-stage risk management system with central and  
decentral­responsibility­­­159
Risk structure of Deutsche Börse Group   163
Business continuity measures   164

Index

A
Annual­General­Meeting­­­86,­107,­147,­C8
Annual­financial­statements­(in­accordance­
with­HGB)­­­190­ff.,­315­f.

B
Basel III   36, 183 f.
Basis of consolidation 
Business model 12, 106 ff., 181

 shareholding structure

C
Capital structure   136 f., 188
Cash­flow­­­134­ff.,­142­f.,­188,­192,­283­f.
CC(cid:51)­­­30ff.,­127­f.,­140,­171­ff.,­177,­225­f.,­
295,­321
 CCP
Central counterparty 
Clearing­­­30­ff.,­171­f.,­178­f.
Clearing house 
Clearstream
–  Contributions to sustainable business activ-

 CCP

ities­­­39

– Customers   36
– EBIT   131
– Key indicators   131
– Linked markets   38, 132
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­129­f.,­232­f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)artnerships­­­37­f.,­131­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­34­ff.,­129­ff.,­187,­288
Code of conduct   80, 151
Compliance   156, 164
Corporate­governance­­­78­ff.,­86­ff.
Corporate­Governance­Code­(German)­­­78­ff.
CR (corporate responsibility)   48 ff., 56 ff., 
110, 152 f., 156
Costs   111
– Capital costs   108, 136 f., 180
– Operating costs   121, 186
(cid:509)­Total­costs­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190­f.

D
Debt­instruments­­­116,­138,­139,­192
Declaration­of­conformity­­­78­f.
Directors(cid:513)­dealings­­­91
Dividend­­­9,­137­f.,­141,­145,­147­f.,­188

E
Earnings per share   122, 142 f., 145, 285 f.
EBIT   111, 121, 123, 186, 288 f.
Economic capital   160 f.
EEX­­­29,­153,­215
Efficiency­programme­­­120,­144,­148,­185­f.
EMIR­­­178­f.,­182,­319
Employees­­­51­ff.,­58,­148­ff.,­291,­312
Environmental protection   152, 154 f., 156
Eurex  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activ­ities­­­29,­33

(cid:509)­Cooperations­­­17,­129
– EBIT   126
– Net revenue   126 f., 232 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants(cid:18)network­­­17,­28­f.,­126­ff.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­28­f.,­126­f.,­169­ff.,­186­f.,­288
(cid:509)­System­­­5,­14,­29,­42­f.,­156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­127­f.,­186
Eurex­Bonds­­­28,­128,­319

 CCP

Eurex Clearing 
Eurex­Repo­28,­128,­319
European Energy Exchange 
Executive­Board­­­66­f.,­76­f.,­78­f.,­81,­87,­
92­ff.,­107,­116,­157­f.,­176­f.,­306­f.

 EEX

F
Financial­postion­­­134­ff.,­141,­188,­192
Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (Frankfurt Stock 
Exchange)   22, 24, 64

G
Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub­­­36f.,­131­f.,­179,­187,­319
Global­securities­financing­­­39,­129,­130,­142­f.
Good corporate citizenship   61 ff., 153, 156
Group Share Plan   228, 305 f.

I
Information­Technology­­­40­ff.,­108,­187­f.
International Securities Exchange (ISE)   28, 
29,­63,­127,­170
Interest­coverage­ratio­­­111,­136­f.,­189
Internal control system   112 f.
Inverstor­base­­­147
Investor relations   146 f.

L
(cid:47)eadership­structure­­­109
Liquidity management   15, 34, 36, 131 f., 
136,­179,­183,­187
Listing   20 ff., 125
Locations   18, 62 f., 106, 322

M
Market capitalisation   142 f., 145
Market Data & Analytics
– Contributions to sustainable business acti-
vities­­­47
– EBIT   133 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­119,­132,­232­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­16,­44­ff.,­108­f.,­132­ff.,­187­f.,­
289
Monthly Carbon Report   153

N
(cid:49)et­assets­­­138­ff.,­192­f.
(cid:49)et­interest­income­­­111,­119­f.,­129,­131,­
142 f., 185, 234
(cid:49)et­revenue­­­111,­119,­122,­123,­142­f.,­150,­
185 f., 188, 232 ff.
(cid:49)on-financial­performance­indicators­­­148­ff.,­
188

O
Opportunity­management­­­177­ff.
Organisational structure   108

P
(cid:51)rofitability­­­123

Q
(cid:52)uarterly­key­figures­­­122

R
Ratings
– Credit ratings   136, 138
– Sustainability ratings   155
Regulation­­­175­f.,­181­ff.
Regulatory capital requirements   260 ff.
Results­of­operation­­­119­ff.,­185­ff.
Return on shareholders’ equity   111 f., 134, 
142­f.,­191
Risk­management­­­32­f.,­36,­56,­157­ff.,­177,­
291­ff.

S
Sales­revenue­­­111,­191,­232,­288­f.
Scoach   26, 64, 115, 121
Segment­reporting­­­287­ff.
Share­buy-backs­­­136,­137,­189
Share of Deutsche Börse AG   144 ff.
Shareholders­­­113,­309­ff.
Shareholding structure   14, 106 f., 212 ff.
Social responsibility
Stock­Bonus­(cid:51)lan­(SB(cid:51))­­­93­ff.,­228,­302­ff.
STOXX Ltd.   46 f., 133, 153, 212 f.
Strategy   13 ff., 108 ff.
Supervisory­Board­­­68­f.,­70­ff.,­78­ff.,­86­ff.,­
101­ff.,­107,­157,­307,­308­f.
(cid:509)­Committees­­­73­ff.,­84
(cid:509)­Conflicts­of­interest­­­77
Supplier policy   80
Sustainability­­­C4,­23,­29,­33,­47,­110,­
153 ff., 323
Sustainability­Code­(German)­­­80,­90,­152

T
TARGET2-Securities­­­4,­38­f.,­132,­169,­321
Ten-year review   142 f.
Tradegate Exchange   26, 64, 124, 212 f.
Trading   24 ff.

U
(cid:56)(cid:49)­Global­Compact­­­10,­80,­152,­C7

V
Value added   140 f.

W
(cid:58)orking­capital­­­135,­140,­193

X
Xetra  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activities­­­23,­27

– EBIT   124
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants (cid:18)network­­­26,­124
– Net revenue   123 ff., 232 f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­26­f.,­108,­123­ff.,­174­f.,­186,­288
– System   14, 23, 26 f. 43, 124, 156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­125,­142­f.
Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading   26, 124 f., 
144, 321

C3

C4

C5

C6

 Deutsche Börse Group at a glance
Our six services

Our four aspects of sustainability 

Listing p. 20

Trading p. 24

Clearing p. 30

Post-trade p. 34

IT services p. 40

Market data p. 44

Economy p. 152

Environment p. 152

Index of charts and tables
Charts 

Tables

Cover 
Financial­reporting­segments:­breakdown­of­net­revenue­­­C3 (cid:18)4

Cover 
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­financial­highlights­­­C2

Stock exchanges bring companies 
from the real economy together with 
investors on the capital market. 
Both large, international enterprises 
and medium-sized companies raise 
equity or debt  capital via Deutsche 
Börse. They can choose from differ-
ent transparency segments. 

Benefits: Investors can share in the 
growth of the real economy – and 
promote it with their investments.

Exchange trading is as close as 
you­can­get­to­a­“perfect­market”:­
Deutsche Börse operates regulated 
markets for equities, derivatives and 
other instruments, based on its 
Xetra® and Eurex® electronic trad - 
ing systems.

Benefits: Prices are determined on 
exchanges on the basis of free buy 
and sell decisions, which then 
serve as guidelines for companies’ 
future prospects.

Clearing is used to net out claims 
and liabilities relating to financial 
instruments against each other. 
Eurex Clearing AG, Deutsche Börse 
Group’s clearing house, acts as a 
buyer for every seller and a seller for 
every buyer. Market participants 
provide collateral to manage the risk 
that arises in trading. 

After trading and clearing, Clear-
stream – Deutsche Börse Group’s 
post-trade services provider –  sup - 
ports market participants in settling 
their delivery obligations and in 
holding the securities pur chased in 
safe keeping. These securities can 
then be used as collateral.

Benefits: Clearing is comparable 
to insurance against counterparty 
default for market participants. 

Benefits: Post-trade services en-
able market participants to satisfy 
legislators’ regulatory requirements 
reliably­and­efficiently.

Our brands
  Deutsche Börse

  Xetra ®

Our brand
  Eurex Clearing

Our brands
  Clearstream

  Lux CSD

  REGIS-TR

Our brands
  Xetra ®

  Scoach ®

  Tradegate ®

  Eurex ®

  Eurex Bonds ®

  Eurex Repo ®

  International Securities Exchange

  European Energy Exchange

IT is the foundation for all exchange 
services. Deutsche Börse operates 
data centres for trading and settle- 
ment and programs the related soft - 
ware. It also builds and supervises 
the network linking participants.

Institutional and private investors 
base their decisions on market data – 
which in turn create new informa-
tion. Deutsche Börse produces and 
distributes price data from its Eurex 
and Xetra trading sys tems and indi-
ces on global market trends.

Benefits: Reliable trading and set tle - 
ment systems – and hence market 
security – are the top  priority for IT 
at Deutsche Börse.

Benefits: Thanks to their indepen-
dence, exchanges can deliver objec - 
tive measurements of market trends.

Our brand
  Deutsche Börse

Our brands
  DAX ®

  STOXX ®

Deutsche Börse Group’s core busi-
ness­includes­efficiently­organising,­
and providing stable systems for, 
capital markets. Standardisation, 
maximum transparency and a broad 
range of risk management services 
are the tools that it uses to reach 
these goals. The Group also focuses 
on making high-quality sustainabil-
ity information available to ensure 
that investors can make rounded 
investment decisions. 

As­a­financial­services­provider,­too, 
Deutsche Börse Group is respon si ble 
for ensuring an intact environ ment. 
The core objective of its eco logical 
commitment is to measure and moni - 
tor the effects its operating activi-
ties have on the environment and 
to minimise negative effects. Both 
employees and service providers are 
included in this.

  Market News International (MNI)

Employees p. 50

Corporate citizenship p. 60

  Need To Know News

Committed, competent staff are vital 
to Deutsche Börse Group’s busi ness 
success. This is why, in addi tion to 
offering attractive remuneration and 
above-average­­social­benefits,­its­
human resources policy concentrates 
on measures pro moting personal 
development and a better work-life 
balance. 

As a “good corporate citizen”, 
Deutsche Börse Group becomes in - 
volved in socially relevant topics. It 
is active primarily at a regional level 
and is guided by local needs at its 
various corporate locations. The 
Group-wide sponsorship guide lines 
focus on innovative, sustainable 
projects in the areas of education 
and science, culture and social 
involve ment.

Responsibilities of Executive Board members

CEO, CFO, Special Projects

Xetra, Eurex

Our­four­financial­reporting­segments:­ 
Breakdown of net revenue 1)

Xetra

10 %

Eurex

45 %

35 %

  Share of Deutsche Börse Group’s net revenue attributable to the segment concerned

1)  The external net revenue from the Information Technology (IT) segment and the costs for 

corporate services are allocated to the four segments. 

Clearstream

IT, Market Data & Analytics

Clearstream

Market Data & Analytics

10 %

Cover photograph: taken at the Frankfurter 
Wertpapierbörse (FWB®, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange)

Governance 
Executive­Board­remuneration­system­­­92
2012­expense­for­share-based­payments­­­93
2012­total­expense­­­94
(cid:57)aluation­parameters­­­95
(cid:49)umber­of­2012­phantom­shares­­­96
Total Executive Board remuneration for 2012, 
without­retirement­benefits­­­97
Retirement­benefits­­­99
Supervisory Board remuneration   103

Combined management report
Development­of­trading­activity­on­selected­European­cash­markets­­­117­
Development of contracts traded on selected derivatives markets   118 
Deutsche­Börse­Group­key­performance­figures­­­120
Overview of operating costs   121
(cid:46)ey­figures­by­quarter­­­122
EBIT­and­net­profitability­by­segment­­­123
Cash­market:­trading­volume­(single-counted)­­­125
Xetra­segment:­key­figures­­­125
Eurex­segment:­key­figures­­­126
Contract­volumes­in­the­derivatives­market­­­127
Clearstream­segment:­key­indicators­­­131
Clearstream­segment:­key­figures­­­131
Market­Data­(cid:9)­Analytics­segment:­key­figures­­­134
Deutsche Börse’s cost of capital   134
Consolidated­cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­136
Interest­coverage­ratio­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­137
Relevant­key­performance­indicators­­­137
Ratings of Deutsche Börse AG   138
Ratings of Clearstream Banking S.A.   138
Debt­instruments­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­139
Deutsche­Börse­Group:­ten-year­review­­­142 (cid:18)143
Exchange data of Deutsche Börse shares   144
Deutsche­Börse­AG­share:­key­figures­­­145
Employees by segment   148
Employees­per­countries(cid:18)regions­­­148
(cid:46)ey­figures­on­Deutsche­Börse­Group(cid:513)s­workforce­as­at­31­December­2012­­­151
Corporate­Responsibility:­key­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­­­156
(cid:51)erformance­figures­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190
Sales­revenue­by­segment­­­191
Overview­of­total­costs­­­191
Cash­flow­statement­(condensed)­­­192
(cid:49)on-current­assets­(condensed)­­­­193
Employees­per­country(cid:18)region­­­193
Age­structure­of­employees­­­193
Employees(cid:513)­length­of­service­­­194

Strategic perspectives   
The most complete business model worldwide   12
Strategic roadmap   15
Effective cost management  16 
Cost growth of key exchange organisations   16

The exchange
Our six services   18
Process “Listing”   20
Customised transparency – for shares and bonds   22
Process “Trading”   24
Xetra:­presence­in­Europe­and­beyond­­­26
Eurex:­a­global­network­­­28
Process “Clearing”   30
Clearing reduces and hedges risks   32 
Process “Post-trade”   34
Vestima ®:­access­to­more­than­100,000­funds­­­37
Process “IT services”   40 
Exchange trading accelerates   42
Process “Market data”   44
STOXX ® – setting the standard for markets around the world   46

Responsibility
Deutsche Börse Group’s corporate responsibility strategy   48 
Internal trainings, divided up according to topic   53
Summary of key stakeholders   55
Areas­for­action­at­Deutsche­Börse­­­57
(cid:46)ey­examples­of­dialogue­in­2012­­­58(cid:18)59

Governance
Regulatory and supervisory bodies for exchange trading   64
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­stock­bonus­­­94­­
Measurement­of­the­target­achievement­for­the­variable­cash­bonus­­­95
Supervisory Board remuneration in 2012 under the two  remuneration 
systems­applicable­for­the­financial­year­­­102­

Combined management report
Simplified­shareholding­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­ 
as­at­31­December­2012­­­107
(cid:47)eadership­structure­of­Deutsche­Börse­Group­as­at­1­(cid:45)anuary­2013­­­109
(cid:49)et­revenue­by­segment­­­119
EBIT by segment   121
Breakdown of net revenue in the Xetra segment   124
Breakdown­of­net­revenue­in­the­Eurex­segment­­­127
Breakdown of net revenue in the Clearstream segment   130
Origination of value added   141
Distribution of value added   141
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices in 2012   145
Share price development of Deutsche Börse AG  
and benchmark indices since listing   146
Share­of­international­shareholders­on­a­high­level­in­2012­­­147
Deutsche­Börse­AG:­analysts­predominantly­issue­ 
buy­recommendations­­­147
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by gender)   150
Deutsche Börse Group employees’ age structure (by location)   150
Governance­structure­of­risk­management­­­159
Five-stage risk management system with central and  
decentral­responsibility­­­159
Risk structure of Deutsche Börse Group   163
Business continuity measures   164

Index

A
Annual­General­Meeting­­­86,­107,­147,­C8
Annual­financial­statements­(in­accordance­
with­HGB)­­­190­ff.,­315­f.

B
Basel III   36, 183 f.
Basis of consolidation 
Business model 12, 106 ff., 181

 shareholding structure

C
Capital structure   136 f., 188
Cash­flow­­­134­ff.,­142­f.,­188,­192,­283­f.
CC(cid:51)­­­30ff.,­127­f.,­140,­171­ff.,­177,­225­f.,­
295,­321
 CCP
Central counterparty 
Clearing­­­30­ff.,­171­f.,­178­f.
Clearing house 
Clearstream
–  Contributions to sustainable business activ-

 CCP

ities­­­39

– Customers   36
– EBIT   131
– Key indicators   131
– Linked markets   38, 132
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­129­f.,­232­f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)artnerships­­­37­f.,­131­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­34­ff.,­129­ff.,­187,­288
Code of conduct   80, 151
Compliance   156, 164
Corporate­governance­­­78­ff.,­86­ff.
Corporate­Governance­Code­(German)­­­78­ff.
CR (corporate responsibility)   48 ff., 56 ff., 
110, 152 f., 156
Costs   111
– Capital costs   134
– Operating costs   121, 186
(cid:509)­Total­costs­of­Deutsche­Börse­AG­­­190­f.

D
Debt­instruments­­­116,­138,­139,­192
Declaration­of­conformity­­­78­f.
Directors(cid:513)­dealings­­­91
Dividend­­­9,­137­f.,­141,­145,­147­f.,­188

E
Earnings per share   122, 142 f., 145, 285 f.
EBIT   111, 121, 123, 186, 288 f.
Economic capital   160 f.
EEX­­­29,­153,­215
Efficiency­programme­­­120,­144,­148,­185­f.
EMIR­­­178­f.,­182,­319
Employees­­­51­ff.,­58,­148­ff.,­291,­312
Environmental protection   152, 154 f., 156
Eurex  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activ­ities­­­29,­33

(cid:509)­Cooperations­­­17,­129
– EBIT   126
– Net revenue   126 f., 232 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants(cid:18)network­­­17,­28­f.,­126­ff.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­14,­28­f.,­126­f.,­169­ff.,­186­f.,­288
(cid:509)­System­­­5,­14,­29,­42­f.,­156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­127­f.,­186
Eurex­Bonds­­­28,­128,­319

 CCP

Eurex Clearing 
Eurex­Repo­28,­128,­319
European Energy Exchange 
Executive­Board­­­66­f.,­76­f.,­78­f.,­81,­87,­
92­ff.,­107,­116,­157­f.,­176­f.,­306­f.

 EEX

F
Financial­postion­­­134­ff.,­141,­188,­192
Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse (Frankfurt Stock 
Exchange)   22, 24, 64

G
Global­(cid:47)iquidity­Hub­­­36f.,­131­f.,­179,­187,­319
Global­securities­financing­­­39,­129,­130,­142­f.
Good corporate citizenship   61 ff., 153, 156
Group Share Plan   228, 305 f.

I
Information­Technology­­­40­ff.,­108,­187­f.
International Securities Exchange (ISE)   28, 
29,­63,­127,­170
Interest­coverage­ratio­­­111,­136­f.,­189
Internal control system   112 f.
Inverstor­base­­­147
Investor relations   146 f.

L
(cid:47)eadership­structure­­­109
Liquidity management   15, 34, 36, 131 f., 
136,­179,­183,­187
Listing   20 ff., 125
Locations   18, 62 f., 106, 322

M
Market capitalisation   142 f., 145
Market Data & Analytics
– Contributions to sustainable business acti-
vities­­­47
– EBIT   133 f.
(cid:509)­(cid:49)et­revenue­­­119,­132,­232­f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­16,­44­ff.,­108­f.,­132­ff.,­187­f.,­
289
Monthly Carbon Report   153

N
(cid:49)et­assets­­­138­ff.,­192­f.
(cid:49)et­interest­income­­­111,­119­f.,­129,­131,­
142 f., 185, 234
(cid:49)et­revenue­­­111,­119,­122,­123,­142­f.,­150,­
185 f., 188, 232 ff.
(cid:49)on-financial­performance­indicators­­­148­ff.,­
188

O
Opportunity­management­­­177­ff.
Organisational structure   108

P
(cid:51)rofitability­­­123

Q
(cid:52)uarterly­key­figures­­­122

R
Ratings
– Credit ratings   136, 138
– Sustainability ratings   155
Regulation­­­175­f.,­181­ff.
Regulatory capital requirements   260 ff.
Results­of­operation­­­119­ff.,­185­ff.
Return on shareholders’ equity   111 f., 134, 
142­f.,­191
Risk­management­­­32­f.,­36,­56,­157­ff.,­177,­
291­ff.

 CR

S
Sales­revenue­­­111,­191,­232,­288­f.
Scoach   26, 64, 115, 121
Segment­reporting­­­287­ff.
Share­buy-backs­­­136,­137,­189
Share of Deutsche Börse AG   144 ff.
Shareholders­­­113,­309­ff.
Shareholding structure   14, 106 f., 212 ff.
Social responsibility 
Stock­Bonus­(cid:51)lan­(SB(cid:51))­­­93­ff.,­228,­302­ff.
STOXX Ltd.   46 f., 133, 153, 212 f.
Strategy   13 ff., 108 ff.
Supervisory­Board­­­68­f.,­70­ff.,­78­ff.,­86­ff.,­
101­ff.,­107,­157,­307,­308­f.
(cid:509)­Committees­­­73­ff.,­84
(cid:509)­Conflicts­of­interest­­­77
Supplier policy   80
Sustainability­­­C4,­23,­29,­33,­47,­110,­
153 ff., 323
Sustainability­Code­(German)­­­80,­90,­152

T
TARGET2-Securities­­­4,­38­f.,­132,­169,­321
Ten-year review   142 f.
Tradegate Exchange   26, 64, 124, 212 f.
Trading   24 ff.

U
(cid:56)(cid:49)­Global­Compact­­­10,­80,­152,­C7

V
Value added   140 f.

W
(cid:58)orking­capital­­­135,­140,­193

X
Xetra  
–  Contributions to sustainable business  

activities­­­23,­27

– EBIT   124
(cid:509)­(cid:51)articipants (cid:18)network­­­26,­124
– Net revenue   123 ff., 232 f.
(cid:509)­Segment­­­26­f.,­108,­123­ff.,­174­f.,­186,­288
– System   14, 23, 26 f. 43, 124, 156
(cid:509)­Trading­volume­­­7,­125,­142­f.
Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading   26, 124 f., 
144, 321

C3

C4

C5

C6

GRI Index and Global Compact principles

A detailed GRI Index and the ten principles of the UN Global Compact  
are available online at 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr_e

Global-Compact-

GRI Code 

Subject

Page/Data

Principle

1.1

1.2

2.1 – 2.10

3.1 – 3.4

3.5 – 3.13

4.1 – 4.7

4.8 – 4.13

4.14 – 4.17

EC 1

EC 2

EC 3

EC 4

EC 5

EC 6

EC 7
EC 8

EC 9

EN 1 – 2

EN 3 – 7

EN 8 

EN 11 – 13

EN 16 – 20

EN 21

EN 22 – 23

EN 26 – 27

EN 28

LA 1 – 2

LA 4 – 5

LA 6 – 9

Company 

Statement from the CEO

6 – 10

Description of key impacts, risks, and opportunities

110, 152, 188

Organisation, data and facts 

title, C2, C3, C4, 16, 106 – 109, 148, 155, 212 – 216  

Reporting­profile

Boundary of the report

Corporate governance

Engagement

Stakeholders

Economy/Management approach

Economic value generated and distributed

Consequences of climate change

Coverage­of­the­organisationʼs­defined­ 

benefit­plan­obligations

Financial assistance received from government

Local minimum wage

Local suppliers

Local hiring
Investments­for­public­benefit

Indirect economic impacts

Ecology/Management approach

Materials

Energy

Water

Natural biosphere

Emissions

Water discharge

Waste and pollutants

Products and services

Degree of regulation

Social/Management approach

Employees

Collective agreements

Occupational health and safety

2, 206, 323

2, 55 – 59, 151, 156, 206 – 211, 217 – 231, 323, C7, online version

55 – 59, 86, 88 – 89, 92 – 103, 109

75, 78 – 80, 86 – 103, 151, online version

10, 55 – 59

110, 152

140 – 141

online version

online version

none

150

online version

149
C3, C4

140 – 141

110, 152

156, online version

primary energy: 73,134 GJ, online version; 154 – 156

156, online version

online version

154 – 156, online version 

59,474 m³, online version

789 t, online version

online version

online version

110, 152

148 – 151, 193, online version

151, online version

online version

LA 10 – 11

Education and training

150 – 151, 194, online version

LA 12

LA 13

LA 14

LA 15

HR 1

HR 2

HR 3

HR 4

HR 5

HR 6 – 7

HR 10

HR 11

SO 1

SO 2 – 4

SO 5 – 6

SO 7 – 10

Performance reviews

Composition of governance bodies

Equal remuneration

Parental leave

Human Rights/Management approach

Investment agreements

Suppliers and contractors

Employee training

Discrimination

Freedom of association and collective bargaining

Child labor/forced and compulsory labor

Human rights reviews

Addressed and resolved human rights grievances

Society /Management approach

Local community

Compliance 

Public policy

Degree of regulation

95.3 %

online version

149

149

110, 152

90.51 %

90.51 %

151

none

80, 155

80, 155

online version
online version

110, 152

61 – 63

online version

181 – 185, online version

299 – 301, online version

Product Responsibility /Management approach

110, 152

PR 1, 3, 4

Information regarding products and services

PR 5

PR 6 – 7

PR 8

PR 9

Customer satisfaction

Marketing

Customer privacy

Fines

online version

online version

online version

none

299 – 301

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

7, 8

6

7 – 9

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7 – 9

1 – 6

1, 6

1, 3, 6

1, 6

1, 6

6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1, 2, 6

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 4, 5

1 – 6

1 – 6

10

10

10

1 – 10

1 – 10

GJ = Gigajoule

 Financial calendar

29 April 2013
Q1/2013 results

15 May 2013
Annual General Meeting

18 June 2013
Investor Day

25 July 2013
Half-yearly­financial­report

29 October 2013
Q3/2013 results

Deutsche Börse AG
60485 Frankfurt/Main
www.deutsche-boerse.com

www.deutsche-boerse.com

 Corporate report 
2012

Deutsche Börse Group acts as an intermediary 
 between regulators, banks and companies.  
Its core competency is organising regulated 
­markets.­By­developing­solutions­for­efficient­ 
risk and collateral management, it assumes 
 responsibility: for its customers, owners,   
employees – and society in general.

2
1
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
r

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Deutsche­Börse­Group:­key­figures

Consolidated income statement

Net revenue

Net interest income from banking business

Operating costs

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

Net income

Earnings per share (basic)

Consolidated cash flow statement

Cash­flow­from­operating­activities

Consolidated balance sheet

Non-current assets

Equity

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities

Performance indicators

Dividend per share

Dividend payout ratio

Employees (average annual FTEs)

Net revenue per employee, based on average FTEs

€ thous.

EBIT margin, based on net revenue

Tax rate

Gross debt / EBITDA

Interest coverage ratio

The shares

Opening price

High

Low

Closing price

Market indicators

Xetra and Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading 9)

Trading volume 10)

Eurex

Number of contracts

Clearstream

Value of securities deposited (annual average)

Number of transactions

Global Securities Financing (average outstanding volume for the period)

Transparency and safety key figures 

Proportion of companies listed in the Prime Standard (for shares)  
as a percentage of all listed companies

Number of calculated indices

System availability of trading systems (Xetra ®/Eurex ®)

Deutsche Börse Group at a glance

2012

2011

Change  
in %

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

1,932.3

2,121.4

52.0

75.1

– 958.6

– 962.2 1)

969.4

645.0

3.44

1,162.8 1)

855.2 1)

4.60 1)

€ m

707.7

785.6

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

%

5,113.9

5,020.3 1)

3,169.6

3,132.6 1)

1,737.4 2)

1,458.3

2.10 3)

58 4)6)

2.30

52 5)

3,416

3,278

566

50

26.0 6)

1.6 8)

15.2 8)

40.51

52.10

36.25

46.21

647

55

26.0 7)

1.18)

19.0 8)

51.80

62.48

35.46

40.51

%

%

%

€

€

€

€

m

2,292.0

2,821.5

€ bn

m

€ bn

%

%

11,111

11,106

113.9

570.3

126.3

592.2

83

77

appr. 12,000 appr. 8,600

99.999

99.975

– 9

– 31

0

–17

–25

–25

–10

2

1

19

– 9

12

4

–13

– 9

0

45

–20

–22

–17

2

14

–19

0

–10

– 4

8

40

0

–19

€ bn

1,111.3

1,459.8

–24

Market risk cleared via Eurex Clearing (gross monthly average)

€ bn

7,507

9,230

1)­Amount­restated­to­reflect­the­transition­of­the­accounting­policies­for­defined­benefit­obligations­to­the­revised­IAS­19­­­2)­€1,160.0­million­thereof­are­reported­

under­“Interest-bearing­liabilities”,­and­the­bonds­that­will­mature­in­financial­year­2013­in­the­amount­of­€577.4­million­are­reported­under­“Other­current­liabilities”.­­­

3) Proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   4) Figure based on the proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   5) Adjusted for the costs of mergers and 
acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­and­for­income­arising­from­the­remeasurement­of­the­equity­component­of­the­purchase­price­for­the­acquisition­of­the­

shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG   6) Adjusted for expenses related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for the 

acquisition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG; a one-off income from the reversal of deferred tax liabilities for STOXX Ltd. based on a decision 

by the Swiss Financial Supervisory Authority; a one-off income from the recognition of deferred tax assets resulting from the future possible offsetting of losses carried 

forward by Eurex Global Derivatives AG   7) Adjusted for the non-taxable income related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for 

the­acquisition­of­the­shares­in­Eurex­Zürich­AG­held­by­SIX­Group­­­8)­Adjusted­for­the­cost­of­mergers­and­acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­­­9)­Xetra­

Frankfurt­Specialist­Trading­(prior­to­23­May­2011:­floor­trading)­­­10)­Excluding­certificates­and­warrants­­­11)­Market­capitalisation­of­companies­listed­in­the­
Prime Standard (shares) in relation to the market capitalisation of all companies listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (FWB ®, Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse)

C7

C2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GRI Index and Global Compact principles

A detailed GRI Index and the ten principles of the UN Global Compact  
are available online at 

 www.deutsche-boerse.com/cr_e

Global-Compact-

GRI Code 

Subject

Prinziple

Unternehmen 

Statement from the CEO

Page

6 – 10

1.1

1.2

2.1 – 2.10

3.1 – 3.4

3.5 – 3.13

4.1 – 4.7

4.8 – 4.13

4.14 – 4.17

EC 1

EC 2

EC 3

EC 4

EC 5

EC 6

EC 7
EC 8

EC 9

EN 1 – 2

EN 3 – 7

EN 8 

EN 11 – 13

EN 16 – 20

EN 21

EN 22 – 23

EN 26 – 27

EN 28

LA 1 – 2

LA 4 – 5

LA 6 – 9

Description of key impacts, risks, and opportunities

110, 152, 188

Organisation, data and facts 

Title, C2, C3, C4, 16, 106 – 109, 148, 155, 212 – 216  

Reporting­profile

Boundary of the report

Corporate Governance

Engagement

Stakeholder

Economy/Management Approach

Economic value generated and distributed

Consequences of climate change

Coverage­of­the­organisationʼs­defined­ 

benefit­plan­obligations

Financial assistance received from government

Local minimum wage

Local suppliers

Local hiring
Investments­for­public­benefit

Indirect economic impacts

Ecology/Management Approach

Materials

Energy

Water

Natural biosphere

Emissions

Water discharge

Waste and pollutants

Products and services

Degree of regulation

Social/Management Approach

Employees

Collective Agreements

Occupational Health and Safety

2, 206, 323

2, 55 – 59, 151, 156, 206 – 211, 217 – 231, 323, 329, online version

55 – 59, 86, 88 – 89, 92 – 183, 109

75, 78 – 80, 86 – 103, 151, online version

10, 55 – 59

110, 152

140 – 141

online version

online version

none

150

online version

149
C3, C4

140 – 141

110, 152

156, online version

Primärenergie: 73.134 GJ, online version; 154 – 156

156, online version

online version

154 – 156, online version 

59,474 m³, online version

789 t, online version

online version

online version

110, 152

148 – 151, 193, online version

151, online version

online version

LA 10 – 11

Education and Training

150 – 151, 194, online version

LA 12

LA 13

LA 14

LA 15

HR 1

HR 2

HR 3

HR 4

HR 5

HR 6 – 7

HR 10

HR 11

SO 1

SO 2 – 4

SO 5 – 6

SO 7 – 10

Performance reviews

Composition of governance bodies

Equal remuneration

Parental leave

Human Rights/Management Approach

Investment agreements

Suppliers and contractors

Employee training

Discrimination

Freedom of association and collective bargaining

Child labor/forced and compulsory labor

Human rights reviews

Addressed and resolved human rights grievances

Society /Management Approach

Local community

Compliance 

Public policy

Degree of regulation

95,3 %

online version

149

149

110 – 152

90,51 %

90,51 %

151

none

80, 155

80, 155

online version

online version

110, 152

61 – 63

online version

181 – 185, online version

299 – 301, online version

Product Responsibility /Management Approach

110, 152

PR 1, 3, 4

Information regarding products and services

PR 5

PR 6 – 7

PR 8

PR 9

Customer satisfaction

Marketing

Customer privacy

Significant­fines

online version

online version

online version

none

299 – 301

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

1 – 10

7, 8

6

7 – 9

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7, 8

7 – 9

1 – 6

1, 6

1, 3, 6

1, 6

1, 6

6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1 – 6

1, 2, 6

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 4, 5

1 – 6

1 – 6

10

10

10

1 – 10

1 – 10

GJ = Gigajoule

 Financial calendar

29 April 2013
Q1/2013 results

15 May 2013
Annual General Meeting

18 June 2013
Investor Day

25 July 2013
Half-yearly­financial­report

29 October 2013
Q3/2013 results

Deutsche Börse AG
60485 Frankfurt/Main
www.deutsche-boerse.com

www.deutsche-boerse.com

 Corporate report 
2012

Deutsche Börse Group acts as an intermediary 
 between regulators, banks and companies.  
Its core competency is organising regulated 
­markets.­By­developing­solutions­for­efficient­ 
risk and collateral management, it assumes 
 responsibility: for its customers, owners,   
employees – and society in general.

2
1
0
2

t
r
o
p
e
r

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

Deutsche­Börse­Group:­key­figures

Consolidated income statement

Net revenue

Net interest income from banking business

Operating costs

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT)

Net income

Earnings per share (basic)

Consolidated cash flow statement

Cash­flow­from­operating­activities

Consolidated balance sheet

Non-current assets

Equity

Non-current interest-bearing liabilities

Performance indicators

Dividend per share

Dividend payout ratio

Employees (average annual FTEs)

Deutsche Börse Group at a glance

2012

2011

Change  
in %

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

1,932.3

2,121.4

52.0

75.1

– 958.6

– 962.2 1)

969.4

645.0

3.44

1,162.8 1)

855.2 1)

4.60 1)

€ m

707.7

785.6

€ m

€ m

€ m

€

%

5,113.9

5,020.3 1)

3,169.6

3,132.6 1)

1,737.4 2)

1,458.3

2.10 3)

58 4)6)

2.30

52 5)

3,416

3,278

566

50

26.0 6)

1.6 8)

15.2 8)

40.51

52.10

36.25

46.21

647

55

26.0 7)

1.18)

19.0 8)

51.80

62.48

35.46

40.51

%

%

%

€

€

€

€

m

2,292.0

2,821.5

€ bn

m

€ bn

%

%

11,111

11,106

113.9

570.3

126.3

592.2

83

77

appr. 12,000 appr. 8,600

99.999

99.975

– 9

– 31

0

–17

–25

–25

–10

2

1

19

– 9

12

4

–13

– 9

0

45

–20

–22

–17

2

14

–19

0

–10

– 4

8

40

0

–19

€ bn

1,111.3

1,459.8

–24

Net revenue per employee, based on average FTEs

€ thous.

EBIT margin, based on net revenue

Tax rate

Gross debt / EBITDA

Interest coverage ratio

The shares

Opening price

High

Low

Closing price

Market indicators

Xetra and Xetra Frankfurt Specialist Trading 9)

Trading volume 10)

Eurex

Number of contracts

Clearstream

Value of securities deposited (annual average)

Number of transactions

Global Securities Financing (average outstanding volume for the period)

Transparency and safety key figures 

Proportion of companies listed in the Prime Standard (for shares)  
as a percentage of all listed companies

Number of calculated indices

System availability of trading systems (Xetra ®/Eurex ®)

Market risk cleared via Eurex Clearing (gross monthly average)

€ bn

7,507

9,230

C7

C2

1)­Amount­restated­to­reflect­the­transition­of­the­accounting­policies­for­defined­benefit­obligations­to­the­revised­IAS­19­­­2)­€1,160.0­million­thereof­are­reported­

under­“Interest-bearing­liabilities”,­and­the­bonds­that­will­mature­in­financial­year­2013­in­the­amount­of­€577.4­million­are­reported­under­“Other­current­liabilities”.­­­

3) Proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   4) Figure based on the proposal to the Annual General Meeting 2013   5) Adjusted for the costs of mergers and 
acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­and­for­income­arising­from­the­remeasurement­of­the­equity­component­of­the­purchase­price­for­the­acquisition­of­the­

shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG   6) Adjusted for expenses related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for the 

acquisition of the shares in Eurex Zürich AG held by SIX Group AG; a one-off income from the reversal of deferred tax liabilities for STOXX Ltd. based on a decision 

by the Swiss Financial Supervisory Authority; a one-off income from the recognition of deferred tax assets resulting from the future possible offsetting of losses carried 

forward by Eurex Global Derivatives AG   7) Adjusted for the non-taxable income related to the revaluation of the share component of the purchase price paid for 

the­acquisition­of­the­shares­in­Eurex­Zürich­AG­held­by­SIX­Group­­­8)­Adjusted­for­the­cost­of­mergers­and­acquisitions­and­of­efficiency­programmes­­­9)­Xetra­

Frankfurt­Specialist­Trading­(prior­to­23­May­2011:­floor­trading)­­­10)­Excluding­certificates­and­warrants­­­11)­Market­capitalisation­of­companies­listed­in­the­
Prime Standard (shares) in relation to the market capitalisation of all companies listed on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange (FWB ®, Frankfurter Wertpapierbörse)